Citation
Undergraduate and graduate catalog

Material Information

Title:
Undergraduate and graduate catalog
Cover title:
Catalog of undergraduate and graduate studies
Cover title:
Undergraduate and graduate studies
Creator:
University of Colorado at Denver
Place of Publication:
Denver, Colo
Publisher:
University of Colorado at Denver
Publication Date:
Language:
English
Physical Description:
32 v. : ill. ; 28 cm.

Subjects

Subjects / Keywords:
Universities and colleges -- Curricula -- Catalogs -- Colorado -- Denver ( lcsh )
Education -- Curricula ( fast )
Universities and colleges -- Curricula ( fast )
Universities and colleges -- Graduate work ( fast )
Colorado -- Denver ( fast )
Genre:
Catalogs. ( fast )
Catalogs ( fast )

Notes

General Note:
Cover title varies: 1987-88, Catalog of undergraduate and graduate studies; 1988-89, Undergraduate and graduate studies.
Statement of Responsibility:
University of Colorado at Denver.

Record Information

Source Institution:
Auraria Library
Holding Location:
Auraria Library
Rights Management:
All applicable rights reserved by the source institution and holding location.
Resource Identifier:
19093218 ( OCLC )
ocm19093218
Classification:
LD1192 .A2 ( lcc )

Related Items

Succeeded by:
University of Colorado Denver Downtown Campus catalog

Auraria Membership

Aggregations:
Auraria Library

Downloads

This item has the following downloads:


Full Text
1977-78
University of Colorado at Denver
University of Colorado Bulletin ♦


U16701 ^5Sl73fi
Although this bulletin was prepared on the basis of the best information available at the time, all information (including the academic calendar, admission and graduation requirements, course offerings and course descriptions, and statements of tuition and fees) is subject to change without notice or obligation.
STUDENTS WILL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLYING WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS AND DEADLINES PUBLISHED IN THIS BULLETIN.
University of Colorado Bulletin.
364 Willard Administrative Center, Boulder, Colorado 80309. Vol. LXXVII, No. 21, May 5, 1977,
General Series No. 1905. Published five times monthly by the University of Colorado.
Second class postage paid at Boulder, Colorado




University of Colorado at Denver llOO Fourteenth Streel Denver, Colorado 80202 "telephone: 629-2800
\|0
/ Colleges and Schools
Business and Administration, and Graduate School of Business Administration Education
Engineering and Applied Science Environmental Design Graduate School Liberal Arts and Sciences Music
Public Affairs
2- 2-
Second-Class Postage Paid at the Post Office Boulder, Colorado 80302
if*-. * V, *
/ •u ?/ v*N< ^ ^ -j ^ \k) ^ t\< -v.


Vi Vi




1977-78
University of Colorado at Denver


CONTENTS
General Information .................................................. 1
UCD — An Urban Campus............................................. 1
Admission Policies and Procedures................................. 2
Tuition, Fees, Financial Aid ..................................... 7
Registration..................................................... 10
Academic Policies ............................................... 11
Student Services................................................. 15
Academic Programs ............................................... 16
Administrative Officers ......................................... 17
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences ................................ 19
Division of Arts and Humanities ................................. 29
Division of Natural and Physical Sciences........................ 33
Division of Social Sciences ..................................... 37
College of Business and Administration
and Graduate School of Business Administration................... 40
School of Education ................................................. 51
College of Engineering and Applied Science .......................... 52
College of Environmental Design ..................................... 70
Graduate School ..................................................... 77
College of Music .................................................... 94
Graduate School of Public Affairs.................................... 97
Course Descriptions................................................. Ill
Faculty ............................................................ 167
Index .............................................................. 173


ACADEMIC CALENDAR1
Summer 1977
April 1 Financial aid application deadline. (Late applications may be considered for any funds remaining after all on-time applications have been processed.)
April 1 International student application deadline.
May 1 New student application deadline. (The deadline may be extended if space is available.)
June 1, 2 Registration.
June 6 First day of classes.
June 6, 7 Late registration.
June 10 Last day to add or drop a course without approval.
July 4 Holiday (no classes).
August 12 End of semester.
Fall 1977
April 1 Financial aid application deadline. (Late applications may be considered for any funds remaining after all on-time applications have been processed.)
June 15 International student application deadline.
July 15 New student application deadline. (The deadline may be extended if space is available.)
August 30, 31,
September 1 Registration.
September 6 First day of classes.
September 6-9 Late registration.
September 19 Last day to add or drop a course without approval.
October 14 Financial aid application deadline for spring semester, 1978. (Late applications may be considered for any funds remaining after all on-time applications have been processed.)
November 24, 25 Thanksgiving holidays (no classes).
December 6, 7, 8 Early registration for currently enrolled students for spring semester, 1978.
December 23 End of semester.
Spring 1978
January 24-26 Registration.
January 30 First day of classes.
January 30-February 3 Late registration.
February 13 Last day to add or drop a course without approval.
March 19-26 Spring vacation (no classes).
May 26 End of semester.
Summer 1978
June 6-7 Registration.
June 12 First day of classes.
June 12-16 Late registration.
July 4 Independence Day holiday.
August 18 End of semester.
'The University reserves the right to alter the Academic Calendar at any time.


DEGREE PROGRAMS AT A GLANCE1
Humanities
Business
Education
Engineering
Environmental
Design
Music
Natural and Physical Sciences
Public Affairs Social Sciences
Baccalaureate Programs
communication and theatre, distributed studies, English, fine arts, French, German, philosophy, Spanish, writing
(areas of emphasis) accounting, finance, international business, marketing, minerals land management, organization management, personnel management, production and operations, public agency administration, real estate, small business management, transportation and traffic management
elementary education, secondary education, rehabilitation services
applied mathematics, civil and environmental engineering, electrical engineering, electrical engineering and computer science
offered only at Boulder
science in music and media
biology, chemistry, geography, geology, mathematics, physics, psychology
anthropology, economics, history, political science, sociology, urban studies
Master’s Programs
communication and theatre, communication disorders and speech science, English, humanities
acccounting, business administration (M.B.A.), finance, management and organization, marketing
early childhood education, educational psychology, elementary education, guidance and counseling, library media, reading, secondary education, social foundations
applied mathematics, civil engineering, electrical engineering
architecture, architecture in urban design, interior design (anticipated for fall 1977), landscape architecture, urban and regional planning
basic science — biology, chemistry, or environmental science, geography, mathematics, psychology
public administration, urban affairs (also, doctorate in public administration)
anthropology, economics, history, political science, sociology
'Courses in many other undergraduate and graduate areas are offered at UCD, but degrees must be completed at the University of Colorado at Boulder. UCD also offers preprofessional programs in law, journalism, and the health sciences (child health associate, dental hygiene, dentistry, medical technology, medicine, nursing, optometry, osteopathy, pharmacy, and physical therapy).


UNDERGRADUATE AND SPECIAL STUDENT ADMISSION INFORMATION1
Type of Applicant Criteria for Admission2 Required Credentials When to Apply Notes
FRESHMAN (Students seeking a bachelor's degree who have never attended a collegiate institution) In general: Rank in upper 50% of high school graduating class. Have 15 units of acceptable high school work. Minimum test scores: Resident Nonresident ACT comp: 23 24 a SAT comb: 1000 1050 Complete application $10 application fee Official high school transcript showing rank-in-class, date of graduation, 7th semester grades, 8th semester courses Official ACT a SAT scae report Not later than: July 1 fa fall Dec. 1 fa spring May 1 fa summer Seniors who meet a exceed all admission criteria may apply as early as Oct. 1 for following fall. Fa specific requirements refer to the college sections of this bulletin.
TRANSFER’ (Students seeking a bachelor's degree who have attended a collegiate institution other than CU) Must be in good standing and eligible to return to all institutions previously attended. Residents must have a minimum 2.0 (C) GPA on all work attempted. Nonresidents must have a minimum 2.5 (C+) GPA on all work attempted. Complete application $10 application fee One official transcript from each college attended Not later than: July 1 fa fall Dec. 1 fa spring May 1 fa summa Transfers to the School of Education consult page 51 fa additional requirements. Transfers with less than 12 semester hours of University acceptable transfa credit must also submit all required freshman credentials.
SPECIAL (Students who are not seeking a degree at this institution) Must be at least 21 years old (except in summer). Must be high school graduate. Must be in good standing and eligible to return to all institutions previously attended. Complete application Not later than: July 1 fa Graduate special students, fall; Dec. 1 fa spring; see page 80 fa additional May 1 fa summer information. Application will also be accepted at registration if space allows.
RETURNING CU STUDENT (Returning special students, returning degree students who have not attended another institution since CU) Must be in good standing Former student application Same as fa special students Students under academic suspension in certain schools a colleges at the University of Colorado may enroll during the summer term as a means of improving their grade-point averages.
RETURNING CU STUDENT (Returning degree students who have attempted 12 or more hours at another institution since attending CU) Same as for transfers Same as fa transfers plus Courses in progress form CU transcript Same as fa transfers
CHANGE OF STATUS: SPECIAL TO DEGREE (Former CU special students who wish to enter a degree program) Same as for transfers Same as fa transfers Same as fa transfers
CHANGE OF STATUS: DEGREE TO SPECIAL (Former CU degree students who have graduated and wish to take additional work) Must have completed degree. Must be in good standing and eligible to return to all institutions attended. Special student application Same as fa special students Only students who have completed and received degree are eligible to change to special status.
INTERCAMPUS TRANSFER (Students who have been enrolled on one CU campus and wish to take courses on another) Must be in good standing Forma student application Transfer to Denva: same as fa specials Transfer from Denva: refer to appropriate bulletin. Transfers from Denver to anotha campus of CU should refer to appropriate bulletin tor additional requirements.
INTRAUNIVERSITY TRANSFER (Students who wish to change from one CU college to another, e.g., from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences to the College of Business) Same as fa transfers Intra-university transfa application CU Transcript Same as for transfers
'Applications will be accepted only as long as openings remain. Requirements for individual schools or colleges may vary.




General Information
THE UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO AT DENVER: AN URBAN UNIVERSITY CAMPUS
The University of Colorado at Denver (UCD) is an urban nonresidential campus located in downtown Denver. The campus is easily accessible to commuters from an eight-county area and is close to major businesses and government offices in downtown Denver, as well as to civic and cultural centers. UCD is one of the largest state-supported institutions of higher education in Colorado in terms of enrollment, with an average of 8,000 students enrolled during a semester.
The UCD Administration Building is located at 1100 Fourteenth Street. UCD shares library, laboratory, classroom, and recreational facilities with two other metropolitan institutions on a single campus, the Auraria Higher Education Center.
Academic Programs
UCD is committed to meeting the needs of the metropolitan Denver community. Academic, public service, and research activities are geared to the needs of the urban population and environment, encompassing both traditional and nontraditional fields of study. Students enrolled at UCD can earn undergraduate degrees in 40 fields and graduate degrees in 50 fields. The colleges and schools at UCD are:
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences
College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration
School of Education
College of Engineering and Applied Science
College of Environmental Design
College of Music
Graduate School
Graduate School of Public Affairs
The undergraduate colleges admit freshmen and offer programs leading to the baccalaureate degree in the arts, sciences, humanities, business, engineering, and music. The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences also provides preprofessional training in the fields of education, law, journalism, and the health sciences. The School of Education offers programs leading to the baccalaureate degree in education and teacher certification to students with two years of college work. The Graduate School offers master’s programs in the arts, sciences, humanities, engineering, business, education, and music to students with
baccalaureate degrees. The College of Environmental Design, the Graduate School of Business Administration, and the Graduate School of Public Affairs provide programs leading to the master’s degree in their specialized areas. The Graduate School of Public Affairs also offers a doctorate in public administration.
Students
Highly motivated people from all walks of life make up UCD’s student body. The diversity of backgrounds, interests, occupations, and ages stimulates a unique learning experience for the men and women enrolled at UCD. Students range in age from 16 to 70. Approximately one-third of the students hold full-time jobs and 60 percent are enrolled at the upper division or graduate level. In order to give students maximum flexibility in planning both educational and employment goals, more than half of the courses are offered during the evening hours. Students may begin studies in most areas at the beginning of the 15-week fall or spring semester, or the 10-week summer term.
Faculty and Accreditation
More than 230 highly qualified faculty members teach full time at UCD; 70 percent have doctoral degrees. The faculty is alert to the challenges of the urban environment and responsive to the needs of the commuter student. UCD is accredited by or holds membership in the following organizations:
ACCREDITATION
North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools
National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education
National Architecture Accrediting Board
National Association of Schools of Music
MEMBERSHIP
Association of Urban Universities
American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business
American Association of Colleges of Teacher Education
Association of Collegiate Schools of Architecture and Collegiate Schools of Planning


2 / University of Colorado at Denver
National Association of Schools of Public Affairs and Administration
The Engineers’ Council for Professional Development has accredited the programs in civil engineering and in electrical engineering in the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
University of Colorado System
UCD is one of four campuses of the University of Colorado. The University was founded in Boulder in 1876, and the University of Colorado at Boulder now serves over 20,000 students enrolled in undergraduate, graduate, and professional programs. The Medical Center in Denver provides education and training to medical, dental, nursing, and allied health personnel. The University of Colorado at Colorado Springs serves over 3,000 students in the Pikes Peak region, offering undergraduate, graduate, and professional programs. UCD’s special role within the University system is to provide urban-oriented educational programs for students in the Denver Metropolitan area.
Qualified students may begin programs of study in some undergraduate, preprofessional, and graduate areas that they must complete at other University campuses. Under certain circumstances, UCD students may enroll for courses offered by the other campuses. Students also have access to the library resources of all campuses and cultural events sponsored within the University system.
Auraria Higher Education Center
The Auraria Higher Education Center is a cooperative effort by the University of Colorado at Denver, Metropolitan State College, and the Auraria Branch of the Community College of Denver to meet the higher education needs of metropolitan Denver. The three institutions share library, classroom, and related facilities on the Auraria campus, a 168-acre site in downtown Denver.
The Auraria Higher Education Center combines the educational strengths of the three participating institutions. Each institution offers distinctive educational opportunities to students seeking a higher education. The Community College of Denver provides vocational programs and two-year associate degree programs; Metropolitan State College has four-year programs leading to the baccalaureate degree. The University of Colorado at Denver is the university component, offering undergraduate, preprofessional, professional, and graduate programs. Interinstitutional enrollment agreements among the three institutions provide students with a broader range of courses than could be offered by a single institution.
The Auraria campus includes three administration buildings, five classroom buildings, the Learning Resources Center, the student center, child care and development centers, the physical education building, and two service buildings. The Learning Resources Center houses over 300,000 books and periodicals, related instructional materials, and a
media production center with laboratories for television, photography, and graphic design studies. The new facilities were completed in January 1977. The new buildings share the campus with reminders of Denver’s past — 19th-century houses, churches, and the famous Tivoli brewery built in 1882. The brewery will be converted into small shops, restaurants, and a theatre.
Equal Opportunity
The University of Colorado at Denver follows a policy of equal opportunity in education and in employment.
In pursuance of this policy, no UCD department, unit, discipline, or employee shall discriminate against an individual or group on the basis of race, sex, creed, color, age, national origin, or individual handicap. This policy applies to all areas of the University affecting present and prospective students or employees.
The institution’s educational programs, activities, and services offered to students and/or employees are administered on a nondiscriminatory basis subject to the provisions of the Titles VI and VH of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972.
A UCD Equal Opportunity/Affirmative Action Program has been established to implement this policy. For information about these provisions or equity, discrimination, or fairness, consult either of the following persons who will advise individuals of existing complaint procedures within and outside the University: Affirmative Action Director Nereyda Bottoms, Room 806, 1100 Fourteenth Street (telephone: 629-2621; Title IX Coordinator Alice Owen, 1100 Fourteenth Street (telephone: 620-2726).
I. ADMISSION POLICIES AND PROCEDURES General Policies
UCD seeks to identify applicants who are likely to complete an academic program successfully. Admission decisions are based on many factors, the most important being:
1. Level of previous academic performance.
2. Evidence of scholarly ability and accomplishment, as indicated by scores on national aptitude tests.
3. Ability to work in the academic environment of an urban, nonresidential campus.
4. Maturity, motivation, and potential for academic growth.
UCD reserves the right to deny admission to new applicants or readmission to former students whose total credentials indicate an inability to assume those obligations of performance and behavior deemed essential by the University in order to carry out its lawful missions, processes, and functions as an educational institution.


General Information / 3
Admission of Undergraduate Degree Students
All questions and correspondence regarding undergraduate admission to UCD should be directed to:
Office of Admissions and Records University of Colorado at Denver 1100 Fourteenth Street Denver, Colorado 80202 (303) 629-2660
APPLICATION DEADLINES
Undergraduate Students Fall 1977 Spring 1978 Summer 1978
New Students June 15 October 1
Transfer Students June 15 October 1
Former University of Colorado Students July 15 November 1
Intrauniversity
Transfer Students 90 days prior to the beginning of the term
The University reserves the right to change application deadlines in accordance with enrollment demands, and applicants should apply as early as possible. Updated information is available from the Office of Admissions and Records, (303) 629-2660. All documents required for admission must be received by the Office of Admissions and Records by the deadline for an applicant to be considered for the admission for the term desired. Applicants who are unable to meet the deadline may elect to have admission consideration made for a later term. Transfer students are reminded that sufficient time should be allowed to have transcripts sent from institutions attended previously, and foreign students are advised that it usually takes 120 days for credentials to reach the Office of Admissions and Records from international locations.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR FRESHMEN
New freshmen may apply for admission to the Colleges of Business and Administration, Engineering and Applied Science, Liberal Arts and Sciences, and Music.
1. General Requirements. The applicant must be a high school graduate or have been awarded a High School Equivalency Certificate by completing the General Education Development (GED) Test. Applicants with a High School Equivalency Certificate must have scored at or above the 60th percentile on each section of the GED test to be considered for admission. Applicants who have completed the Spanish Language General Educational Development Test must also submit scores from Test VI, “English as a Second Language.”
Applicants should have completed 15 units of acceptable secondary school (grades 9-12) credit. A unit of credit is one year of high school course work. While the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences does not specify particular units, the other undergraduate colleges have the following requirements:
College of Business and Administration
English........................................................ 3
Mathematics (college preparatory).............................. 2
Natural sciences (laboratory type) ............................ 2
Social sciences (including history) ........................ 2
Electives .................................................. 6
(Such as foreign languages and additional academic courses.
May include up to 2 units in business areas.) ___
Total 15
College of Engineering and Applied Science1
English..................................................... 3
Algebra..................................................... 2
Geometry.................................................... 1
(Trigonometry and higher mathematics recommended.)
Natural sciences ........................................... 2
(Physics and chemistry recommended.)
Social studies and humanities............................... 2
(Foreign languages and additional units of English, history, and literature are included in the humanities.)
Electives .................................................. 5
Total 15
College of Music
English..................................................... 3
Theoretical music.....................................
Physical science......................................
Social science.............................................. 8
Foreign language......................................
Mathematics...........................................
Additional high school academic units ...................... 4
Total 15
It is expected that all students will have had previous experience in an applied music area. Two years of piano training are recommended.
The College of Music requires an audition of all entering freshmen and undergraduate transfer students. In lieu of the personal audition, applicants may substitute tape recordings (about 10 minutes in length on 7'A ips monaural) or a statement of excellence by a qualified teacher. Interested students should write to the College of Music, UCD, for audition or interview applications.
2. Colorado Residents.2 Colorado residents who meet the above requirements are classified in two ways for admission purposes.
a. Preferred consideration — applicants who rank in the upper half of their high school graduating class and have a composite score of 23 or higher on the American College Test (ACT) or a combined score of 1000 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT). Engineering applicants are expected to have a strong mathematics and science background and somewhat higher scores on the mathematics portion of the ACT or SAT.
b. Considered on an individual basis — applicants who rank in the lower half of their high school graduating class, and/or have combined SAT scores below 1000 or a composite ACT score below 23, and/or do not have 15 units of acceptable high school credit.
3. Nonresidents2. Nonresidents must meet the general requirements given above and must rank in the upper 40 percent of their high school class and have an ACT composite score of 25 or above or a combined SAT score of 1050 or above to be considered for admission. Nonresidents are advised that UCD does not maintain housing facilities for students.
'See page 54 for the level of mathematical competence desirable for engineering students.
2See page 8 for a definition of “resident" and “nonresident.”


4 / University of Colorado at Denver
How to Apply
1. Students should obtain an Application for Admission from their high school counselor or the Office of Admissions and Records at UCD, 1100 Fourteenth Street, Denver, Colorado 80202, (303) 629-2660.
2. The application must be completed in full and sent to the Office of Admissions and Records. A $10 nonrefundable application fee must accompany the application. An applicant who is granted admission but who is unable to enroll for the term applied for will have the $10 fee valid for 12 months, provided the applicant informs Admissions and Records that he or she intends to enroll for a later term.
3. Students must have their high school send a transcript of their high school grades, including class rank, to the Office of Admissions and Records.
4. The student must take either the American College Test (ACT) or the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) and request that test scores be sent to UCD (ACT code 0533 or SAT code R-4875). High school students may obtain information from their counselors regarding when and where tests are given. The ACT is given at UCD once a month; students may register for the test by calling the Testing Center, Office for Student Affairs, (303) 629-2861. Applicants who took one of these tests earlier and did not designate UCD to receive scores must request that scores be sent to UCD. This is done by completing a Request for Additional Score Report available at test centers or from the offices listed below.
Registration Department
American College Testing Program (ACT)
P. O. Box 414 Iowa City, Iowa 52240
College Entrance Examination Board (SAT) P. O. Box 592
Princeton, New Jersey 08540
College Entrance Examination Board (SAT) P. O. Box 1025 Berkeley, California 94704
5. Students must have GED test scores sent to UCD if they have High School Equivalency Certificates.
Checklist of Application Materials
1. Completed application form.
2. $10 application fee.
3. High school transcript of grades including class rank.
4. SAT or ACT test scores.
5. GED scores (for applicants with a High School Equivalency Certificate) and copy of GED Certificate.
All credentials presented for admission become the property of the University of Colorado and must remain on file.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR TRANSFER STUDENTS
Transfer students may apply for admission to the Colleges of Business and Administration, Engineering and Applied Science, Liberal Arts and Sciences, and Music. Students interested in the field of education should contact the School of Education office for information, 629-2717.
1. Colorado Residents.* Colorado residents who want to be considered for transfer admission to UCD must have at least a 2.0 cumulative grade-point average calculated on all work attempted and be eligible to return to all institutions previously attended. Applicants to the Colleges of Business and Administration or Engineering and Applied Science must have a higher grade-point average to be considered for admission. Music applicants must successfully complete a music audition. The student must have completed at least 12 semester credits (18 quarter credits) of work acceptable to the University. Students who have completed fewer than 12 semester credits must meet the admission requirements for freshmen. Students are grouped as follows for admission purposes:
a. Preferred consideration — applicants who meet the above academic standards and have completed more than 12 semester credits (18 quarter credits) from an institution of university rank, and applicants who have completed at least 45 semester credits (68 quarter credits) from an institution of non-university rank (i.e., community college, state college).
b. Considered on an individual basis — applicants who meet the academic standards listed above and who have completed fewer than 45 semester credits (68 quarter credits) from an institution of non-university rank (i.e., community college, state college) or those whose previous academic work does not meet the above standards. Primary factors considered are: (1) the college or school to which admission is desired; (2) quality of prior academic work; (3) age, maturity, and noncollegiate achievements; and (4) time elapsed since last attendance.
2. Nonresidents.1 Nonresident applicants to the professional Colleges of Business and Administration and Engineering and Applied Sciences must have a transferable grade-point average of at least 2.6 to be considered for admission. A 2.0 grade-point average is sufficient for consideration for admission to the Colleges of Liberal Arts and Sciences or Music. Nonresidents are advised that UCD does not maintain student housing facilities.
How to Apply
1. The student should obtain a transfer application from the UCD Office of Admissions and Records, 1100
'See page 8 for a definition of “resident” and “nonresident.”


General Information / 5
Fourteenth Street, Denver, Colorado 80202, (303) 629-2660.
2. The application form must be completed and returned to the Office of Admissions and Records with the $10 nonrefundable application fee.
3. The student must have an official transcript sent to the Office of Admissions and Records from each collegiate institution attended. If a student is currently enrolled, a transcript listing all courses except those taken in the final term should be sent. Another transcript must be submitted after completion of the final term.
4. Applicants to the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences should be aware that they may be able to receive credit for foreign language taken during the high school years providing they furnish an official high school transcript. Further information may be obtained from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.
All credentials presented for admission become the property of the University of Colorado and must remain on file.
Transfer of College-Level Credit
The Office of Admissions and Records and the appropriate dean’s office will determine which courses taken at another institution can be applied to a degree program at UCD after all transcripts have been received and the applicant has been admitted. In general, transfer credit will be accepted insofar as it meets the degree, grade, and residence requirements at UCD.
College-level credit may be transferred to the University if it was earned at a college or university of recognized standing, by advanced placement examinations, or in military service or schooling as recommended by the Commission on Accreditation of Service Experiences of the American Council on Education; if a grade of C or higher was attained; and if the credit is for courses appropriate to the degree sought at this institution.
The University will accept up to 72 semester credits (108 quarter credits) of junior college work toward the baccalaureate degree requirements. No credit is allowed for vocational/technical, remedial, or religious/ doctrinal work. A maximum of 60 semester credits of extension and correspondence work (not to include more than 30 semester credits of correspondence) may be allowed if the above conditions are met.
For more detailed information by school and college regarding the transfer of college-level credit, see Academic Policies and Regulations.
Readmission Requirements for Former Students
1. Students Who Have Not Attended Another Institution. Former students of the University of Colorado who have not attended another collegiate institution since their last enrollment at the University must submit a Former Student Application, available
from the Office of Admissions and Records, by the deadline for the term desired. No application fee and no supplementary credentials are required.
2. Students Who Have Attended Another Institution. Former students of the University of Colorado who have attended another collegiate institution since their last enrollment at the University must submit a Former Student Application and official transcripts from any institutions attended in the interim. Applicants who have completed 12 semester hours or 18 quarter hours at another institution since last attending the University also must submit a $10 nonrefundable evaluation fee.
Requirements for Intrauniversity Transfer
UCD students or former University of Colorado students may change colleges or schools within the University of Colorado provided they are acceptable to the college or school to which they wish to transfer. Transfer forms may be obtained from the Office of Admissions and Records. Students should observe application deadlines indicated in the current Schedule of Courses. Decisions on intrauniversity transfers are made by the college or school to which the student wishes to transfer.
High School Concurrent Enrollment
High school juniors and seniors with proved academic abilities may be admitted to UCD for courses which supplement their high school programs. Credit for courses taken may subsequently be applied toward a University degree program. For more information and application instructions, contact the Office of Admissions and Records, (303) 629-2660.
Admission of Graduate Degree Students
All correspondence and questions regarding admission to the graduate programs at UCD should be directed to the following:
Programs in Business
Office of Graduate Studies
Graduate School of Business Administration
629-2605
Programs in Environmental Design College of Environmental Design 629-2877
Programs in Public Affairs Graduate School of Public Affairs 629-2825
All Other Programs Graduate School 629-2663
The above offices are located at 1100 Fourteenth Street, Denver, Colorado 80202.
'See page 8 for a definition of “resident” and “nonresident.”


6 / University of Colorado at Denver
GRADUATE PROGRAMS
As a principal part of its mission, UCD offers graduate- and professional-level programs for the convenience of Denver residents. During the 1976-77 academic year, approximately 35 percent of the student body was enrolled at the graduate level.
Graduate degree programs are offered through the Graduate School by its member schools and colleges, and outside the Graduate School by the Graduate School of Business Administration, the College of Environmental Design, and the Graduate School of Public Affairs. The particular admission and graduation requirements established by each of these academic units are detailed in the following sections.
Students holding baccalaureate degrees but who are not accepted to specific degree programs may enroll for graduate course work as graduate special students. Several types of students make use of the special student category. Among these are students who have attained whatever degree or credential status they feel is desirable, but who wish to take additional course work for professional or personal improvement; students who, for whatever reason (weak undergraduate background, change of discipline, or length of time since previous formal course work), feel the need to make up deficiencies before entering a degree program; and students who have not decided about entering a specific degree program. Such students should be aware that, generally, only limited course credits taken as a special student may be applied toward a degree program. Also, a 2.0 minimum grade-point average must be maintained to permit continuing registration in this category.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS AND APPLICATION DEADLINES
Admission requirements and application deadlines vary according to the individual graduate program. The Graduate School has general admission requirements which are supplemented by specific requirements of the major departments of graduate study (i.e., electrical engineering, education, English, etc.). Applicants in the fields of education, engineering, and the arts, sciences, and humanities should consult the general information section of the Graduate School portion of this bulletin as well as the following sections dealing with requirements and deadlines for specific programs. Applicants in the fields of business, public affairs, and environmental design should refer to the sections of this bulletin on the Graduate School of Business Administration, the Graduate School of Public Affairs, and the College of Environmental Design.
Admission of Nondegree Special Students
All correspondence and questions regarding admission as a special student should be directed to:
Office of Admissions and Records 1100 Fourteenth Street Denver, Colorado 80202 (303) 629-2660
Persons desiring admission as special students for the purpose of teacher certification should contact the School of Education, 629-2717.
APPLICATION DEADLINES
Special Students Those who want to Fall 1977 Spring 1978 Summer 1978
take undergraduate or graduate courses July 15 December 1 May 1
Those who want to
change from special to degree status July 15 December 1 May 1
Those who want teacher certification February 1 N.A. February 1
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
Persons who want to take University courses but do not plan to work toward a University of Colorado degree are admitted as special students. Courses taken as a special student are fully credited and can be used for transfer to other institutions or for professional improvement. Persons who do not have an undergraduate degree are encouraged to apply to an undergraduate degree program rather than apply as special students. UCD will admit adults (over 21 years of age) without an undergraduate degree as special students for one semester or summer term only; after that the student must apply to a regular degree program. Persons with a baccalaureate degree who seek teacher certification or renewal of certification may be admitted as special students if they meet the requirements of the School of Education. Special students must maintain a grade-point average of 2.0.
HOW TO APPLY
To apply for admission as a special student, obtain a Special Student Application Form from the Office of Admissions and Records. Return the completed application by the deadline for the term desired. There is no application fee, and no additional credentials are required. Applicants who seek teacher certification or renewal of teacher certification must apply separately to the School of Education and submit the required credentials.
Special students are advised that registration for courses is on a “space available” basis.
CHANGING STATUS FROM SPECIAL TO DEGREE STUDENT
Special students may apply for admission to an undergraduate degree program by completing the Special to Degree Application available from the Office of Admissions and Records. Academic credentials (i.e., transcripts and test scores) and a $10 nonrefund-able application fee must be submitted with the application. Special students who are accepted as undergraduate degree students may transfer a maximum of 12 semester credits for courses taken as a special student to an undergraduate degree program, with approval by the dean. (Students enrolled as special students prior to the fall semester of 1970 are


General Information / 7
subject to the policies in effect between January of 1969 and August of 1970.)
Special students may apply for admission to a graduate degree program by completing the application required by the particular program. The graduate dean, upon recommendation by the department, may accept up to 8 semester hours of credit toward the requirements for a master’s degree for courses taken as a special student at the University or at another recognized graduate school, or some combination thereof. The department may recommend acceptance of additional credit for courses taken as a special student during the semester the student has applied for admission to the desired degree program.
Official Notification of Admission
Official notification of admission to UCD as an undergraduate, graduate, or special student is provided by the Office of Admissions and Records on a Statement of Admission Eligibility Form. Letters from the various schools and colleges indicating acceptance into a particular program are subject to official admission to the institution. Applicants who do not receive official notification of admission within a reasonable period of time after submitting application materials should contact the Office of Admissions and Records, (303) 629-2660.
II. TUITION AND FEES, EXPENSES, AND FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Tuition and Fees
All tuition and fee charges are established by the Board of Regents, the governing body of the University of Colorado, in accordance with legislation enacted annually (usually in the spring) by the Colorado General Assembly. The regents reserve the right to change tuition and fee rates at any time. A tuition schedule is published prior to registration for each term, and students should contact the Office of Admissions and Records for further information on the tuition and fee charges for a particular term. The rates below were effective for the 1976-77 academic year and are provided to assist prospective students in anticipating cost.
TUITION RATES FOR 1976-77
Credit Hours of Enrollment Resident Nonresident
0 - 3 $ 54 $126
3.1- 4 72 168
4.1- 5 90 210
5.1- 6 108 252
6.1- 7 126 727
7.1- 8 144 727
8.1- 9 162 727
9.1-18 182 727
For each hour over 18 additional 12 additional 48.50
OTHER FEES
1. Student activity fee (mandatory for all students):
Fall semester 1977 ................ $13
Spring semester 1978 .............. $13
Summer term 1978 .................. $ 9
2. Matriculation fee (mandatory for all new students):
Degree students.................... $15
Special students .................. $ 5
This is a one-time nonrefundable fee charged at the time of initial registration. No further charges will be made for adding or dropping courses or for ordering transcripts. A special student who becomes a degree student will be charged $10 at the initial registration as a degree student.
3. Health insurance fee (automatic for all students unless waived):
Fall or spring semester ...... $33.75
Summer term................... $25.75
Health insurance coverage is automatic unless waived by the student by signing a waiver card and turning it in at the time of registration. Dependent coverage (spouse and/or children) is also available at an additional charge. Further information on health insurance is available from the Office for Student Affairs, 629-2861.
4. Doctoral dissertation fee (mandatory for all students certified by the Graduate School for enrollment for doctoral dissertation):
Dissertation fee ................ $72
5. Comprehensive examination fee (mandatory for graduate student enrolled for a comprehensive examination only):
Examination fee ................. $45
Graduate students enrolled for a comprehensive examination will be assessed regular tuition and fees if they need hours toward graduation.
6. Laboratory breakage fee (mandatory for students enrolled in a chemistry laboratory course):
Breakage deposit................. $10
This fee will be refunded at the end of the term if appropriate.
7. Music facilities fee (mandatory for College of Music students and others enrolled in certain music courses):
Music fee........................ $18
College of Music students and others enrolled in piano, sound recording and reinforcement, and electronic music must pay this fee. No student is charged more than one $18 fee.
PAYMENT OF TUITION AND FEES
All tuition and fees are assessed and payable when the student registers for the term. Arrangements may be made through the Finance Office at the time of registration to defer payment of part of the charges. A minimum down payment consisting of the resident tuition for 0-3 hours or one-third of the total tuition, whichever is greater, must be made at the time of


8 / University of Colorado at Denver
registration. Specific information on deferred payment is included in the Schedule of Courses published before each semester or summer term.
Students who register for courses are liable for payment of tuition and fees even though they may drop out of school. Refund policies for students who withdraw from the University are included in the Schedule of Courses. A student with financial obligations to the University will not be permitted to register for any subsequent term, to be graduated, or to be listed among those receiving a degree or credit. The only exception to this regulation involves students with loans and other types of indebtedness which are payable after graduation.
Personal checks are accepted for any University obligation. Any student who pays with a check which is not acceptable to the bank may be immediately dropped from the rolls of the University.
Residency Classification for Tuition Purposes
General Policies. A student is initially classified as a resident or nonresident student for tuition purposes at the time of application to the University. The classification is based on information furnished by the student and other relevant sources. To be eligible for instate, or resident, status the following requirements (as defined in the Colorado Revised Statutes, Chapter 124, Article 18) must be met by students who are 21 years of age or older (or emancipated minors as defined by law): (1) the student must have been domiciled in Colorado for 12 consecutive months preceding the date of registration for the term in which in-state status is desired; (2) the student must demonstrate significant intent to make Colorado a fixed and permanent residence. Intent is demonstrated by compliance with other mandatory laws of the state (i.e., valid driver’s license, valid motor vehicle registration, payment of state income tax, etc.). An unemancipated minor assumes the domicile of his or her parents.
Once the student’s status is established, it remains unchanged unless satisfactory information to the contrary is presented. A student who, due to subsequent events, becomes eligible for a change in classification from resident to nonresident or vice versa must inform the Office of Admissions and Records within 15 days after such a change occurs. An unemancipated minor whose parents move their residence outside of the state is considered a nonresident student from the date of the move and will be charged nonresident tuition at the next registration. The student or his or her parent is required to notify the Office of Admissions and Records in writing within 15 days after such a change occurs. Similarly, an adult student or emancipated minor who moves outside of Colorado must send written notification to the Office of Admissions and Records within 15 days of the change.
Petitioning for a Change in Residency Classification. Any student who is 21 years of age or older, or an emancipated minor as defined by law, may change his or her residence and tuition classification status.
Detailed information on the procedures which must be followed, including necessary petition forms, is available from the Office of Admissions and Records. Petitions will not be considered until an application for admission and supporting credentials have been received by the University. Changes in classification are effective at the time of the student’s next registration. A student who willfully gives wrong information in order to avoid paying out-of-state tuition is subject to legal and disciplinary action.
Estimated Expenses
Educational expenses at UCD include tuition, fees, and the cost of books and related instructional materials. Students who do not live with their parents must also include the cost of housing and food expenses. All students should consider transportation and personal expenditures (i.e., clothing, entertainment, etc.) in determining their expenses. The following table gives an estimate of how much it will cost to attend UCD full time for an academic year. The figures given are only estimates and may vary considerably according to the individual student’s life style.
1977-78 ESTIMATED EXPENSES FOR AN ACADEMIC YEAR
(FULL TIME STUDENT, FALL AND SPRING SEMESTERS)
Resident Living Resident
Single Student With Parents' Not Living With Parents Nonresident
Tuition and fees $ 390 $ 390 $1,480
Room at $110/month 990 990
Food at $70/month 630 630
Personal at $61/month 550 550 550
Books and supplies 200 200 200
Transportation 300 300 300
TOTAL $1,440 $3,060 $4,150
Married Student
Tuition and fees $ 390 $ 390 $1,480
Room at $180/month 1,620 1,620
Food at $110/month 990 990
Personal at $90/month 810 810 810
Books and supplies 200 200 200
Transportation 400 400 400
TOTAL2 $1,800 $4,410 $5,500
Financial Assistance
UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS
All questions and correspondence regarding financial assistance for undergraduate students, including requests for applications for financial aid, should be directed to:
'Room and board are not included.
Additional expenses for children should be estimated as follows: $630/firet child, $540/second child, and $450/third child.


General Information / 9
Office of Financial Aid University of Colorado at Denver 1100 Fourteenth Street Denver, Colorado 80202 (303) 629-2886
Types of Aid Available
The financial aid program for undergraduate students at UCD who have not yet received a baccalaureate degree is designed to help students who without such aid would be unable to attend the University. There are four basic types of aid available, funded by the federal government, the state, and private sources.
Grants. Grants are awards based on the financial need of the student and do not require repayment. Basic Educational Opportunity Grants, Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants, State Student Incentive Grants, Colorado Student Grants, and Colorado Graduate Grants are available at UCD.
Loans. Loans are made to the student at low interest rates. Loans must be repaid, usually after graduation or upon leaving the University. Loans available are National Direct Student Loans and short-term emergency loans.
Work/Study Program. The work/study program provides jobs and income to students who without this aid could not attend the University.
Scholarships. Scholarships are awards based on academic merit, not on financial need. They do not require repayment. The scholarship funds are available through the Colorado Scholars Program.
How and When to Apply
To apply for the above types of financial aid, a student must obtain the required application forms (described below) from the Office of Financial Aid or the high school counselor. Applications for financial aid are not sent routinely with applications for admission, and the student must request such forms separately. Because requests for financial assistance exceed available funds, applications should be completed and returned to the Office of Financial Aid as early as possible. For maximum consideration, the following deadlines should be observed:
March 1. Applications for aid for the following academic year should be submitted by entering freshmen and transfer students.
April 1. Applications for aid for the following academic year should be submitted by continuing students.
October 1. Applications for aid for the spring semester should be submitted by all students.
The following forms must be completed:
1. For Grants, Loans, and the Work/Study Program:
a. UCD Application for Financial Aid. (Available from the Office of Financial Aid.) This is the basic form which must be completed by all undergraduate students apply-
ing for grants, loans, and the work-study program.
b. Family Financial Statement. (Available from the Office of Financial Aid or high school counselor.) This form is used to determine how much financial support the student’s family can provide. All students must complete this form or complete an “Affidavit of Nonsupport,” which is provided with the UCD Application for Financial Aid. The Family Financial Statement is processed by the American College Testing Program, which sends the results to the institution(s) to which the student is applying. This form should be completed by February 1 to reach the Office of Financial Aid at UCD by March 1.
c. Basic Educational Opportunity Program Grant Application. (Available from the Office of Financial Aid or the high school counselor.) This form must be completed by all undergraduate students applying for financial aid at UCD. Applications should be mailed by March 1 to the federal processor. Notification of student eligibility for a grant is usually mailed to the applicant within a month of application. The notification, whether or not a grant has been awarded, should be sent to the Office of Financial Aid.
2. For Scholarships. Entering freshman and transfer students should contact the Office of Admissions and Records, (303) 629-2660, in February for information and applications for the Colorado Scholars Program. Continuing students should contact the Office of Financial Aid in February, (303) 629-2886.
Notification and Period of Awards
Applicants are usually notified of financial aid awards for the next academic year in May. The award notice usually includes a “package” of financial assistance geared to the student’s needs, and may include scholarships, grants, loans, work/study, or some combination of these. Students who do not receive notification in May should contact the Office of Financial Aid.
Awards are made for a maximum period of one year and must be renewed annually. Students will not be granted an award until they are officially admitted to UCD as degree students.
Academic Requirements
Students receiving the above types of financial assistance must demonstrate that they are maintaining normal academic progress toward a degree and are in good standing at the University. Students must be full time (undergraduate students—minimum of 12 credit hours per semester, graduate students— minimum of 8 credit hours per semester) if they wish to be considered for aid to cover expenses other than tuition, fees, and books.


10 / University of Colorado at Denver
Other Types of Assistance
In addition to the four basic types of financial assistance described above, several other programs are available. Some of the colleges and schools have individual scholarship programs, and there are specialized programs available, including the Bureau of Indian Affairs Grant Program, the Law Enforcement Educational Program, ROTC scholarship and loan programs, and Veterans’ Affairs scholarship and loan programs. The Office of Financial Aid also provides short-term emergency loans and assists students in finding part-time employment. Contact the Office of Financial Aid or other appropriate office if you want more information on any of these programs.
GRADUATE STUDENTS
All correspondence and questions regarding loans and the work/study program available to graduate students should be directed to the Office of Financial Aid, 1100 Fourteenth Street, Denver, Colorado 80202, (303) 629-2886. All correspondence and questions regarding graduate fellowships, scholarships, Colorado Graduate Grants, teaching assistantships, instructorships, and research assistantships should be directed to the individual graduate department.
Graduate students are eligible for the loan program and the work/study program described in the preceding section for undergraduates. The application procedures and other requirements are basically the same. Graduate students should obtain the necessary application materials from the Office of Financial Aid and submit materials in accordance with the deadlines given earlier. Graduate students must fill out the basic UCD Application for Financial Aid and complete the Family Financial Statement or the Affidavit of Nonsupport. In addition, graduate students must submit a Graduate Information Sheet to their department which is forwarded to the Office of Financial Aid. Graduate students are also eligible for shortterm emergency loans, part-time employment counseling, and other specialized awards such as the Law Enforcement Educational Program, and ROTC and Veterans’ Affairs scholarships and loans. Interested students should contact the Office of Financial Aid or other appropriate office for more information.
Graduate students are eligible for financial assistance in the form of part-time instructorships, teaching assistantships, research assistantships, Colorado Graduate Grant, scholarships, and fellowships. More information on these programs is included in this bulletin in those sections on the Graduate School, the Graduate School of Public Affairs, and the College of Environmental Design. Information on application procedures and deadlines is available from the individual graduate departments.
III. REGISTRATION: SELECTING A PROGRAM AND COURSES
Selecting a Program and Courses
New and continuing UCD students are urged to review Section VT and the following sections of this
bulletin. Section VI describes the traditional and non-traditional instructional programs available at UCD, and the sections which follow it give information by school or college on the various majors available, course requirements by major, graduation requirements, course load policies, and other information and specific policies. A review of this information will not only acquaint students with the many programs available, but will also assist them in planning a program for each semester. Courses available during a particular semester or summer term are listed in the Schedule of Courses, published several weeks before registration and available from the Office of Admissions and Records and the various deans’ offices.
Undergraduate students who need assistance in planning a program or selecting courses should contact the college or school in which they are enrolled to arrange for a counseling appointment. The appointment should be made prior to registration. Graduate students should contact their graduate department for assistance.
Orientation
An orientation program for all new students is held at the beginning of the fall semester, usually on the same day as registration. The program is conducted by the Office for Student Affairs and introduces the programs, activities, and services available at UCD, in addition to providing information on degree requirements, how to register, and similar matters.
Registration
GENERAL PROCEDURES
Registration for new students is held the week before classes begin on the dates indicated in the Academic Calendar in this bulletin. Continuing students usually register during the prior term. Registration information is given in the Schedule of Courses, published several weeks before registration and available from the Office of Admissions and Records and the various deans’ offices. Only students who have been accepted for enrollment for a particular term may register for courses.
LATE REGISTRATION
Late registration dates are indicated in the Academic Calendar in this bulletin. Students who register late may be charged a fee and may have difficulty enrolling in the courses they want because of limited space.
PAYMENT OF TUITION AND FEES
All tuition and fees are assessed and payable at registration. Arrangements may be made with the Finance Office at the time of registration to defer payment of a portion of the charges with a minimum down payment or one-third of the tuition, whichever is greater. Specific information on deferred payment is included in the Schedule of Courses.


General Information /II
INTER-INSTITUTIONAL REGISTRATION
UCD students may register for courses offered by Metropolitan State College and the Community College of Denver-Auraria with approval of their dean. Refer to the Schedule of Courses for more information.
Adding and Dropping Courses
All schedule changes must be made on a Change of Schedule card. No changes will be made until the card with required signatures is returned to the Office of Admissions and Records.
ADDING COURSES
Courses may not be added after the second week of classes except under unusual circumstances with approval.
DROPPING COURSES
Courses may be dropped during the first two weeks of classes, and no signatures are required. After the second week, the instructor must certify that the student is passing the course if it is to be dropped without discredit. After the tenth week, courses may not be dropped except under circumstances beyond the student’s control (accident, illness, etc.) and with written approval of the instructor and the dean. Students who do not officially drop a course will receive a grade of F in the course. Please refer to the current Schedule of Courses for information regarding tuition charges for dropped courses.
IV. ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
Advanced Standing and Advanced Placement Credit
Undergraduate students may obtain credit for lower-level courses in which they demonstrate proficiency by examination. By passing an examination, the student will be given credit for the course to satisfy lower division requirements and may be eligible to enroll in higher level courses than indicated by the student’s formal academic experience. Credit granted for courses by examination is treated as transfer credit without a grade but does count toward graduation and other requirements for which it is appropriate. There are three types of examinations as described below.
ADVANCED PLACEMENT PROGRAM
The Advanced Placement Program of the College Entrance Examination Board (CEEB), allows students to take advanced work while in high school and then be examined for credit at the college level. Students who take advanced placement courses and subsequently receive scores of 3, 4, or 51 on the CEEB Advanced Placement Examination are given college credit for lower-level courses in which they have demonstrated proficiency and are granted advanced standing in those areas. Students with scores below 31
are considered for advanced placement by the discipline concerned. For more information, contact your high school counselor or the Office of Admissions and Records.
CREDIT BY EXAMINATION
Students may receive credit by examination for work completed by private study or through employment experience. To qualify for an examination, the student must be formally working toward a degree at UCD and have a grade-point average of at least 2.0. Examinations are arranged through the Office of Admissions and Records, and a nonrefundable fee is charged. Students should contact the office of the dean of the college or school in which they are enrolled.
COLLEGE-LEVEL EXAMINATION PROGRAM
An exciting challenge is available to incoming UCD students who may earn University credit by examination in subject areas in which they have excelled at college-level proficiency. Interested students are encouraged to take appropriate subject examinations provided in the College-Level Examination Program (CLEP) of the College Entrance Examination Board testing service. The cost for a single examination is $20.
Students who wish to challenge subject areas for credit are urged to contact the offices of their school or college to determine which courses may be applied to graduation requirements.
Policies of the colleges regarding which subjects may be challenged are as follows:
Liberal Arts and Sciences. Students who plan to graduate from the college or to enroll in the college to fulfill lower division requirements for the professional schools may earn college-level credit in the following CLEP subject areas:
American Literature Introductory Economics
Analysis and Interpretation Western Civilization of Literature Biology
English Literature General Chemistry
American Government Geology
American History Introductory Calculus
General Psychology
Business and Administration. CLEP credit is most appropriate for prebusiness requirements and nonbusiness electives. A maximum of 6 hours of credit in any one course area will be allowed, and CLEP examinations may not be taken in areas where credit has already been allowed. CLEP credit may be allowed for business course requirements only with prior written approval of the dean and division head. Specific information is available in the Office for Student Affairs, Room 602.
Engineering and Applied Science. Credit earned by CLEP examination must be within the number of elective hours specified by the individual department.
'Students in the College of Engineering and Applied Science must receive scores of 4 or 5 for credit to be granted; students with scores of 3 may be considered by the department concerned. All credit must be validated by subsequent academic performance.


12 / University of Colorado at Denver
Twenty-three subject areas in the fields of computing, business, science, mathematics, the humanities, and the social sciences may be challenged. A list is available from the dean’s office, Room 405B.
CLEP subject examinations are administered monthly at UCD. Students seeking further information or wishing to register for CLEP tests should contact Paula Rosen, Testing Supervisor, at 629-2861 or in Room 310.
Colorado residents may obtain CLEP materials from the regional office or the test center located nearest to the student’s high school.
Regional Office:
College Level Examination Program c/o College Entrance Examination Board 2142 South High Street Denver, Colorado 80210
Test Centers:
Metropolitan State College, Denver Colorado State University, Fort Collins El Paso Community College,
Colorado Springs
University of Southern Colorado, Pueblo University of Denver, Denver Fort Lewis College, Durango University of Colorado at Boulder University of Colorado at Denver University of Colorado at Colorado Springs
Students living outside of Colorado may obtain CLEP materials by writing:
Institutional Testing Department College Level Examination Program Box 1822
Princeton, New Jersey 08540
Credit (or Courses Taken at Other Institutions
Undergraduate transfer credit for courses taken at other collegiate institutions will be accepted upon approval by the Office of Admissions and Records, the school or college concerned, and/or the major department. In general, UCD will accept transfer credits insofar as they meet the degree, residence, and other requirements of the student’s program at UCD. For transfer credit to be considered, the course work must have been taken at a college or university of recognized standing and a grade of C or higher must have been earned. A maximum of 72 semester credit hours (or 108 quarter credit hours) of junior college work may be applied toward the requirements for the baccalaureate degree. No credit is allowed for vocational/technical, remedial, or religious/doctrinal courses. A maximum of 60 semester hours of extension and correspondence work (not to include more than 30 semester hours of correspondence) may be allowed if the above conditions are met. Transfer credit is not included in a student’s grade-point average but does count toward graduation and other requirements for which it is appropriate.
The College of Business and Administration has its own policies on the transfer of credit. The college generally limits transfer credit for business courses to those taken at the lower division level. All courses in the area of emphasis must be taken at the University of Colorado unless written approval is obtained from the division head. A maximum of 60 semester hours of junior college work and 9 semester hours of business courses taken through correspondence study may be applied toward baccalaureate degree requirements. All correspondence courses are evaluated to determine their acceptability, and required business courses and those in the area of emphasis may not be taken through correspondence.
Credit for Independent Study
Undergraduate students may register for independent study projects with written approval by the dean of the college or school and the appropriate faculty member. A maximum of 3 semester hours of credit may be given for independent study per semester. Policies on the application of independent study credit toward baccalaureate degree requirements are:
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences...........Maximum of 12
semester hours
College of Business and Administration ........Maximum of 6
semester hours, including courses in experimental studies College of Music ....................................Variable
Credit for Military Service, Schooling, and ROTC
MILITARY SERVICE AND SCHOOLING
Applicants with military experience should submit the following with their application in order to have credit for service and education evaluated: (1) copies of discharge and separation papers, and (2) DD Form 295, “Application for the Evaluation of Educational Experience During Military Service” (USAF personnel will furnish an official transcript from the community college at the appropriate Air Force facility). Credit will be awarded as recommended by the Commission on the Accreditation of Service Experiences of the American Council on Education to the extent that such credit is applicable to the degree sought at UCD. Credit for courses completed through the U.S. Armed Forces Institute will be evaluated on the same basis as transfer credit from collegiate institutions (see above).
RESERVE OFFICERS’ TRAINING CORPS (ROTC)
Students enrolled in Army or Air Force ROTC programs should consult with their college or school regarding the application of ROTC course credit toward graduation requirements. The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences allows a maximum of 12 semester hours of ROTC credit to be applied toward baccalaureate degree requirements. The College of Business and Administration stipulates that ROTC courses may be used for credit only for nonbusiness


General Information / 13
elective requirements and that no credit may be given for freshman and sophomore ROTC courses. Furthermore, a maximum of 12 semester hours may be applied toward baccalaureate degree requirements and only if the ROTC program is completed.
Grading System and Policies
The following information applies only to undergraduate students. Graduate students should refer to the sections of this bulletin on the Graduate School, the Graduate School of Public Affairs, and the College of Environmental Design, or contact the appropriate dean’s office for information.
UNIFORM GRADING SYSTEM
Grades awarded by all undergraduate colleges and schools of the University are:
A—4 grade points per credit hour; superior
B—3 grade points per credit hour; good
C—2 grade points per credit hour; fair
D—1 grade point per credit hour; minimum passing
F— 0 grade points per credit hour; failing
The instructor is responsible for determining the requirements for whatever grade is assigned. The cumulative grade-point average is computed by dividing the total number of credit points earned by the total number of hours attempted. For example, a student earning a grade of A for 6 credit hours, B for 6 credit hours, C for 4 credit hours, and F for 1 credit hour would compute his or her GPA as follows:
(A) 4 grade points X 6 credit hours = 24
(B) 3 grade points X 6 credit hours = 18
(C) 2 grade points X 4 credit hours = 8
(F) 0 grade points X 1 credit hour = 0
17 credit hours = 50 grade points 50 grade points divided by 17 credit hours = 2.94 GPA
Additional Symbols
In place of the grades indicated above, the instructor may assign one of the following:
I/F (Incomplete/Failing). This grade is assigned when the instructor has insufficient information to assign a final grade but the work presented is of failing quality. The I/F grade will be automatically converted to an F grade after one academic year if the work is not made up by the student.
I/W (Incomplete/Withdrawal). This grade is assigned when the instructor has insufficient information to assign a final grade but the work presented is of passing quality. The I/W will be automatically converted to a W (see below) grade after one academic year if the work is not made up by the student. A grade of W is not included in the grade-point average, and the student receives no credit for the course.
W (Drop Without Discredit). This grade is given when a student officially withdraws from a course or
when a student fails to make up work in which a grade of I/W (see above) has been previously given. The W grade is not included in the grade-point average, and the student receives no credit for the course.
P (Pass). This grade is awarded to students who pass courses taken on a pass/fail basis and may be awarded to students enrolled in honors courses who do not qualify for a grade of H (Honors). A grade of P is not included in determining the grade-point average, but credit for the course does apply toward graduation requirements.
H (Honors). This grade is awarded to students who complete honor courses with distinction. A grade of H counts toward graduation requirements, but is not included in the grade-point average calculation.
NC (No Credit). This grade is awarded to students enrolled in courses on an audit/no grade basis. A grade of NC does not count toward graduation requirements and is not included in the grade-point average calculation.
Y. This grade is used to indicate that an entire grade roster was not received by the Office of Admissions and Records by the time grades were processed. A grade of Y is converted to a new grade when adequate information has been received.
GOOD STANDING
To remain in good standing within a particular discipline, a student must maintain a minimum grade-point average of 2.0 (C) in all course work attempted. A minimum grade-point average of 2.0 must also be maintained to qualify for an undergraduate degree. Policies on academic probation, suspension, and dismissal vary by college or school, and students should refer to the sections of this bulletin dealing with the colleges and schools for information.
PASS/FAIL OPTION
The pass/fail option is designed to give students an opportunity to enroll in challenging courses without jeopardizing their scholastic record. Subject to the policies of the individual college or school, students may enroll for courses on a pass/fail basis during registration. Changes to or from pass/fail must be made during the two-week drop/add period after classes begin. After two weeks, changes may be made only with approval by the dean.
Up to 16 semester hours of regular course work may be taken on a pass/fail basis and credited toward the requirements for a baccalaureate degree. Not more than 6 semester hours of course work may be taken on a pass/fail basis in any semester. Grades of D or better earned in a course taken on a pass/fail basis are converted to a P (pass) grade. Grades below D are converted to an F (fail) grade. A grade of P is not included in determining the student’s grade-point average; a grade of F is included.
Specific policies of the colleges regarding the pass/ fail option follow.


14 / University of Colorado at Denver
P ASS^F AIL 0 PTION R ESTRICTIONS
College General 16 Hours Maximum Transfer Students
Liberal Arts and Sciences May be restricted in certain majors; not included in 30 hours of C or better work required for major Does not include courses taken in honors, physical education, cooperative education, and certain teacher certification courses May not be used by students graduating with only 30 semester hours taken at the University
Business and Administration May not be used for “core” courses required for graduation and courses in area of emphasis Includes credit received through CLEP and advanced standing examinations Maximum of 1 semester hour of pass/fail for every 8 semester hours attempted at the University
Engineering and Applied Science Courses must be designated by major department; students without major not eligible; recommended maximum — one course/semester Includes courses taken in the honors program Maximum of 1 semester hour of pass/fail may be applied toward graduation for every 9 semester hours taken in the college
Music Same as business Includes courses taken in the honors program
Inspection of Education Records
Periodically, but not less than annually, the University of Colorado informs students of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974. This act, with which the institution intends to comply fully, was designated to protect the privacy of education records, to establish the right of students to inspect and review their education records, and to provide guidelines for the correction of inaccurate or misleading data through informal and formal hearings. Students also have the right to file complaints with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act Office (FERPA) concerning alleged failures by the institution to comply with the act.
Local policy explains in detail the procedures to be used by the institution for compliance with the provisions of the act. Copies of the policy can be found in the library on each of the several campuses of the University of Colorado.
A directory of records which lists all education records maintained on students by this institution may be found in the offices of the chancellor on each campus.
The following items of student information have been designated by the University of Colorado as public or “directory information.” Such information may be disclosed by the institution for any purpose, at its discretion. These items are: name, address, telephone number, dates of attendance, registration status, class, major field of study, awards, honors, degree(s) conferred, past and present participation in officially recognized sports and activities, physical factors (height, weight) of athletes, date and place of birth.
Currently enrolled students may withhold disclosure of any category of information under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974. To withhold disclosure, written notification must be received in the Office of Admissions and Records on the appropriate campus prior to the 11th day of
classes in any given term. Forms requesting the withholding of “directory information” are available in the Offices of Admissions and Records.
The University of Colorado assumes that failure on the part of any student to request specifically the withholding of categories of “directory information” indicates individual approval for disclosure.
Questions concerning the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act may be referred to the Office of Admissions and Records.
Student Classification
Students who have passed fewer than 30 semester hours are classified as freshmen. To be classified as a sophomore, a student must have passed 30 semester hours; to be classified as a junior, 60 hours; and to be classified as a senior, 90 hours of credit. All transfer students will be classified on the same basis according to their hours of credit accepted by the University of Colorado.
Student Indebtedness
A student with financial obligations to the University will not be permitted to register for any subsequent term, to be graduated, or to be listed among those receiving a degree or credit from the University. The only exception to this policy involves students who have loans or other types of indebtedness which mature after graduation.
Withdrawal From the University
A student who wishes to withdraw from the University must obtain written approval from the Office of Admissions and Records and the appropriate dean’s office. Withdrawal forms are available from the deans’ offices. A student may withdraw with grades of W within two weeks of the beginning of the term. After the second week of classes, appropriate I/F or I/W grades will be assigned. After the tenth week of


General Information / 15
the term, a student will not be allowed to withdraw except under circumstances clearly beyond the student’s control. Policies on charges and refunds for students who withdraw are given in the Schedule of Courses published prior to each term.
A student who ceases to attend classes without officially withdrawing from the University will receive a grade of F for all course work enrolled for during that term.
V. SERVICES FOR STUDENTS
The Division of Student Affairs offers educational and personal support services and programs designed to assist students in meeting their educational and personal growth objectives. The division office telephone number is 629-2861.
Academic Honorary Societies
Academic honorary societies are affiliated with each of the schools and colleges. Further information may be obtained from the deans’ offices.
Alumni and Friends Program
The UCD Alumni and Friends organization was established in 1975 to support the University of Colorado at Denver in its programs. Membership is open to all University of Colorado graduates, former students, and friends. Activities include an annual reception for UCD graduates, assistance with the UCD Teacher Recognition Award program, an urban-oriented forum each spring, a bimonthly newsletter, and general support of the various colleges and schools of UCD.
An annual meeting is held each spring for all UCD alumni and friends at which officers and directors are elected and plans are made for the coming year. The organization also participates in the CU Alumni Coordinating Council which meets periodically on University-wide topics. The office telephone number is 629-2665.
Counseling Center
The services of the Counseling Center are open to all students and prospective students. Personal and vocational counseling, group experiences, and testing are provided by trained counselors. Interviews are confidential and there is no fee for counseling. The office telephone number is 629-2861.
Disabled Student Services
Disabled Student Services handles the special needs of physically handicapped students, helping them to obtain a university education. Services include orientation programs, registration assistance, and the assignment of reserved parking spaces to students with serious physical impairments. The office telephone number is 629-2861.
Educational Opportunity Programs
The Educational Opportunity Programs assist all educationally disadvantaged students at UCD. Support programs include specialized recruiting, intensive counseling, tutorial services, and community outreach programs. Departments include the Asian American Program, Black Education Program, Mexican American Education Program, Native American Education Program, and the Tutorial Center. Telephone, 629-2700.
Educational Opportunity Program/
Special Services
The Educational Opportunity Programs/Special Services project provides academic aid to low-income, educationally disadvantaged, and physically handicapped students who meet federal guidelines. For more information, refer to Educational Opportunity Program/Special Services in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences section of this bulletin.
Health Insurance Program
The student medical-hospital-surgical plan is automatic for all students unless waived. Dependent coverage is available at an additional charge. Students may waive this coverage by signing a waiver card and returning the card at the time of registration.
International Student Services
The Office for Student Relations provides assistance to the more than 300 international students who attend UCD. The office helps foreign students with such requirements as immigration certifications and passport assistance, and supplies information on study abroad programs, international student I.D. cards, and overseas travel.
Student Conduct, Policies, and Standards
The Office for Student Relations, which protects student rights and responsibilities, administers the Code of Student Conduct. When a student enrolls in the University she or he agrees to participate meaningfully in the life of the University and to share in the obligation to preserve and promote its educational endeavors. Each student preserves his or her rights as a citizen and has a basic obligation not to commit or to tolerate any impingement on the rights of others. Copies of the code and information regarding all student grievance procedures may be obtained in the Office for Student Relations. Telephone, 629-2861.
Student Employment Opportunities
The Office of Financial Aid offers job listings to all enrolled UCD students. Both on-campus and off-campus job openings are listed.
Students receiving financial aid may use this service only if the Office of Financial Aid has determined that earnings from the job in question will not exceed the amount of their unmet need. Telephone, 629-2886.


16 / University of Colorado at Denver
For information on career-related job opportunities, refer to Cooperative Education under Academic Programs.
Tutorial Center
The center is based upon the concept that all University students should have the opportunity to fully develop the skills necessary to meet their educational objectives. Programs are provided for general improvement of study habits and for specific assistance with particular subject areas. For further information refer to the Tutorial Center portion in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences section of this bulletin. Telephone, 629-2803.
Veterans Affairs
The Office of Veterans Affairs offers all student veterans counseling regarding school attendance requirements, benefits, personal and vocational assistance, and other program information. Consult the veterans representative, 629-2630.
Women’s Center
The Women’s Center provides counseling regarding vocational choices and personal and school-related problems. The center is also a place to meet other women students or join a discussion group. Telephone, 629-2815.
VI. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Degree Programs
For complete bachelor’s and master’s degree programs offered by UCD, see page 2.
UCD also offers preprofessional programs in law, journalism, and the health sciences (child health associate, dental hygiene, dentistry, medical technology, medicine, nursing, optometry, osteopathy, pharmacy, and physical therapy). Courses in many other undergraduate and graduate areas are offered at UCD, but degrees must be completed at the University of Colorado at Boulder. All academic programs are administered by eight separate colleges and schools:
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration School of Education
College of Engineering and Applied Science College of Environmental Design College of Music Graduate School
Graduate School of Public Affairs
The remaining sections of this bulletin discuss in detail each school and college and provide information on their specific policies on requirements for graduation, course requirements for various majors, course load policies, and similar information. Course offerings appear in a separate section beginning on page 111.
Cooperative Education Program
1047 Ninth Street 629-2892
The Cooperative Education Program provides undergraduate students with an opportunity to gain work experience relevant to their academic programs. The program is open to all students who have completed their freshman year and have maintained a grade-point average of at least 2.5. The cooperative internship program consists of jobs developed by the program staff in a wide variety of federal, state, and private agencies and businesses. Positions are specifically geared to students’ academic and career goals. Students who work for the federal government usually work and attend school during alternate semesters. Students who work for private agencies and businesses usually work part time and attend school part time. Students enrolled in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences are eligible to receive credit for preprofessional or professional work experience (see the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences section of this bulletin).
Educational Opportunity Program
Room M110A, 1100 Fourteenth Street 629-2701
The Educational Opportunity Program is designed to provide assistance to minority students and to acquaint students with the history and culture of Asian Americans, Blacks, Mexican Americans, and Native Americans. Student organizations provide assistance with recruitment, counseling, and tutoring; financial assistance is available through grants and the Work/Study Program. Courses are offered in Asian American, Black, Mexican American, and Native American Studies. These courses are open to all students and are described in the course description section of this bulletin.
Reserve Officer Training Programs
U.S. Air Force Reserve Officer Training Corps (AFROTC):
Folsom Stadium, Gate 3, University of Colorado at Boulder, Boulder, Colorado 80309, 492-8351
U.S. Army Reserve Officer Training Corps (ROTC): Department of Military Science, University of Colorado at Boulder, Boulder, Colorado 80309, 492-6495
University of Colorado at Denver students may participate in the Air Force ROTC program offered by the University of Colorado at Boulder and the Army ROTC program offered at UCD. The programs enable students to earn a commission in the Air Force or Army while earning a University degree. Both the Army and Air Force ROTC offer four-year programs designed for freshman students and two-year programs for junior students. Graduate students may also enroll in the Air Force two-year program. Both


General Information / 17
programs provide financial assistance to students in the junior and senior years, and the Air Force ROTC includes a scholarship program. Students should apply for the four-year program prior to or during their freshman year, and for the two-year program no later than early in the spring semester of their sophomore year.
Senior Citizen Program
UCD’s Office of Community-University Relations offers tuition-free classes for persons 60 years of age and over. Senior citizens may register for any class on a noncredit/audit basis as long as space is available. Senior citizens should register and pick up class registration forms in the Graduate School Office, Room 810, UCD Administration Building, and should take the completed forms to the first session of class for the instructor’s approval. The form then should be returned to the Graduate School, and a student I.D. card will be issued which entitles senior citizens to the same privileges as regular degree students. For further information call 629-2663.
Study Abroad Programs
An important educational and cultural experience in the form of study in other countries is available to all qualified UCD students. Richard Flood in the Office for Student Relations, 629-2861, is the UCD representative of the Office of International Education located at the University of Colorado at Boulder.
Specific information regarding the details of each program may be obtained from the Office of International Education at Boulder, 492-7741. Opportunities for study abroad are available in Costa Rica, England, France, Germany, Israel, Italy, Japan, and Mexico.
These programs carry resident credit from the University of Colorado. Interested students should contact their academic advisers and the Student Relations Office early in their freshman or sophomore year in order to prepare for study abroad. Information also is available regarding study abroad programs sponsored by other universities and agencies.
Students interested in obtaining the international student I.D. card, or information on charter flights and special vacation study programs, should contact UCD Student Relations.
Division of Continuing Education
Continuing education at UCD provides lifelong learning experiences for people of all ages seeking to attain career and personal development goals and serves a society trying to cope with the problems and realities of rapidly changing patterns of living. UCD’s Division of Continuing Education offers a large noncredit program ranging from one-day workshops to certificate programs requiring several years to complete. Classes meet throughout the Denver metropolitan area. Off-campus credit classes are offered in the public schools, Lowry Air Force Base, and Fitzsimons Army Medical Center.
Noncredit programs are open to all adults regardless of previous education or training. Some advanced courses require a background in a specific subject matter area. Examples of these courses include licensing and professional designation refresher courses for engineers, accountants, and life insurance agents. Except in some certificate programs, no grade is awarded upon completion of a course.
Off-campus credit classes supplement the regular academic programs offered at UCD. These special purpose programs include recertification classes for public school teachers, vacation college, and certificate programs for government professionals. Admission requirements and refund policies for off-campus instruction are identical with requirements for enrollment in UCD. Individuals who have never been enrolled on any campus of the University of Colorado usually are admitted to off-campus instruction as special students.
Individuals interested in obtaining a copy of the Division of Continuing Education Bulletin or other information may write or call the division office at UCD, 1100 14th Street, 629-2735.
BOARD OF REGENTS
JACK KENT ANDERSON, Golden, term expires 1979
GERALDINE BEAN, Boulder, term expires 1979
RACHEL B. NOEL, Denver, term expires 1979
ERIC W. SCHMIDT, Boulder, term expires 1979
LOUIS BEIN, Berthoud, term expires 1981
RICHARD BERNICK, Denver, term expires 1981
FRED M. BETZ, JR., Lamar, term expires 1983
BYRON L. JOHNSON, Denver, term expires 1983
SANDY F. KRAEMER, Colorado Springs, term expires 1983
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS University-Wide
ROLAND C. RAUTENSTRAUS, President of the University; Professor of Civil Engineering. B.S. (C.E.), M.S., University of Colorado.
J. RUSSELL NELSON, Executive Vice President and Vice President for Administration; Professor of Finance. B.A., Pacific Union College; M.B.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles.
University of Colorado at Denver
HAROLD H. HAAK, Chancellor; Professor of Public Affairs. B.A., M.A., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., Princeton University.
MARTIN L. MOODY, Vice Chancellor for Administration; Professor of Civil Engineering. B.S. (C.E.), University of Missouri; M.S. (C.E.), University of Colorado; Ph.D. (C.E.), Stanford University. Professional Engineer: Colorado.
RICHARD T. DILLON, Acting Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs; Associate Professor of English. B.A., Yale University; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley.
PAUL J. KOPECKY, Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs; Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., University of Northern Colorado; M.A., Ed.D., University of Colorado.
KENNETH E. HERMAN, Director, Budget and Finance. B.S. (Bus.), University of Colorado.
GORDON G. BARNEWALL, Associate Dean, College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration: Associate Prolessor of Marketing. B.S., University of Colorado; M.B.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University.


18 / University of Colorado at Denver
PAUL E. BARTLETT, Associate Dean, College of Engineering and Applied Science; Professor of Civil Engineering. B.S. (C.E.), B.S. (Bus.), M.S. (C.E.), University of Colorado. Professional Engineer: Colorado.
WILLIAM D. BOUB, Dean, Summer Session; Director, Division of Continuing Education. B.S., Kansas State Teachers College; M.S., University of Illinois.
DANIEL FALLON, Dean, College of Liberal Arts and Sciences; Professor of Psychology. B.A., Antioch College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia.
DWAYNE C. NUZUM, Dean, College of Environmental Design; Associate Professor of Architecture. B.Arch., University of Colorado; M.(Arch.), Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Doctoral (Town
Planning), Delft Technical University, The Netherlands. Registered Architect: Colorado, Virginia.
ROY PRITTS, Acting Assistant Dean, College of Music; Assistant Professor of Music. B.Mus.Ed., M.A., University of Denver; M.A., Burton College.
ROBERT N. ROGERS, Associate Dean, Graduate School; Professor of Physics. B.S., Ph.D., Stanford University.
ROBERT F. WILCOX, Dean, Graduate School of Public Affairs; Professor of Public Affairs. M.A., Columbia University; A.B., M.A., Ph.D., Stanford University.
RICHARD E. WYLIE, Associate Dean, School of Education; Professor of Education. B.Ed., Plymouth State College; M.Ed., Ed.D., Boston University.


College of Liberal Arts and Sciences
Daniel Fallon, Dean
INFORMATION ABOUT THE COLLEGE
Study of the liberal arts and sciences aims to develop human potential in order to bring the best of human intellect and emotion to bear on the experiences and challenges of life. By providing a broad educational foundation, the arts and sciences prepare students to initiate careers, to change careers in midlife, to pursue advanced study in a discipline, to study for a professional career such as law or medicine, and, in general, to lead a rewarding and productive life. The curriculum helps students to increase substantive knowledge, to learn skills such as logical argument and clear expression, to gain new insights about relationships in nature and society, to develop critical thought and interpretive ability, to solve complex problems rationally, and to heighten aesthetic appreciation.
To accomplish these aims, the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences supports a vigorous interaction between faculty and students. A young and dedicated faculty with strong academic credentials is committed to highly motivated urban students who represent a broad range of age and experience. Thus, the curriculum of the College maintains traditionally high university academic standards while providing numerous flexible learning opportunities to meet the varied objectives of university students from the Denver metropolitan area. At the undergraduate level, the College offers a high-quality liberal educational program that also prepares students for subsequent professional and graduate study. At the graduate level, the College offers students disciplinary and broad interdisciplinary master’s degree programs which may serve as a means of beginning study towards doctoral degrees.
Because students are consulted and involved in the design of both undergraduate and graduate programs, the curriculum of the College reflects the concerns of Denver area students. There are many opportunities to study urban problems, confront contemporary issues, participate in off-campus working internships, and in general make use of the resources of the city. To accommodate the many students who are employed full time during the day, about half of all
courses offered by the College are scheduled after 5 p.m.
The faculty of the College provide instruction at the undergraduate level through three academic divisions: Arts and Humanities, Natural and Physical Sciences, and Social Sciences. Each division offers a wide variety of curricula including traditional undergraduate major programs, interdisciplinary studies, and preprofessional programs.
The degrees offered by the College at the undergraduate level are the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) and Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.F.A.). A number of degrees are offered at the graduate level.
Many students enroll in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences to study the liberal arts and participate in the general education associated with the B.A. or B.F.A. degree as an end in itself. Upon receiving a degree, some students decide to continue study at the graduate level. Others set aside further formal study and initiate careers. Because a liberal education provides & broad foundation in problem-solving skills and substantive knowledge that can be widely applied, graduates of the College have begun careers in a variety of positions in industry, commerce, and government.
Many students also enroll in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences specifically to prepare themselves for admission to one of the professional schools of the University, which include the School of Dentistry, School of Education, School of Journalism, School of Law, School of Medicine, School of Nursing, School of Pharmacy, and Graduate School of Public Affairs. The specific admission requirements for each of these professional schools can be met in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
Entering First-Year Students
Students planning to enter the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences must meet the requirements described in the General Information section of this bulletin under Admission Policies and Procedures.


20 / University of Colorado at Denver
Applicants to the College are considered for admission according to the following schedule.1
If: And: Then:
Your Rank in High School Class Is Your ACT Composite Your Combined OR SAT Score Your Status for Admission Is
Upper 1/2 23 or higher 1,000 or higher Assured admission
Upper 2/3 18-23 800 or higher Considered on an individual basis
Lower 1/2 Below 18 Below 800 Considered by Admissions Committee
Transfer Students
dary teaching, journalism, and law, as well as the following health science fields: child health associate, dental hygiene, dentistry, medical technology, medicine, nursing, optometry, osteopathy, pharmacy, and physical therapy.
Note: Graduate degree programs offered by the faculty of the College through the Graduate School are described in the Graduate School section of this bulletin.
ACADEMIC POLICIES
Students are referred to the General Information section of this bulletin for a description of academic policies that apply to all undergraduate students at UCD. The policies which follow apply specifically to the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.
Students who have attended another college or university are expected to meet the general requirements for admission of transfer students as described in the General Information section of this bulletin. Applicants who have been away from a college environment for more than three years will be considered on the basis of all factors available: high school record, test scores, original college admission qualifications, college performance, and interim experiences that might suggest potential success in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. A maximum of 72 semester hours taken at a community college may be applied toward a degree in the College.
MAJOR PROGRAMS
Students can earn the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree in the following areas:
Anthropology Biology Chemistry Communication and theatre Economics
English (students may also take a special writing program option) Fine arts (students may study for either a B.A. or B.F.A. degree)
French
Geography
Geology
German
History
Mathematics (students may also take a special computer science option)
Philosophy
Physics
Political science
Population dynamics
Psychology
Sociology
Spanish
Urban studies
Special options are available for those students who would like to distribute their major program studies among two or more disciplinary majors (distributed studies) or who would like to propose a unique major program tailored to meet a specific objective (individually structured major).
The College also provides the necessary course work to prepare students for careers in elementary or secon-
Academic Ethics
Students are expected to conduct themselves in accordance with the highest standards of honesty and integrity. Therefore, the faculty assumes that term papers, reports, studio work, results of laboratory experiments, and examinations submitted by the student represent the student’s own work. Students are referred to the Statement on Academic Honesty of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, available from the Office of the Dean for guidance on generally acceptable limits on cooperation in the preparation of academic work, and for a discussion of what constitutes academic dishonesty.
Academic dishonesty, such as plagiarism or cheating, is a serious charge which, if substantiated, may result in course failure, probation, suspension, or expulsion from the University. The Committee on Academic Ethics, composed principally of faculty and students, is charged by the faculty of the College with considering evidence in contested cases, determining guilt or innocence, and assessing penalties. Special rules of the committee, available from the Office of the Dean have been designed to insure due process.
Academic Advice and Information
Students in the College are expected to assume the responsibility for planning their academic programs in accordance with College rules and policies and major requirements. To assist students, the College maintains an advising staff located in the UCD Administration Building. Students are urged to consult with the staff of this office concerning individual academic problems.
As soon as the student has determined a major, he or she must declare the major to a discipline or major adviser. The discipline adviser will be responsible not
'This schedule corresponds to the general requirements described in the General Information section, but more detail is provided here for prospective College of Liberal Arts and Sciences students.


College of Liberal Arts and Sciences / 21
only for the student’s advising but also for the certification of the completion of the major program for graduation.
Students planning to earn a degree from one of the professional schools should see an adviser in that school. Each professional school has certain specific requirements. Preprofessional health science students should see a member of the Health Sciences Committee early in their careers. Appointments should be made through the sciences secretary in Room 508, 629-2646.
UCD also has a counseling service available through the Office for Student Affairs to which a student may go for assistance with problems.
Academic Warning and Scholastic Suspension
Academic Warning. Students whose cumulative grade-point averages fall below a 2.0 (C) at the end of the fall semester will be so notified early in the spring semester. Students will be informed in writing concerning the grade-point requirements which must be met by the end of the spring semester.
Scholastic Suspension. Scholastic suspension means that a student is denied the opportunity to register for courses in the College for a specified period of time. If a student’s G.P.A. drops below 2.0 at the end of any semester (excluding summer term), the student will be required to achieve better than a 2.0 in a succeeding semester, as described in the following sliding scale, or the student will be suspended. The student must then continue to meet the sliding scale every semester until the grade-point average reaches 2.0. Scholastic records of students are reviewed as soon as possible after the close of each spring semester, and the student is informed in writing if he or she is to be suspended.
Hours Deficiency
1-10 11-20 21-30 Over 30
Grade-Point Average in the Most Recent Semester
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
The “Hours Deficiency” is the number of credit hours of B work that the student must earn to raise the G.P.A. to 2.0 (C). For example, if the student has attempted 24 semester hours and has earned 42 quality points, the G.P.A. is 1.75. The student needs 6 semester hours of B to raise the G.P.A. to 2.0. To calculate the hours of B that are needed, multiply the total hours attempted by 2 and subtract the number of quality points from this figure. Example: 24 semester hours attempted x 2 = 48; 48 — 42 quality points = 6 semester hours of B needed or 6 hours deficiency.
In attempting to raise a grade-point average, a student may register for courses in the University of
Colorado summer term on any campus, for correspondence study through the University, or for credit courses offered through the Division of Continuing Education.
Grades earned at another institution are not used in calculating the grade-point average at the University of Colorado. However, grades earned in another college or school within the University of Colorado are used in determining the student’s scholastic standing and progress toward the degree.
First Suspension. The normal period of suspension is two regular semesters (one academic year, excluding summer term), after which the student will automatically be readmitted to the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. The student then will be expected to meet the sliding scale (based on the student’s University of Colorado record only) until the cumulative G.P.A. reaches 2.0. Failure to do so will result in a second suspension.
A student under a first suspension may be readmitted before the end of the normal suspension period only if the student has demonstrated academic improvement in one of the following ways:
1. By achieving a cumulative 2.5 average on all summer or correspondence work attempted at the University of Colorado since suspension. (A student must register for a minimum of 6 credits in the summer term on any campus or through correspondence work.)
2. By raising the cumulative grade-point average to
2.0 through correspondence or summer work at the University of Colorado.
3. By raising the cumulative grade-point average to
2.0 at another institution. (The cumulative grade-point average is defined as the grade-point average at the University of Colorado in combination with the work taken at all other institutions.) Upon return to the University, however, the student retains his or her previous grade-point average. (G.P.A. from another institution does not transfer back to the University.)
Second Suspension. A student suspended for a second time will be readmitted only under unusual circumstances, and only by petition to the Committee on Academic Progress of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Each petition will be examined individually. The committee will expect the student to show that chances for successful completion of an educational program in the College have been materially improved by factors such as increased maturity or a relief from stressful circumstances. The deadline for petitions to the Committee on Academic Progress for reinstatement for any fall semester is August 1; for reinstatement for any spring semester, the deadline is December 1.
Students who complete 12 or more semester hours at another institution must apply for readmission to the University of Colorado as transfer students, regardless of their status in the University of Colorado. They also must present a 2.0 cumulative grade-point average on all collegiate work attempted (at the University of Colorado and elsewhere) in order to be considered for readmission.


22 / University of Colorado at Denver
Petitioning for Special Requests or Exceptions to Standing Academic Policy
The Committee on Academic Progress (CAP) is responsible for the administration of the academic policies of the College as established by the faculty. This faculty-student committee constitutes the bridge between the faculty in its legislative capacity and the students upon whom the legislation comes to bear. The committee alone is empowered to grant waivers of exemptions from, and exceptions to the academic policies of the College.
One of the major responsibilities of the committee is the handling of suspensions and reinstatement of suspended students. The normal period of suspension is two regular semesters (one academic year, excluding summer term). However, students suspended a second time will be reinstated only under unusual circumstances and only by petition to the committee.
Course Load
The normal course load is 12 to 18 hours. Students registered for fewer than 12 hours are regarded as part-time students. Students wishing to register for 20 hours or more must obtain approval from the dean. Designation as a part-time or full-time student depends only upon courses taken for credit in the University and does not include correspondence courses or noncredit courses. To receive credit, the student must be officially registered for each course.
Students who hold or expect to hold full- or part-time employment while enrolled in the College must register for course loads they can expect to complete without unusual difficulty. Recommended course loads are given below, but each student must weigh his or her own abilities and assess the demands of each course in determining an appropriate schedule. The College assumes that all courses selected will be completed.
Employed 20 hours per week — 10 to 13 semester hours or three to four courses.
Employed 30 hours per week — 8 to 11 semester hours or three courses.
Employed 40 hours per week — 6 to 9 semester hours or two or three courses.
Earning Academic Credit — Special Options and Cases
Students in the College may earn credit toward a degree for knowledge gained prior to enrollment in the College or for knowledge gained outside of College courses. Some specific programs by which credit is awarded include Credit by Examination, Advanced Placement, and the College-Level Examination Program. These are described in the General Information section of this bulletin. In addition, credit may be earned for Cooperative Education, Army ROTC, and the following activities.
Correspondence Study. Students in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, with the approval of the dean, may take work in correspondence study offered by the University’s Division of Continuing Education.
A maximum of 30 hours of correspondence work may count toward the degree.
Credit for Courses m the Professional Schools and in Physical Education. Students may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree as many as 24 credit hours of course work for curricula leading to degrees other than the B.A. (business, engineering and applied science, environmental design, journalism, music, nursing, and pharmacy). College of Liberal Arts and Sciences students desiring secondary school certification will be allowed to take up to 34 hours in the certification program of the School of Educational Studies as part of their total required hours for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Vocational and technical courses from a two-year program may not be included. Activity courses in physical education, up to a maximum of 8 hours, will count toward the 120 required for the degree.
Credit for Independent Study. Students may register for independent study with the written approval of the appropriate faculty member and divisional dean. The amount of credit to be given for an independent study project (not to exceed 3 credits per semester) shall be arranged at the time of registration. A maximum of 12 credits taken on an independent study basis may apply toward the bachelor’s degree.
Graduation Requirements
The Liberal Education Program. In order to qualify for a B.A. or B.F.A. degree from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, students must complete the liberal education program, which consists of area distribution requirements and a foreign language requirement.
To satisfy the area distribution requirements, students choose from a list of available courses in each of three areas:
1. Arts and humanities — 12 semester hours.
2. Natural and physical sciences — 12 semester hours.
3. Social sciences — 12 semester hours.
Lists of courses that will satisfy these area requirements are available in the Schedule of Courses issued each fall and spring semester and summer term. The Schedule may be obtained in each divisional office and in the Office of the Dean of the College.
To satisfy the foreign language requirejment, students must demonstrate proficiency in a foreign language. This requirement may be met prior to admission as a student by completion of a Level III high school course in any classical or modern foreign language. Students who have not satisfied the requirement upon admission may do so by (a) demonstration of a third-semester proficiency by examination, (b) completion of a third-semester course in the College, or (c) completion of Intensive German, which consists of 12 semester hours in one semester. Students are strongly urged to begin or continue their college-level language study immediately upon enrollment in the College. Students who elect to continue a


College of Liberal Arts and Sciences / 23
language studied before entering the College will be placed in courses appropriate to their level of preparation. Careful rules for placement have been prepared and are available from the Office of the Dean of the College. Students are urged to consult the advising staff of the College or any foreign language faculty member regarding foreign language study or the foreign language requirement.
Major Requirements. A candidate for the degree Bachelor of Arts shall fulfill such requirements as may be stipulated for the major program. These requirements shall include at least 30 semester hours of work in the major area (as determined by the adviser) of C grade or higher, at least 16 hours of which shall be at the upper division level. The grade average in the major shall be at least C. Not more than 48 semester hours in one field may be counted in the 120 hours required for the degree. The student is responsible for knowing the requirements for the major. The adviser shall be responsible for determining when a student has satisfactorily completed the requirements for the major and for so certifying to the dean of the College.
For requirements of the Bachelor of Fine Arts degree, consult the Fine Arts section in the alphabetical listings under the description of programs.
Upper Division Requirement. Students must complete at least 45 hours of upper division work (courses numbered in the 300s and 400s) to be eligible for the bachelor’s degree. Any student may register for upper division courses providing he or she has satisfied the prerequisites or has the approval of the discipline in which the course is offered.
Courses transferred from a community college carry lower division credit. Exceptions to this require approval of the dean of the College and the appropriate discipline representative, who may ask the student to validate upper division credit by taking an advanced standing examination.
Total Credit-Hour and Grade-Point Requirement. To qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, students must pass at least 120 semester hours with an average of at least
2.0 (C) in all courses attempted at the University of Colorado.
Residence Requirement. A candidate for a degree from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences must earn the last 30 hours in the University of Colorado and must be enrolled as a degree student in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.
Senior Progress Report. Upon completion of 80 semester hours of course work, each student should request a Progress Report from the Office of the Dean to determine the student’s status with respect to degree requirements.
At the beginning of their last semester, students are required to file Diploma Cards, showing the date they intend to be graduated. Diploma Cards are available in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, Office of Admissions and Records, and at registration. During their senior year, students must clear all schedule
changes with the Degree Requirements Section of the Office of the Dean.
Summary Checklist of Graduation Requirements. The student is ultimately responsible for the fulfillment of these requirements. Questions concerning them should be directed to the Office of the Dean. Upon completion of degree requirements (including the fulfillment of a major), the student will be awarded the appropriate degree.
LIBERAL EDUCATION PROGRAM
1. Arts and humanities: 12 semester hours.
2. Natural and physical sciences: 12 semester hours.
3. Social sciences: 12 semester hours.
4. Foreign language: third-semester proficiency in any one language or completion of a Level HI high school foreign language course.
MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
1. 30 to 48 hours in the major field.
2. At least 30 hours of C grade or better in the major field.
3. A 2.0 (C) grade-point average in all major course work.
4. A minimum of 16 semester hours of upper division courses in the major, C grade or higher.
5. Special requirements as stipulated by the major adviser.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1. A total of 120 semester hours passed.
2. A 2.0 (C) cumulative grade-point average on all University of Colorado course work.
3. A minimum of 45 semester hours of upper division course work.
4. The last 30 hours in residence in the College.
Note: Not more than 48 hours in any one field and not more than 24 hours outside the College can be counted in the 120 hours required for the degree.
SPECIAL ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Honors
Graduation With Distinction. A student who performs superlatively in course work in the College will be awarded a bachelor’s degree accompanied by the statement, with distinction. To be eligible for graduation with distinction, a student must have completed at least 30 semester hours at the University of Colorado and have obtained a grade-point average of 3.5 or higher by the end of the semester prior to the final semester’s work toward the degree. The cumulative grade-point average must be based upon all collegiate work attempted, both at the University of Colorado and elsewhere.
The College Honors Program. Independently of graduation with distinction, which is based on grades alone, the College offers a program through which students can qualify for the following honors awarded by


24 / University of Colorado at Denver
the College: summa cum laude, magna cum laude, or cum laude. The determination of the level of honors to be awarded is made by the College Honors Council. These awards may be earned either in a specific discipline, or as general honors in the college-wide program, or both. In either case, special independent creative work is required to qualify. Any junior or senior student with a cumulative grade-point average of 3.0 (B) or higher may participate in the program.
In order to qualify for award of College honors in a discipline, a student must (a) complete a research project or honors thesis in the discipline, (b) take the Advanced Graduate Record Examination, and (c) take an oral examination administered by an honors committee.
The College-wide general honors program is designed to promote dialogue among students of different fields of study through at least one 3-credit seminar each semester on an interdisciplinary topic. The program is intended for the student who likes to deal creatively with ideas and who desires to extend education beyond the usual course requirements. Any qualified junior or senior may enroll in honors seminars without becoming a candidate for graduation with honors. There are no examinations in the honors seminars themselves; and no letter grades are awarded — only the designations H (Honors), P (Pass), and F (Fail). All honors seminars are limited to an enrollment of no more than 12 students, and are awarded upper division credit.
In order to qualify for award of general College-wide honors, a student must (a) complete at least four honors seminars and earn a designation of H, (b) take an undergraduate program Area Test, (c) submit an honors paper, and (d) take oral and written honors examinations administered by the honors committee.
Detailed information concerning the College honors program may be obtained from the director of the Honors Program, or from the office of the dean of the College. Students interested in the program should begin participation at least three semesters prior to their intended graduation.
Phi Beta Kappa. Students in the College who excel in their undergraduate studies may be invited to join Phi Beta Kappa, the nation’s oldest academic honorary society, founded in 1776 at the College of William and Mary. For further information, interested students should contact the Office of the Dean.
Cooperative Education
Based on the precept that “real-life” experiences can often contribute to liberal education, the Cooperative Education Program is designed to provide opportunities to supplement academic work with practical experience. Students may be placed as employees with corporations, businesses, and public agencies in ways that complement or enhance their academic course work. Many Co-op students choose to contract with a professor in their major field to receive academic credit for their work experience. An
academic Co-op contract designates a certain number of academic credits for the fulfillment of a certain number of hours of work experience. The credit is contingent upon satisfactory completion of whatever academic project the faculty member chooses to assign in conjunction with the job.
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences participates in this program under three divisional course listings: A.H. 398, N.P.S. 398, and Soc.Sci. 398. These courses are listed under Arts and Humanities, Natural and Physical Science, and Social Science in the Course Description section of this bulletin. Students placed by the Cooperative Education Office in paid or volunteer assignments, as well as students who have obtained their own jobs, may be eligible, subject to the guidelines below:
1. The student should have reached the sophomore level of university work and must be enrolled in an undergraduate degree program.
2. The student should have at least a 2.5 grade-point average. Students with G.P.A.’s in the 2.0 (C) to 2.4 range must obtain the approval of the dean in order to participate in the program.
3. A job in which the learning possibilities and responsibilities of the student remain static will not be approved for more than one semester. In contrast, a job in which the learning opportunities and responsibilities vary and increase may be eligible for credit over a longer time span.
4. Projects will be granted from 1 to 6 hours of elective credit per semester, 3 being the usual number of credit hours for each project. However, certain projects, such as certain full-time internships, may be granted as much as 6 credits.
5. Twelve semester hours is the maximum number of credits a student can earn in Cooperative Education. In some disciplines, Cooperative Education hours may count toward satisfying requirements for the major with the approval of the major adviser.
Students should contact the Cooperative Education Program office for further information and forms for placement and credit, 1047 9th Street, 629-2892.
Educational Opportunity Program/Special Services
The Educational Opportunity Program/Special Services Project is concerned with the academic success of low-income, educationally disadvantaged, and physically handicapped students. Although the project is administered by the College, it serves students in all colleges and schools of UCD. To participate in the project, students must meet income and academic development guidelines set by the EOP. The project provides its participants with counseling, tutoring, special curricula, and other services designed to remedy any deficiencies or problems which the students may have. Classes offered through Special Services are restricted to students participating in the project.
Tutorial Center
The Tutorial Center is administered by the College on behalf of UCD. The purpose of the center is to


College of Liberal Arts and Sciences / 25
provide supportive opportunities for all UCD students to fully develop methods of efficient study. Services are available to strengthen general academic research skills as well as to help specifically with particular subject areas. Each semester the center offers three courses for which students may receive 1 semester hour of credit graded on a pass/fail basis — developmental composition, developmental reading, and college preparatory mathematics. Detailed course descriptions may be found under Study Skills in the course description section of this bulletin.
Noncredit, five-week modular courses, such as rapid reading, also are offered, in which students may accelerate reading speed, learn reading flexibility, and build word-grouping ability and comprehension. Study skills mini-courses (noncredit) are offered in such areas as use of the library, listening and taking notes, taking examinations, writing a term paper, time scheduling, and systematic approaches to study.
Tutorial assistance is available to students who need help in any subject area. The center also keeps a file for students wishing to participate in discussion groups prior to and during examination week.
The center has available a collection of books, including a number by minority authors and about minorities, which may be utilized for research assignments as well as for improvement of general knowledge.
PREPARATION FOR A PROFESSION SUCH AS LAW OR MEDICINE
Completion of the undergraduate curriculum of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences can prepare students for a number of careers in the professions. Information on preparation for those professions most frequently asked about by students in the College is presented here. Students seeking information about other professions should contact the Office of the Dean of the College.
in developing a capacity to think analytically, as are certain courses in philosophy.
The Law School Admission Test (LSAT) is required of all applicants for admission to law school and should be taken as early as possible during the senior year. For additional information, students should review the current Prelaw Handbook, published annually in October and prepared by the Law School Admissions Council and the Association of American Law Schools. This book includes material on the law and lawyers, prelaw preparation, applying to law schools, and the study of law, as well as individualized information on most American law schools. It may be ordered from Educational Testing Service, Princeton, New Jersey 08540.
Students interested in applying for admission to the School of Law of the University of Colorado should contact the Admissions Office of the School of Law, Room 118, Fleming Law Building, Boulder, Colorado
80309.
Journalism
Students interested in preparing for a career in journalism may decide to obtain a bachelor’s degree from the College as a general preparation, or they may choose to complete a B.S. degree in journalism. The B.S. degree in journalism is granted from the School of Journalism at the University of Colorado at Boulder. However, the first two years of the journalism curriculum may be completed at UCD within the College. Students pursuing the journalism B.S. degree normally transfer into the School of Journalism at the beginning of the junior year. To be considered for transfer admission, a student must have completed a minimum of 60 semester hours with a grade-point average of at least 2.25. Interested students should consult the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog for detailed information concerning requirements for the B.S. degree in journalism.
Law
Students intending to enter a school of law may major in any field while completing their bachelor’s degree programs since law schools do not generally specify a particular undergraduate degree major. Successful prelaw students from the College have had majors in many different fields. However, students preparing for law school should place primary emphasis on learning superior methods of study, critical thinking, and communication skills, which are often considered more important by law schools than factual knowledge alone. College courses should be chosen with care to produce a balanced pattern of skills and insights. Sufficient English should be studied to insure good use of language, as in grammar, spelling, composition, and rhetoric, and also to develop a capacity for analysis and criticism. Because the natural sciences provide an appreciation for inductive and deductive approaches, evaluation of evidence, and detailed accuracy of observation, some study in this area is desirable. Mathematics is helpful
Health Sciences
Course programs have been developed within the College to prepare students for the following specific careers within the general area of health sciences.
Child health associate Dental hygiene Dentistry
Medical technology Medicine
Nursing Optometry Osteopathy Pharmacy Physical therapy
Because the prerequisites for these health career programs are continually changing, students interested in pursuing one of these careers should contact the Health Sciences secretary, UCD Administration Building, Room 508, 629-2646, for current requirements and for advising.
Education
Two avenues are open to students wishing to prepare themselves for careers in teaching.


26 / University of Colorado at Denver
1. Students with a major program in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences who seek certification for teaching at the secondary school level remain in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences for the bachelor’s degree, but take approximately 30 hours of professional education work in the School of Education.
2. Elementary education majors and distributed studies majors preparing to teach at the secondary school level normally transfer from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences to the School of Education at the beginning of the junior year and continue there to receive the Bachelor of Science degree in education.
Students should contact the School of Education at UCD for detailed information concerning teacher education programs at both elementary and secondary levels, 629-2717.
Teacher Certification Within the College. Students in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences who intend to pursue a major curriculum in one of the disciplines or programs in the College, and who also desire secondary school teacher certification, must apply for and be accepted into the Teacher Education Program. The requirements for admission are identical with those under “2a” listed below for the pre-education program. These students also must meet all requirements for a bachelor’s degree in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.
Early planning is crucial for students intending to enter the Teacher Education Program. Since the School of Education has initiated a new program at both the elementary and secondary levels, students are urged to consult the School early and regularly concerning new requirements.
Pre-Education Program. Students pursuing elementary education or distributed studies majors for secondary school teachers should so indicate on all application and registration materials so that they may be advised by the education counselor or faculty members. Application for transfer to the School of Education and for admission to the Teacher Education Program should be made during the last semester of the sophomore year. The minimum requirements for acceptance are:
1. Completion of at least 60 semester hours of acceptable college work with a grade-point average of 2.5 for all courses attempted, and 2.5 for all courses attempted at the University of Colorado, and 2.5 in the major teaching field. No student will be recommended for certification to teach in any field in which the grade-point average is less than 2.5.
2. General education requirements for students planning to student teach at the secondary or elementary school level are as follows:
a. General education (with academic counseling early in the program, a major part of general education, urban studies, and teaching field requirements may be combined):
(1) 12 cumulative semester hours to be completed in each of the following
three areas; (sequences of course work not required):
Arts and Humanities.............. 12
(In order to meet typical certification requirements in other states, students should take at least 6 semester hours of humanities in English language courses, e.g., Engl. 101, 102, 103; Engl. 480, Advanced Composition; Engl. 484, English Grammar; Engl. 485, History of the English Language.)
Social Sciences.................. 12
Natural and Physical Sciences . 12-16 (2) For elementary certification, the following work should be included as part of general education requirements: two courses in physical science with laboratory, two courses in biological science with laboratory, and two courses in mathematics (Math. 303 and 304).
b. Urban Studies (College of Liberal Arts and Sciences) ...............................9
COLLEGE-WIDE INTERDISCIPLINARY ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Most of the individual disciplines represented in the College have numerous links with other disciplines, and many faculty members consequently encourage students to take courses in related disciplines. In the natural and physical sciences new subject-matter areas are emerging from blends of traditional disciplines; examples include biochemistry, geophysics, biophysics, and psychobiology. In the social sciences the similarity of method and of subject matter from discipline to discipline tends to promote broad interaction and a sense of common purpose. In the arts and humanities the continual synthesis of useful analytical ideas and concepts gains strength as it is tested against differing perspectives; comparative literature, mixed media fine arts, and philosophical psychology are examples of this kind of interdisciplinary involvement. Therefore, students will often find opportunities to explore relationships among different disciplines while studying within traditional disciplines. In some instances, such as ethnic studies, much or most of the academic work can be characterized as interdisciplinary even though the area is treated as a traditional discipline. The following programs are explicitly interdisciplinary and college-wide in character.
American Studies
Rex Bums, UCD Codirector
Students interested in the study of American culture and civilization may participate in the University’s major program in American Studies. The first three years of the program may be completed at UCD, following which the student must transfer to the University of Colorado at Boulder. Therefore, students should consult the University of Colorado at


College of Liberal Arts and Sciences / 27
Boulder Catalog as well as conferring early in the program with the codirector of American Studies at UCD.
American Studies is an interdisciplinary approach to the facts and values of American civilization. Majors are required to complete 6 upper division credits in three of the following “primary” fields: American history, American literature, anthropology, art history, economics, journalism, political science, sociology. They also are required to complete 6 upper division credits in the history, culture, or language of a non-American civilization; 6 credits in architecture, minority studies, geography, integrated studies, music, or philosophy; and (at the University of Colorado at Boulder) American Studies 495-496. A list of recommended courses in the primary fields may be obtained from the UCD American Studies codirector or from the Office of the dean of the College.
Distributed Studies
The College’s distributed studies major has been designed for those students who wish to develop a consolidated major program based upon the study of two or three disciplines together rather than to focus their major program on a single discipline. In pursuing a distributed studies major, students work closely with a faculty adviser to develop a specific program. One discipline is designated as primary subject, and then one or two other disciplines are designated as secondary subjects. The total program must consist of at least 60 semester hours in at least two disciplines. The disciplines must be disciplines or areas offered within the College, and the program may not include a first-year course in English (101, 102, 103) or foreign language (101, 102). General requirements for the primary subject are (a) a minimum of 30 semester hours with grades of C or better, and (b) a minimum of 12 semester hours of upper division course work with grades of C or better. General requirements for the secondary subject(s) are (a) a minimum of 30 semester hours from among one or two disciplines, and (b) at least 12 semester hours in any one discipline. The specific requirements in any case depend upon the program worked out with a faculty adviser, who may stipulate specific course requirements.
Ethnic Studies
The Ethnic Studies Program provides for the study of the life and culture of minority groups in the United States. The program offers three options for students: (a) the major, (b) the combined major and (c) the specialization.
The Major. The major leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree in Ethnic Studies.1 The major program consists of 42 semester hours, with an average of C or better, 30 of which must be taken from the ethnic studies curriculum. The remaining 12 hours are taken from a list of related courses in other disciplines prepared annually by the ethnic studies faculty.
The Combined Major. The ethnic studies faculty urges students interested in the program to consider
combining ethnic studies with a major in one of the many closely allied disciplines in the University. In this option, a student selects a major in an allied discipline such as communication and theatre, English, Spanish, sociology, history, political science, anthropology, psychology, or education, and pursues it simultaneously with ethnic studies as follows:
1. The student must meet all the requirements for the major in each discipline.
2. The student’s program of study must be approved by the chairpersons of both of the disciplines involved.
3. Courses that are cross-listed between two disciplines will apply toward fulfillment of the requirements for either major field but not both.
The Specialization. Rather than majoring in ethnic studies, students pursuing a major in another discipline in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences may wish to pursue a specialization in ethnic studies. Students earn the specialization by completing the requirements for their particular academic major and, in addition, 12 semester hours in ethnic studies, 6 of which must be at the 300 level or higher.
For further information about the ethnic studies degree, contact Cecil E. Glenn, 629-2701.
Individually Structured Major
Some students wish to study in depth, as a major program, a coherent topic area that crosses traditional disciplinary lines and/or requires significant independent study to complete. These students are encouraged to propose a design for an individually structured major program. To pursue an individually structured major program, a student must work out the details of the proposed program, sometime after his or her first year in the College, with a committee of three College faculty members. The major becomes the student’s official program upon final approval by the faculty committee. In recent years students in the College have structured majors in such areas as French and cinematography, and oral history and environmental planning.
Population Dynamics
Melvin Albaum, Director
The Population Dynamics Program is a multidisciplinary major designed to provide a comprehensive and flexible educational experience for persons who are interested in population processes, especially within the urban environment. Emphasis of the major is on the social, economic, and mental health problems complicated by the dynamics of population processes. The major disciplines involved are biology, geography, psychology, and sociology. The major is appropriate for students intending careers in the fields of urban and community planning, family planning and counseling, population education, environmental demography, and population-related careers in community action programs, neighborhood
iSubject to approval by the Colorado Commission on Higher Education.


28 / University of Colorado at Denver
health centers, and local, state, and federal agencies. Students completing this major may enter graduate programs in most of the social, behavioral, and natural sciences, demography (population studies), public affairs and administration, urban and regional planning, and in public health, medicine, law, or social services.
All students majoring in population dynamics will be expected to meet the following course requirements:
1. a. A minimum of 6 hours of P.D.P. 300-2,
Workshop in Population Dynamics1
b. A minimum of 3 hours of P.D.P. 310-3, Prac-ticum in Population Dynamics
c. N.P.S. 200-3, Human Sexuality
2. Any two of the following three courses:
Geog. 473-3. Population Geography
Soc. 421-3. Advanced Population Studies Soc. 424-3. Migration
3. One of the following courses:
Biol. 383-3. General Genetics Biol. 452-3. Human Genetics
4. One of the following four courses:
Psych. 210-4. Introduction to Research Methods
in Psychology
Soc. 317-3. Statistics
Math. 383-3. Introduction to Statistics
Geog. 400-3. Introductory Quantitative Methods
in Geography
5. A minimum of 24 additional hours from the following disciplines with not more than 12 hours from any one discipline: anthropology, biology, communication and theatre, computer science, economics, geography, physical education, political science, population dynamics, psychology, rehabilitation services, social science, and sociology. Students should consult with the program director in selecting these hours to be sure the courses are acceptable in the program.
Note: Those students wishing to receive teacher certification should consult with the academic counselor in the School of Education and should familiarize themselves with the School of Education requirements in this bulletin.
Urban Studies
Mark S. Foster, Coordinator
Urban Studies is a multidisciplinary program which provides both a philosophical framework for approaching the present urban crisis, and the specific conceptual frameworks for formulating potential solutions. This program satisfies at least four kinds of educational needs. First, it provides an in-depth understanding of urban problems which prepares students to pursue advanced degrees either in urban studies or in one of the traditional academic disciplines. In particular, it prepares students for urban-related graduate programs such as urban planning, environmental design, and public administration, and for professional training in law and medicine.
Second, the program trains graduates to move directly into careers with federal, state, and local agencies as well as private companies concerned with urban affairs. It is a particularly useful major for students preparing for public school teaching. Third, it provides the academic background necessary for understanding the unique experiences and problems of urban minority groups. Finally, an undergraduate degree in urban studies is a liberating educational experience for students who currently have no plans for a career.
Requirements for Majors. Since the major provides an interdisciplinary view of the city significantly broader than that provided by any single traditional academic discipline, requirements in course units for the degree are also higher. The urban studies specialty requires 42 units of course work. All students majoring in urban studies will be expected to meet the following course requirements:
Soc.Sci. 210-3. People in Society
Four of the following five upper division courses (12 hours): Anthro. 444-3. Urban Evolution Econ. 425-3. Urban Economics Hist. 470-3. History of Urban America Pol. Sci. 407-3. Urban Politics Soc. 421-3. Advanced Population Studies Any two of the following six minority studies courses (6 hours): M.Am. 360-3. The Chicano Community and Community Organization M.Am. 227-3. Contemporary Americans Bl.St. 203, 204-3. Black Behavioral Analysis Bl.St. 323-3. Religion and the Black Man Soc.Sci. 260-3. Federal Indian Relations Soc.Sci. 329-3. Asian Americans
In addition, each student will successfully complete the Seminar in Urban Problem Analysis (Soc.Sci. 450). Under special circumstances, as an alternative to Soc.Sci. 450, each urban studies major may arrange with the coordinator of the program to work on either a paid or volunteer basis for one of a variety of Denver area social service agencies or organizations. In this instance, 3 to 6 credit hours may be earned through Cooperative Education (Soc.Sci. 398).
The core program outlined above specifies roughly 27 out of 42 units required for graduation with the urban studies major. The student will be permitted to choose 15 hours of electives, selected with the advice and approval of the urban studies coordinator, from the following disciplines: anthropology, black studies, civil engineering, communication and theatre, economics, geography, Mexican American studies, Native American studies, philosophy, political science, psychology, social science, and sociology. The urban studies major is new and experimental, and its architects want to keep it flexible and responsive to students’ needs and interests.
'The Workshop in Population Dynamics has a varied theme each semester. It is the purpose of the workshop to synthesize the multidisciplinary nature of the program through selected themes. The workshop will utilize community persons to conduct various sessions relating the academic aspects of the program to community needs.


College of Liberal Arts and Sciences / 29
Division of Arts and Humanities
Robley D. Rhine, Assistant Dean
The division includes the disciplines of communication and theatre, communication disorders and speech science, English, fine arts, French, German, philosophy, and Spanish. Complete undergraduate majors are offered in all but communication disorders and speech science.
This division offers course work in several special programs, including Comparative Literature, American Studies, and the Writing Program. The Writing Program is designed to prepare professional writers in the techniques and vocabularies of fields such as fine arts, science, engineering, creative writing, business, social sciences, and literature. Two cocurricular programs also are open to students: theatre and forensics.
Students interested in majoring in any of the disciplines or in participating in any of the specialized programs should request additional information from the divisional office.
For information on scheduling of courses, consult the appropriate Schedule of Courses for day, time, and meeting place of classes.
COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE
Faculty: Samuel A. Betty, J. Brad Bowles, Robley D. Rhine, Jon A. Winterton.
An undergraduate wishing to major in communication and theatre will choose one of the three basic areas of emphasis: communication, theatre, or communication and theatre education. An emphasis in radio-television is available, but part of the work must be completed at the University of Colorado at Boulder. Each emphasis has its own requirements for graduation, and specific programs will be developed in consultation with the student’s major adviser to insure that each student’s term-by-term schedule, choice of electives, involvement in cocurricular and extracurricular activities will be best suited to his or her needs, skills, and goals. Lists of required and suggested courses in each of the three areas of emphasis may be obtained from the divisional office.
Communication Emphasis
The primary goal is to equip the student with a wide range of theoretical perspectives and diverse communication skills. The theoretical perspectives generally focus on face-to-face communication in interpersonal, small group, institutional, and community settings. The skills component of the emphasis seeks to equip students with flexibility in their communication repertoires so that they may react effectively to their analyses of communication situations.
The program offers two types of courses to the student: (1) courses in communication and rhetorical theory, which present traditional rhetorical theories, empirical support for communication theories, and
strategies for the application of communication theory to problems confronting the community; and (2) courses focusing on the development of the students’ communication skills, which promote confidence in their abilities to perform effectively in many contexts. These courses build into the students’ repertoires the tactics and strategies of effective expression.
The communication emphasis requires that students take a total of 45 hours of course work (usually 15 courses) in communication and theatre. Six courses (18 hours) are required. Four courses (12 hours) are chosen from a list of specified alternatives. The remaining 15 hours may be chosen from a wide range of courses available in communication and theatre, allied disciplines, or independent study projects.
Since requirements for the communication emphasis insure that the student knows both communication theory and how to apply it, communication graduates are generally well equipped for employment. Students with an interest in management and administration, training, writing and copy preparation, public relations, information services, and a wide variety of occupations focusing on communication will find in the communication emphasis of the communication and theatre program a curriculum relevant to their expected employment needs.
Theatre Emphasis
This program provides a broad range of experiences in courses, laboratory workshops, full productions, and field work in the Denver area. Helping the student to answer questions concerning the significance of what theatre does to us and for us is the primary goal of the program.
Three kinds of courses will be taken by each student in theatre: (1) performance skills—acting, directing, oral interpretation, technical theatre; (2) critical skills—dramatic theory and criticism and theatre history; and (3) communication theory—interpersonal, small group, intercultural, social change, etc. In addition to the 42 hours of required courses within the discipline of communication and theatre, 12 additional hours from English, fine arts, and music are required.
As an integral part of the program, each student will have the opportunity to participate as performer, technician, or designer in faculty-directed productions which occur each term. The auditions, rehearsals, and performances involved in these productions provide opportunities for close examination of the process of making and performing theatre from practical, theoretical, critical, historical, and social perspectives. After each performance the audience will be invited to share their responses with the production team in order to provide some indication of impact.
Additional opportunities for similar production experience, including directing, are available through Second Stage, an independent student production


30 / University of Colorado at Denver
organization sponsored by the communication and theatre discipline.
In order to increase the range of practical and critical experience, each student will see and evaluate at least six live theatre productions in the Denver area each term. These experiences test the assumptions and beliefs about theatre discussed and worked with in classes and productions. As majors develop their performance and critical skills, special internships for credit in a variety of capacities may be arranged with local theatre operations through independent study or cooperative education.
Depending on the individual’s actual program of study (cocurricular and extracurricular activities), a degree in communication and theatre with an emphasis in theatre not only can provide a graduate with useful technical and practical skills, but also, and more importantly, it can provide critical insight into theatre as a human enterprise wherever it occurs. Through examining and experiencing theatre’s potential to achieve human value, students should develop personal, aesthetic, and social principles which will guide them to sound career choices (as performers, technicians, designers, producers, or managers).
Communication and Theatre Education Emphasis
The emphasis in communication and theatre education prepares students to meet Colorado certification requirements in communication or in theatre for grades 7-12. Requirements for these professional programs are complex and demanding. Interested students in their freshman or sophomore years should meet with the discipline adviser for the education emphasis to discuss the requirements and to plan a long-range schedule to be followed.
COMMUNICATION DISORDERS AND SPEECH SCIENCE
Faculty: Natalie L. Hedberg, Lynn S. Snyder.
The B.A. degree in communication disorders and speech science is not available at UCD, but the following courses are open to undergraduates: C.D.S.S. 401 and C.D.S.S. 435. For information on graduate-level courses see Communication Disorders and Speech Science in the course description section of this bulletin.
COMPARATIVE LITERATURE
Students wishing to pursue graduate work in comparative literature should consult the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog.
On the 400 level, students may read all texts in translation; however, reading knowledge in at least one foreign language is highly recommended. On the 500 and 600 levels, students must be able to read in two foreign languages or obtain the consent of the instructor.
ENGLISH
Faculty: Rex S. Burns, Richard T. Dillon, Evelyn Effland, Herbert G. Eldridge, Ida D. Fasel, Louis B. Hall, Robert D. Johnston, Shirley A. Johnston, Elihu H. Pearlman, Jean Phillips, Joel Salzberg, Doris J. Schwalbe, Mary Rose Sullivan, Peter L. Thorpe, Jeanne B. Webb, William A. West.
The purpose of the English major is to provide a full exposure to the great tradition that constitutes the Anglo-American literary inheritance. In the process of studying individual works and the periods from which they emerged, students acquire an especially rich sense of the culture of which they are a part.
Students majoring in English must present a total of 36 hours in English, excluding Engl. 100-101, of which 24 hours must be earned in upper division courses. None of the required 36 hours may be taken on a pass/fail basis. Of the 24 hours required at the 300- or 400-level, at least 3 must be earned in a course dealing with English literature before 1800, at least 3 in a course dealing with English literature after 1800, and at least 3 in a course on American literature. Required courses: Engl. 250, 251, 252 (Survey of English Literature — 9 hours); Engl. 300 (Critical Writing — 3 hours); Engl. 497 or 498 (Major Authors or Topics in Literature — 3 hours).
At least 12 hours of the major’s upper or lower division work in English must be done at UCD in order for the student to qualify for the B.A. in English.
English majors interested in graduating with honors should confer with the honors adviser as soon as possible, but definitely no later than the beginning of the spring term of their junior year.
Students who contemplate teaching should obtain from the School of Educational Studies sheets listing curricula required for a teaching certificate and should consult the School of Educational Studies, which supervises the teacher-training program. Since fulfilling requirements for education and English involves close scheduling, students should fulfill at least some of the college requirements during their freshman and sophomore years.
English for foreign students and courses for prospective teachers of English as a foreign language are listed in the course description section of this bulletin.
For additional literature courses see Comparative Literature and Mexican American Studies.
Note: A considerable amount of writing is required in all English courses and is graded on form as well as on content.
In addition to the regular major, the English discipline offers a General Writing Program, an alternative to the traditional baccalaureate in English. Especially designed for future writers, it offers a wide range of intensive writing experience combining such areas as technical reports and fiction or poetry. The student is trained in the rhetorics of the arts and humanities, the social sciences, and the sciences.
In order to enroll in the program, students must consult with the director of the General Writing Program through the division office at 629-2730.


College of Liberal Arts and Sciences / 31
FINE ARTS
Faculty: John R. Fudge, Gerald C. Johnson, Charles L. Moone, Ernest 0. Porps, Ludwik Turzanski.
An education in fine arts is based on discipline, absorption, and knowledge. Discipline is the relationship of the student to his material or form. What comes through the form is the self of the student and his relationship to the world. This constant exposure through discipline leads to absorption which can be seen as a fascination and appreciation of both himself and the world. In fine arts, the record of this process is made visible for the world to see and is called art.
The Department of Fine Arts offers both a B.A. degree and a B.F.A. degree in painting, sculpture, print-making, or design. The B.A. degree must include 40, but not more than 48, hours in fine arts, 24 of which must be in upper division courses. The B.F.A. degree must include 54, but not more than 72, hours in fine arts, 24 of which must be in upper division courses. Students wishing to apply for the B.F.A. degree must have a 2.0 average in all course work at the time of application, which may not be earlier than the end of the junior year. Application forms are available in the divisional office.
The core curriculum for fine arts majors includes 12 hours of Studio I (Fine Arts 100, 101, 102), Studio II (Fine Arts 202), Fine Arts 180-181, Fine Arts 496, and 6 hours of upper division art history. The recommended program for the B.F.A. includes at least two years in one creative field (painting, printmaking, design, or sculpture) plus 9 semester hours in drawing. Students who are candidates for the B.F.A. must take a minimum of 20 hours while in residence.
Studio I and II Courses
For an orientation to studio practice, including drawing and an exploration of two- and three-dimensional media, fine arts majors are required to take 12 hours of Studio I and II courses. There are no prerequisites for Studio I and II courses, but all upper division courses require the corresponding basic course as a prerequisite.
FRENCH
Faculty: Simone Christopherson, Blandine M. Rickert.
A B.A. degree with a French major prepares students for the following careers:
Foreign Service — Positions abroad with government agencies, private business, foundations, and other organizations having interests in French-speaking countries throughout the world.
Teaching — Teaching at all levels: elementary, secondary, and college.
Translation and Interpretation — Exchanges in the fields of science, culture, politics, and economics have become vital to the nations of the world. Effective in-
ternational communication requires an increasing number of expert translators and interpreters.
International Trade — Administrative and managerial positions with U.S.-based firms involved in foreign trade.
A strong background in French can be very valuable to such programs as English, black studies, business, political science, interdisciplinary, and cross-cultural studies.
Students who have completed a Level III high school French course have automatically satisfied the college graduation requirement in foreign language. This requirement may also be satisfied by completion of French 201 or 211 or by demonstration of equivalent proficiency by placement test. Students who have studied French in high school and who wish to continue with the language will be placed according to their high school record and verbal SAT score or English ACT score. A student normally may not receive credit for a course at a lower level than that into which he or she is placed. For a complete statement of policy on foreign placement and credit, see the statement on foreign language available from the Office of the Dean of the College.
Students majoring in French must complete a minimum of 35 semester hours beyond first-year proficiency. Students presenting four years of high school French for admission must complete 30 hours beyond the second year. Students majoring in French may choose between the following options:
Option A: Literature. Required courses are: French 211 and 212; 301 and 302; 401 and 402; and a minimum of 6 hours of French literature courses at the 400 level.
Option B: Culture and Civilization. Required courses are: French 211 and 212, 301 and 302, 311 and 312, 401 and 402, 320, 420 and 421.
Students planning to acquire certification for teaching French at the secondary level are required to take French 496, Methods of Teaching Modem Languages (required by the School of Education). For those students Option B is preferable for the major.
UCD students who wish to take nonrequired courses at another institution must obtain permission from the French department chairman at UCD. Students must see a departmental adviser prior to registration for 300-level courses. Since all courses are not offered every year, it is extremely important for students to plan their schedules in advance to avoid disappointment and a delay in graduation.
The department strongly recommends that all majors include some study in a French-speaking country in their major programs. Credit earned will normally count toward satisfaction of the major requirements, but the student should see an adviser before enrolling in a foreign program to assure full transfer of credit.
Students majoring in French should satisfy the requirements of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. At least 15 hours of upper division work, including all 400-level required courses, must be taken from the UCD Department of French in order to earn the UCD degree.


32 / University of Colorado at Denver
Literature courses at the 500 level are applicable to an M.A. degree from the University of Colorado at Boulder and to the M.H. degree at UCD.
GERMAN
Faculty: M. Kent Casper and Carsten Seecamp; Part-time: Sieglinde L. Kadhim and Friedhelm F. Rickert.
The German program provides a variety of courses for students interested in German language, literature, history, philosophy, music, and art. The curriculum contains essentially three course clusters: basic language skill courses, from beginning through advanced levels; upper division literature courses taught in German; and German area studies courses taught in English with readings in English translation.
Foreign Language Requirement. Students who have completed a Level III high school German course have automatically satisfied the college requirement in foreign language. This requirement may also be satisfied by completion of Intensive German (12 credit hours in one semester), by completion of German 201, or by demonstration of equivalent proficiency by placement test. Students who have studied German in high school and wish to continue with the language will be placed according to their high school record and verbal SAT score or English ACT score. A student may not receive credit for a course at a lower level than that into which he or she is placed.
The German Major. A B.A. degree with a German major can prepare the student for the following career options: teaching positions at the elementary and secondary levels, including the requisite undergraduate training for those wishing to pursue further graduate work; translator and interpreter positions (e.g., with the publishing trade or with various private firms or government agencies); foreign service with the U.S. State Department; or positions in international trade with U.S. firms abroad.
Students majoring in German must complete 35 hours beyond first-year proficiency. Not more than 12 hours may be taken on the second-year level toward the major. Course work successfully completed at other institutions will be evaluated for credit transfer, but a minimum of 15 hours of upper division credits must be taken within the UCD German discipline. Majors must maintain a B average in German. Required courses for the major are German 301-302, 401-402, plus a minimum of 9 hours in literature and/or culture courses at the 400 level. German majors are encouraged to take German area studies courses, but these courses may not count toward the major unless some of the readings and written assignments are done in German. Majors should consult with the instructor on this requirement. Students planning to acquire certification for teaching German at the secondary level are required by the School of Education to take German 496 (Methods of Teaching Modern Languages).
It is strongly recommended that all majors attempt to include some study in a German-speaking country
in their programs. Credit earned abroad normally counts toward satisfaction of major requirements, but students should see an adviser before enrolling in a foreign program to insure full transfer of credit.
PHILOSOPHY
Faculty: Charles Kenevan, Linda S. Leonard, Glenn A. Webster.
The philosophy program is recommended to those bright, industrious students whose goal is a liberal arts education in the finest sense. Philosophy is concerned with the most sustained and deeply reflected thoughts of human civilization, with the transmission and evaluation of basic beliefs and values. It is not an easy field of study, but for more than 25 centuries, philosophy has been judged most rewarding by those who seek self-development, intellectual sophistication, and the happiness of a reflective life.
For career preparation, philosophy should be combined with other fields. It is an excellent undergraduate preparation for such professional fields as law and medicine.
A program for the philosophy major must include a minimum of five courses (15 hours) at the 300 level; a minimum of three courses (9 hours) at the 400 level; and minimum of one course (3 hours) at the 500 level. The balance of the courses for the major may be taken at the discretion of the student.
The following courses are recommended (not required) for philosophy majors who are planning to do graduate work in philosophy: Symbolic Logic (Phil. 344); History of Philosophy (Phil. 300, 302, 402, 403, 404); Ethics (Phil. 315); Metaphysics (Phil. 335); Epistemology (Phil. 336); several courses concerned with a single philosopher (e.g., Phil. 580, 581, 582, etc.); and one course concerned with the relationship of philosophy to some other discipline (e.g., Philosophy of Science, Philosophy of History, etc.).
General prerequisites (which may vary for some courses) are: 100-level—none; 200-level—3 hours; 300-level—6 hours; 400-level—9 hours; and 500-level—12 hours. The prerequisite may be waived with consent of instructor.
SPANISH
Faculty: James Anthony Black, Carlos deOnis, Francisco A. Rios, Edith R. Rogers, Donald L. Schmidt. Part-time: Ellen S. Haynes.
The Spanish programs emphasize all phases of the study of the language, and the study of the literature, civilization, and culture of Spain, Hispanic America, and the Spanish-speaking Southwest of the United States. The courses are directed toward three distinct groups: lower division students who are acquiring proficiency in a foreign language; upper division students who are either majoring in Spanish or increasing their competence through study in advanced courses in language and literature; and graduate students in the Spanish M.A. degree program offered in conjunction with the Boulder Campus (refer to the Graduate


College of Liberal Arts and Sciences / 33
School section of this bulletin), most of whom are preparing for professional careers in teaching.
Courses prepare students in language and literature as part of an enhanced liberal education and as professional training. Study under this discipline offers an opportunity to be better prepared for industry, commerce, government, public services, or further study at the graduate level. Courses also are functionally supportive of such programs as those leading to the teaching certificate, comparative literature, the Master of Humanities degree, and the Master of Arts degree in bilingual-multicultural education offered at UCD.
Students who have completed a Level III high school Spanish course have automatically satisfied the college graduation requirement in foreign language. Requirement may also be satisfied by completion of Spanish 211 or by demonstration of equivalent proficiency by placement test. Students who have studied Spanish in high school and wish to continue with the language will be placed according to their high school record and verbal SAT or ACT score. A student may not receive credit for a course lower than that into which he is placed. For complete statement of policy on foreign language placement and credits, see the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences general information section of this bulletin.
A major in Spanish consists of the following requirements:
1. Total of 35 credit hours in Spanish courses beyond 102, including the following minimum distribution; (a) at least 9 hours in upper-division courses in language theory and practice (301-302, 401-402, 496); (b) at least 8 hours in upper-division literature courses, including at least one course in Spanish Peninsular literature and one in Spanish-American literature; (c) at least 12 hours in courses numbered 400 or above. The required 12 hours at or above the 400 level must be completed in residence at UCD. None of the required 35 hours may be taken on a pass/fail basis.
2. Total of 6 hours from one or more of the following areas: (a) Latin American studies (e.g., history, political science, etc.); (b) Mexican American Studies; (c) linguistics; (d) upper division courses in another foreign language or comparative literature.
Students seeking certification for teaching at the secondary level should note that the School of Education requires Spanish 496 (Methods of Teaching Spanish); the 3 credit hours earned in that course count toward the major and are subject to the 48-hour maximum from one discipline allowed by the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences for the B.A. degree. Hence, students who begin the major program with Spanish 101 and intend to include secondary certification in their B.A. program must include Spanish 496 in their electives in Spanish.
To be admitted to practice teaching of Spanish, majors must take the language skills tests of the Modern Language Association Proficiency Tests for Teachers and Advanced Students of Spanish and make satisfactory scores.
Students must see the discipline adviser prior to registration for their final semester. Failure to do so may result in delay of graduation. Students considering entering graduate school, either at UCD or elsewhere, should see an adviser as early as possible since admission depends largely on courses taken in the major.
It is strongly recommended that all majors include some study in a Spanish-speaking country in their programs. Credit earned normally counts toward satisfaction of major requirements, but students should see an adviser before enrolling in a foreign program to insure full transfer of credit. Courses taken abroad and designated as Spanish are subject to the 48-hour-maximum rule of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Students interested in study abroad should consult with the Spanish faculty or the UCD representative for International Education.
For comparative literature courses, see the course description section of this bulletin.
Division of Natural and Physical Sciences
Richard E. Stevens, Assistant Dean
The Division of Natural and Physical Sciences offers study in traditional undergraduate disciplines, interdisciplinary programs, and preprofessional programs. Undergraduate majors are available in biology, chemistry, geography, mathematics, physics, and psychology. Courses are offered in geology and physical education, but completion of a major requires some work at the University of Colorado at Boulder. The description of the program of each discipline includes the requirements for a major within that discipline and probable job opportunities in that field.
The health-related preprofessional programs include child health associate, medical technology, physical therapy, dentistry, dental hygiene, medicine, optometry, osteopathy, nursing, and pharmacy. Students interested in these programs should consult with the Health Sciences Committee of the division at the beginning of their preprofessional education and at selected intervals thereafter. Program requirements and appointments for advising can be obtained in the division office, Room 508.
Three sets of course options are available, in any combination, from which a nonscience major may satisfy the natural and physical science area requirement of 12 semester hours.
Set I, Topics in Science, consists of modular courses designed for, but not limited to, nonscience majors. Each module carries 1 semester hour of credit and is offered in a 1/3-semester time block of five weeks, during which the course meets the equivalent time of three lectures per week. There are no prerequisites. Each module is a self-contained unit designed to cover a given problem or topic in science. Normally, a student takes a single module during each five-week


34 / University of Colorado at Denver
period with a maximum of three per semester. The topics change from semester to semester and from year to year. The Schedule of Courses for each semester lists the current topics offered.
Set II courses are one or two semesters in length and have no formal prerequisites. These include both introductory survey courses and special topics courses and are usually designed with the nonscience major in mind.
Set III includes all other natural and physical science courses offered in the division. Although these courses are generally intended for the science major, they are open to students with the proper prerequisites.
BIOLOGY
Faculty: Alan P. Brockway, Daniel D. Chiras, Linda K. Dixon, Emily Lou Hartman, James Joule, Phyllis W. Schultz.
The study of biology offers the student an introduction to the vast array of living systems that make up our world. With an understanding of biology, the student can truly learn to appreciate living by extending that term to other creatures. From the green plant to the fish to the human being, all are biological systems. The study of each system and its interrelationships with other systems can provide fascinating insights into life and the world environment.
A firm grounding in biology is vital to a paraprofes-sional or professional career in the health sciences. Furthermore, most professional schools expect applicants to have completed several biology courses. Students planning to teach should consult the School of Education for information on teacher certification.
The major in biology is designed to be as flexible as possible to allow students to build programs that meet their needs. Students should contact a biology adviser early in their academic careers. Majors are required to take 17 hours of core biology courses: Biol. 205, 206; Biol. 341; Biol. 383; and Biol. 361. An additional 15 hours of biology courses are to be selected in consultation with a biology adviser. Majors are required to take Chem. 103, 106 and sufficient mathematics to prepare themselves to take Math. 140 in addition to the 32 hours in biology.
CHEMISTRY
Faculty: Robert Damrauer, Sandra S. Eaton, John Lanning, John Wilkes, Denis R. Williams. Part-time: Martha B. Barrett, Lenore K. Damrauer. Adjoint: Robert M. Speights.
Why study chemistry? A practical reason is that our highly technical society faces many problems which can be solved through a thorough understanding of the science of chemistry and its methods of solving problems. A more intangible reason recognizes that chemistry is central to a variety of other disciplines and that many problems (e.g., what life is and how it arose, what is our solar system like and how did it arise, etc.) ultimately may have chemical solutions.
What opportunities does the study of chemistry offer? At the undergraduate level students can prepare for (1) careers in chemical and medical laboratories, (2) careers in nursing, medical technology, physical therapy, dental hygiene, and other health oriented fields, (3) postbaccalaureate programs in chemistry, biology, biochemistry, medicine, and dentistry. At the graduate level, the chemistry program offered at UCD culminates in the awarding of an M.S. degree. Students awarded M.S. degrees have job opportunities in research and technical laboratory services. In addition, flexible programs can be designed to combine chemical knowledge and skills with other interests of the M.S.-level student (e.g., business, biology, etc.).
For graduation at the bachelor’s level, students majoring in chemistry must present credits in the following courses or their equivalents: Chem. 103, 106, 311, 341, 342, 348, 349, 412, 413, 451, 452, 455; Phys. Ill, 112, 114; Math. 140, 241, 242. Students interested in the chemistry major should consult regularly with a member of the chemistry faculty. A copy of the chemistry major’s program may be obtained in Room 508.
Qualified majors are strongly urged to participate in the independent study program beginning in their junior year.
A distributed studies program in chemistry must include the following courses or their equivalent: Chem. 103, 106, 311, 342 and either 343 and 344 or 348 and 349, and 451. Thirty hours are required in chemistry.
Students planning chemistry as a career should be familiar with the recommendations of the American Chemical Society for the professional training of chemists. Among these recommendations are a reading knowledge of German or Russian, one semester of inorganic chemistry (Chem. 401), and two semesters of advanced work: see graduate chemistry offerings. Six hours of Chem. 493 will satisfy the special courses requirement. An option leading to a degree accredited by the American Chemical Society is also offered.
Students wishing to graduate with honors in chemistry should plan to do a minimum of two semesters (6 credit hours) of research (Chem. 493), ordinarily starting in the junior year. Additional requirements are listed under Honors Program.
COMPUTER SCIENCE
Faculty: Roland A. Sweet, CLAS Adviser. Several computer scientists reside in other colleges: in engineering—Paul F. Hultquist, William D. Murray, and Burton J. Smith; in business—F. Parker Fowler Jr.
Computers have an impact on every aspect of modem life. Knowledge of the basic principles and methods of computer operation can be helpful to students in their personal lives as well as useful in developing job skills. Students interested in pursuing


College of Liberal Arts and Sciences / 35
the study of computers in depth may designate computer science as a primary subject in the College’s distributed studies major program. In this program, a student completes 30 semester hours in computer science (and computer-related courses), and 30 semester hours distributed over one or two secondary subjects. For students pursuing a traditional major program in mathematics, or in electrical engineering within the College of Engineering and Applied Science, a special computer science option is available.
GEOGRAPHY
Faculty: Melvin Albaum, James L. Huckabay, Yuk Lee, Cedric D. Page, Charles G. Schmidt, Richard E. Stevens.
Geography is a science that focuses on the spatial analysis of human/physical patterns and processes. Geographers attempt to identify the factors affecting the distribution of people and their activities on the surface of the earth, and provide meaningful solutions to problems faced by societies. This discipline is an ideal major for the liberal arts student, providing exposure to the concepts and techniques utilized in investigating environmental issues, socioeconomic problems, and planning policies.
The program is designed to provide the student interested in economic, physical, or social geography with the background necessary for obtaining a rewarding job in government (federal, state, local) and private industry, as well as preparing students for graduate work. Recent graduates have found employment in forest management, surveying/mapping, land use planning, location analysis, transportation planning, and environmental impact analysis.
Students majoring in geography must complete the following basic courses or their equivalents: Geog. 100, 101, 199, 306, and 361. In addition, majors must complete a minimum of 30 hours of course work in geography (at least 16 hours of which must be at the upper division level) and maintain a 2.0 average in all geography course work completed. Distributed studies majors selecting geography as a primary or secondary subject should consult with the discipline adviser.
GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES
Faculty: Wesley E. LeMasurier.
Geology is the study of the earth. The major topics in the field include (1) the origin and distribution of rocks and minerals that make up the planet, and that serve as raw materials and fuels for technology, (2) the processes that create continents and ocean basins and that shape the surface of the earth, and (3) the history and evolution of the planet and its living organisms. Most topics serve as subjects of both basic research and applied technology.
Employment opportunities for well-qualified geologists are generally good at B.S., M.S., and Ph.D.
levels. Major employers are the oil, mining, and engineering industries, federal and state surveys, and various teaching and research institutions, all of which are heavily represented in the Denver metropolitan area. Many persons combine a geology degree with a second degree in law, business, planning, engineering, or education, to pursue a variety of other career options.
Students majoring in the geological sciences may choose from among six curriculum options, to suit a variety of career or educational objectives. Most options require the following courses within the discipline: physical geology, mineralogy, structural geology, and field geology. Introductory paleontology, stratigraphy, and paleontology are recommended. In addition, most career-oriented students must take the following courses in allied fields: Chem. 103, 106; Math. 140, 241, and 242 or 319 (or the equivalent courses at the University of Colorado at Boulder, Math. 130, 230); Phys. Ill, 112, 114.
Physical geology, mineralogy, introductory petrology, paleontology, and stratigraphy are presently offered at UCD, as are the required courses in chemistry, physics, and mathematics. Structural geology and field geology may be taken at the University of Colorado at Boulder in order to complete a career-oriented major in the geological sciences.
MATHEMATICS
Faculty: Nancy S. Angle, Roxanne M. Byrne, R. T. Clement, Vance Faber, Zenas R. Hartvigson, Collin J. Hightower, Sylvia Chin-Pi Lu, William W. McCormick, Paul A. O’Meara, Charles I. Sherrill, Roland A. Sweet; Part-Time: James S. Farler.
Mathematics is a body of deductive knowledge dealing with such topics as numbers, algebra, geometry, analysis, and logic. It permeates modern life and is encountered by the student very early, especially with respect to its applications. At UCD, the mathematics faculty continues to present applications, but broadens the study to include more of the actual mathematical theory itself, as well as its historical development.
The study of mathematics can prepare the student for careers in business, industry, teaching, and government. Mathematics is especially useful in engineering, science, and computer science, and it provides a good background for any of the professional schools.
A major in mathematics can be completed by students in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences by satisfying all of the following requirements, completing each with a grade of C or better:
1. At least 30 semester hours of mathematics courses.
2. At least 18 semester hours of mathematics courses numbered above 300, approved by an adviser, and excluding Math. 303, 304, 383, 427, 428, 429, 470, 475, 495, 496 and 497.
3. Math. 140, 241, 242, 300, 314, and 315.
4. Either Math. 431-432 or Math. 321-422.


36 / University of Colorado at Denver
Students who plan to do graduate work in mathematics should take Math. 431-432; students who wish to obtain a secondary teaching certificate are encouraged to complete Math. 321-422; students planning to major in mathematics must see an adviser from that discipline.
Students who choose the computer science option in the mathematics major are required to take the following courses, all with grades of C or better:
Math. 140, 241, 242 Math. 300, 314, 315 Math. 431, 432 Math. 443 Math. 481
C.S.201
C.S.311
C.S.401
C.S.453
C.S. 465 (Math. 465) C.S.546
Variations in these courses must be approved by a mathematics adviser.
At the graduate level, master’s degrees are available in mathematics, applied mathematics, and basic science (mathematics option).
The Department of Mathematics offers a Teaching Internship Program which consists of three phases as follows:
Phase 1. A junior-level student who is majoring in mathematics or applied mathematics, and who shows promise as a teacher, is sponsored by a member of the full-time faculty of the department. A freshman-level course is then assigned to the student, on an honorarium basis, with the understanding that the faculty member will attend all sessions of the course. The student will thus be acting as an intern and will be provided with a critique of his or her performance after each lecture.
It is the interested student’s task to convince a faculty member that he or she should sponsor the student. No faculty member is required to perform this function, nor is any compensation afforded to the sponsor for so doing.
Phase 2. After completion of one or two semesters of fully supervised classroom exposure, and upon the student’s entry into the senior year of study, the faculty sponsor may recommend that the intern be accepted as an undergraduate teaching assistant. With approval of the mathematics faculty, the student will then be assigned broader responsibility for one (or at most, two) freshman courses, with the faculty sponsor exercising such supervision as may appear appropriate under individual circumstances.
Phase 3. Upon completion of a baccalaureate program the intern hopefully would be prepared to accept a graduate teaching assistantship in the department, or in a related interdisciplinary area, as the next step in his or her professional career.
No student may earn more than 9 hours credit in mathematics courses numbered below 140.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Faculty: Gerald P. Carlson.
Metropolitan State College is responsible for teaching all undergraduate physical education for the Auraria Higher Education Center. This includes the
basic activity program as well as the undergraduate major in health, physical education, and recreation.
UCD students may take any activity class MSC offers. Check the fall and spring UCD Schedule of Courses for activities offered, class times, and procedures for enrolling in such classes.
Although physical education credit is not required for completion of the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Fine Arts degrees, a maximum of 8 hours of elective credit consisting of activity courses may be applied toward the graduation requirement of 120 hours. All activity classes offered by MSC in Auraria may be taken on an elective basis. A course may be counted for credit only once. Students are subject to MSC policies regarding adds, drops, withdrawals, and grades.
Students interested in pursuing a Bachelor of Science degree in physical education should contact the discipline representative at UCD. Major courses will be available through MSC or the University of Colorado at Boulder.
PHYSICS
Faculty: Martin M. Maltempo, Robert N. Rogers, John I. Shonle, William R. Simmons, Clyde S. Zaidins. Adjoint: Edward J. Davies, In Kil Hwang, Jerry H. Wilson.
Physics, as a discipline, is the base on which many other areas of science and engineering rest. There are several variations of a major in physics available to suit career goals ranging from fundamental research to general education. Students interested in basic research or teaching in higher education need to prepare for graduate study in physics (Plan I). Careers in applied physics, primarily in industry, are best served by a Plan II or engineering physics major (see the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog for the latter). Plan II, coupled with appropriate education courses, is also advised for students desiring to teach physical science in primary or secondary schools. A new option (Plan IK) which emphasizes conceptual, philosophical, historical, cultural, and social aspects of physics is available for students desiring a technical background for careers in business, law, politics, etc., or for general education. Physics is an important component in many interdisciplinary areas, such as environmental, geophysical, or energy studies. Majors in these areas are arranged individually.
All physics majors, under any option, must consult with an adviser. The basic requirements include Phys. 130 and two semesters of other sciences for all majors. Additional courses are:
Plan I. Phys. 231, 232, 233, 234, 311, 312, 317, 321, 331, 332, 341, 381, 481, 482, 495, and Math. 140, 241,
242.
Plan II. Phys. 231, 232, 233, 234, 311, 312, 317, 321, 331, 381, six hours of upper division physics electives, and Math. 140, 241, 242.
Plan III. Phys. 105,106, (201, 202) or (251, 252), 317, and 15 hours of upper division physics electives, such


College of Liberal Arts and Sciences / 37
as 307 or 309, 308, 362, 363, 395, 464, or 466, and Philosophy of Science.
PSYCHOLOGY
Faculty: Janis W. Driscoll, Robert D. Elder, Nell G. Fahrion, Daniel Fallon, Eben M. Ingram, Carolyn M. Simmons, Gary S. Stern, Graham Sterritt.
Psychology is the scientific study of behavior, consisting of the following major areas of study: experimental psychology, biopsychology, developmental psychology, social psychology, and clinical psychology. The requirements for the psychology major are designed to expose the student to the spectrum of psychology, including an early exposure to methodology and statistics. Although some specialization is possible, the faculty believes that this is more appropriate at advanced levels and that the undergraduate should have a broad background upon which to base future specialization.
An undergraduate major in psychology provides a good general concentration for a B.A. degree. Job opportunities are developing for interdisciplinary combinations of psychology with other areas of study such as business, computer science, or statistical design. Traditionally, job opportunities within the field of psychology itself require graduate study; however, some students find jobs in the mental health or social service fields with a B.A. degree in psychology. The psychology major also prepares the student for graduate work in psychology. Programs leading to the master’s degree in particular applied areas of psychology appear to be one of the directions in which the field is moving.
Requirements for the psychology major are as follows: majors must complete at least 30 semester hours and not more than 48 semester hours in psychology with at least 16 hours in upper division courses. No grade below C in psychology courses is acceptable toward the major. College algebra and English 101 must be included in the lower division curriculum. Specific course requirements are Psych. 203-204 and Psych. 207; Psych. 210; at least one biotropic course including Psych. 322, 405, 409, 410, 414, 416, 425, 438, 496; at least one sociotropic course including Psych. 364, 430, 431, 440, 441, 445, 449, 464, 466, 467, 471, 485; at least one advanced laboratory course including Psych. 417, 422, 444, 485; and one integrative course, Psych. 451.
Division of Social Sciences
Suzanne Wiggins Helburn, Assistant Dean
In the last two decades, the social sciences have included study of some of the most intractable problems of contemporary society: the population explosion, urban concentration, the impact of rapidly changing technology, the strains of race relations, the conflicts arising from competing political ideologies, and the
thrust of developing societies. The social science disciplines also provide important bridges between thought and action and between values and problemsolving techniques.
Social science majors provide excellent preparation for further professional training as well as for jobs in public service, secondary school teaching, office administration, journalism, and writing. Students can satisfy all requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree at UCD in all the disciplines included in the division. The requirements of each major are explained under the respective disciplines.
The Division of Social Sciences includes the following disciplines: anthropology, economics, history, political science, and sociology. A new major program in ethnic studies is being organized and may be introduced in the 1977-78 academic year. Students should contact the division dean for more information. The division offers courses in the various disciplines, in interdisciplinary studies, and in preprofessional studies.
Students should be aware of the possibilities for a distributed studies major in the social sciences. The most usual combinations are economics and sociology, and history and political science. See the College-Wide Interdisciplinary Academic Programs section of this bulletin for details on a distributed studies major.
The division also has developed a major in urban studies. The program is designed to provide a broad educational experience for persons who are interested in careers related to the problems of urban life. The major is appropriate for students intending to enter the fields of business, law, medicine, or public school teaching, to work in or with federal, state, or local agencies or volunteer and community action groups, or to enter graduate programs in the social sciences or environmental planning. Interested students should contact the Division of Social Sciences Office for information concerning advisers, requirements, courses currently offered and proposed, and options involved in the program.
ANTHROPOLOGY
Faculty: Janet R. Moone, Loma Grindlay Moore, Duane Quiatt, Manisha D. Roy, Jack E. Smith.
Anthropology provides a broad overview of man and his ways of living in the world. It considers man as a biological and social being and seeks an understanding of his origins, his biological and cultural evolution, his present condition, and future prospects. Anthropology provides a comprehensive background in the fundamental concepts and theories which seek to explain man’s biological and cultural diversity as well as those common features shared by people everywhere. It provides an overview of the prehistory of man and of his contemporary variety.
Anthropological training has a broad application to many fields. A background in anthropology is especially helpful in the areas of city planning, community development, environmental design, public affairs, the health services, and secondary education.


38 / University of Colorado at Denver
Requirements for Majors. Undergraduate majors must complete a minimum of 30 semester hours in anthropology with grades of C or better. Sixteen of the 30 hours must be upper division. The maximum number of hours in the major is 48. Anthropology majors must take the following courses or demonstrate a competent knowledge of materials and methods covered. The three introductory courses in the principles of anthropology (two of these may be taken concurrently, and there is no required sequence):
Anthro. 100. Cultural Anthropology Anthro. 101. Biological Anthropology Anthro. 102. Prehistory Anthro. 453. History of Anthropology
And one of the following:
Anthro. 280. Nature of Language
Anthro. 480. Anthropological Linguistics (Boulder campus only) Anthro. 481. Language and Culture
Information for Nonmajors. Nonmajors recieve 8 hours of credit toward the College social science requirement for Anthro. 100 and 102, and 4 hours of credit toward the College natural and physical science requirement for Anthro. 101. The full 12 hours of College requirements for each of these two science areas may be fulfilled by combining the above courses with other cultural or archaeology courses (Soc. Sci.) or other biological-physical anthropology courses (Nat. and Phys. Sci.) at the 200, 300, or 400 levels.
ECONOMICS
Faculty: Suzanne W. Helbum, Byron L. Johnson, John R. Morris Jr., Alan R. Shelly. Part-time: Gary Bickel, J. Jeffrey Morris.
Economics is important to the average citizen as well as to the professional. The economy influences daily life, and every person must make economic decisions. The economics student is trained to research, to analyze data, and to make forecasts. This background lends itself to careers in teaching, business, and all levels of government.
Economics deals with all aspects of the production and circulation of the worldly goods of humanity. Specific aspects are macroeconomics (inflation, unemployment, etc.) and microeconomics (theory of behavior of individual producers, consumers, and investors). Analytic scope ranges from precise mathematical modelling to general philosophical speculation on the nature of society and people.
Requirements for Majors. Students majoring in economics must meet the following requirements: at least 30, but not more than 48, semester hours in economics, of which 22 must be numbered 300 or higher; C.S. 201; Econ. 381, 407, and 408. Majors are urged to take Econ. 381 as soon as possible.
For all courses numbered above 300, the prerequisite, unless otherwise indicated, is Econ. 201 and 202, or Econ. 300.
Distributed Studies
Students majoring in distributed studies may make economics their primary area of concentration by tak-
ing 30 semester hours in economics. Required courses for this option are Econ. 407-408 and a course in statistics.
ETHNIC STUDIES
Cecil E. Glenn, Director
Ethnic studies is the academic study of the culture of minority groups in the United States. Although the programs in ethnic studies have been designed to meet academic needs of all university students, many students interested in ethnic studies qualify for support from federal and state educational opportunity programs (EOP). Student organizations provide assistance with recruiting, counseling, personal guidance, and tutoring; financial help is available through grants and the Work/Study Program. Courses are presently offered in Asian American, Black, Mexican American, and Native American Studies, and may be found under those headings in the complete list of course descriptions in this bulletin.
HISTORY
Faculty: Frederick S. Allen, Ernest Andrade Jr., Mark S. Foster, Philip A. Hernandez, James B. Wolf. Adjunct: Mary Conroy, Stephrn C. Hunter, Myra L. Rich.
History provides a superb academic background not only because of its intrinsic fascination but also because an understanding of history requires one to integrate important facets of many other disciplines. Individual history courses cut across lines of the social sciences, humanities, even the “hard” sciences. Perhaps most important, history provides a time frame. Far more important to the history student than learning facts is understanding the process of change. By comparing the state of humankind over years, decades, or centuries, the student of history isolates important societal changes and analyzes critical causal factors. This is training not only for learning, but for living.
The bachelor’s degree in history provides training for immediate postgraduate career entry or advanced training in several social sciences. History majors frequently choose careers in teaching or civil service; in addition, a number enter corporate management training programs or develop careers in sales. History is traditionally a valued background for law school applicants. A key attraction of the major in history is its versatility: an excellent choice for those who are still seeking career goals.
Requirements for Majors. Undergraduate students majoring in history must complete a minimum of 30 semester hours in history, 16 of which must be upper division. Not more than 48 hours in the student’s major area will count toward the 120-hour graduation requirement. A student must have a cumulative grade-point average of 2.0 or better in the major to graduate.
History majors shall fulfill their lower division requirements by taking 12 hours of history at the 100


College of Liberal Arts and Sciences / 39
and 200 levels. All majors must take Hist. 101 and 102; in addition, they may take Hist. 151 and 152 or any two non-European history courses.
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Faculty: Michael S. Cummings, Joel Edelstein, Jana Everett, Stephen C. Thomas.
Political science studies people, power, and the public good. Looking at a variety of societies, institutions, and interpersonal situations, the department asks who has power, where this power comes from, how it is used, and how it promotes or impairs the public good. It also asks what this public good is; how it differs from China to Rhodesia to Argentina to Colorado; and how the basic human needs for security, love, self-respect, and self-actualization depend upon political conditions such as freedom and equality. Political science draws on insights from other fields, such as psychology, philosophy, economics, sociology, and world literature. Finally, it explores the relationship between idealism and realism, between theory and practice, between political thought and personal action.
Opportunities for students with a B.A. in political science include careers in business, teaching, journalism, and government service. A political science degree also serves as good preparation for professional training in law and public administration. In all cases, participation in an internship experience as an undergraduate will increase the student’s job opportunities. Students with an M.A. in political science may find careers in such areas as business, government research and administration, and teaching at the community college level.
Requirements for Majors. Undergraduate majors must complete a minimum of 30 semester hours in political science, of which at least 18 must be in upper division courses. Courses can be distributed among the primary fields as listed in this bulletin, i.e., American politics, comparative politics, international relations, political theory and public law, and public administration. The major must include the following: P.Sc. 100, 110, 200, 440, 441, and 465 (or 465 can be replaced by one upper division course in each of three fields: American politics, comparative politics, international relations); and Econ. 201 and 202. With faculty approval, students may get course credit for political internships through Cooperative Education, Soc.Sci. 398.
SOCIOLOGY
Faculty: Richard H. Anderson, M. Jay Crowe, Karl H. Flaming, Richard H. Ogles.
Sociology is the study of group life in society. It is the investigation of social actions, values, and procedures that are involved in the development,
structure, and operation of group life. Sociology attempts to present a perspective which encourages people to develop what has been called the sociological imagination — the use of reason to achieve lucid summaries of what is going on in the world and of what may be happening within themselves.
Good training in sociology, especially at the graduate level, can open up almost any professional field. Knowledge of sociology and sociological method is valuable in management, research, government service, public affairs, and the health services.
The department has developed the following rationale for courses offered.
1. Lower Division Courses (100 and 200)
a. One-hundred-level courses are an introduction to the broad sociological perspective as it applies to social life, social systems, and society.
b. Two-hundred-level courses introduce the student to somewhat more specific content areas: population study, human ecology, social psychology, etc.
2. Upper Division Courses (300 and 400)
a. Three-hundred-level courses serve as advanced surveys of some specific area of concentration. They are designed to acquaint the student with the issues, methods and concepts, and theoretical frameworks employed in the content area. Such courses as urban sociology, sociology of the family, and sociology of work are offered at this level. Many of these courses are “open” courses in that students from other disciplines and colleges are encouraged to enroll in them.
b. Four-hundred-level courses are devoted to a more detailed in-depth examination of specific issues, approaches, and concepts within the previously identified content areas. These are advanced courses and are geared more directly to sociology and social science majors.
Requirements for Majors. Majors in sociology are required to complete 30 hours in sociology with a grade of C or better. Of these hours, 16 must be upper division, of which 12 hours must be 400-level courses. Maximum in the major is 48 hours. The following courses must be completed with a grade of C or better:
Soc. 100. Introduction to Sociology
Soc. 400. Contemporary Sociological Theory
Soc. 402. Statistics
A maximum of 6 hours of social science credit may be counted toward the major in sociology. As no fixed sequence of courses is prescribed, it is recommended and expected that students will select an adviser from the sociology faculty to help them develop their programs. This is particularly important for those intending to do graduate work in sociology.


College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration
Gordon G. Barnewall, Associate Dean
INFORMATION ABOUT THE COLLEGE
The College of Business and Administration and the Graduate School of Business Administration at UCD offer programs designed to train competent, responsible administrative and related professional personnel. The College serves students entering this field of study and men and women already in administrative positions. It also promotes research and new thinking about administrative problems.
The American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business admitted the College to membership in 1938.
The problems of administration are common to many kinds of public and private endeavor, and the College of Business attempts to confront these problems as they pertain to the management of business enterprises.
The major purpose of the College of Business is to provide opportunities both for a liberal education and for professional training. Students are given help in preparing not only for effective careers but also for satisfying living and constructive citizenship.
The Graduate School of Business Administration offers graduate-level education in business to persons with undergraduate degrees in business and other academic fields and prepares them for work in the broad spectrum of business enterprise.
Organization
Within the broad framework of policy established by the Regents of the University of Colorado, policy decisions for the College of Business are made by the Educational Policy Committee of the faculty under the chairmanship of the dean and are subject to review by the faculty as a whole.
The college’s activities are administered by the associate dean of UCD, by the heads of its several instructional divisions, and by other faculty directors of particular programs.
Student Organizations
Opportunity for association with other College of Business and Administration students in varied activities intended to stimulate professional interests and to give recognition to scholastic attainment is provided by the following student organizations:
AIESEC — international business association Beta Alpha Psi — professional and honorary accounting fraternity
Beta Gamma Sigma — national honorary scholastic fraternity in business
CSPA — Colorado Society for Personnel Administration (student chapter) for students interested in personnel or industrial relations CUAMA — student chapter of the American Marketing Association
Delta Sigma Pi — national professional business fraternity
MBA Association — University of Colorado association of master’s students in business Phi Chi Theta — national professional business and economics fraternity
Rho Epsilon — professional real estate fraternity Sigma Iota Epsilon — professional and honorary management fraternity
Undergraduate Degree Programs
The undergraduate curriculum leading to the Bachelor of Science (Business) degree is intended to help the student achieve the following general objectives:
1. Understanding of the activities that constitute business enterprise and of the principles underlying administration of those activities.
2. Ability to think through logically and analytically the kinds of complex problems encountered by management.
3. Facility in the arts of communication.
4. Comprehension of the human relationships involved in an organization.
5. Awareness of the social and ethical responsibilities of those in administrative positions.
6. Skill in the arts of learning that will help the student continue self-education after leaving the campus.
AREA OF EMPHASIS
Typically, students select an area of emphasis from those offered after taking several of the “core” courses. Then they take the hours required for their selected area. Available areas of emphasis are:


College of Business and Administration / 41
Accounting Computer-based information systems Finance
International business Marketing
Personnel management Production and Operations management
Public agency administration
Real estate
Statistics
Minerals land management Small business management Organizational management Transportation traffic
management
Admission of Freshman Students
See the General Information section for admission and application procedures.
Prospective students in business are encouraged to pursue a broad college preparatory program in high school, with particular emphasis on English, mathematics, the social sciences, and speech.
Candidates for the Bachelor of Science (Business) degree normally enter as freshmen. The College expects entering freshmen to present 15 units of the secondary course work.
intrauniversity Transfer
Students who wish to transfer to the College of Business and Administration from another college or school of the University must formally apply at the College of Business office (Room 500).
Second Undergraduate Degree
Students may apply to the College of Business and Administration to earn a second undergraduate degree, provided the first undergraduate degree is in a field other than business. The student who is accepted for the second undergraduate degree will be required to pursue courses in the sequence normally required for a degree plan. For example, if a student registered for the second degree has not had the required mathematics or general education courses, these must be taken before the student will be eligible to register for business courses. Further, the basic business courses (core courses) must be taken before a student begins to pursue the major field.
If a student applying for a second undergraduate degree has an academic record that justifies consideration for the graduate program, that student will be encouraged to consider one of the master’s programs.
ACADEMIC POLICIES
Academic policies which apply to all UCD students are described in the General Information section of this bulletin. The policies that follow apply specifically to the College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration.
Academic Advising
Each student in the College of Business is responsible for knowing and complying with the academic requirements and regulations established for the College and for classes. Upon admission to the College of
Business and Administration or to the Graduate School of Business Administration, the student has the responsibility for conferring with the student advisers in the College concerning an academic program.
Adding and Dropping Courses
See the General Information section of this bulletin for University-wide Drop/Add policies.
Administrative Drop. Instructors may recommend to the College of Business and Administration office that students who fail to meet expected course attendance standards be dropped without discredit during the first 10 weeks of the semester.
Appeal Procedure
Students should contact the associate dean or staff members in the College of Business and Administration office for appeal and petition procedures pertaining to rules and regulations of the College.
Attendance Regulations
Classroom attendance is at the discretion of the instructor. Students are responsible for determining each instructor’s policy on attendance.
Course Load
The normal scholastic load of an undergraduate student in the College of Business is 15 semester hours, with 19 hours normally the maximum.
Students having a grade-point average of 3.0 or higher for the most recent semester in which they completed at least 15 semester hours may register for a load exceeding 19 semester hours with the approval of the associate dean. Hours carried concurrently in the Division of Continuing Education, whether in classes or through correspondence, are included in the student’s load.
Credit
To receive credit, all courses must be listed on the student’s registration in the Office of Admissions and Records.
Courses completed at any University of Colorado campus are credited toward degree requirements.
Independent Study Credit
Junior or senior business students desiring to work beyond regular business course coverage may take variable credit courses (1 to 3 semester hours) under the direction of an instructor who approves the project, but the student must have prior approval.
To receive credit for nonbusiness independent study courses, students should obtain the associate dean’s approval prior to registering for the course. Further information and forms are available in the College of Business and Administration office.
There is no credit for work experience.


42 / University of Colorado at Denver
Standards of Performance
Students are held to basic standards of performance established for their classes with respect to attendance, active participation in course work, promptness in completion of assignments, correct English usage both in writing and in speech, accuracy in calculations and general quality of scholastic workmanship.
In general, examinations are required in all courses and for all students, including graduating seniors.
To be in good standing, students must have an overall grade-point average of not less than 2.0 (C = 2.0) for all course work attempted and a 2.0 for all business courses attempted. This applies to work taken at all University campuses. Activity physical education and remedial courses are not included in the overall average.
When semester grades become available, students below standard will be notified of (1) probationary status or (2) suspension. To be removed from probation, the student must (1) achieve a grade-point average of 2.0 or better for the semester, (2) bring his or her cumulative grade-point average on all courses attempted and on all business courses attempted to a
2.0 level or above, and (3) meet other requirements as they might be designated.
Study Abroad Credit
Transfer credit from study abroad programs is most appropriately applied as nonbusiness elective credit. Required business courses should not be taken during studies abroad. Students are responsible for checking with the College of Business and Administration for prior approval.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
The Bachelor of Science (Business) degree requires:
1. Total Credits. 120 acceptable semester hours of credit, of which at least 51 hours must be in nonbusiness courses (including 9 hours of upper division work) and at least 51 hours in business courses. The remaining 18 hours may be in either, or some combination of both. This cannot include remedial work, repetition of courses, courses failed, or activity physical education, recreation and dance courses. Advanced ROTC work is acceptable only if the ROTC program is completed. All incomplete grades and correspondence course grades must be completed and recorded at the Office of Admissions and Records no later than four weeks prior to graduation. It is the student’s responsibility to contact the instructor concerning the removal of incomplete grades.
2. Residence. Completion of at least 30 semester hours, usually in the senior year, after admission to the College of Business and Administration, including 12 hours in the area of emphasis. Courses completed at any University of Colorado campus after the candidate has been admitted to the College are acceptable toward this requirement.
3. Grade Average. A minimum scholastic grade-point average of 2.0 (C) for all courses attempted at
the University acceptable toward the B.S. (Business) degree, 2.0 for all business courses, and 2.0 in the student’s area of emphasis.
4. Graduation With Honors. Upon recommendation of the faculty of the College of Business, students who demonstrate superior scholarship are given special recognition at graduation. Those students whc achieve an overall grade-point average of 3.3 and 8 grade-point average of 3.5 on all business courses taken at the University of Colorado while completing 30 hours after admission to the College of Business and Administration will be graduated cum laude. Those students who achieve an overall grade-point average of 3.5 and a grade-point average of 3.7 in all business courses taken at the University of Colorado while completing 30 hours after admission to the College of Business and Administration will be graduatec magna cum laude.
5. Courses. Completion of all of the following re quired courses:
6. Students must file an Intent to Graduate Forn with the College of Business and Administration of fice prior to registering for their last semester. Ques tions concerning graduation should be directed to the student adviser, Room 500 (629-2605).
Semester Hours
Area of emphasis............................................. 12
College algebra and calculus ................................. €
Communication and composition ................................ €
Core requirements (basic courses in accounting, business law, business statistics, business and society, marketing, finance, organizational behavior,
operations analysis and business policy) ................30
Electives
Business ................................................ 9
Nonbusiness (to include 9 hours of upper division work) . 15 Free electives (either business or nonbusiness electives) .. 18
General psychology............................................ 6
Introductory sociology or cultural anthropology .............. 3
Natural science (astro-geophysics, biology, chemistry, geography, geological sciences,
and physics; applies as nonbusiness elective ............ 3
Political science............................................. 6
Principles of economics....................................... 6
Total 120
Upon reaching senior status, the student must contact the College of Business and Administration student adviser for a complete academic evaluation prior to registering for the last term on campus.
Model Degree Program
The following sequence of courses is a guide to registration.
Freshman Year Semester Hours
Engl. 102 or 103. English Composition ................... 3
Comm. 202 or 210. Communication Theory or Public Speaking 3
Math. 107. College Algebra1.............................. 3
Math 108. College Calculus1.............................. 3
Pol. Sci. 100. Introduction to Political Science-........ 3
Pol. Sci. 110. American National Government.............. 3
Soc. 100. Introduction to Sociology
or Cultural Anthropology 1042 ....................... 3
'Any of the following four options: (1) Math. 107 and 108; (2) Math. Ill and 140; (3) Math. Ill and 108; or (4) Math. 140 and 241. A maximum of 9 hours of mathematics below the level of Math. 140 can be applied to the degree.
2Soc. 100 is recommended to meet the sociology requirement; however, Soc. 112, 119, 250, or Anthro. 104 are acceptable.


College of Business and Administration / 43
B.Ad. 100. Introduction to Business or a business elective3... 3
Nonbusiness electives4......................................_6
Total 30
Sophomore Year
Econ. 201 and 202. Principles of Economics (macro/micro) ... 6
Psych. 203, 204. General Psychology ....................... 6
B.Ad. 200. Business Information and the Computer............ 3
Q.M. 201. Business Statistics .............................. 3
Acct. 200. Introduction to Financial Accounting............. 3
Nonbusiness electives4...................................... 9
Total 30
Junior Year
Mk. 300. Principles of Marketing............................ 3
Fin. 305. Basic Finance..................................... 3
Or. Mg. 330. Introduction to Management and Organization . 3
Pr. Mg. 300. Production and Operations Management........... 3
B. Law 300. Business Law ................................... 3
Business elective........................................... 3
Nonbusiness elective........................................ 3
Free electives.............................................. 9
Total 30
Senior Year
B.Ad. 450. Business Policy.................................. 3
B.Ad. 411. Business and Society
or B.Ad. 410. Business and Government.................... 3
Area of emphasis........................................... 12
Business electives ......................................... 3
Free electives.............................................. 9
Total 30
Area of Emphasis
Each candidate for the B.S. (Business) degree must complete the prescribed courses in an area of emphasis comprising 12 semester hours taken at the University of Colorado.
Although only one area of emphasis will be listed on the student’s official records, students so desiring may accomplish the effect of a dual area of emphasis by careful selection of courses.
ACCOUNTING
Accounting courses are offered in several fields of professional accountancy at the intermediate, advanced, and graduate levels. They provide preparation for practice in one or more of the following fields:
Financial accounting Tax accounting
Auditing Data processing and
Managerial accounting control systems
Teaching and research
In all of these fields a thorough knowledge of the social, legal, economic, and political environment is needed. A high degree of analytical ability and communication skill is indispensible.
The undergraduate area of emphasis in accounting consists of 12 hours beyond Acct. 200 and 202:
Required Courses Semester Hours
Acct. 322. Intermediate Financial Accounting I.......... 3
Acct. 323. Intermediate Financial Accounting II ........ 3
Acct. 332. Cost Accounting................................. 3
Accounting elective........................................ 3
Total 12
Students planning to pursue accounting as a career usually take more than the required 12 hours. Many students take a total of about 30 hours of accounting, often taking two courses each semester in their junior and senior years. Students should work closely with the accounting faculty in planning their accounting programs.
Students planning to take the CPA examination should take about 30 hours of accounting and also be well prepared in statistics, business law, finance, economics.
Graduate study in accounting is receiving increasing emphasis by professional organizations and employers. Students meeting admission requirements should consider continuing their education at the graduate level.
COMPUTER-BASED INFORMATION SYSTEMS
The information systems area is designed for those who wish to prepare themselves for careers as professional administrative data processing managers in business and government. The student develops those technical skills and administrative insights required for the analysis of information systems, the design and implementation of systems, and the management of data processing operations. The emphasis is on management information systems — systems for the collection, organization, accessing, and analysis of information for the planning and control of operations. The automation of data processing is also studied extensively.
Those looking toward professional careers in administrative data processing should plan to pursue the 21-hour degree program. The program is designed to prepare the student for job entry at the information systems analyst level. The undergraduate area of emphasis consists of 12 hours beyond Q.M. 201 and I.S. 215.
Required Core: (12 Hours) Semester Hours
Q.M. 440. Operations Research............................. 3
1.5. 345. Information Systems ............................ 3
1.5. 355. Computerware.................................... 3
1.5. 465. Systems Analysis and Design ................... 3
Additional Courses for the Professional CBIS Candidate: (9 Hours) In addition to the core above, candidates should select, in consultation with their advisers, at least 9 hours from the following courses. Some substitution of other computer science courses may be allowed where the candidate’s career interests so warrant.
Semester Hours
Acct. 202. Introduction to Managerial Accounting........ 3
Q.M. 300. Intermediate Statistics....................... 3
E.E. 531. Telecommunications ........................... 3
C.S. 453. Assembly Language and Software Systems........ 3
C.S. 559. On-Line Computing Systems..................... 3
FINANCE
The principal areas of study in finance are financial management, banking, investments, and insurance.
'Applies as a business elective. This course is recommended but not required.
4For completion of the B.S. (Business) degree requirements, the student’s program must include at least 9 semester hours in upper division, nonbusiness courses.


44 / University of Colorado at Denver
Finance is intended to give an understanding of fundamental theory pertaining to finance and to develop ability to make practical applications of the principles and techniques of sound financial management in business. Every endeavor is made to train students to think logically about Financial problems and to formulate sound financial decisions and policies. Numerous opportunities are to be found with financial institutions and in the field of business finance. Emphasis is placed on financial policy, management, control, analysis and decision-making. Acct. 202 is a prerequisite for this area.
Required. Courses Semester Hours
Fin. 401. Business Finance I ............................ 3
Fin. 402. Business Finance II............................ 3
Fin. 433. Investment and Portfolio Management............ 3
Fin. 455. Monetary and Fiscal Policy .................... 3
Recommended Elective Courses
Fin. 440. International Financial Management............. 3
Fin. 434. Security Analysis.............................. 3
Fin. 453. Bank Management ............................... 3
R.Es. 454. Real Estate Finance........................... 3
Ins. 484. Principles of Insurance........................ 3
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
In recent years, companies have completely reoriented their thinking, planning, and operations to capitalize on the opportunities offered in the world marketplace. Every phase of business operation is affected by this reorientation, and individuals who offer the appropriate skills, training, and orientation are in great demand.
The program reflects the basic principle that effectiveness in international business is based on a thorough training in business administration. The international business program provides the opportunity to build on these skills. The student electing this area must complete at least 12 semester hours as follows:
Required Courses Semester Hours
Econ. 441. International Trade ............................... 3
plus three of the following courses:
B.Ad. 440. International Business Seminar .................... 3
Fin. 440. International Financial Management.................. 3
Or.Mg. 458. International Transportation...................... 3
Mk. 490. International Marketing.............................. 3
A second area of emphasis in business is highly recommended. The course requirements for the second area can be included as part of the business and free elective hours. Foreign language study is also recommended, and foreign language skills are much sought after by business recruiters for this field. Other courses emphasizing international affairs may be elected from the following departments: anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, and sociology. Students interested in this area may start their preparation by electing language and other liberal arts and sciences courses in their program.
MARKETING
Marketing is concerned with analyzing the market for a product or service, planning and developing that product, determining the most appropriate distribution channels, pricing the product, and promoting it.
Career opportunities abound in personal selling, advertising, sales management, marketing research, retailing, wholesaling, marketing by manufacturers, international marketing, etc.
Required Courses Semester Hours
Mk. 330. Marketing Research ............................ 3
Marketing electives (beyond Mk. 300).................... 9
MINERALS LAND MANAGEMENT
The curriculum in minerals land management is designed to incorporate the primary course patterns of the College of Business and Administration along with certain field area preparation in geology, chemistry, economics, and land management.
With this preparation, the graduate is a candidate for entry into employment as a landman, exploration trainee, lease broker, and other jobs related to the minerals industry. Colorado is presently the headquarters for a wide assortment of resource-based companies operating throughout the western United States and Canada. These companies need qualified employees and have helped in the preparation of the program.
The four-year program will consist of all College of Business requirements and must include the following:
1. Nonbusiness Courses Semester Hours
Geol. 151. Man and Environment......................... 4
Chem. 101. General Chemistry........................... 4
Geol. 463. Principles of Geomorphology................. 4
Geol. 493. Introduction to Geophysical Prospecting..... 4
Econ. 453. Natural Resource Economics or
Econ. 454. Environmental Economics..................... 3
2. Business Courses
Acct. 202. Introduction to Managerial Accounting....... 3
R.Es. 300. Principles of Real Estate................... 3
Fin. 355. Financial Markets or
Fin. 401. Business Finance I........................... 3
3. A minimum of 12 hours for the major area is required as specified
below:
Required Courses
(The following three courses)
M.L. Mg. 485. Minerals Landman
Administration .................................... 3
R.Es. 473. Legal Aspects of Real Estate Transactions.. 3
Acct. 441. Income Tax Accounting...................... 3
Recommended Elective Courses (Three semester hours minimum)
R.Es. 430. Real Estate Appraisal....................... 3
B.Law 412. Business Law ............................... 3
B.Ad. 411. Business and Society........................ 3


College of Business and Administration / 45
Mk. 485. Physical Distribution........................... 3
Tr.Mg. 450. Survey of Transportation Operation and Procedure............................................ 3
Organization Management
Organization management offers opportunities to develop understanding and skill in managing human resources in organizations. The curriculum provides the foundation for supervisory and general management careers.
Required, Courses Semester Hours
Or.Mg. 335. Managing Work Groups........................ 3
Or.Mg. 437. Managing Complex Organizations.............. 3
(At least one of the following:)
Ps.Mg. 434. Labor Relations: Policy and Practice........ 3
Ps.Mg. 438. Personnel Management: Policy and Practice .... 3
Recommended Electives
Ps.Mg. 439. Personnel Management: Legal and Social Issues . 3
Ps.Mg. 444. Work Design and Measurement................. 3
Ps.Mg. 447. Policy Analysis in Production and
Operations Management .............................. 3
Tr.Mg. 450. Transportation Operation and Management..... 3
Pr.Mg. 460. Purchasing and Materials Management......... 3
B.Ad. 470. Small Business—Management and Operation .... 3
Personnel Management
Personnel management offers opportunities to develop professional competence in the areas of personnel administration and labor relations. Students acquire understanding and skill in developing and implementing personnel systems including recruitment, selection, evaluation, training, and motivation of employees and union-management relations.
Required Courses Semester Hours
Ps.Mg. 434. Labor Relations: Policy and Practice.......... 3
Ps.Mg. 438. Personnel Management: Policy and Practice .... 3 Ps.Mg. 439. Personnel Management: Legal and Social Issues. 3 Elective .................................................. 3
Recommended Electives
Or.Mg. 335. Managing Work Groups.......................... 3
Or.Mg. 437. Managing Complex Organizations................. 3
Pr.Mg. 440. Planning and Control Systems in
Production and Operations Management................... 3
Pr.Mg. 444. Work Design and Measurement................... 3
Pr.Mg. 447. Policy Analysis in Production and
Operations Management ................................. 3
Tr.Mg. 450. Transportation Operation and Management....... 3
B.Ad. 452. Small Business Strategy, Policy, and
Entrepreneurship ...................................... 3
O.Ad. 440. Principles of Office Management................. 3
Econ. 461. Labor Economics ................................ 3
Psych. 485. Principles of Psychological Testing ........... 3
Psych. 487. Personality Assessment......................... 3
Soc. 479. Industrial Sociology ............................ 3
PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
Production and operations management studies are designed to prepare for careers as production manager, operations manager, management analyst, or systems analyst in a broad range of private sector organizations in manufacturing, banking, insurance,
hospitals, and construction, as well as in a variety of municipal, state, and federal organizations.
Production or operations managers may be charged with the design, implementation, and maintenance of the production systems. Managerial activities could include forecasting demand, production planning and inventory control, scheduling manpower and equipment, job design and labor standards, quality control, purchasing, and facilities location and layout.
Required Courses
(The following three courses)
Q.M. 440. Operations Research............................ 3
Pr.Mg. 440. Planning and Control Systems in
Production and Operations Management................ 3
Pr.Mg. 447. Policy Analysis in Production and
Operations Management ............................... 3
(One of the following courses)
Pr.Mg. 444. Work Design and Measurement.................. 3
Pr.Mg. 460. Purchasing and Materials Management.......... 3
Recommended Electives
1.5. 215. Information Systems: Introduction to Data Processing 3
1.5. 345. Information Systems ............................ 3
Or.Mg. 335. Managing Work Groups......................... 3
Or.Mg. 437. Managing Complex Organizations................ 3
Ps.Mg. 434. Labor Relations: Policy and Practice......... 3
Ps.Mg. 438. Personnel Management: Policy and Practice .... 3
Tr.Mg. 450. Transportation Operation and Management...... 3
Mk. 485. Physical Distribution Management................ 3
Acct. 332. Cost Accounting................................ 3
PUBLIC AGENCY ADMINISTRATION
Public agency administration is designed to prepare for careers in management of governmental or other nonprofit service organizations. The curriculum in public agency administration provides the student with a foundation of core courses upon which to construct an area of emphasis which will focus on the type of service organization the student desires to enter upon graduation.
Required Courses
Acct. 480. Business and Governmental Budgeting and Control 3
Ps.Mg. 438. Personnel Administration........................ 3
O.Ad. 440. Principles of Office Management.................. 3
Q.M. 440. Operations Research................................ 3
REAL ESTATE
Real estate careers require knowledge of real estate investments, urban land economics, real estate law, appraising, finance, taxes, management, sales, and accounting.
Real estate is one segment of the economy in which it is still possible for a person to be his/her own boss whether as a broker, appraiser, developer, syndicator or property manager.
Required Courses Semester Hours
R.Es. 430. Real Estate Appraising.......................... 3
R.Es. 454. Real Estate Financing........................... 3
R.Es. 401. Urban Land Analysis (or
R.Es. 433. Real Estate Investments)................... 3
R.Es. 473. Legal Aspects of Real Estate.................... 3


46 / University of Colorado at Denver
Recommended Electives
Acct. 441. Income Tax Accounting.......................... 3
Ins. 484. Principles of Insurance......................... 3
Fin. 455. Monetary and Fiscal Policy ....................... 3
Mk. 310. Salesmanship ...................................... 3
B.Ad. 452. Small Business Strategy, Policy,
and Entrepreneurship.................................... 3
Arch. Eng. 240. Building Materials and Construction....... 3
SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Small business management studies provide understanding, knowledge, and skills in organizing and managing small business. The emphasis is on the managerial aspects of the wide range of activities required of the entrepreneur.
A second area of emphasis in business is highly recommended. The course requirements of the second area can be included as part of business or free electives. Additional courses in management, finance, accounting, and marketing should be planned in consultation with the adviser to serve individual career needs.
Required Courses Semester Hours
B.Ad. 470. Small Business—Management and Operation .... 3 (Two of the following four courses)
Fin. 401. Business Finance I ........................... 3
Acct. 332. Cost Accounting................................ 3
Ps.Mg. 438. Personnel Management: Policy and Practice .... 3 Mk. 480. Marketing Policies and Strategies................ 3
Recommended Electives
Ps.Mg. 434. Labor Relations: Policy and Practice........ 3
Pr.Mg. 440. Planning and Control Systems in
Production and Operations Management.................. 3
Pr.Mg. 447. Policy Analysis in Production and
Operations Management ................................ 3
Tr.Mg. 450. Transportation Operation and Management..... 3
Pr.Mg. 460. Purchasing and Materials Management......... 3
Mk. 485. Physical Distribution Management............... 3
O.Ad. 440. Principles of Office Management.............. 3
Fin. 402. Business Finance II............................. 3
STATISTICS (QUANTITATIVE METHODS)
Statistics prepares students for entry-level positions in statistics, management science, or operations research divisions of companies and as general management trainees to fill line or staff functions. Combining an area of emphasis in statistics with another functional field such as accounting, finance, management, or marketing will substantially enhance employability and prospects for advancement.
Statistics majors work with the design and implementation of business experiments and surveys and use skills relating to analyzing, interpreting, and communicating quantitative business information to management in order to enhance the process of decision-making. Students need competence in computer programming and in preparing data for standard computer statistical packages, implementing these programs, and interpreting their results.
Required Courses Semester Hours
Q.M. 410. Sampling and Inference............................. 3
Q.M. 420. Multivariate Analysis.............................. 3
Q.M. 430. Business Forecasting............................... 3
Q.M. 440. Operations Research................................ 3
Students with a double area of emphasis may substitute one quantitative course in the other areas of emphasis for one of the courses above, with permission of the management science division.
Recommended Courses Semester Hours
1.5. 215. Introduction to Data Processing............... 3
1.5. 345. Information Systems ........................... 3
1.5. 355. Computerware................................... 3
1.5. 465. Systems Analysis and Design .................. 3
Pr.Mg. 440. Control Systems in Operations Management .... 3
Pr.Mg. 444. Socio-Technical Work Systems................ 3
Pr.Mg. 447. Operations Management: Policy and Practice ... 3
Mk. 330. Marketing Research ............................. 3
Mk. 430. Research Design and Experimental
Methods in Marketing ................................ 3
TRANSPORTATION AND TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT
The curriculum in transportation management includes the role of transportation in society and the problems of traffic management within specific industries as well as the management of firms in the transportation industry, such as airlines, trucking firms, railroads, and urban transit firms. International transportation management problems and policies are analyzed.
One of the recommended elective courses may be substituted with permission of the adviser for one of the required courses if there is a schedule conflict, if the course is not available, or if a student demonstrates a career need for such a course.
Required Courses Semester Hours
(Any four of the following six courses)
Tr.Mg. 450. Transportation Operation and Management..... 3
Tr.Mg. 452. Problems in Traffic Management ............. 3
Tr.Mg. 456. Air Transportation........................... 3
Tr.Mg. 457. Urban Transportation........................ 3
Tr.Mg. 458. International Transportation................. 3
Mk. 485. Physical Distribution Management............... 3
Recommended Electives
Ps.Mg. 434. Labor Relations: Policy and Practice........ 3
Ps.Mg. 438. Personnel Management: Policy and Practice .... 3
Tr.Mg. 451. Survey of Transportation.................... 3
Pr.Mg. 460. Purchasing and Materials Management......... 3
B.Ad. 470. Small Business—Management and Operation .... 3 O.Ad. 440. Principles of Office Management............... 3
COMBINED PROGRAMS
Numerous career opportunities exist for persons trained in both a specialized field and management. For this reason, students may be interested in combined programs of study leading to completion of degree requirements concurrently in two fields. Such combined programs have been arranged for engineering and business, pharmacy and business, and environmental design and business. Programs may be arranged for other professional combinations also.


College of Business and Administration / 47
The two programs of study proceed concurrently, terminating together with the award of two degrees. Generally, at least five years will be needed for such combined programs. No substitutions are allowed in this program.
For students in combined programs, the requirements for the degree in business are as follows:
1. Completion of at least 48 semester hours in business and economics, to include Econ. 201 and 202 (6 semester hours), required courses in business (30 semester hours), and a business area of emphasis (12 semester hours).
2. Completion of at least 30 of these semester hours at the University of Colorado while enrolled in the College of Business.
3. Completion of nonbusiness requirements in mathematics, communications, and the social and behavioral sciences in a degree program approved in advance by the College of Business. In addition, for some courses and areas of emphasis, there are prerequisite requirements which must be met.
4. At least a 2.0 grade average must be earned in all courses undertaken in the College of Business.
Shown below is the combined engineering-business program. For other combinations, students should consult with the associate dean of the College of Business.
The requirements for all combined business and engineering programs are as follows:
Courses Semester Hours
Econ. 201 and 202. Principles of Economics (Should be completed during the student’s sophomore
or junior year.) ......................................... 6
Acct. 200. Introduction to Financial Accounting............. 3
B.Ad. 200. Business Information and the Computer............ 3
Q.M. 201. Business Statistics ................................ 3
Mk. 300. Principles of Marketing.............................. 3
Fin. 305. Basic Finance....................................... 3
Pr.Mg. 300. Production and Operations Management............ 3
Or.Mg. 330. Introduction to Management
and Organization ......................................... 3
B.Law 300. Business Law....................................... 3
B.Ad. 410. Business and Government; or B.Ad. 411.
Business and Society...................................... 3
B.Ad. 450. Business Policy Cases and Concepts in Business Policy; or B.Ad. 451. Management Games and Cases in Business Policy; or B.Ad. 452. Small Business Strategy, Policy and Entrepreneurship.................... 3
Courses in an area of emphasis in one of the following fields: accounting, computer-based information systems, finance, international business, marketing, office administration, operations management, organizational behavior, real estate, small business management, statistics, or transportation management. All work in the area of emphasis must be taken at the University of Colorado, College of Business and Administration.
Area of emphasis......................................... 12
Total 48
GRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMS
Requirements for Admission—Master’s Programs
Admission to the master’s programs will be determined by the following criteria:
1. Applicant’s academic record.
2. The applicant’s scores on the Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT). (This test is given four times each year at numerous centers throughout the country. For information and to make application for the test, write to the Educational Testing Service, P.O. Box 966, Princeton, New Jersey 08540.)
Applicants are encouraged, but not required, to submit letters of evaluation from college instructors or employers.
Because of the large number of applications which must be processed, the deadlines set out below are strictly adhered to, and applicants should be careful to observe them. Personal interviews are not required or encouraged. Applicants should submit in writing any additional information or statements which they wish to have considered by the admissions committee.
In general, students failing to meet minimum standards are not admitted on a provisional status. Seniors in this University who have satisfied the undergraduate residence requirements and who need not more than 6 semester hours of advanced subjects and 12 credit points to meet requirements for bachelor’s degrees may be admitted to the Graduate School of Business Administration by special permission of the director of graduate studies.
Completed applications, including GMAT scores, transcripts and a $20 nonrefundable application fee should be in the Office of Graduate Studies, Graduate School of Business Administration, University of Colorado at Boulder, Boulder, Colorado 80309, by March 1 for summer admission, by March 15 for fall admission, and by October 1 for spring admission.
BACKGROUND REQUIREMENTS
Students applying for graduate programs in business do not need to have an undergraduate degree in business; however, they must acquire an adequate background preparation in:
Accounting Business finance Business law Financial institutions Management science Marketing
Organization management Personnel management Production and operations management Principles of economics Statistics
Statistics, management science, and production management are not required for candidates for the Master of Business Education degree.
An undergraduate degree program in business administration usually provides the minimal necessary background in most of these fields. At the University of Colorado, a student who has had the following courses will be considered to have the minimal necessary background:
Acct. 200. Introduction to Financial Accounting Acct. 202. Introduction to Managerial Accounting B. Law 300. Business Law
Econ. 201 and 202 or Econ. 300. Principles of Economics Fin. 305. Basic Finance
Pr.Mg. 300. Production and Operations Management Or.Mg. 330. Introduction to Management and Organization Mk. 300. Principles of Marketing and one additional 3-hour marketing course approved by adviser


48 / University of Colorado at Denver
Q.M. 201. Business Statistics (note exception below)
Q.M. 440. Business Operations Research
For students lacking such preparation, 3-credit graduate fundamentals courses are offered in each of the background fields: B.Ad. 501 (Acct.), B.Ad. 502 (Stat.), B.Ad. 503 (Mk.), B.Ad. 504 (Org.B.), B.Ad. 505 (Fin.), B.Ad. 506 (Law), and B.Ad. 507 (Mg.Sc.). These fundamentals courses do not carry graduate business degree credit, nor may they be used to satisfy requirements for the bachelor’s degree in business. They are open only to admitted graduate students. Qualified nonbusiness senior undergraduates who intend to pursue graduate study in business and special students who have applied for graduate admission and are awaiting word of acceptance may be admitted with the written permission of the Office of Graduate Studies.
Students entering any of the graduate programs (except Master of Business Education) are required to take either B.Ad. 502 (Fundamentals of Business Statistics) or to pass a qualifying examination covering this subject matter. In addition, all graduate students are required to take either B.Ad. 500 (Sources of Information and Research Methods) or to pass a qualifying examination covering this subject matter.
General Information — Master’s Programs
A student with a bachelor’s degree in business normally can complete the requirements for the master’s degree in one calendar year. Students with no undergraduate work in business normally require two years.
Advising. All graduate students should report first to the student adviser in the Graduate School of Business Administration office for the purpose of ascertaining deficiencies and principal field of interest. The division heads of each area serve as faculty advisers.
During the first term of residence, each student should prepare a degree plan. This plan, with appropriate signatures, should be filed in the Office of Graduate Studies.
Qualifying Examination. Satisfactory performance on the Admission Test for Graduate Study in Business and admission into a master’s program with the status of a regular degree student will constitute the qualifying examination for graduate study.
Course Load. The normal course load for graduate students is 12-15 semester hours. Additional hours may be taken upon approval of the student’s adviser, subject to the general rules of the Graduate School.
Minimum Hours Required as Regular Degree or Provisional Student. A candidate for a master’s degree in business must complete a minimum of 30 semester hours of graduate work plus any deficiencies. A maximum of 6 semester hours of graduate work can be transferred from another AACSB-accredited master’s program.
Comprehensive Examination. Each candidate for a Master of Science or Master of Business Education degree is required to take a comprehensive final ex-
amination after the other requirements for the degree have been met. This examination is given near the end of the candidate’s last semester of residence. Students must be registered when they take this examination. Comprehensive examinations are given in November, April, and July. A comprehensive examination is not required for students pursuing the Master of Business Administration degree program.
Students must file an Application for Admission to Candidacy with the Office of Graduate Studies during the first month of the final term of their residency.
Minimum Grade-Point Average. A minimum cumulative grade-point average of 3.0 must be achieved in courses taken after the student’s admission to the graduate program. If the student’s cumulative grade-point average falls below 3.0, he will be placed on academic probation and given one regular semester (summer terms excluded) in which to achieve the required 3.0 cumulative average. Failure to achieve the required average within the allotted time period will result in dismissal.
Work receiving the lowest passing grade, D, may not be counted toward a degree, nor may it be accepted for the removal of deficiencies. A graduate student may repeat once a course for which he or she has received a grade of C, D, or F. Both the original grade and the grade for the repeated course count in the computation of the grade-point average.
To earn a grade of W (withdrawal) in a course, a graduate student must be earning a grade of C or better in that course. Graduate students will not be permitted to withdraw from courses after the tenth week of the semester.
An IF or IP grade shall be a valid grade only until the end of the regular semester (summer terms excluded) following that in which the grade of IF or IP is given. By the end of that interval, the instructor concerned shall have turned in a final grade of A, B, C, D, or F. If no reports are received from the instructor within the allotted time the IF or IP shall be converted to an F.
Time Limit. All work, including the comprehensive final examination, should be completed within five years or six successive summers. Candidates for the master’s degree are expected to complete their work with reasonable continuity.1
Master of Business Administration
The Master of Business Administration program is devoted to the concepts, analytical tools, and communication skills required for competent and responsible administration. The administration of an enterprise is viewed in its entirety and within its social, political, and economic environment.
In addition to the background requirements for a master’s degree listed above, the candidate for the M.B.A. degree must complete the specific requirements of the M.B.A. curriculum (30 semester hours) as follows:
’Under unusual circumstances, students whose residence is interrupted for legitimate reasons, such as military service, may apply for an extension of time.


College of Business and Administration / 49
Core Requirements Semester Hours
a. Business and Its Environment
Business, Government, and Society (B.Ad. 610)........... 3
b. Analysis and Control
Business and Economic Analysis (B.Ad. 615) ............. 3
Administrative Controls (B.Ad. 620)2 ................... 3
c. Human Factors
Organizational Behavior (B.Ad. 640) .................... 3
d. Planning and Policy
Administrative Policy (B.Ad. 650) ...................... 3
Area of Emphasis .......................................... 9
Electives3................................................. 6
Total 30
Areas of emphasis include accounting, finance, management science (shown below), marketing4, office administration, organization management, personnel management, production and operations management, and transportation management.
For students taking an area of emphasis in accounting, Acct. 322, 323 and 332 or their equivalents are prerequisites for all graduate-level accounting courses. Acct. 533 is substituted for B.Ad. 620. Acct. 628 and two other graduate-level accounting courses are required in the area of emphasis. B.Ad. 630 is a required elective for an accounting area of emphasis.
Requirements for an area of emphasis in finance are Fin. 601, 602 and either Fin. 633 or 655.
Requirements for an area of emphasis in marketing are Mk. 600, 605 and one additional graduate marketing course.
Students taking other areas of emphasis should consult the head of the division concerning the requirements.
No thesis is required in the M.B.A. program. In the total program there must be a minimum of 30 semester hours of graduate course work and a minimum of 24 semester hours of course work at the 600 level. Independent study course 699 is normally not acceptable for credit in the final 30 semester hours of the M.B.A. program.
Students may start their graduate programs at the beginning of the fall, spring or summer terms.
M.B.A. MANAGEMENT SCIENCE PROGRAM
For students selecting management science as their area of emphasis, the M.B.A. program is as follows:
Policy Formulation and Administration (12 semester hours)
B.Ad. 610. Business, Government, and Society........... 3
B.Ad. 615. Business and Economic Analysis.............. 3
B.Ad. 640. Organizational Behavior...................... 3
B.Ad. 650. Business Policy.............................. 3
Area of Emphasis (9 semester hours)
At least three courses from the following:
Mg.Sc. 615. Decision Analysis.......................... 3
Mg.Sc. 625. Computer Oriented Decision Modeling ....... 3
Mg.Sc. 635. Mathematical Programming.................... 3
Mg.Sc. 675. Seminar in Management Science ............. 3
Mg.Sc. 685. Advanced Topics in Management Science ..... 3
Electives (9 semester hours)
One 600-level course in the area of accounting, finance, marketing, production and operations management,
organization management, personnel management, or
transportation management................................ 3
At least two courses from the following:1
Q.M. 510. Sampling and Inference............................. 3
Q.M. 520. Multivariate Analysis.............................. 3
Q.M. 530. Business Forecasting............................... 3
Q.M. 540. Operations Research................................ 3
1.5. 565. Systems Analysis and Design ....................... 3
1.5. 645. Information Systems and Management ................ 3
B.Ad. 620. Administrative Controls........................... 3
E.D.E.E. 545, 548, or 595 ................................... 3
Master of Science
The Master of Science degree affords opportunity for specialization and depth of training within a particular major field and a related minor field.
MAJOR FIELDS
For detailed information concerning requirements and recommended programs for each of the major fields, students should consult the following professors:
Accounting .............................. Professor Schattke
Finance .................................... Professor Kolb
Management science ......................... Professor Plane
Marketing ............................... Professor Goeldner
Management and organization ................ Professor Reed
With the approval of the student’s adviser and the director of graduate studies, minor fields may be chosen from business subjects or from other graduate departments.
Fields available in the College of Business for selection as a minor are:
Accounting Business education Finance
Management science Marketing
Office administration
Organization management Personnel management Production and organization management Real estate
Transportation management
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS
The minimum requirements for the M.S. degree, after all undergraduate background deficiencies have been removed, may be met by Plan I or Plan II. The student’s degree program should be approved in advance by the advisory committee and the director of graduate studies.
Plan I. The requirement is 30 semester hours of graduate credit including a thesis (4 to 6 hours credit) based upon original research by the candidate. A minimum of 20 semester hours of credit, including B.Ad. 630 (Business Research), is required of all candidates and, including the thesis, must be earned in a major field. A minimum of three courses, normally 9 semester hours but not fewer than 6, must be completed in a minor field.
'One of these courses may be EDEE 548, Applied Probability Models, EDEE 545, Production Automation Systems, or EDEE 595, Selected Topics.
4B.Ad. 620 may be waived if a student has had similar work in his graduate or undergraduate program. Waiver will be upon recommendation of faculty teaching the course!s) and approval of the director of graduate studies. Accounting students should substitute Acct. 533.
^Elective courses must be 500- or 600-level and cannot be taken in the area of emphasis.
4Requirements for an area of emphasis in marketing in the M.B.A. will consist of 9 hours as follows: Mk. 600 (Marketing Management), Mk. 605 (M.B.A. Seminar in Marketing), and one additional 3-hour marketing course at the 500 level or higher.


50 / University of Colorado at Denver
Plan II. Minimum of 30 semester hours of course work must be completed in courses numbered at the 500 level or above. Requirements must be met in both a major and a minor field. No thesis is required.
Of the 30 semester hours of graduate-level course work, a minimum of 16 hours must be at the 600 level.
All M.S. students must pass written comprehensive examinations covering major and minor fields. The candidate’s committee may require an oral final comprehensive examination subsequent to the written examination.
Programs in Major Fields
ACCOUNTING
For students with an undergraduate accounting major, the M.B.A. program with an area of emphasis in accounting is recommended. With so many semester hours in accounting at the undergraduate level, the student is well prepared to enter the graduate-level courses in accounting.
The M.S. program is more suited for those students who have minimal background in accounting at the undergraduate level. At the minimum, B.Ad. 501 (Accounting) and Acct. 322, 323 and 332 or their equivalents are necessary prerequisites for the 500-and 600-level accounting courses that constitute the major field of study in the M.S. program. Acct. 628, either Acct. 626 or 627, and B.Ad. 630 are required in the M.S. program.
Management Science
Required Courses (15 Hours) Semester Hours
Mg.Sc. 625. Computer-Oriented Decision Modeling ...... 3
Mg.Sc. 635. Mathematical Programming.................. 3
Mg.Sc. 675. Management Science Seminar................ 3
Or.Mg. 601. Organizational Behavior as a System....... 3
Q.M. 540. Operations Research......................... 3
The remaining 15 or more semester hours are to be
selected, in consultation with the student’s adviser, with the following courses recommended.
Q.M. 510. Sampling and Inference......................... 3
Q.M. 520. Multivariate Analysis........................... 3
Q.M. 530. Business Forecasting............................ 3
B.Ad. 620. Administrative Controls........................ 3
Pr.Mg. 640. Operations Management ........................ 3
Pr.Mg. 647. Seminar in Operations Management Policy
and Administration..................................... 3
Or.Mg. 632. Behavior of Task Groups...................... 3
Mk. 530. Quantitative Marketing Analysis ................. 3
Mg.Sc. 685. Advanced Topics in Management Science ....... 3
Fin. 601. Problems and Policies in Financial Management I . 3 Acct. 626. Seminar in Managerial Accounting .............. 3
If Plan I is to be followed, B.Ad. 630 (Business Research) is required as 3 of these remaining 15 or more semester hours, and Mg.Sc. 700 is substituted for Mg.Sc. 675.
ORGANIZATION MANAGEMENT
A student majoring in organizational behavior is required to demonstrate competency in the general area
of organization theory and behavior, and in the applied areas of labor relations and personnel management. A minimum of 15 semester hours is to be selected, in consultation with the student’s adviser, from the following courses:
Courses Semester Hours
Ps.Mg. 534. Labor Relations: Policy and Practice........... 3
Or.Mg. 602. Individual Behavior in Organizations........... 3
Or.Mg. 632. Behavior of Task Groups........................ 3
Ps.Mg. 634. Seminar in Labor Relations .................... 3
Or.Mg. 636. Behavior in Complex Organizations.............. 3
Ps.Mg. 638. Seminar in Personnel Administration............ 3
The remaining 6 or more semester hours are to be selected, in consultation with the student’s adviser, with the following courses recommended:
B.Ad. 620. Administrative Controls ........................ 3
Pr.Mg. 544. Sociotechnical Work Systems: Synthesis
and Design............................................ 3
Pr.Mg. 640. Operations Management ......................... 3
Mg.Sc. 625. Computer Oriented Decision Modeling .......... 3
If Plan I is to be followed, B.Ad. 630 or Or.Mg. 700 is required.
Minors Without Majors in Fields of Business
Graduate students majoring in other divisions of the University may elect as a minor some field of study within the College of Business and Administration. Acceptable fields are:
Accounting Business education Finance
Management science Marketing
Office administration Organization management Personnel management Production and operations management
Transportation management
The student must complete two preparatory fundamentals courses, or their equivalents, as background preparation in the particular field. These two courses will be selected in consultation with a College of Business and Administration adviser. Validation of background preparation may be required through examination, either written or oral, or both.
To complete a minor at the graduate level in one of the fields within the college, the student must present not fewer than two graduate courses, and not fewer than 6 semester hours at the 500 or 600 level. Courses taken to apply on a minor must form a logical sequence or unit and should be approved in advance by a representative of the subject field from which the courses are selected.
Doctor of Business Administration
Students should refer to the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog for information regarding the Doctor of Business Administration (D.B.A.) program.


School of Education
Richard E. Wylie, Associate Dean
INFORMATION ABOUT THE SCHOOL
UCD offers undergraduate and graduate programs to prepare teachers and other educational workers. The education of school personnel has long been a recognized responsibility of the University. No program of studies involves the coordination of more scholastic disciplines than does the education of teachers. None is more fundamental, more significant, more far-reaching, or more enduring in its impact on society.
The teacher education program, both undergraduate and graduate, is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools and by the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education. Membership also is held in the American Association of Colleges of Teacher Education.
Students interested in pursuing a program of studies leading to initial teacher certification should consult the School of Education Office. Those desiring to pursue graduate programs or to take courses as graduate students should consult the Graduate School section of this bulletin.
All application forms for School of Education programs are available in the school office, 629-2717.
INITIAL CERTIFICATION PROGRAM
The Initial Certification Program is designed to prepare elementary and secondary teachers for urban school settings through academic work, professional studies, classroom teaching experiences, community field experiences, and urban studies courses.
Undergraduate teacher certification programs are available at UCD in elementary education and in secondary education in the fields of communication and theatre, English, German, French, Spanish, mathematics, science, and social studies.
Student Candidates
1. Juniors and seniors who are working on B.A. or B.S. degrees.
2. Persons who already have B.A., B.S., or advanced degrees, but who do not have teaching certificates.
The Program
First Semester (Fall) Semester Hows
T.Ed. 370. The City as a Cultural Laboratory ........... 2
T.Ed. 306. Foundations of American Education............ 3
T.Ed. 313. General Educational Psychology .............. 3
T.Ed. 336. Teaching Reading in Urban Schools............ 3
Field Experience: A field experience component will be available each semester of the program, with a common experience comprising each of the courses offered during the fall semester. It is expected that all students will complete a portion of their field placement within the city of Denver.
City as a Cultwal Laboratory: To be offered fall semester in the form of five intensive weekend field experiences in the city of Denver. Students must choose three of the five varied experiences and may choose to attend and participate in all five of them. A seminar will be held at the end of the semester to process the experiences.
K-12: T.Ed. 336 and T.Ed. 313 will be offered with one section designated with an elementary emphasis and one section with an emphasis on secondary aspects. All other courses will maintain the K-12 perspective.
Academic work in College of Liberal Arts and Sciences
(Prior to the end of the first semester, level of specialization to be pursued or involvement in multiple methods courses for purposes of dual certification should be indicated.)
Second Semester (Spring) Semester Hows
Special Methods:
a. For elementary certification:
T.Ed. 415. Basic Elementary Block ................... 9
b. For secondary certification:
Discipline-area methods course taught either in School of Education or College of Liberal
Arts and Sciences ................................... 3
T.Ed. 314. Communication: Human Relations and
Group Processes........................................... 2
T.Ed. 375. School-Based Field Experience (Secondary)........ 2
T.Ed. 375. School-Based Field Experience (Elementary)....... 4
(Full-time involvement in School of Education for elementary-level students during second semester of program.)
Academic work in College of Liberal Arts and Sciences for secondary-level students (as necessary).
(Full-time involvement in School of Education for elementary-level students during second semester of program.)
Summer Session (Optional Enrollment)
This additional semester may be necessary for some students to complete program requirements during a two-year period.
1. Student teaching by petition only.
2. Academic work in College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.


52 / University of Colorado at Denver
3. Elective courses in the School of Education also may be taken during the summer sessions.
Third Semester (Fall) Semester Hours
Elementary certification: (Involves a 10- to 12-week full-time student teaching assignment, concurrent seminar.)
T.Ed. 470. Student Teaching-Elementary School........ 8-9
T.Ed. 473. Workshops in Special Methods............... 3
T.Ed. 439. Seminar in Elementary Student Teaching .... 1
Special Methods: To be offered as a 3-hour course, which will meet in the evenings, preferably at a Denver elementary school.
Secondary certification:
T.Ed. 471. Student Teaching — Secondary School (8-10
weeks full-time or 15 weeks half-time assignment).. 8-9
T.Ed. 440. Seminar in Secondary Student Teaching......... 1
Academic work in College of Liberal Arts and Sciences (as necessary).
Fourth Semester (Spring) Semester Hours
T.Ed. 414. Senior Seminar: Urban Education, Bilingual/
Bicultural Education, and Special Education ........... 3
Urban Studies courses in College of Liberal Arts and Sciences (if these are not previously completed as a part of academic major or General Education requirements) from such areas as teaching English as a second language, Black Studies, Mexican American Studies, minority literature, and/or urban-oriented work in sociology, anthropology, etc............................... 9
Academic work in College of Liberal Arts and Sciences for both elementary- and secondary-level students (as necessary). Students desiring dual certification and whose program permits.
Optional:
T.Ed. 470. Student Teaching—Elementary School (10-12
weeks full-time assignment) ..................... 8-9
T.Ed. 471. Student Teaching—Secondary School (8-10 weeks
full-time or 15 weeks half-time assignment)...... 8-9
T.Ed. 439. Seminar in Elementary Student Teaching .... 1
T.Ed. 440. Seminar in Secondary Student Teaching...... 1
At any time during the two-year program all
elementary majors will be required to take 3 semester hours of elective credit in School of Education courses.
Rehabilitation Services Program
The School of Education offers a two-year program in rehabilitation services to juniors and seniors, focus-
ing strongly on the recruitment and training of minorities. Students entering the program must have completed 60 semester hours by September of the year for which application is made and should consult with the School of Education regarding entrance requirements. The program leads to a B.S. degree, but not a teaching certificate.
The program combines didactic and experiential facets of rehabilitation counseling. Trainees spend a minimum of two days per week working in settings such as drug and alcohol treatment centers, juvenile probation, and rehabilitation service agencies. The program requires 30 hours of core curriculum courses during the junior and senior years.
Applications for admission to the Rehabilitation Services Program are accepted each year until July 31.
Admission Procedures
Advising. Students meet initially with a faculty member in a group advising session about the program. After orientation they will be advised by the academic adviser on specific credits, courses, requirements, etc. An interview will then be conducted by the faculty. Recommendation for admission will be made by the adviser after the interview.
Flexibility. Students may take a total of four full years to complete the certification program, with as many as 8 semester hours earned in the program before the application/acceptance process.
Responsibility. After entering the program, the student is responsible, with faculty advising, for the completion of the required courses in the program. A checklist will be developed to guide the student in the selection of courses.
Graduate Programs
Refer to the Graduate School section of this bulletin for information regarding graduate programs in education.
College of Engineering and Applied Science
Paul E. Bartlett, Associate Dean
INFORMATION ABOUT THE COLLEGE
Engineering is the art and science by which the resources of society are used for the preservation of a wholesome environment. Engineers study the effects of present and prospective technology on man and the environment, communicate their findings to decision-
making groups, and implement decisions and design which will shape tomorrow’s world. Because so many of the key issues affecting the future of mankind are technological or quantitative in nature, engineers must have a broad social orientation which will enable them to participate fully in the decision-making process.


College of Engineering and Applied Science / 53
The prospective engineering student should enjoy mathematics and also have a keen interest in science and its methods. Sound curiosity about the principles governing the behavior of forces and materials and the ability to visualize structures and machines are necessary prerequisites. The ability to express ideas verbally and in writing is also of primary importance.
A wide variety of career opportunities is available to the engineering graduate. Estimates indicate that the nation is not graduating as many engineers as will be needed in the future. Women and minorities are inadequately represented in engineering and are encouraged to participate in the challenges of this profession.
The College of Engineering and Applied Science at UCD offers complete four-year programs leading to the B.S. degree in civil engineering, electrical engineering, electrical engineering and computer science, and applied mathematics. Many courses leading to the B.S. degree in mechanical engineering are offered, and the intent is to expand the offerings to a complete undergraduate degree program at UCD. A number of the courses leading to the B.S. degree in aerospace engineering sciences, architectural engineering, chemical engineering, engineering design and economic evaluation, and engineering physics also are offered at UCD.
The course requirements during the freshman year are essentially the same throughout the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
About two-thirds of the sophomore year is common to all, and the remainder of the courses begin to point to the various fields of engineering taught; real specialization begins, however, in the junior year and carries on through the senior year. A fifth year of study leading to the master’s degree is strongly urged for students of more than usual ability who feel they can profit from additional study. Those in this category are likely to achieve greater ultimate success in the engineering profession.
At UCD it is also possible for a student to obtain the bachelor’s degree in both engineering and business in five years plus one or two summer terms. Any of the engineering degree programs can be modified for an excellent premedical program. If liberal arts students elect certain courses in science, mathematics, and engineering as undergraduates, they may earn an engineering degree in four semesters after graduation from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.
At the graduate level, UCD offers complete master’s degree programs in civil engineering, electrical engineering and applied mathematics. Many graduate courses leading to the Ph.D. in civil engineering and electrical engineering are also offered.
For information regarding courses and requirements leading to the degree Master of Engineering and Master of Science or to the Ph.D. degree, see the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog and the Graduate School section of this bulletin.
Registered Professional Engineer
Currently, registration is required in all states for the legal right to practice professional engineering.
Although there are variations in the state laws, graduation from an accredited curriculum in engineering, subscription to a code of ethics, and four years of qualifying experience are required. In addition, two days of examinations, covering the engineering sciences and the applicant’s practical experience, are required in most states. Those who cannot qualify for registration are expected to work under experienced registered professional engineers.
Undergraduate Research
Research is an important part of many, if not most, engineering careers. Recent years have seen a strong movement in the College of Engineering and Applied Science to include undergraduates in the type of research programs formerly restricted to graduate students. Undergraduates, including some freshmen, have helped to carry out valuable projects in pollution control, bioengineering, solid state electronics, and other fields, including systems analysis and many areas of computerization.
At the same time, instructional laboratories are moving from routine apparatus manipulation to placing major emphasis upon experimentation and original projects. Students and faculty alike have responded to this change with new zest, achieving in many cases socially or scientifically valuable results along with an enhanced understanding of research methods.
Summer Courses
Summer term courses are planned for regular students who must clear deficiencies and for transfer students. Courses also are offered for high school graduates who wish to enter as freshmen and for those who need to remove subject deficiencies. For information about courses, students should write to the associate dean of the College of Engineering and Applied Science, UCD, for the Schedule of Summer Courses.
For many students there are several advantages in starting their college careers during the summer term. Some required freshman and sophomore courses are normally offered at UCD during the summer and are taught by the regular staff. Generally, the summer classes are smaller than regular academic-year classes, which means that students can get more individual attention. Beginning during the summer term gives students a head start and enables them to take a lighter load during the fall semester, or to take additional courses to enrich their programs.
Scholarships, Fellowships, and Loan Funds
Money contributed to the University Development Foundation for assistance to engineering students is deposited in appropriate accounts and used according to the restrictions imposed by the donors. Numerous industries match employee contributions. A list of companies contributing to scholarships and fellowships and different loan funds available can be obtained from the associate dean’s office.


54 / University of Colorado at Denver
Student Organizations
The following honorary engineering societies have active student chapters in the College of Engineering and Applied Science:
Alpha Chi Sigma, professional chemical fraternity Chi Epsilon, civil and architectural fraternity Eta Kappa Nu, electrical engineering society Phi Tau Sigma, society of mechanical engineers Sigma Tau, engineering society Tau Beta Pi, engineering society
Student chapters of the following professional societies are well established at UCD:
American Society of Civil Engineers Association for Computing Machinery Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers
The following societies have chapters on the Boulder Campus; however, UCD students are eligible for membership:
American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics American Institute of Chemical Engineers American Society of Mechanical Engineers Society of Manufacturing Engineers Society of Industrial and Applied Mathematics Society of Women Engineers and Architects
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
In order to enroll, the student must meet the admission requirements of the College of Engineering and Applied Science and the admission requirements described in the General Information section of this bulletin. Students with high class standing and high ACT (or SAT) scores will be considered for admission. Students who have been out of high school for two or more years may petition the College for admission. Persons of sufficient maturity and experience who do not meet the prescribed requirements for admission may be admitted upon approval of the associate dean.
Beginning students in engineering should be prepared to start analytic geometry-calculus. No credit toward a degree will be given for algebra or trigonometry (courses will be offered to allow a student to make up deficiencies). Any student who questions the adequacy of his pre-college background in mathematics should see the applied mathematics coordinator for suggestions.
To be prepared for the type of mathematics courses that will be taught, the student must be competent in the basic ideas and skills of ordinary algebra, geometry, and plane trigonometry. These include such topics as the fundamental operations with algebraic expressions, exponents and radicals, fractions, simple factoring, solution of linear and quadratic equations, graphical representation, simple systems of equations, complex numbers, the binomial theorem, arithmetic and geometric progressions, logarithms, the trigonometric functions and their use in triangle solving and simple applications, and the standard theorems of geometry, including some solid geometry. It is estimated that it will usually take seven semesters to cover this material adequately in high school.
Freshmen
High School Subjects Required Recommended
Required for Admission Units1 Units
English 3 4
Mathematics distributed as follows: Algebra 2 2
Geometry 1 1
Trigonometry and higher mathematics 1
Natural sciences 2
Physics 1
Chemistry 1
Social studies and humanities 2 3
Foreign languages and additional units of English, history, and literature are included in the humanities Electives2 5 3
Totals 15 16
Transfer Students Students transferring from other accredited col-
legiate institutions are admitted if they meet the requirements outlined in the General Information section of this bulletin and the freshman requirements for entering the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
Transfer from within the University to the College of Engineering and Applied Science will be approved if one of the three following conditions is fulfilled:
1. Transfer may be effected at the end of the first semester in residence at the University of Colorado provided the prior academic record fulfills the admission requirements of the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
2. Ordinarily, a transfer will be approved if the student has attained an overall grade average of C in all work attempted at the University of Colorado.
3. Other transfers may be approved by the associate dean of the College of Engineering and Applied Science (or his designee) after a formal petition has been submitted.
Transfer hours of credit may be accepted upon approval by the Office of Admissions and Records and the major department. The grade-point average of the student transferring from another institution does not transfer into the College of Engineering and Applied Science. This includes transfers from special student to degree status. The grade-point average is computed from the time the student is enrolled at the University of Colorado. Transfer credit hours must be evaluated by the major department before they may be applied to the student’s engineering degree requirements.
ACADEMIC POLICIES
Refer to the General Information section of this bulletin for descriptions of University-wide policies.
'A unit of work in high school is defined as a course covering a school year of not fewer than 36 weeks, with five periods of at least 40 minutes each per week. (Two periods of manual training, domestic science, drawing, or laboratory work are equivalent to one period of classroom work.) This is equivalent to 180 actual Deriods per unit. Fractional credits of value less than one-half unit will not be accepted. Not less than one unit of work will be accepted in a foreign language, elementary algebra, geometry, physics, chemistry, or biology.
2Electives may be chosen from any of the high school subjects (except physical education) which are accepted by an accredited school for its diploma and which meet the standards as defined by the North Central Association. However, not more than two units will be considered from drawing, shop, or other vocational work; courses that have descriptive geometry features may be considered for elective units beyond the recommended units.


College of Engineering and Applied Science / 55
The following policies apply specifically to the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
Attendance Regulations
Successful work in the College of Engineering and Applied Science is dependent upon regular attendance in all classes. Students who are unavoidably absent should make arrangements with instructors to make up the work missed. Students who, for illness or other good reason, miss a final examination must notify the instructor or the associate dean’s office no later than the end of the day on which the examination is given. Failure to do so will result in an F in the course.
Changing Departments
Students who wish to change to another department within the College of Engineering and Applied Science must apply for transfer by petition, and this petition must have the approval of both departments concerned and of the associate dean.
Counseling
Freshman students are counseled by the associate dean’s office, and by representatives from each academic department. These representatives are readily available to assist students with academic, vocational, or personal concerns.
Students are assigned specific departmental advisers for academic planning and should consult with the departmental chairman or designated representative for assignment.
Course Load Policy
Full-time Students. Undergraduate students employed less than 10 hours per week should register for the regular work as outlined in the departmental curricula. Additional courses may be allowed when there is satisfactory evidence that these extra courses can be taken profitably and creditably. Permission to take more than 21 hours or fewer than 12 hours may be granted only after written petition to the associate dean. The petition must carry the approval of the departmental faculty adviser.
Employed Students. Suggested course loads for undergraduate students employed 10 or more hours per week are as follows:
Employed 40 or more hours per week—two courses (maximum of 9 semester hours)
Employed 30 to 39 hours per week—three courses (maximum of 12 semester hours)
Employed 20 to 29 hours per week—four courses (maximum of 15 semester hours)
Employed 10 to 19 hours per week—five courses (maximum of 18 semester hours)
Credits
Students may receive credit for only those courses for which they have officially registered. Exceptions to this are credits obtained through special examinations, correspondence courses, CLEP, and transfer credits from other institutions. Students who have
had extensive experience in the work covered by any required course and feel they would be able to pass an examination over the course may apply for such an examination. Credit will be allowed upon successful completion of the test. See General Information section for complete details.
Freshman Year
Fundamentals taught in the freshman year are of prime importance in the more advanced classes, and every effort is made to register a beginning freshman in the proper courses. (Course requirements for freshmen are detailed within the curriculum given under each department.)
All freshmen are urged to consult their instructors whenever they need help in their assignments.
Repetition of Courses
A student may not register for credit in a course in which he already has received a grade of C or better. When a student takes a course for credit more than once, all grades are used in determining his grade-point average. An F grade in a required course necessitates a subsequent satisfactory completion of the course.
Scholastic Deficiency
To remain in good standing in the College of Engineering and Applied Science a student must maintain a cumulative grade average of at least a C. The student who fails to meet this requirement will be subject immediately to the authority of the Committee on Academic Progress. When semester grades become available, the committee will review all cases of scholastic deficiency and notify each student of its decision.
Sequence of Courses
Full-time students should complete the courses in the department in which they are registered according to the curriculum shown under their major department in this bulletin. (Part-time students may need to modify the order of courses with adviser approval.) Any course in which there is a failure or an unremoved incomplete should, upon the first recurrence of such course, take precedence over other courses; however, each student must be registered so that departmental requirements will be completed with the least possible delay.
Students who do not earn a grade of C or better in a course that is prerequisite to another, may not register for the succeeding course unless they have the permission of both the department and the instructor of the succeeding course.
Students may enroll for as much as 50 percent of their courses in work that is not a part of the prescribed curricula of the College of Engineering and Applied Science, provided they have at least a 2.0 grade average in all college work attempted. Exceptions to this policy may be made by petition and may


56 / University of Colorado at Denver
be made for students taking the combined engineering-business program.
PLANNING AN ENGINEERING PROGRAM
It is the responsibility of students to be sure they have fulfilled all the requirements, to file the intended date of graduation in the departmental office at the close of the third year, to fill out a Diploma Card at registration at the beginning of the last semester, and to keep the departmental adviser and the associate dean’s office informed of any changes in the students’ plans throughout the last year.
In order to become eligible for one of the bachelor’s degrees in the College of Engineering and Applied Science, a student, in addition to being in good standing in the University, must meet the following minimum requirements:
Courses. The satisfactory completion of the prescribed and elective work in any curriculum as determined by the appropriate department.
Hours. A minimum of 136 hours, of which the last 30 shall be earned after matriculation and admission as a degree student, is required for students in the four-year curricula; however, many students will need to present more than the minimum hours because of certain departmental requirements and because they may have enrolled in courses which do not carry full credit toward a degree. The hours required for students in the combined business and engineering program vary by departments; as a guide, 166 semester hours are considered a minimum, but most students follow programs that bring the total above this figure.
Grade Average. A minimum grade-point average of
2.0 (C) for all courses attempted. A department may require a minimum grade of C in all major courses.
Faculty Recommendation. The recommendation of the faculty of the department offering the degree and the recommendation of the faculty of the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
Incompletes and Correspondence Courses. It is the student’s responsibility to insure that all incompletes and correspondence courses are officially completed before the tenth week of the student’s final semester in school.
Simultaneous Conferring of Degrees. For combined business and engineering students, the degree B.S. in business and the degree B.S. in engineering must be conferred at the same commencement.
Commencement Exercises. Commencement exercises usually are held in May and August. Students finishing in December may attend commencement the following May or receive diplomas by mail.
Graduation With Honors
Honors at graduation are conferred in recognition of high scholarship and professional attainments. Honors and special honors are recorded on diplomas and indicated on the commencement program.
Seniors with an average of 3.8 or above usually are graduated with special honors, and those with an
average of 3.5 to 3.79 with honors. Grades earned during the semester of graduation will not be considered in the determination of honors.
Social-Humanistic Content of the Engineering Curriculum
The faculty of the College of Engineering and Applied Science recommends that 24 semester hours should be considered the minimum of social-humanistic content of the degree-granting departments. (Up to 6 hours of English composition may be used to satisfy this requirement.)
A minimum of 6 hours of literature is required. Six hours of social-humanistic subjects should be taken in the junior year and 6 in the senior year. These subjects should be taken from the following categories, with not fewer than 6 hours from category 2 below.
1. Literature (including foreign literature either in the original or in translation).
2. Economics, sociology, political science, history, and anthropology.
3. Fine arts and music (critical or historical).
Such courses as public speaking, elementary foreign
languages, technical writing, accounting, contracts, and management should be considered as technical and should be submitted for technical electives where applicable with departmental approval.
Qualified students will be permitted to take appropriate honors courses as substitutes for social-humanistic courses.
English for Engineering
Engineering students may choose combinations of courses; the following combinations are recommended: (a) Engl. 258, 259, 260, 261; or (b) Engl. 258, 259, and the following two introductory courses: Engl. 120 (Introduction to Fiction), Engl. 130 (Introduction to Drama and Poetry). Students who achieve a B average in two of the following English courses (120, 130, 258, and 259) may take immediately thereafter any literature courses listed by the Department of English. No social humanistic credit will be given for courses dealing with English as a foreign language. Students having questions about the English requirement should see their departmental adviser.
COMBINED BUSINESS AND ENGINEERING CURRICULA
Undergraduates in the College of Engineering and Applied Science with career interests in administration may complete all of the requirements for both a B.S. degree in engineering and a B.S. degree in business by extending their study programs to five years, including one or two summer terms. The 48 semester credits required in the College of Business and Administration may be started in the second, third, or fourth year, depending upon the curricular plan for the particular field of engineering in which the student is enrolled.
It is also possible for qualified graduates (GPA: 2.75 or better) to complete the requirements for a master’s


College of Engineering and Applied Science / 57
degree in business within one year after receiving the baccalaureate degree in engineering. Before deciding upon the business option, a student should carefully consider, in consultation with departmental advisers, the relative advantages of the combined B.S. business-engineering curricula, the degree program of the Graduate School of Business Administration, and the M.S. degree program in the student’s own engineering discipline.
Combined business and engineering programs are available for students in aerospace engineering sciences, applied mathematics, architectural engineering, chemical engineering, civil engineering, electrical engineering, electrical engineering and computer science, engineering design and economic evaluation, engineering physics, and mechanical engineering.
Students taking a combined undergraduate program are not required to submit formal application for admission to the College of Business. They are permitted to enroll in business courses on the basis of a program approved by an adviser in the College of Engineering and Applied Science and by an assigned adviser from the College of Business.
Requirements for both the undergraduate business and engineering degrees must be completed concurrently. At least a 2.0 grade average must be earned in all courses undertaken in the College of Business. Not fewer than 30 semester credits in business courses must be earned to establish residency credit. Courses offered by the College of Business may be used in lieu of electives required for undergraduate engineering degrees, subject to the approval of the individual department.
The requirements for all combined business and engineering programs are as follows:
Courses Semester Hours
Econ. 201 and 202. Principles of Economics ................ 6
(Should be completed during the student’s sophomore year or junior year.)
Acct. 200. Introduction to Financial Accounting............. 3
B.Ad. 200. Business Information and the Computer........... 3
Q.M. 201. Business Statistics .............................. 3
Mk. 300. Principles of Marketing............................ 3
Fin. 305. Basic Finance..................................... 3
Pr. Mg. 300. Operations Analysis............................ 3
Or. Mg. 330. Introduction to Management and
Organization ........................................... 3
B.Law 300. Business Law..................................... 3
B.Ad. 410. Business and Government; or B.Ad. 411.
Business and Society.................................... 3
B.Ad. 450. Business Policy (Cases and Concepts in Business Policy); or B.Ad. 451 (Management Game and Cases in Business Policy); or B.Ad. 452 (Small Business Strategy,
Policy and Entrepreneurship)............................ 3
Courses in an area of emphasis in one of the following fields; accounting, computer-based information systems, finance, international business, marketing, office administration, operations management, organizational behavior, or transportation management. All course work in the area of emphasis must be taken in the University of Colorado College of Business and Ad-
ministration ............................................ 12
Total 48
The student should note that for some courses, and for some areas of emphasis, there are prerequisites
which must be met. Since some of the courses may be taken as engineering electives, it is possible to obtain the two degrees in as few as 166 semester hours; however, most students will require more.
JOINT ENGINEERING DEGREES
A student may obtain two engineering degrees by meeting the requirements and obtaining the approval of both departments concerned. Thirty hours of elective or required subjects in addition to the largest minimum number required by either of the two departments must be completed.
PREMEDICINE OPTION
A professional school in a field such as medicine requires a student to have a college education prior to pursuing its professional courses. In practically all cases, medical students are university graduates, although occasionally a student may enter medical school after three years of university training. A student can prepare for medical school either in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences or in the College of Engineering and Applied Science. The desirability of obtaining an engineering education prior to undertaking a study of medicine is increasing continually, as medicine itself is evolving. A great deal of additional equipment, most of it electronic, is being developed to assist the medical practitioner in treatment of patients. Bioengineering, engineering systems analysis, probability, and communication theory are highly applicable to medical problems. Improved communication techniques also are allowing the storage and retrieval of information not previously available to the medical doctor. An advanced knowledge of basic mathematics and computing techniques, along with increased understanding of physical chemistry, are improving the scientific base upon which medical knowledge rests. It is therefore desirable that the medical practitioner and researcher in the future be well equipped with the tools which engineering can offer.
An engineering background with a premedicine option is a valuable combination for admission to medical school.
There are two equally important goals for the student who plans to enter medical school. The first is acquisition of the knowledge and vocabulary necessary to proceed with the courses at medical school. The second is to become an educated and well-balanced man or woman.
Concerning the first goal, it is clear that without some knowledge of the basic sciences and the ability to formulate thoughts, the student will be unable to profit from the courses at medical school. To provide at least a minimum of the necessary knowledge, the additional courses listed below are prescribed and must be completed with superior grades. General overall requirements for entry into most medical schools are given. Students can meet these requirements by careful substitution of electives in the


58 t University of Colorado at Denver
engineering curriculum. In some cases where additional hours may be required, interested students should consult with the department chairman.
General chemistry (103-106)........... 2 sem. (8-10 sem. hrs.)
Organic chemistry (341, 342, 343, 344) . 2 sem. (8-10 sem. hrs.)
General biology (205-206) ................. 2 sem. (8 sem. hrs.)
Genetics................................... 1 sem. (3 sem. hrs.)
English composition........................ 1 sem. (3 sem. hrs.)
The second goal, becoming a well-educated, well-balanced man or woman, is of particular importance. The student entering medical school is confronted with a mass of new knowledge and techniques. These fully occupy his or her time and give little opportunity for the pursuit of the broader aspects of education.
Three features of the university education are stressed here. The first is the possession of an active critical mind—a mind which can discern problems, find out what is known about them, and draw relevant and unprejudiced conclusions from this knowledge. Students will be expected to show a thorough knowledge of chosen subjects and a true understanding of the problems presented and the solutions that have been advanced. Study of courses that will be taken at medical school is strongly discouraged.
Second, a student must acquire understanding of mankind. This is particularly important for the physician whose life is spent in caring for people and whose effectiveness is increased in proportion to the degree of this understanding. The study of man involves a vast number of intellectual disciplines—from anthropology to the arts; from psychology to world history; from political economy to the study of religion—and is properly the study of a lifetime. The student must obtain the foundations of such a study at his university. Present-day developments in the field of medicine suggest that far more people with an engineering background should continue their education and enter the practice of medicine. Whatever the person decides to study, he must be aware of the importance of this study for future effectiveness as a human being.
Finally, a student should carry away from the university a scholarly enthusiasm. Intellectual curiosity and ardent pursuit of truth are prime requisites for knowledge. Without these, neither the individual practice of medicine nor the general understanding of medical science can progress farther.
The University of Colorado School of Medicine requires no set courses for the second and third features of the university education beyond those required by the student’s college or university, but it stresses their great importance.
To complete this program in the College of Engineering and Applied Science, it is strongly recommended that the student follow a full four-year college course (with the equivalent of at least 136 semester hours) and earn a B.S. degree. It would be possible for a student who applied himself with unusual vigor to prepare for medical school in three years. In such cases, a minimum of 15 semester hours should be devoted to a major field of learning, instead of the 30 hours required for the four-year student. This
student, of course, will not receive a degree in the premedical field. The study and practice of medicine require persistent hard effort, and so should the premedical education.
The Admissions Committee of the University of Colorado School of Medicine welcomes inquiries and visits from prospective students, particularly at the time of their first interest in medicine as their chosen profession.
Students desiring to enter a premedical program should consult the representative of the department involved. At UCD, premedical advising is available through the Health Sciences Committee, Room 508.
GRADUATE STUDY IN ENGINEERING
The College of Engineering and Applied Science at UCD offers complete M.S. degree programs in civil engineering, electrical engineering, and applied mathematics. Many graduate courses leading to the Ph.D. in civil engineering and electrical engineering also are offered.
For information regarding courses and requirements leading to the degrees Master of Engineering and Master of Science or to the Ph.D. degree, see the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog and the Graduate School section of this bulletin.
Education for Employed Professional Engineers
Continuing education for employed engineers grows more important each year. Therefore, the College puts great emphasis upon making graduate courses available through night and televised courses. A new degree, the Master of Engineering, permits graduate students more flexibility in defining specialized interdisciplinary fields that meet their professional needs. This degree has standards fully equivalent to those of the Master of Science degree.
In addition to credit course work, the College works jointly with the Division of Continuing Education to offer noncredit courses of interest to practicing engineers.
Concurrent B.S. and M.S. Degree Program in Engineering
Students who plan to continue in the Graduate School after completing the requirements for the B.S. degree may apply for admission to the concurrent degree program through their department early in the second semester of their junior year (after completion of at least 84 semester hours). Requirements are the same as for the two degrees taken separately: 136 credit hours for the B.S. degree and 24 hours plus thesis (Plan I) or 30 credit hours (Plan II) for the M.S. degree. Social-humanistic requirements must be completed within the first 136 credit hours. A 3.0 grade-point average for all work attempted through the first six semesters (at least 96 credit hours) and written recommendations from at least two major-field faculty members are required.


College of Engineering and Applied Science / 59
The purpose of the concurrent degree program is to allow the student who qualifies for graduate study and expects to continue for an advanced degree to plan his graduate program from the beginning of the senior year rather than from the first year of graduate study. The student can then reach the degree of proficiency required to begin research at an earlier time, and can make better and fuller use of courses offered in alternate years.
The student will be assigned a faculty adviser to help him develop the program best suited to his particular interests. Those in the program will be encouraged to pursue independent study on research problems or in areas of specialization where no formal courses are offered. A liberal substitution policy will be followed for courses normally required in the last year of the undergraduate curriculum. The program selected must be planned so that the student may qualify for the B.S. degree after completing the credit-hour requirements for the degree if the student so elects, or if the student’s grade-point average falls below the 3.0 required to remain in the program. In this case, all hours completed with a passing grade while in the program will count toward fulfilling the normal requirements for the B.S. degree. There will be no credit given toward a graduate degree for courses applied to the B.S. degree requirements; however, students are still eligible to apply for admission to the Graduate School under the rules set forth in the Graduate School section of this bulletin. Normally, however, the student will apply for admission to the Graduate School when at least 130 of the 136 credit hours required for the B.S. degree have been completed, and will be awarded the B.S. and M.S. degrees simultaneously upon meeting the requirements set forth for the concurrent degree program.
Graduate Work in Business
Undergraduates in engineering who intend to pursue graduate study in business may complete some of the business background requirements as electives in their undergraduate programs. Seniors in engineering who have such intentions and appear likely to qualify for admission to graduate study in business will be permitted to register for any of the graduate fundamentals courses which are designed to provide qualified students with needed background preparation in business.
AEROSPACE ENGINEERING SCIENCES
The primary objective of the aerospace engineering sciences curriculum is to provide sound general training in subjects fundamental to the practice of and research in this branch of engineering sciences. The major part of the first three years is devoted to the study of mathematics, physics, mechanics, chemistry, and the humanities. The fourth year is devoted to the professional courses in the fields of physics of fluids (fluid dynamics); propulsion and energy conversion; flight dynamics, control, and guidance; space system
analysis; materials and structural mechanics; space environment; and bio-engineering.
Planning of graduate study for students having sufficient ability and interest should begin by the start of the junior year. Such a plan should consider the foreign language requirements of appropriate graduate schools, and an advanced mathematics program included in technical electives consisting of Math. 431-432 and Math. 481 or 443.
The minimum total number of semester hours for the B.S. degree is 136. Students who wish to combine the business and aerospace engineering sciences curricula are advised to consider obtaining the B.S. degree in aerospace and the M.S. degree in business rather than a combined B.S. degree. Business courses may not be substituted for technical electives in the aerospace curriculum.
Transfer to Boulder
The complete aerospace engineering sciences program is not available at UCD. Therefore, students wishing to complete this program should plan on transferring to the University of Colorado at Boulder at the start of the junior year. The complete curriculum degree requirements, and descriptions of courses may be found in the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog.
Curriculum for B.S. (Aerospace Engineering Sciences)
The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical first two years of the program:
Freshman Year
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I .............. 3
E.Phys. 111. General Physics.............................. 4
Engl. 258. Great Books I (see note 1) .................... 3
Social-humanistic elective (see note 2) .................. 3
E.E. 130. Problems and Methods of Modern Engineering
(or C.E. 130).......................................... 2
Total 15
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II ............. 3
E.Phys. 112. General Physics............................... 4
E.Phys. 114. Experimental Physics ......................... 1
Engl. 259. Great Books II (see note 1).................... 3
Ch.E. 210. Physical and Chemical Properties of
Matter (see note 3) ................................... 4
Social-humanistic elective (see note 2) ................... 3
Total 18
Sophomore Year
Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III............. 3
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra.......................... 3
C.E. 212. Analytical Mechanics I........................... 3
Engl. 260. Great Books III (see note 1).................... 3
E.Phys. 213. General Physics............................... 3
E.Phys. 215. Experimental Physics ......................... 1
E.D.E.E. 101-2. Fundamentals of Design I .................. 2
Total 18


60 / University of Colorado at Denver
Spring Semester
Math. 443. Ordinary Differential Equations ................ 3
E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing.......................... 3
C.E. 213. Analytical Mechanics II ........................... 3
Engl. 261. Great Books IV (see note 1)..................... 3
Engr. 301. Thermodynamics.................................... 3
Social-humanistic elective (see note 2)...................... 3
Total 18
Notes for B.S. (Aerospace Engineering)
1. For other options in English, see the English listings in the Course Description section of this bulletin.
2. Students may take electives pass/fail, subject to the regulations of the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
3. Chem. 103 may be substituted.
APPLIED MATHEMATICS
Charles I. Sherrill, Coordinator
The Division of Natural and Physical Sciences in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences offers all courses in mathematics, both required and elective, for undergraduate and graduate students in the College of Engineering and Applied Science. Three curricula leading to the degree B.S. (A.Math.) are offered. In Option I, the student takes a minor in a specific engineering department, satisfying an adviser from that department. In Option II, the student takes distributed course work in engineering departments, including a solid grounding in mechanics, electronics, and materials. (This option is intended for the above-average student.) Option ID is a joint mathematics-computer science program. Regardless of the option chosen, each student is expected to complete a minimum of 45 semester hours of course work in mathematics.
Modem industrial and scientific research is so dependent on advanced mathematical concepts that applied mathematicians are needed today by almost all concerns which are engaged in such research.
The undergradaute curriculum is designed to give training in mathematics and in engineering and science. The use of numerical methods and electronic computers is included.
Nontechnical electives should be broadening and have cultural value. Courses in the humanities and the social sciences are required. Students interested in research should take a foreign language as early as possible. Beginning language courses are considered technical electives and do not count toward the social-humanistic electives. Some 300- and 400-level language courses may be counted. Under all circumstances, a student must plan a complete program and obtain the approval of a departmental adviser at the beginning of the sophomore year.
The B.S. degree in applied mathematics requires the completion of a minimum of 136 credit hours of course work with an average grade of C or better (a 2.0 grade-point average) and a grade of C or better in all mathematics courses. Course work in the social-
humanistic elective area must be approved by the student’s adviser.
Curriculum for B.S. (Applied Mathematics)
Freshman Year
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I .............3
E.Phys. 111. General Physics...............................4
Engl. 258. Great Books I (See note 1)....................3
E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing........................3
Approved elective ........................................ 3
Total 16
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II ............3
E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I.....................2
Engl. 259. Great Books II (See note 1) ..................3
E.Phys. 112. General Physics...............................4
E.Phys. 114. Experimental Physics ........................ 1
Approved elective ........................................ 2
Total 15
Sophomore Year
Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III............3
Engl. 260. Great Books IB (See note 1) ..................3
E.Phys. 213. General Physics...............................3
E.Phys. 215. Experimental Physics ........................ 1
Engr. 301. Thermodynamics..................................3
Approved elective ........................................ 3
Total 16
Spring Semester
Engl. 261. Great Books IV (See note 1) ....................3
Chem. 103. General Chemistry ..............................5
Math. 300. Introduction to Abstract Mathematics............3
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra .........................3
Approved elective ........................................ 3
Total 17
Junior Year Fall Semester
Math. 431. Advanced Calculus I................................ 3
Approved electives ........................................... 15
Total 18
Spring Semester
Math. 443. Ordinary Differential Equations ................... 3
Math. 481. Introduction to Probability Theory................. 3
Approved electives ........................................... 12
Total 18
Senior Year
Fall Semester
Approved electives ...................................... 18
Spring Semester
Approved electives ...................................... 18
Requirements under each option are as follows:
Option I Semester Hours
Specialty in a specific engineering department........ 18-30
Technical electives .................................. 15-22


College of Engineering and Applied Science / 61
Other electives............................................. 11-30
Required social-humanistic electives (See note 2) ............. 12
(Electives should include Math. 432)
Option II
Distributed engineering courses in the engineering college. 18-30 (A minimal program would consist of the following courses: Aero. 304, Aero. 311, C.E. 212, C.E. 213, E.E. 303, M.E. 301, or their equivalents. Each of these courses is for 3 hours credit.)
Technical electives ........................................ 15-22
Other electives............................................. 11-30
Required social-humanistic electives (See note 2) ............ 12
(Electives should include Math. 432.)
Option III
Specific courses required under Option III:
E.E. 257 ..................................................... 3
Aero. 546 (C.S. 546).......................................... 3
E.E. 401 (C.S. 401) .......................................... 3
E.E. 453 (C.S. 453) .......................................... 3
E.E. 459 (C.S. 459) .......................................... 3
E.E. 554, 555, or 557 ........................................ 3
Math. 311 .................................................... 3
Math 465 ..................................................... 3
Math. 466 .................................................... 3
Technical electives ....................................... 6-22
Other electives........................................... 11-30
Required social-humanistic electives (See note 2) ............12
Notes for B.S. (Applied Mathematics)
1. For other options in English, see the English listings in the Course Description section of this bulletin.
2. Students may take social-humanistic electives pass/fail, subject to the regulations of the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
3. A minimum of 10 approved courses in mathematics beyond 140, 241, 242, 319 and 443 is required of all students majoring in applied mathematics.
4. Math. 101, 111, and 112 do not count toward the B.S. (A. Math.) degree or any other B.S. degree in engineering.
5. In addition to E.E. 201, E.D.E.E. 101 and Engr. 301, the student must take a minimum of 18 hours in approved elective engineering courses excluding chemistry, mathematics, and physics courses.
6. The student who does not have a strong interest in applications of mathematics to engineering is encouraged to consider a major in mathematics in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.
ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING
John R. Mays, Coordinator
The architectural engineering curriculum is devised and administered at the Boulder Campus by the Department of Civil, Environmental, and Architectural Engineering of the College of Engineering and Applied Science. Its purpose is to prepare a student for a career in the building industry and for graduate-level research on building-related topics. The building industry is the largest single industry in the United States and includes many diverse skills and fields of knowledge. This course of study fulfills the academic requirements for registration as a professional engineer.
The architectural engineering curriculum is recommended for those wishing to specialize within the
building industry in engineering design, construction and contracting, or sales engineering. The architectural engineering student may select any one of three areas of specialization offered: construction engineering, environmental engineering, or structural engineering.
Specialization in construction is for students planning a career in contracting and building construction. This program offers courses in construction management, planning and scheduling techniques, cost accounting, estimating and pricing, building materials, and construction methods.
Students interested in environmental design may concentrate their efforts in the fields of illumination and electrical systems design, heating-ventilating-air conditioning systems design, sanitation and water supply, or acoustics. A broad range of courses covering these subjects is available.
The third area of specialization is for those interested in the design of structural systems for buildings. Courses available are structural analysis; indeterminate structures; and steel, concrete, and timber design, among others.
The five-year course leading to the combined degree in architectural engineering and business offers opportunity for complementing the architectural engineering background with study in one of the major areas of business administration, such as personnel and business management, marketing, and finance.
Transfer to Boulder
Approximately one-half of the architectural engineering program is available at UCD under the Department of Civil and Urban Engineering. Students wishing to complete this program should plan to transfer to the Boulder Campus at the start of the junior year. The complete curriculum degree requirements, and descriptions of courses may be found in the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog.
Curriculum for B.S. (Architectural Engineering)
The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical first two years of the program:
Freshman Year
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I ...............3
E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I ....................2
Literature elective (see note 1) ..........................3
E.Phys. 111. General Physics................................4
C.E. 130. Introduction to Civil Engineering................ 2
Social-humanistic elective..............................._;_3
Total 17
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II ...............3
Literature elective (see note 1) .........................3
E.D.E.E. 102. Fundamentals of Design II ................. 2
E.Phys. 112. General Physics................................4


62 / University of Colorado at Denver
E.Phys. 114. Experimental Physics .......................... 1
E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing........................ 3
Total 16
Sophomore Year
Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus HI.................3
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ...........................3
Basic science elective (see note 2) .........................4
C.E. 212. Analytical Mechanics I.............................3
Specialty requirement (structures and construction majors) take
C.E. 221; environmental majors take Arch.E. 362.).......... 3
Total 16
Spring Semester
Math. 443. Ordinary Differential Equations ..................3
Ch.E. 210. Chemical and Physical Properties of
Materials (see note 3)...................................4
Arch.E. 240. Building Materials and Construction.............3
C.E. 312. Mechanics of Materials.............................3
C.E. 316. Materials Testing Laboratory (not required of
environmental majors) .................................. 1
Social-humanistic elective................................. 3
Total 17
Notes for B.S. (Architectural Engineering)
1. Great Books series recommended; see the English listings in the Course Description section of this bulletin.
2. E.Phys. 213 and 215 recommended.
3. Chem. 103-5 may be substituted for Ch.E. 210-4, in which case the technical elective requirement is reduced by one credit hour.
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
William C. Hughes, Coordinator
Meeting the crisis in oil and energy, depolluting the water and air, producing new and better materials to replace those that are limited or scarce—these are jobs in which one will find the chemical engineer.
Chemical plants (including refineries and gasification plants) convert natural resources into industrial and consumer products. Among their products are many that often are not identified with chemical engineering—oils, metals, glass, plastic, rubber, paints, soaps and detergents, foods, beverages, synthetic and natural fibers, nuclear and exotic fuels, medicines, and many others.
The department, located at the Boulder Campus, is very much interested in research directed toward ecologically sound development of chemical processes. It is also working hard on energy problems and is stressing problems of energy conversion in its instructional program.
Many essentials of life originate in chemical engineering. Recycling of wastes and resources is not a new idea in chemical engineering but a long-standing principle. Since the earth now is perceived as a self-renewing system, intelligent generalization of the recycle theory to the entire cycle of natural resources is a challenge and opportunity for chemical engineers. Cleaning up pollution from chemical plants and from other sources is largely a chemical engineering
problem. The chemical engineer efficiently uses and conserves natural resources to create valuable end products and to preserve environmental values.
Thus, chemical engineering continually changes and progresses. The Department of Chemical Engineering at the Boulder Campus therefore helps students to prepare to be immediately valuable to industry and eventually to lead future developments in industry and research. Whether they plan to go into industry or on to graduate work, students are urged to watch, understand, and enjoy the sparkle and interplay of new ideas and new technologies.
Transfer to Boulder
The complete chemical engineering program is not available at UCD. Therefore, students wishing to complete this program should plan to transfer to the University of Colorado at Boulder at the start of their junior year. The complete curriculum, degree requirements, and descriptions of courses may be found in the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog.
Curriculum for B.S. (Chemical Engineering)
The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical first two years of the program:
Freshman Year
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I ...............3
Chem. 103. General Chemistry ...............................5
Engl. 258. Great Books I (See note 1)......................3
E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I ....................2
Ch.E. 130. Introduction to Chemical Engineering (See note 2). 2 Total 15
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II ...............3
Chem. 106. General Chemistry ...............................5
Engl. 259. Great Books II (See note 1) .....................3
E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing.........................3
Social-humanistic elective................................ 3
Total 17
Sophomore Year Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III..............3
E.Phys. 111. General Physics................................4
Engl. 260, Great Books III (See note 1) ...................3
Chem. 341. Organic Chemistry................................3
Chem. 343. Organic Chemistry Laboratory I.................. 1
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ........................ 3
Total 17
Spring Semester
Math. 443. Ordinary Differential Equations .................3
E.Phys. 112. General Physics............................... 4
Engl. 261. Great Books IV (See note 1) .....................3
Chem. 342. Organic Chemistry ...............................3
Chem. 344. Organic Chemistry Laboratory II..................1
E.Phys. 114. Experimental Physics ......................... 1
Ch.E. 212. Chemical Engineering Material and
Energy Balances....................................... 3
Total 18


College of Engineering and Applied Science / 63
Notes for B.S. (Chemical Engineering)
1. For other English options, see the English listings in the Course Description section of this bulletin.
2. Or C.E. 130 or E.E. 130.
CIVIL AND URBAN ENGINEERING
Ernest C. Harris, Chairman
Civil engineering is generally the broadest field of engineering studied in American universities today. Civil engineering offers an interesting and highly challenging career to the student interested in the design and construction of buildings, bridges, dams, aqueducts, and other structures; in transportation systems including highways, canals, pipe lines, airports, rapid transit lines, railroads, and harbor facilities; in the transmission of water and control of rivers; in the development of water resources for urban use, industry, and land reclamation; in the control of water quality through water purification and proper waste treatment; in the construction industry; and in general in the rapidly expanding problems concerned with man’s physical environment and the growth of cities. Furthermore, students educated in civil engineering frequently find rewarding employment in other fields: for example, in aerospace structures, electric power generation, city planning, the process industries, industrial engineering, business management and law or medicine (after appropriate education in law or medical school). The breadth of the civil and urban engineering undergraduate program provides an excellent educational background for many fields of endeavor.
The curriculum is designed to give the student a broad knowledge of the basic engineering sciences of chemistry, mathematics (including differential equations), physics, mechanics (including fluid mechanics and soil mechanics), electrical engineering, and thermodynamics. In addition, it includes a mininum of 24 semester hours in social-humanistic studies.
Specialized training is achieved through certain required courses, followed by advanced technical electives. Random selection of these electives is not advisable and in general is not allowed, the objective being to permit a graduate to enter the engineering profession with a firm groundwork in fundamental engineering science and sufficient knowledge in specialized fields to cope intelligently with the technical problems of present-day civil and urban engineering.
A five-year program has been arranged for students who wish to pursue the combined curriculum for the civil engineering and business degrees.
A student interested in a premedical option should consult with an adviser and the department chairman at the earliest possible time in order to make proper plans for an acceptable program. See Premedical Option.
Curriculum for B.S. (Civil and Urban Engineering)
The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical program is:
Freshman Year
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I ...............3
Literature elective (see note 1) ..........................3
E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing........................3
C.E. 130. Introduction to Civil and Environmental
Engineering.............................................2
C.E. 221. Plane Surveying ..................................3
E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I ......................2
Total 16
Spring Semester
Math 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II................ 3
Chem. 103. General Chemistry (or Ch.E. 210) ............... 4-5
Literature elective (see note 1) .......................... 3
E.Phys. 231. General Physics I (see note 2)................ 4
E.Phys. 232. General Physics Laboratory I (see note 2)..... 1
Total 15-16
SophomoreYear
Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III...............3
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ......................... 3
E.Phys. 233. General Physics II (see note 2)................4
E.Phys. 234. General Physics Laboratory II
(see note 2) .......................................... 1
Social-humanistic elective..................................3
C.E. 212. Analytical Mechanics I.........................JL_3
Total 17
Spring Semester
Math. 443. Ordinary Differential Equations .................3
Social-humanistic elective..................................3
Basic science elective......................................3
C.E. 312. Mechanics of Materials............................3
Technical elective..........................................3
C.E. 316. Materials testing laboratory.................... 1
Total 16
JuniorYear Fall Semester
C.E. 213. Analytical Mechanics II ..........................3
C.E. 331. Theoretical Fluid Mechanics.......................3
C.E. 350. Structural Analysis...............................3
Engr. 301. Thermodynamics...................................3
Engineering science elective (see note 4) ..................3
Social-humanistic elective................................ 3
Total 18
Spring Semester
C.E. 332. Applied Fluid Mechanics.......................... 3
Technical elective..........................................3
C.E. 360. Transportation Engineering........................3
C.E. 457. Design of Steel Structures........................3
C.E. 380. Soils and Foundations Engineering.................3
Social-humanistic elective................................ 3
Total 18
Senior Year Fall Semester
Geol. 497. Geology for Engineers............................4
C.E. 458. Reinforced Concrete Design........................3
Civil engineering elective (see note 3).....................3
Social-humanistic elective..................................3
Engineering science electives (see note 4)..............._;_5
Total 18


64 / University of Colorado at Denver
Spring Semester
C.E. 341. Sanitary Engineering................................4
Civil engineering electives (see note 3) .....................6
E.E. 213. Circuit Analysis I..................................4
Social-humanistic elective.................................. 3
Total 17
Notes for B.S. (Civil and Urban Engineering)
1. Courses from Great Books series recommended; see the English listings in the Course Description section of this bulletin.
2. New physics sequence to begin spring 1978.
3. Civil engineering electives shall be chosen to form an integrated program, subject to the approval of the department.
4. Engineering science electives shall be taken from the list of courses approved by the Department of Civil and Urban Engineering.
ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING
William D. Murray, Chairman
The professional possibilities in electrical engineering include teaching and research in a university; research and development of new electrical or electronic devices, instruments, or products; production and quality-control of electrical products for private industry or government; design or operations in the electrical power industry; and sales or management for a private firm or branch of government.
What should the student expect in an electrical engineering course of study at UCD? A sound background based on the time-tested principles of physics, chemistry, and mathematics forms the core of the lower division work. An early, intensive training in the theory and laboratory application of electrical circuits is followed by more fundamentals in electronics, electromagnetic and transmission theory, electrical machines and transformers, heat, and mechanics. Many students find an opportunity to put their knowledge to work with jobs in industry or research projects being conducted at the University. Students may also elect courses from a wide variety of subject matter to fit their particular interests. Throughout the entire course of study, they reinforce their understanding of the theory in well-equipped laboratories.
Students are encouraged to develop interests outside of their electrical engineering specialty, thus providing themselves with a well-rounded background and a sense of awareness and responsibility for their later role in society. They are urged to attend meetings of their student professional society, where practicing engineers from many engineering specialties speak of their experiences.
The curriculum is arranged so that transfer students may join the program without appreciable loss of time or credit. For example, a transfer student who has completed the mathematics and physics of the freshman and sophomore years and who has a total of about 68 credit hours acceptable to the department could obtain the degree in four semesters.
The areas of specialization that electrical engineering students may enter upon graduation are so
numerous it is impossible for the undergraduate training to cover them in detail. Intense specialization may be left to possible additional training graduates may receive when they assume positions with industrial firms, or acquired by specialization in a research field through graduate work beyond the bachelor’s degree. Students who have earned a B average or better in their undergraduate work and who have elected courses in their senior year that strengthen particularly their mathematical background may decide to take additional graduate work. The curriculum in electrical engineering is designed to make it possible for the graduating senior with high scholarship to finish a master’s degree in electrical engineering in about one additional full year of work at any of the nation’s major universities.
Curriculum for B.S. (Electrical Engineering)
In the electrical engineering curriculum the student has considerable freedom in the senior electives. The student may select these electives to provide a good foundation in several of the seven electrical engineering areas listed: communications, digital, electronics, fields, materials, power, and systems. Some of these electives may be courses in other branches of engineering or in other colleges. Those students primarily interested in taking courses in the digital or computer area may do so in this curriculum or in the joint electrical engineering and computer degree option discussed below.
Combined Business Option
Students wishing to take the combined engineering-business program should not start this program until their fourth year, with the exception of electing Econ. 201 and 202 for two of their social-humanistic electives. Students with a B average may wish to consider obtaining a master’s degree in business administration. For both of these programs, students should refer to the College of Engineering and Applied Science introductory section of this bulletin.
Premedical Option
A program has been developed which permits the student to satisfy the entrance requirements for medical school, such as those of the University of Colorado, while earning a B.S. in electrical engineering.
There are several possible ways of satisfying the medical school requirements of genetics, plus 6 or 8 hours each of biology and organic chemistry.
Curricula for B.S. (Electrical Engineering and Computer Science)
The joint degree in electrical engineering and computer science is a comprehensive program covering both hardware and software aspects of computer


College of Engineering and Applied Science / 65
system design. It is directed to students whose major interests are in the computer itself and in a broad range of applications. The program leads to a B.S. (E.E. and C.S.) and can be a base for further study toward either an M.S. in computer science or an M.S. in electrical engineering.
A student need not make a decision to enter this program until the second semester of the sophomore year. The details of the program are listed in the section following the electrical engineering curriculum. The purpose of the changes is to add to the mathematics background in such a way as to provide a basis for graduate work in computer-related fields and to permit inclusion of courses in scientific application of computers, logic structure of computers, and assembly language programming. The student also will obtain actual operating experience with the departmental computers. Should students leave the program in favor of returning to the electrical engineering curriculum, they will need to satisfy the departmental requirements of mechanics and E.E. 354, which have been waived in the electrical engineering computer option curriculum.
Curriculum for B.S. (Electrical Engineering)
The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical program is:
Freshman Year
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I ...............3
E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I..................... 2
E.E. 130. Problems and Methods of Modem
Electrical Engineering..................................2
E.E. 210. Fundamentals of Computing (or E.E. 201) ......... 3
E.E. 257. Logic Circuits ..................................3
Social-humanistic elective (see note 1) ..................... 3
Total 16
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II .............. 3
E. Phys. 231. General Physics I (see note 2)............... 4
E. Phys. 232. General Physics Laboratory I (see note 2) ... 1
Chem. 103. General Chemistry (see note 3)..................5
Social-humanistic elective (see note 1) .................. 3
Total 16
Sophomore Year
Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus ID...............3
E.Phys. 233. General Physics II (see note 2)...............4
E.Phys. 234. General Physics Laboratory II (see note 2) ... 1
E.E. 213. Circuit Analysis I................................4
E.E. 253. Circuits Laboratory I............................ 1
Social-humanistic elective (see note 1) .................. 3
Total 16
Spring Semester
Math. 443. Ordinary Differential Equations ................ 3
C.E. 313. Applied Mechanics (see note 4) ...................3
E.E. 214. Circuit Analysis II ............................. 4
E.E. 254. Circuits Laboratory II........................... 1
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ..........................3
Social-humanistic elective (see note 1) .................. 3
Total 17
Junior Year Fall Semester
E.E. 313. Electromagnetic Fields I............................3
E.E. 321. Electronics I.......................................3
E.E. 361. Electronics Laboratory I............................2
Engr. 301. Thermodynamics.....................................3
E.E. 381. Introduction to Probability Theory .................3
Social-humanistic elective (see note 1) .................... 2
Total 17
Spring Semester
E.E. 314. Electromagnetic Fields II.......................... 3
E.E. 322. Electronics II......................................3
E.E. 316. Energy Conversion 1................................ 3
E.E. 354. Power Laboratory I .................................2
E.E. 362. Electronics Laboratory II...........................2
E.E. 331. Linear System Theory............................... 3
Electives (see note 5)...................................... 2
Total 18
Senior Year Fall Semester
Electives (see note 5)...................................... 12
Social-humanistic electives (see note 1) .................. 6
Total 18
Spring Semester
Electives (see note 5)...................................... 15
Social-humanistic elective (see note 1) ..................... 3
Total 18
Notes for B.S. (Electrical Engineering)
1. Of the 24 hours of required social-humanistic electives, a student must have a minimum of 6 hours in literature and a minimum of 6 hours in social sciences. The electrical engineering department does not require a sequence of two courses in one area.
2. New physics sequence scheduled to begin spring 1978.
3. Or Ch.E. 210.
4. The mechanics requirement may be satisfied by the 3-hour course, C.E. 313, or the 6-hour sequences of either C.E. 212 and C.E. 213, or E.Phys. 221 and E.Phys. 332. Students who first take E.E. 313 may, with permission, take only C.E. 213.
5. The purpose of these electives is to allow the student to develop some breadth in electrical engineering as well as to develop some depth in areas in which he is most likely to concentrate after graduation. Usually these courses will be taken in electrical engineering, mathematics, and physics at the 300, 400, or 500 levels. In all cases the student needs the approval of his undergraduate adviser.
Electrical engineering courses at the 400 and 500 levels are separated into the following seven areas: communications (C), digital (D), electronics (E), fields (F), materials (M), power (P), and systems (S). Seniors are free to elect courses from any of these areas, but in order to insure a minimum breadth of studies, every student’s program must include 9 semester hours of electrical engineering theory courses in at least three areas and a minimum of three laboratory courses in three areas. These distribution requirements could be met through E.E. 400 (1 to 3), and E.E. 500 (1 to 3) only if the subject matter studied is actually in the appropriate area. E.E. 400 (1 to 3) and E.E. 500 (1 to 3) may be used only once to satisfy part of the distribution requirements.
A 3-hour upper division course in physics must be included among the technical electives.
The student who has good grades and is interested in graduate work should certainly take additional mathematics. Some preliminary consulting with a department graduate advisor is desirable.
Some students, after satisfying their minimum electrical engineering requirements, may wish to use some of their remaining


66 / University of Colorado at Denver
elective hours in areas other than electrical engineering, mathematics, or physics. With the approval of their adviser, they can take additional courses in other departments of the University. One restriction on these electives is that there may be no performance courses such as in music or physical education.
Curriculum for B.S. in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science
The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical program is:
Freshman Year
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I ..............3
E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I....................2
E.E. 130. Problems and Methods of Modern
Electrical Engineering..................................2
E.E. 210. Fundamentals of Computing.......................3
E.E. 257. Logic Circuits .................................3
Social-humanistic electives (see note 1) ................._;_3
Total 16
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II .............3
E.Phys. 231. General Physics I (see note 2)...............4
E.Phys. 232. General Physics Laboratory I (see note 2)....1
Chem. 103. General Chemistry (see note 3)...................5
Social-humanistic electives (see note 1) ................. 3
Total 16
Sophomore Year
Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III...............3
E. Phys. 233. General Physics II (see note 2) ............4
E.Phys. 234. General Physics Laboratory II (see note 2) .. 1
E.E. 213. Circuit Analysis I................................4
E.E. 253. Circuits Laboratory I............................ 1
Social-humanistic electives (see note 1) ................. 3
Total 16
Spring Semester
Math. 300. Introduction to Abstract Mathematics (see note 4) 3
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra.......................... 3
E.E. 214. Circuit Analysis II ............................. 4
E.E. 254. Circuits Laboratory II........................... 1
E.E. 453. Assembly Language Programming.................... 3
Social-humanistic elective (see note 1) ................... 3
Total 17
Junior Year Fall Semester
E.E. 313. Electromagnetic Fields I...........................3
E.E. 321. Electronics I......................................3
E.E. 361. Electronics Laboratory I...........................2
E.E. 381. Introduction to Probability .......................3
Engr. 301. Thermodynamics.....................................3
E.E. 458. Logic Laboratory................................... 1
E.E. 401. Introduction to Programming Language
and Processors........................................... 3
Total 18
Spring Semester
E.E. 314. Electromagnetic Fields II......................... 3
E.E. 322. Electronics II.....................................3
E.E. 362. Electronics Laboratory II ........................ 2
E.E. 316. Energy Conversion 1................................3
E.E. 331. Linear System Theory.............................. 3
Social-humanistic elective (See note 1)...................... 3
Total 17
Senior Year Fall Semester
E.E. 422. Electronics III ....................................3
E.E. 459. Computer Organization...............................3
Math. 465. Numerical Analysis (See note 6).................. 3
Social-humanistic elective (See note 1).....................3
Electives (See note 5) ..................................... 6
Total 18
Spring Semester
E.E. 460. Computer Laboratory .............................. 1
E.E. 559. Advanced Computer Architecture
(recommended, not required) ............................ 3
Social-humanistic elective (See note 1)..................... 6
Electives (See note 5) ...................................... 8
Total 18
Notes for B.S. in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science
1. Of the 24 hours of social-humanistic electives a student must have a minimum of 6 hours in literature and a minimum of 6 hours in social sciences. The electrical engineering department does not require a sequence of two courses in one area.
2. New physics sequence scheduled to begin spring 1978.
3. Or Ch.E. 210.
4. Or equivalent mathematics substitution with approval of advisor.
5. The purpose of these electives is to allow the student to develop some breadth in electrical engineering as well as to develop some depth in areas in which he is most likely to concentrate after graduation. Usually these courses will be taken in electrical engineering, mathematics, and physics at the 300, 400, or 500 levels. In all cases the student needs the approval of his undergraduate adviser.
Electrical engineering courses at the 400 and 500 levels are separated into the following seven areas: communication (C), digital (D), electronics (E), fields (F), materials (M), power (P), and systems (S). Seniors are free to elect courses from any of these areas, but in order to insure a minimum breadth of studies, every student’s program must include at least 9 semester hours of electrical engineering theory courses in at least three areas and a minimum of three laboratory courses in three areas. These distribution requirements could be met through E.E. 400 (1 to 3), and E.E. 500 (1 to 3), shown in each area, only if the subject matter studied is actually in the appropriate area. E.E. 400 (1 to 3), and E.E. 500 (1 to 3) may be used only once to satisfy part of the distribution requirements. A 3-hour upper division course in physics must be included among the electives.
The student who has good grades and is interested in graduate work should certainly take additional mathematics. Some preliminary consulting with a departmental graduate adviser is desirable.
6. E.E. 455, Computer Techniques in Engineering, may be substituted.
ENGINEERING DESIGN AND ECONOMIC EVALUATION
Engineers in today’s world of rapidly expanding technology are expected not only to be competent planners and designers of technical devices and systems, but also significant contributors to the betterment of their environment in the social and humanistic sense as well. It is no longer sufficient to build more powerful machines, more useful devices,


College of Engineering and Applied Science / 67
and more effective controlling systems if the total effect is to deplete man’s resources, damage his environment, or contribute to the destruction of his economic welfare. To be effective in his modem role, the engineer, of course, must have a solid background in the natural sciences and mathematics, the engineering sciences, modern economic theory and practice, and current thought in the social sciences and humanities. He also must have opportunities to develop his judgment in the proper application of this background to contemporary problems.
The curriculum in the Department of Engineering Design and Economic Evaluation therefore stresses the importance of educational techniques which furnish opportunities to study in reasonable depth the sciences and mathematics as useful analytical tools. It also encourages the expansion of the individual’s concepts of the problems of the society in which he serves, and furnishes many opportunities to develop his own abilities as a thoughtful and responsible contributor to the solution of these problems.
Starting in the freshman year and continuing throughout the curriculum, graphical, mathematical, numerical (computer), and physical models are used, first to teach known principles, and ultimately as tools in themselves for the effective conceptualization of new problems. Finding a possible solution to a problem is not enough; sound judgment must be applied in reaching an optimum solution. Many engineering problems are non-numerical in character, and the engineer must learn to manage problems having elements of great uncertainty.
Graduates in engineering design and economic evaluation are primarily concerned with the design, improvement, and installation of integrated systems of men, materials, and equipment. Assignments such as operations management, design for engineering or manufacturing, and consulting in industry and small business are typical. Many other types of opportunities are offered to graduates of this program.
Transfer to Boulder
The complete program in engineering design and economic evaluation is not available at UCD. Therefore, students wishing to complete this program should plan to transfer to the University of Colorado at Boulder at the start of their junior year. The complete curriculum, degree requirements, and descriptions of courses may be found in the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog.
Curriculum for B.S. (Engineering Design and Economic Evaluation)
The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical first two years of the program:
Freshman Year
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I .............3
Phys. 111. General Physics...............................4
E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I .................. 2
E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing..........................3
E.D.E.E. 130. Introduction to Engineered Systems (See note 1) 2 Total 14
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II ............... 3
E.Phys. 112. General Physics................................ 4
E.Phys. 114. Experimental Physics .......................... 1
Social-humanistic elective (See note 2)......................3
E.D.E.E. 203. Fundamentals of Design III.....................3
Ch.E. 210. Physical and Chemical Properties of Matter.
(See note 5) ......................................... 4
Total 18
Sophomore Year
Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus HI.................3
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra .......................... 3
C.E. 212. Analytical Mechanics I.............................3
Social-humanistic elective (See note 2)......................6
E.D.E.E. 221. Product Definition.........................._;_3
Total 18
Spring Semester
Math. 443. Differential Equations ...........................3
C.E. 213. Analytical Mechanics II ...........................3
E.D.E.E. 222. Introduction to Computer-Aided Design .........3
E.D.E.E. 331. Engineering Materials..........................3
Social-humanistic elective (See notes 2 and 4)...............3
Technical elective (See note 3)............................ 3
Total 18
Notes for B.S. (Engineering Design and Economic Evaluation)
1. Or any 130 course in engineering.
2. Social-humanistic electives must include a minimum of two literature courses.
3. A minimum of three elective courses must be taken from E.D.E.E. offerings.
4. Or any approved social-humanistic elective; Econ. 201, 202 required for E.D.E.E. and business.
5. Or any approved chemistry course of 3 or more hours.
ENGINEERING PHYSICS
William R. Simmons, Coordinator
The purpose of the curriculum outlined by the Department of Physics and Astrophysics on the Boulder Campus is to give the student a thorough, fundamental training in physics and in the applications of physics. The courses are broad in scope, and the curriculum provides many electives so that a student may supplement his general training in physics by work in other fields.
During the freshman and sophomore years the work in physics is general, yet a thorough training in mathematics and fundamental methods and principles of the physical sciences is stressed. This leads to an appreciation of related fields and their application to engineering practice.
During the junior and senior years work in physics is amplified to conform to the versatility of the physicist’s profession. This leads to a comprehensive knowledge of the various branches of physics such as nuclear physics, atomic physics, electronics, thermodynamics, mechanics, electricity, and magnetism.


68 / University of Colorado at Denver
Individual initiative and resourcefulness are stressed. This general knowledge of the diverse fields of physics is intended to give the student the ability to deal with industrial problems that cannot be solved by a standardized procedure in a specialized field. The training prepares the student for a career in physics, where there are many and varied opportunities in development work and industrial research. It is also basic for graduate work in physics and specialized training in research.
It is recommended that students going on to Graduate School prepare for its foreign language requirement in their undergraduate curriculum.
Applied Physics Option
It is also possible to earn the degree Bachelor of Science (Engineering Physics) with an applied physics option. This option differs from the regular engineering physics degree primarily in that fewer advanced theoretical physics courses are required and in their place a versatile selection of applied science courses is required. This option should not be selected by students intending to pursue graduate study in physics, but it is appropriate for students intending to pursue graduate work or employment in related fields such as geophysics, environmental science, oceanography, nuclear engineering, medicine, and law. Students intending to pursue this option should consult the coordinator by the beginning of their junior year regarding the electives which they wish to propose. The 24 hours of electives in pure or applied natural science must be approved by the engineering physics advising committee, which is located on the Boulder Campus. The committee will consider the proposed courses relative to the student’s stated educational and/or professional objectives. At least 30 semester hours of credit must be earned after the student’s proposed program is approved.
Not all of the courses required for the engineering physics program are offered at UCD. Students wishing to complete this program should see the coordinator and plan to complete courses through the University of Colorado at Boulder. Course descriptions may be found in the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog and listings in this bulletin.
Curriculum for B.S. (Engineering Physics)
The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. Approved ROTC courses may be substituted for a maximum of 6 hours of electives. A typical program is:
Freshman Year
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I ..............3
E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I .................... 2
Social-humanistic elective (See note 1).....................6
E.Phys. 111. General Physics............................._^_4
Total 15
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II ................ 3
Social-humanistic elective (See note 1)...................... 3
E.Phys. 112. General Physics.................................4
E.Phys. 114. Experimental Physics........................... 1
E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing..........................3
Elective (See note 2) ................................... 3
Total 17
Sophomore Year Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III................3
Social-humanistic elective (See note 1)......................3
E.Phys. 213. General Physics..................................3
E.Phys. 215. Experimental Physics ........................... 1
Elective (See note 2) ........................................3
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ............................. 3
Total 16
Spring Semester
Math. 443. Ordinary Differential Equations ..................3
Chem. 202. General Chemistry (See note 3) ...................4
Social-humanistic elective (See note 1)......................3
E.Phys. 214. Introductory Modem Physics.......................3
Elective (See note 2) ...................................... 5
Total 18
Junior Year Fall Semester
Upper division mathematics elective................
E.Phys. 317. Junior Laboratory.....................
E.Phys. 321. Classical Mechanics and Relativity E.Phys. 331. Principles of Electricity and Magnetism
Elective (See note 2) .............................
Social-humanistic elective (See note 1)............
Total 18
Spring Semester
E.Phys. 318. Junior Laboratory..............................2
E.Phys. 322. Classical Mechanics, Relativity, and
Quantum Mechanics.......................................3
E.Phys. 332. Principles of Electricity and Magnetism .......3
E.Phys. 341. Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics.....3
Chem. 453. Physical Chemistry (See note 4)..................3
Chem. 454. Physical Chemistry Laboratory (See note 4)..... 2
Total 16
SeniorYear Fall Semester
E.E. 403. Electronics (See note 6) ..........................2
E.E. 443. Electronics Laboratory (See note 6) ............... 1
E.Phys. 491. Atomic and Nuclear Physics......................3
E.Phys. 495. Senior Laboratory................................2
Elective (See note 2) ........................................7
Social-humanistic elective (See note 1)........................ 3
Total 18
Spring Semester
E.Phys. 492. Atomic and Nuclear Physics...................... 3
Phys. 496. Senior Laboratory (See note 5).................... 2
Elective (See note 2) ...................................... 10
Social-humanistic elective (See note 1)...................... 3
Total 18
| co co co ro co


College of Environmental Design / 69
Curriculum for B.S. (E.Phys.)—
Applied Physics Option
The first five semesters are identical to the regular engineering physics curriculum listed above. The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. Approved ROTC courses may be substituted for a maximum of 6 hours of electives.
JuniorYear
Spring Semester Semester Hours
E.Phys. 322. Classical Mechanics and Quantum Mechanics ... 3
E.Phys. 332. Principles of Electricity and Magnetism ........3
Upper Division Thermodynamics Elective........................3
Social-humanistic elective (See note 1)...................... 3
Electives (See note 7) ..................................... 4
Total 16
Senior Year Fall Semester
E.E. 403. Elements of Electronics ........................... 2
E.E. 443. Elements of Electronics Laboratory................. 1
Social-humanistic elective (See note 1)...................... 3
Electives (See note 7) ..................................... 12
Total 18
Spring Semester
Social-humanistic elective (See note 1)...................... 3
Electives (See note 7) ..................................... 15
Total 18
Notes for B.S. (Engineering Physics)
1. A total of 24 hours of social-humanistic electives is required. These must include 6 hours of literature and 6 hours selected from economics, sociology, political science, history, and anthropology. The other 12 hours must be selected from the above subjects and/or fine arts and music (critical or historical only), philosophy, and psychology.
2. Of the 32 hours of electives listed, at least 14 hours must be in engineering courses other than physics or mathematics.
3. Chem. 202 is offered only at the Boulder Campus. UCD students may substitute Chem. 103 and 106 for Chem. 202.
4. Chem. 453 and 454 are offered only at the Boulder Campus. One semester of any upper division chemistry course with associated laboratory may be substituted for physical chemistry.
5. Or Phys. 455, or approved 3-hour physics elective.
6. E.E. 403 and 453 are offered only at the Boulder Campus. UCD students may substitute E.E. 321 and 361.
7. The electives in the applied physics curriculum must satisfy the following four conditions: (a) at least 14 hours must be in engineering courses other than physics or mathematics: (b) 5 hours must be from among Phys. 318, 341, 451, 491, 492, 495, and 500 offered at UCD, or Phys. 361, 365, 366, 367, 446, 455, 461, 462, 501, 503, 504, and 580 offered at the Boulder Campus; (c) 4 hours must be upper division laboratory courses; (d) 24 hours must be pure or applied natural sciences courses. This group of courses must meet the approval of the engineering physics advising committee, which will consider their relevance to the student’s educational and professional objectives. At least 30 semester hours of credit must be earned after the student’s proposed program is approved.
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Gaylen A. Thurston, Coordinator
Mechanical engineering is perhaps the broadest in scope of all the engineering fields. It is not identified with or restricted to a particular technology, vehicle,
device, or system; rather, it is concerned with all such subjects, both individually and collectively.
In an era when technology is changing rapidly, the education of an engineer must provide a base for working in fields which may now not exist. The objective of the undergraduate program in mechanical engineering is to give the student a broad intellectual horizon and such habits and skills of study that learning new science as it appears and taking the initiative in applying it will be second nature.
There can be only one firm foundation for the student preparing for a career in mechanical engineering: mathematics, physics, and chemistry are the basic ingredients. Also essential is mastery of such engineering sciences as solid and fluid mechanics; thermodynamics, and heat and mass transport; materials, and systems analysis and controls. Along with the study of these fundamentals, the engineer must experience the ways in which scientific knowledge can be put to use in the development and design of useful devices and processes.
The mechanical engineering program may be roughly subdivided into two-year groupings. In the first two years, the program emphasizes the fundamentals of those engineering sciences that are essential for an understanding of most branches of professional engineering. For the final two years, the department, in recognition of the extremely broad and varied demands which the advances of modem technology have imposed on the mechanical engineer, provides two plans, A and B, for the curriculum leading to the degree Bachelor of Science in mechanical engineering. The plans are designed to accomodate the professional objectives of the individual student.
Plan A specifies a typical mechanical engineering curriculum and is intended for those students who wish to obtain a broad, general education in mechanical engineering without an emphasis on any of the specific professional aspects.
Plan B is designed for students who know what they intend to do upon graduation. This option allows the student to pursue any course plan that meets a valid professional objective and has been approved by the advisory committee. Under Plan B, the specific requirements of the program are determined after a detailed conference with an appropriate departmental adviser. In the course of this conference, the professional objectives of the individual student are studied in detail, and a specific plan (with a minimum of 136 credit hours) is designed to meet these objectives. With liberal use of courses throughout the University, the following may be considered typical among the professional concentrations which can be achieved:
Thermodynamics Heat transfer Fluid mechanics Solid mechanics Electromechanical systems
Design
Power
Dynamics and controls Materials science
At this time not all of the courses required for the mechanical engineering program are offered at UCD.


70 / University of Colorado at Denver
However, the intent is to expand the mechanical engineering offerings to a complete undergraduate degree program at UCD. Students should work closely with their mechanical engineering adviser as they will have to complete some courses in Boulder depending upon their progress and the phasing in of this program at UCD.
Curriculum for B.S. (Mechanical Engineering)
The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical program is:
Freshman Year
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Engl. 258. Great Books (See note 1) ......................3
M.E. 130. Introduction to Mechanical Engineering..........2
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I ..............3
E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing.........................3
Social-humanistic electives................................ 6
Total 17
Spring Semester
Engl. 259. Great Books II (See note 1)....................3
E.Phys. 111. General Physics................................4
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II .............3
E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I..................... 2
Social-humanistic elective................................. 3
Total 15
Sophomore Year
Fall Semester
M.E. 281. Mechanics 1.......................................3
Engl. 260. Great Books III (See note 1) ....................3
E.Phys. 112. General Physics................................4
E.Phys. 114. Experimental Physics ......................... 1
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus HI................3
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ......................... 3
Total 17
Spring Semester
M.E. 282. Mechanics II......................................3
Engl. 261. Great Books IV (See note 1) .....................3
E.Phys. 213. General Physics............................. 3
E.Phys. 215. Experimental Physics ....................... 1
Math. 443. Ordinary Differential Equations ...............3
Engr. 301. Thermodynamics.............................. 3
Total 16
JuniorYear Fall Semester
M.E. 312. Thermodynamics II..............................3
M.E. 314. Measurements I................................ 2
M.E. 371. Systems Analysis I ............................3
M.E. 383. Mechanics m....................................5
Chem. 202. General Chemistry............................ 4
Total 17
Spring Semester
M.E. 362. Heat Transfer..................................3
M.E. 301. Introduction to Materials Science I ...........3
M.E. 316. Measurements II ...............................2
M.E. 372. Systems Analysis II............................3
M.E. 384. Mechanics IV...................................4
M.E. 441. Introduction to Mechanical Engineering
Laboratory........................................... 1
Technical elective...................................... 2
Total 18
Senior Year Fall Semester
M.E. 442. Mechanical Engineering Laboratory..................3
M.E. 414. Mechanical Engineering Design....................3
M.E. 401. Introduction to Materials Science II................3
Technical elective............................................6
Free elective.................................................. 3
Total 18
Spring Semester
Social-humanistic elective.................................. 3
Technical electives .........................................15
Total 18
Notes for B.S. (Mechanical Engineering)
1. Or other English options; see the English listings in the Course Description section of this bulletin.
College of Environmental Design
Dwayne C. Nuzum, Dean
INFORMATION ABOUT THE COLLEGE
Designers and planners of the physical environment have moved in recent years into expanded roles and responsibilities. Changes in breadth of concern and scope of service have brought the architect, the landscape architect, the urban and regional planner, the technologist in environmental systems, and the interior designer closer together. All are being asked to make decisions from more alternatives which have longer lasting effects. Lines of demarcation among
these professions are being minimized and interdependence among them is increasing.
These requirements necessitate a broader base of educational experience, including not only a background for design technique, but also an increased association with and understanding of the physical and social sciences. The social and economic determinants to contemporary life, the complexities of urban and regional interdependence and the allied problems of transportation, growth and population, the effect of business and governmental activity,


College of Environmental Design / 71
rapid technological advances—all require of the environmental designer a broad base if he or she is to meet present needs and anticipate and guide the future.
Preparation for professional service in these fields is partially through the academic process. Accordingly, in August 1969, by action of the Board of Regents, the University of Colorado was authorized to expand its offerings and change the designation of the School of Architecture to the College of Environmental Design. The change included phasing out the five-year undergraduate architecture curriculum and replacing it with a four-year undergraduate degree in environmental design. A series of graduate programs in architecture, urban design, and planning have been initiated and are fully operational.
Full professional status in most environmental design fields requires a minimum of five or six years of academic experience and two or three years of practical experience followed by state registration or licensing through a professional examination.
Qualifications for success in these careers are not easily measured. Candidates for this profession must have the ability to complete successfully an academic program ranging from fundamental humanistic and scientific courses through applied technical activity to full creative development. They should have a background of secondary education that includes courses in mathematics and physics. Some experience in creative activity may aid them in predetermining their personal satisfaction from the creative process.
UCD Program
The College of Environmental Design at UCD offers four graduate programs: the Master of Architecture, the Master of Landscape Architecture, the Master of Architecture in Urban Design, and the Master of Urban and Regional Planning-Community Development. A fifth program, Master of Interior Design, is anticipated for fall 1977. See information following. Other undergraduate programs are available only through the University of Colorado at Boulder, and students should see the catalog for that campus.
Financial Aid
Graduate scholarships, fellowships, loans, and teaching assistantships are available to qualified students who demonstrate need. Teaching assistantships are awarded on the basis of the general application materials (application, transcripts, recommendations, and portfolio) and anticipated teaching needs.
A limited number of assistance in-state scholarships of under $500 are available. For additional information about scholarships, assistantships, and application forms write the director of the appropriate graduate design program (Architecture, Urban Design, Urban and Regional Planning, Landscape Architecture), College of Environmental Design, University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202. For other types of funding, work study, etc., write the Of-
fice of Financial Aid, University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202.
MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE
There are three programs leading to the degree Master of Architecture. The one-year program is open to students with a Bachelor of Architecture degree; the two-year program is available to the student with a Bachelor of Environmental Design or Architectural Studies; and the three-year program is open to students who have a Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Arts degree in any field.
The objective of the architectural program and its curriculum is to promote intellectual growth and those professional skills necessary to enhance the architect’s role in contemporary society. The architect must be able to respond to the problems of today both theoretically and practically and must be able to develop new approaches to practice and research for the problems of the future.
The Master of Architecture Program is the first professional degree program in architecture offered by the College of Environmental Design. Its aim is to educate students whose career will be in the design of the built environment. The curriculum is based on a core program in design, technology, architectural history, and professional practice. Design is concerned with the understanding of form and shape consistent with human needs and the technology available, along with the development of graphic communications skills. Technology provides basic knowledge of the physical systems of structure, mechanical equipment, illumination, acoustics, and the interrelationships of these systems. Architectural history reviews the forms of the past and their philosophic significance, as well as current architectural ideas and directions. Professional practice is concerned with the skills and knowledge needed to make design a reality.
The curriculum is implemented by recognizing the uniqueness of the Colorado region and the fact that architecture has its roots in the geology, topography, vegetation, climate, and culture of the area. The program has a close alliance with the profession, and an effort is made to involve the student with actual architectural projects and problems through professionals, the Center for Community Development and Design, and public or nonprofit organizations. The design curriculum is based upon a sequential progression of courses which begin with a small social unit (i.e., family and small group) and progress to a large scale design problem (i.e., a college campus, a new ski village, an urban redevelopment). The technological sequence starts with the basic concerns (i.e., basic structures, materials, waste, water supply) and develops to a course that involves the synthesis of the structural and environmental systems in a building. The professional practice courses lead to an internship program in which the student is placed in a practicing professional’s office and exposed to the range of activities in that office.


72 / University of Colorado at Denver
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Application
In order for students to be considered for admission into the graduate program, they must submit application forms, college transcripts, three recommendations, statement of purpose, and a portfolio of academic and professional work by March 15 preceding the fall semester that they wish to enter. The portfolio format is to be 14 inches by 17 inches or smaller. Application forms and information may be obtained by writing to the Director of Master of Architecture, College of Environmental Design, University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202.
Applicants must hold a Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Fine Arts, or Bachelor of Science degree from an accredited four-year college or university to be accepted into the three-year Master of Architecture program. A four-year degree in architecture or environmental design from an accredited college or university is required for acceptance into the two-year Master of Architecture program. A five-year Bachelor of Architecture degree from an accredited architecture program is required for acceptance into the one-year master’s program. A student in the fourth year of the University of Colorado architectural engineering program may enter the first year of the three-year program if qualified. Qualification will be based upon the course work taken previously and upon academic performance. However, a student in this program still must apply and be accepted into the Master of Architecture program and have completed all requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree in architectural engineering before entry into the second year of the program.
Admission
A faculty admissions committee will review the application materials and select the students to be admitted to the programs. Applicants will be notified that they have been accepted, are on a waiting list, or have not been accepted. Applicants are to be notified of their status prior to May 1.
The recommended minimum grade-point average is 2.75 on a four-point scale. If the student’s grade-point average is below 2.75 the Graduate Record Examination is recommended as part of the application materials. The student, however, will be evaluated for admission on the basis of all the application materials and not the grade-point average alone.
One-Year Program
The one-year program is available only to students with a five-year Bachelor of Architecture degree. The Master of Architecture degree is awarded upon satisfactory completion of 32 semester hours and special projects previously agreed upon for the particular candidate’s program. The candidate and the adviser mutually develop the course of study through
selection of offerings in the College of Environmental Design and other divisions of the University. The program is primarily research oriented, and students are allowed to pursue independently an area of their choice related to architecture.
Course Requirements Semester Hours
Arch. 710-711. Research/Design............................. 14
Arch. 680. Research Methods in Architecture................. 3
Cognate courses............................................ 12
Elective ................................................... 3
Total 32
Arch. 710 and 711 are course designations for the area of concentration as selected by the student. Options are:
1. Facility Design. Research and design work in design programming, the design process, and the products of architectural design (i.e., housing, educational facilities, and recreational facilities).
2. Man and Environment. The interactions between people and the man-made and natural environment. Man’s physiological, sociological, and psychological relationships to the design environment will be studied.
3. Architectural Technology. Building technology and its interrelationship to architectural design. Structural and environmental control and constructional systems and materials may be studied.
4. Design Methods. Systematic methods for decision making in architectural design, such as simulation, gaming, decision theory, computer-aided design, and information systems.
5. History and Preservation. Architectural history and its social relevance as it pertains to renewal, restoration, and the preservation of significant examples of architecture.
6. Urban Design. The architecture of towns and cities.
Order of Studies (One-Year Program)
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Arch. 680. Research Methods in Architecture............... 3
Arch. 710. Research/Design................................ 7
Cognate courses........................................... 6
Total 16
Spring Semester
Arch. 711. Research/Design................................ 7
Cognate courses........................................... 6
Elective ................................................. 3
Total 16
Total semester hours required.............................32
Two-Year Program
For the student with a four-year Bachelor of Environmental Design or architectural studies degree who desires a professional degree in architecture, a two-year, 64-semester-hour program leading to a Master of Architecture degree is offered.


College of Environmental Design / 73
Students in the third or fourth year of the University of Colorado environmental design program who intend to apply for the Master of Architecture program should take the first two courses in the structural sequence (Arch. 552 and 553). Required courses are Environmental Systems (Arch. 450), Materials and Methods of Construction (Arch. 551), Architectural History (Arch. 470 and 471), and Architectural Graphics (Arch. 510 and 511), and a minimum of 6 semesters of design. Students who have not completed these courses prior to entry will be asked to complete them while in the program. The graphics course may be waived if the student’s portfolio indicates excellent graphics ability. Students from other four-year design programs must have taken two semesters of architectural history, two semesters of basic structures (statics, strength of materials) and must show, with the portfolio, a graphics ability equivalent to the two-semester course in architectural graphics. Required courses in the two-year program that have been taken by the student in a previous program may be waived if the grade received is B or above. The Master of Architecture is awarded upon satisfactory completion of 64 semester hours and all required courses.
Course Requirements Semester Hours
Architectural design......................................... 26
Environmental systems........................................ 10
Structures.....................................................6
Professional practice, construction drawings, and
internship (optional course)............................. 10
Allied professions (planning and landscape architecture).......6
Research methods in architecture...............................3
Electives ................................................... 3
Total 64
Order of Studies (Two-Year Program)
First Year
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Arch. 600. Design ......................................... 6
U.P.C.D. 500. Introduction to Planning .................... 3
Arch. 650. Mechanical Systems............................... 3
Arch. 652. Timber Structures ............................... 2
Arch. 653. Steel Structures................................. 2
Arch. 655. Acoustics........................................ 1
Total 17
Spring Semester
Arch. 601. Design .......................................... 6
Arch. 651. Illumination..................................... 2
Arch. 654. Concrete Structures.............................. 2
Arch. 657. Elevators and Escalators......................... 1
Arch. 660. Professional Practice ........................... 2
Arch. 661. Construction Documents........................... 2
Arch. 750. Systems Synthesis ............................... 3
Total 18
SecondYear
Fall Semester
Arch. 700. Design .......................................... 7
Arch. 630. Landscape Architecture........................... 3
Arch. 680. Research Methods in Architecture................. 3
Arch. 662. Internship (optional) ........................... 3
Total 16
Spring Semester
Arch. 701. Research/Design Thesis........................... 7
Arch. 663. Internship (Optional)........................... 3
Electives .................................................J-6
Total 16
Total Semester Hours Required ..............................64
Three-Year Program
The three-year program is open to students with a Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree, one year of high school or college physics, one semester of college algebra and trigonometry, and one semester of analytical geometry and calculus. The mathematics and physics requirement can be fulfilled while the student is in the program. The Master of Architecture is awarded upon satisfactory completion of 96 semester hours and all required courses.
Course Requirements Semester Hours
Architectural design.........................................36
Environmental systems....................................... 16
Structures.................................................. 10
History/Philosophy .......................................... 6
Graphic communications....................................... 6
Professional practice, construction documents, and
internship (optional)................................... 10
Allied professions (planning and landscape architecture)......6
Research methods in architecture..............................3
Electives ................................................._^_3
Total 96
Order of Studies (Three-Year Program)
First Year
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Arch. 500. Design ......................................... 5
Arch. 510. Graphic Communications.......................... 3
Arch. 450. Environmental Systems I......................... 3
Arch. 552. Structures I ................................... 2
Arch. 470. History/Philosophy I............................ 3
Total 16
Spring Semester
Arch. 501. Design ......................................... 5
Arch. 511. Graphic Communications.......................... 3
Arch. 551. Materials and Methods of Construction........... 3
Arch. 553. Structures II................................... 2
Arch. 471. History/Philosophy II........................... 3
Total 16
SecondYear
Fall Semester
Arch. 600. Design ....................................... 6
U.P.C.D. 500. Introduction to Planning .................. 3
Arch. 650. Mechanical Systems.............................. 3
Arch. 652. Timber Structures .............................. 2
Arch. 653. Steel Structures................................ 2
Arch. 655. Acoustics....................................... 1
Total 17
Spring Semester
Arch. 601. Design ......................................... 6
Arch. 651. Illumination.................................... 2
Arch. 654. Concrete Structures ............................ 2
Arch. 657. Elevators and Escalators........................ 1
\


74 / University of Colorado at Denver
Arch. 660. Professional Practice ....................... 2
Arch. 661. Construction Documents....................... 2
Arch. 750. Systems Synthesis ......................... 3
Total 18
Third Year Fall Semester
Arch. 700. Design .............................. 7
Arch. 630. Landscape Architecture..................... 3
Arch. 680. Research Methods in Architecture.................. 3
Arch. 662. Internship (optional) ....................... 3
Total 16
Spring Semester
Arch. 701. Research/Design Thesis....................... 7
Arch. 663. Internship (optional) ....................... 3
Electives ................................................. 2-6
Total 16
MASTER OF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE
There are two programs leading to a Master of Landscape Architecture degree at the University of Colorado at Denver.
The two-year program is open to students holding Bachelor of Landscape Architecture degrees or bachelor degrees from some environmental design and architecture programs. The three-year program is open to students with a bachelor’s degree in any other field.
The objective of the landscape architecture program, as with the other design and planning programs, is to promote balanced growth in both intellectual and professional skills. The problems of today require new approaches, and it is with this in mind that both a three-year as well as a two-year program are being developed at UCD, with balanced emphasis in theory, design, and technology.
The programs are based on a core curriculum involving design, technology, history, professional practice, and exploration of several related disciplines.
The first major course sequence (design), begins with a study of the principles of art and landscape architecture, and progresses through typical site planning procedures. Following this is a course in detailed landscape design studies. Then a three-course sequence progressing from large to medium through small scale projects. The final course is an individual project.
The technology sequence involves two courses in site engineering, and two courses in construction topics.
The plant-related sequence involves two courses in plant materials, one course in planting design, and a course in planting technology.
Recognizing that good landscape design is based on detailed knowledge of local climate, vegetation, sociology, geography, etc., every effort will be made to involve the uniqueness of the Rocky Mountain region in course work.
Specific efforts also will be made to help students take advantage of the UCD Community Design Center, plus federal and state agencies and the wide
range of private firms offering numerous internships and employment opportunities in this area.
Admission Requirements
These are identical to those for architecture and urban design. Applications for admission must be received by April 15 preceding the fall semester the student wishes to enter. For more specific questions and application forms write:
Director of Landscape Architecture College of Environmental Design University of Colorado at Denver 1100 14th Street Denver, Colorado 80202
Order of Studies (Three- and Two-Year Programs)
First Year
Fall Semester Semester Hours
L.A. 500. Landscape Arch. Design I (Principles of
Site, Planning and Art) ............................... 5
L.A. 410. Graphic Communication I ........................ 3
L.A. 480. Rocky Mountain Plant Materials I ............... 3
L.A. 470. Landscape Architectural History ................. 3
Total 14
Spring Semester
L.A. 501. Landscape Architecture Design II (Site
Design Principles)................................... 5
L.A. 411. Graphic Communication II......................... 3
L.A. 481. Rocky Mountain Plant Materials II................ 3
Cognate—Principles of Ecology (or equivalent).............. 3
Total 14
Second Year
Fall Semester
L.A. 600. Landscape Architecture Design IK
(Large Scale Design).................................... 5
L.A. 660. Landscape Architecture Seminar .................. 1
L.A. 680. Rocky Mountain Planting Design Principles........ 3
L.A. 650. Landscape Architectural Engineering I............. 3
Cognate—History of Environmental Form
(U.P.C.D. 614 or equivalent)............................ 5
Total 17
Spring Semester
L.A. 601. Landscape Architecture Design IV
(Medium Scale Design) .................................. 5
L.A. 661. Landscape Architecture Seminar.................... 1
L.A. 681. Rocky Mountain Planting Technology ............... 3
L.A. 651. Landscape Architectural Engineering II............ 5
Cognate—Introduction To Planning (UPCD 500 or equivalent)____3
Total 17
Third Year
Fall Semester (Not to be offered until 1978-79)
L.A. 700. Landscape Architecture Design V
(Small Scale Design)...................................... 5
L.A. 760. Landscape Architecture Seminar................. 1
L.A. 750. Landscape Architectural Construction I.............. 5
L.A. 790. Independent Study................................... 3
Open Elective................................................. 3
Total 17


College of Environmental Design / 75
Spring Semester (Not to be offered until 1978-79)
L.A. 701. Landscape Architecture Design VI
(Individual Project)....................................... 5
L.A. 761. Landscape Architecture Seminar .................. 1
L.A. 751. Landscape Architectural Construction II .............. 5
L.A. 721. Professional Practice ................................ 3
Open elective................................................... 3
Total 17
MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE IN URBAN DESIGN
Program Options and Descriptions
MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE (URBAN DESIGN EMPHASIS)
Urban design is another of the graduate environmental design programs taught at facilities which are located within two urban renewal projects in the core of the metropolitan area. The curriculum focuses upon the complex problems that are generated by change and growth in a vigorous urban and regional laboratory. Emphasis is given to participatory community and publicly funded design, research, and technology. Special efforts are made to utilize the vast resources of information available from federal, state, and local agencies and institutions which are concentrated in the immediate community. Specific courses and projects attempt to incorporate these allied academic, civic, and citizen inputs into the design processes.
The sequential format, content, and progression of the urban design program is purposely parallel to the graduate architectural program with a major exception in the final two semesters of study. Secondary exceptions in the first part of the three- and two-year curriculums are in emphasis, faculty backgrounds, and a few course substitutions. Direct daily contact with students and instructors in the planning, landscape, architecture, and interior divisions is very important and beneficial.
A specific effort is made in professional practice, internship, and directed elective courses to expose urban design students to broader group-oriented factors in the problem-solving process. Placement of students in combination architecture, urban design, and planning firms is a primary consideration in meeting the internship requirements.
In all three sequences, the final master’s year is a synthesis of the special civic-scale factors influencing urban design in one of four options: recreational facilities, community development, rehabilitation or renewal, transportation and health care. In this phase, students are carefully advised throughout the period of their independent research and design studies. Opportunities to do state and city outreach work in association with the Center for Community Development and Design (the College’s design aid field program for ethnic and economic minorities) are available. Many other real problems and/or case studies from the community which require anticipatory and feasibility design and development also
are considered. Whenever possible, individual and/or team projects in cooperation with allied disciplines and institutions are encouraged.
Admission Requirements
In order for students to be considered for admission into the graduate program, they must submit application forms, college transcripts, three letters of recommendation, statement of purpose, and a portfolio of academic and professional work by April 15 preceding the fall semester they wish to enter. All portfolio material submitted with application must be in 8V2" by 14" format or smaller. If slides are included, they must be in a looseleaf slide holder. It is recommended that students indicate the type and length of all work experience they have had since receiving a degree. Application forms and information may be obtained by writing to Director of Master of Architecture in Urban Design, College of Environmental Design, University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202.
One-Year Program (Master of Architecture in Urban Design)
A one-year program leading to the Master of Architecture in Urban Design degree is available to students holding a Bachelor of Architecture degree. The degree is awarded upon satisfactory completion of 32 semester credit hours. The program is for students who wish to pursue advanced studies in compound, complex community design problems.
Course Requirements
Urban Design Studio........................................ 14
Urban Design Seminar...................................... 3-6
Planning ................................................... 6
Electives (professional) ................................. 3-6
Independent Study........................................... 3
Total 32
The design studio is the focal point for the specialization selected by the student. The project chosen is developed on an independent study basis with meetings, seminars, and evaluations scheduled between the student and the faculty advisers. Cognate courses are selected with the guidance of the faculty advisers from related subjects offered by the College or other units of the University.
iwo-Year Program (Master of Architecture,
Urban Design Emphasis)
A two-year program leading to a master’s degree is available to students holding Bachelor of Environmental Design or Bachelor of Architectural Studies degrees. The graduate degree is awarded upon satisfactory completion of 64 semester credit hours. Prerequisites for the two-year program are two semesters of architectural history and two semesters of basic structures (statics, strength of materials, structural analysis). If not taken previously, these


76 / University of Colorado at Denver
courses may be taken at UCD after admission to the program.
Course Requirements (Two-Year Program) Semester Hours
See the two-year Master of Architecture program for sequence of courses with the following adjustments or substitutions.
First Year: Same Second Year: Substitute
One planning course for landscape ..................... 3
Urban design seminar for research ..................... 3
Environmental impact analysis for elective............. 3
Three-Year Program (Master of Architecture,
Urban Design Emphasis)
A three-year program leading to a Master’s degree is available to students who hold a B.S. or B.A. degree in any field. The graduate degree is awarded upon satisfactory completion of 96 semester credit hours. Additional prerequisites or corequisites are one year of college or high school physics, and college mathematics through beginning calculus. Also required is a portfolio showing creative work (see Admissions).
Course Requirements (Three-Year Program) Semester Hours
See the three-year Master of Architecture program for sequence of courses with the following adjustments or substitutions.
First Year: Substitute
Environment systems for construction.................... 3
Second Year: Same Third Year: Substitute
One planning course for landscape ..................... 3
Urban design seminar for research ...................... 3
Environmental impact analysis for elective.............. 3
MASTER OF URBAN AND REGIONAL PLANNING-COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
The MURP-CD program prepares planners to research, design, and evaluate the ends and means of social and environmental action. Careers in planning usually center in such growing fields as environmental design, community development, social services, natural resources, ecology, planning consultation, environmental assessment, urban renewal, and regional planning. Because Denver is the Rocky Mountain region’s central location for managing these fields of action, UCD planning students are able to combine easily the general principles of academic learning with practical experience in nearby operating agencies and organizations.
Curriculum
The curriculum requires 48 semester hours as a minimum for graduation. Thirty of these semester hours are required “core” courses aimed at training the student in basic planning principles, content, research methods, and plan/policymaking skills. Of these 30 required credits, 6 are spent in experiential learning and internships with public agencies and other organizations.
Another 15 credit hours of the curriculum are elective. They are chosen in consultation with the student’s faculty adviser to form a consistent pattern of
planning expertise along the lines of the individual’s major interests. The courses may be chosen from the MURP-CD’s own “core electives,” from other programs in the College of Environmental Design or from other graduate colleges at UCD. Typical areas of specialization have been ecology, transportation, planning administration, community development, urban design, and health planning.
The final curriculum requirement is the satisfactory completion, in the student’s last semester, of an in-depth planning study or project. The aim is to illustrate the individual’s ability to integrate and apply the knowledge and experience gained in the program. It may take the form of a traditional master’s degree thesis, an extended policy research paper, or a major planning laboratory project.
Admission Requirements
In order for a student to be considered for admission into the graduate program, application forms must be submitted by April 15 for the fall semester. Entry into the program at other times is not normally permitted. Applications for admission are reviewed by a faculty-student committee. Criteria for admission include academic performance, experience, interest, and motivation for study.
Candidates for admission should note that there are three prerequisite courses which must have been taken prior to entry, or made up as nondegree credit courses during the time at UCD. These are local and state government, basic statistics, and a course in mapping and graphics.
Application forms and information may be obtained by writing to: Director of Urban and Regional Planning-Community Development Program, University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202.
MASTER OF INTERIOR DESIGN
It is anticipated that a program in interior design will begin in the fall of 1977 and that a full program leading to a master’s degree in interior design will be developed during the following years at UCD. For information about this program write Coordinator, Master of Interior Design Program, College of Environmental Design, University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202.
CENTER FOR COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND DESIGN
The Center for Community Development and Design coordinates outreach public service activities of the College of Environmental Design by providing design, community development, and community planning services to urban neighborhoods and small communities which cannot afford or do not have access to these services; by sponsoring professional and community education, workshops, and conferences; and by coordinating community and applied research in the fields of design, community development, and community planning. A central goal of the center is to


Graduate School / 77
combine academic and practical experience of students in working with community members on problem solving through supervised short- and longterm projects in the field.
The faculty and staff of the center coordinate community projects for which students register through classes in the various academic curricula. Students who register for these projects assume an added responsibility of satisfying client needs that goes beyond academic credit. One objective of these projects is to give students professional experience that
will enhance their education while in one of the College programs.
The types of projects students may select to work on include development of a physical design program for a child care center in an inner-city neighborhood; assisting a neighborhood organize, design, and implement a self-help housing program; coordinating a community development program in a small mountain town, and developing a comprehensive plan in cooperation with a planning commission in a Colorado high plains town.
Graduate School
Robert N. Rogers, Associate Dean
INFORMATION ABOUT THE SCHOOL
The Master of Arts (M.A.) in:
The Graduate School is a University-wide body which authorizes programs within its constituent colleges and schools. At UCD, Business and Administration (except the M.B.A. program), Education, Engineering, Liberal Arts and Sciences, and Music are colleges or schools whose graduate programs are offered through the Graduate School. In concept, there is a single Graduate School regardless of campus. In practice, most master’s-level programs are specific to the campus where the student is admitted, insofar as particular options and advisers are concerned.
Doctoral-level programs in a discipline are viewed as the responsibility of the entire University community of that discipline. At the present time, there is no discipline within the Graduate School in which students can expect to complete all Ph.D. requirements entirely at UCD; however, there are a number of disciplines in which students can do a major part of their work at UCD. Communication disorders and speech sciences, civil engineering, and electrical engineering are three of these. In other disciplines, a significant portion of the course work required for the Ph.D. degree may be taken at UCD. Persons interested in pursuing doctoral-level work should consult with the appropriate discipline graduate adviser.
Anyone wishing further information not given in this bulletin should contact Associate Dean of the Graduate School, University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202.
Degrees Offered
The following graduate programs are authorized for completion through the Graduate School at UCD. In some cases, a specific required course may only be offered through the University of Colorado at Boulder in a given year.
Anthropology Applied Early Developmental Psychology Biology
Communication and Theatre Communication Disorders and Speech Science
Economics
English
Geography
History
Mathematics
Political Science
Sociology
The Master of Education (M.Ed.) and the Master of Arts (M.A.) in:
Early Childhood Education Educational Psychology Elementary Education Guidance and Counseling
Library Media Heading
Secondary Education Social Foundations
The Master of Science (M.S.) in:
Accounting Environmental Science
Applied Mathematics Finance
Chemistry Management and Organization
Civil and Environmental Marketing
Engineering
The Master of Basic Science (M.B.S.)
The Master of Humanities (M.H.)
Facilities for Graduate Study and Research at UCD
Facilities for research in many fields are available at UCD as well as specialized institutes, seminars, and meetings of national standing.
The Graduate Student at UCD
Approximately 1,740 students are enrolled in graduate programs at UCD and an additional 1,300 special students take graduate courses. Of these, approximately 45 percent are part-time students.
Faculty
The faculty operating in these programs is mainly housed at UCD, although resources of other campuses


78 / University of Colorado at Denver
at the University of Colorado are used. Members of the graduate faculty at UCD are indicated by asterisks in the listing of the faculty.
Financial Aid for Graduate Study
SCHOLARSHIPS AND FELLOWSHIPS
The University of Colorado administers various forms of financial aid for graduate students: fellowships, scholarships, and a number of awards from outside agencies.
The Graduate School each year awards to qualified regular degree graduate students approximately 50 doctoral fellowships paying up to $2,500 plus tuition.
Special fellowships and scholarships are also available for study in certain departments. Colorado Graduate Grants are also available to students who can show “demonstrated need.” For details contact the Graduate School Office.
Applications for fellowships, scholarships, and grants are due in the department before the announced department deadline. Awards are announced about March 15.
GRADUATE STUDENT TEACHING APPOINTMENTS
Many departments employ graduate students as part-time F-89 instructors or F-99 teaching assistants. The F-89 instructorship is reserved for those advanced graduate students already possessing an appropriate M.A. degree who may be independently responsible for the conduct of a section or course. Payment for these teaching appointments will be: one-half time F-89 instructor; $4,950 for the academic year; one-half time F-99 teaching assistant, $3,960 for the academic year.
A half-time appointment for an F-89 instructor is considered to be equal to 6 class contact hours; a halftime teaching assistant is appointed for 20 hours per week. Students appointed for at least one-half time qualify for resident tuition rates regardless of their actual Colorado residency status. Teaching assistants and F-89 instructors must be enrolled students for the full period of their appointment.
RESEARCH ASSISTANTSHIPS
Research activities provide opportunities for graduate students to obtain part-time work as research assistants in many departments. Holders of these positions pay resident tuition. Assistants must be enrolled students.
LOAN FUNDS
Graduate students wishing to apply for long-term loans through the National Direct Student Loan Program and for part-time jobs through the college work-study program should submit an Application for Financial Aid to the Office of Financial Aid by March
1. This office also provides short-term loan assistance to students who have completed one or more semesters in residence. Short-term loans are designed
to supplement inadequate personal funds and to provide for emergencies. Applicants should go directly to the Office of Financial Aid.
EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES
The University maintains an employment service in the Office of Financial Aid to help students obtain part-time work either through conventional employment or through the college work-study program.
Students employed by the University are hired solely on the basis of merit and fitness, a policy which avoids favor or discrimination because of race, color, creed, sex, age, handicap, or national origin. Students are also referred to prospective employers in accordance with this policy.
International Education
The Office of International Education expedites the exchange of students and faculty, entertains foreign visitors, promotes special relationships with foreign universities, and acts as adviser for Fulbright and other scholarships.
The office also arranges study abroad programs. Students remain enrolled at the University of Colorado while taking regular courses in the foreign universities. A B average with the equivalent of two years of college-level work in the appropriate language is required. There are also occasional summer programs offering academic credit.
Peace Corps information may be obtained from the Office of International Education.
For additional information contact the Office for Student Relations.
Institute for Advanced Urban Studies
Since UCD is an urban university situated in a major metropolitan area, the primary thrust of its organized research activity is directed toward problem-related research with an urban focus. The major focus for these activities is the Institute for Advanced Urban Studies.
The Institute for Advanced Urban Studies was established in 1975 to foster research and public service activities related to urban problems and policy issues. Groups of faculty, student, and community participants address problem areas, such as land use, urban growth, municipal finance management, regional housing, transportation, and community recreation.
UCD’s previous centers have been incorporated into the institute structure as constituent parts. They include the Center for Urban Transportation Studies, the Center for Public and Urban Affairs, and the Applied Sociological Research Unit.
Through its various research components, the institute provides research assistance to state and local government agencies. Additionally, the institute makes available a variety of topical seminars, conferences, and in-service training programs.


Graduate School / 79
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION General Requirements
Students may be admitted to the Graduate School in either of the two categories described below.
Admission to the Graduate School is not admission to candidacy for an advanced degree. A student who wishes to become a candidate for a degree must make special application at the time and in the manner prescribed by the requirements for the degree sought.
A student who is granted admission must reflect in a moral and ethical sense a personal background acceptable to the University. The University reserves the right to deny admission to applicants whose total credentials reflect an inability to assume those obligations of performance and behavior deemed essential by the University and relevant to any of its lawful missions, processes, and functions as an educational institution.
REGULAR DEGREE STUDENTS
Qualified students are admitted to regular degree status by the appropriate department. In addition to departmental approval, an applicant for admission as a regular degree student must:
1. Hold a baccalaureate degree from a college or university of recognized standing, or have done work equivalent to that required for such a degree and equivalent to the degree given at this University.
2. Show promise of ability to pursue advanced study and research, as judged by his previous scholastic record.
3. Have had adequate preparation to enter upon graduate study in the field chosen.
4. Have at least a 2.75 undergraduate grade-point average.
5. Meet additional requirements for admission as established by major departments.
Regular degree students must maintain at least a
3.0 grade-point average each semester or summer term on all work taken, whether it is to be applied toward the advanced degree intended or not. If the student fails to maintain this standard of performance, he will be subject to suspension from the Graduate School.
Pass/Fail Grades. In order to permit a meaningful evaluation of an applicant’s scholastic record, not more than 10 percent of those credit hours that are relevant to his intended field of graduate study shall have been earned with pass/fail grades, nor more than 20 percent overall. Applicants whose academic record contains a larger percentage of pass/fail credits must submit suitable additional evidence that they possess the required scholastic ability. If the applicant does not submit satisfactory additional evidence, he can be admitted only as a provisional student.
PROVISIONAL DEGREE STUDENTS
Applicants who do not meet the requirements for admission as regular degree students may be admitted as provisional degree students upon the recom-
mendation of the major department. With the concurrence of the dean of the Graduate School, a department may admit provisional students for a probationary term, which may not normally exceed one academic year. At the end of the probationary period, provisional degree students must either be admitted to regular degree status or be dropped from the graduate program.
Credit earned by persons in provisional degree status may count toward a degree at this University.
Provisional degree students are required to maintain a 3.0 grade-point or higher, as may be required by the terms of their provisional admission, each semester or summer term on all work taken, whether or not it is to be applied toward the advanced degree sought. If students fail to maintain such a standard of performance, they will be subject to suspension from the Graduate School.
Application Procedures
Graduate students who expect to study at UCD should contact the UCD Office of the Graduate School concerning procedures for forwarding completed applications.
An applicant for admission from another institution must present a completed Application Form (Parts I and H), which may be obtained from the UCD Graduate School office and two official transcripts of all academic work completed to date. The application must be accompanied by a nonrefundable application processing fee of $20 (check or money order) when the application is submitted. No application will be processed unless this fee is paid. Many departments require scores from the Graduate Record Examination, and most departments require three or four letters of recommendation.
When a prospective degree student applies for admission, the chairman of each department or a committee named for the purpose shall decide whether the applicant shall be admitted and shall make that decision known to the Office of Admissions and Records, which will inform the student. Persons not wishing to work toward an advanced degree are referred to as special students (below).
A completed application must be in the office of the major department at least 60 days prior to the term for which admission is sought or earlier as may be required by the major department.
Completed applications for foreign students must be on file in the Office of Admissions and Records prior to May 1 for the fall semester and by October 1 for the spring semester.
Students who wish to apply for a graduate student award for the academic year 1977-78, e.g., fellowship, scholarship, assistantship, etc., must file a completed application with the department before the announced departmental deadline (see previous section on financial aid).
All credentials presented for admission to the University of Colorado become the property of the University.


80 / University of Colorado at Denver
SENIORS IN THE UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO
A senior in this University who has satisfied the undergraduate residence requirements and who needs not more than 6 semester hours of advanced subjects and 12 credit points to meet his requirements for a bachelor’s degree, may be admitted to the Graduate School by special permission of the dean.
GRADUATE RECORD EXAMINATIONS
At the option of any department, the Graduate Record Examination may be required of applicants for assistantships, or of any student before his or her status is determined.
Students who are applying for the fall of 1978 should take the GRE no later than the December testing date so that their scores will be available to the graduate awards selection committee. Four to six weeks should be allowed for GRE scores to be received by an institution.
Information regarding these examinations may be obtained from the Graduate School Office or the Student Relations Office at UCD, or from the Educational Testing Service, Box 1502, Berkeley, California 94701, or Box 955, Princeton, New Jersey 08540.
SPECIAL STUDENTS
A student not wishing to earn an advanced degree from the University of Colorado should apply to the Office of Admissions and Records, UCD, 1100 Fourteenth Street, Denver, Colorado 80202, or to the Office of the Associate Dean of the Graduate School. Special students will be allowed to register only on the campus to which they have been admitted.
Special students desiring to pursue a graduate degree program at this University are encouraged to submit the complete graduate application and supporting credentials as soon as possible. A department may recommend to the graduate dean the acceptance of as much as 8 hours of credit toward the requirements of a master’s degree for courses taken either as a student at another recognized graduate school, as a special student at the University, or any combination thereof. In addition, the department may recommend to the graduate dean the acceptance of credit for courses taken as a special student for the semester, quarter, or summer term for which the student has applied for admission to the Graduate School, provided that the student’s application was on file with the department before the beginning of the semester, quarter, or term in question.
REGISTRATION
Course Work and Examinations
On the regular registration days of each semester, students who have been admitted to the Graduate School and who expect to study in the Graduate School are required to complete appropriate registration procedures.
Students should register for classes the semester they are accepted into Graduate School. If unable to attend that semester they must notify the department which has accepted them and submit the necessary forms to the Office of Admissions and Records at UCD in order to attend the following semester.
Master’s Thesis or Report
Graduate students working toward master’s degrees, if they expect to present a thesis or M.Ed. report in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree, must register for thesis for a minimum of 4 semester hours or a maximum of 6 semester hours, or for M.Ed. report for 2 semester hours. The student may register for any specific number of hours in any semester of residence, but the total number of hours for all semesters must equal the number of credits the student expects to recieve for the thesis or report. The final grade will be withheld until the thesis or report is completed. If the thesis or report is not completed at the end of the term in which the student is so registered, an in progress (IP) will be reported. (The student may not register again for any portion of thesis credit on which an IP grade has been submitted.)
Limitation of Registration
FULL LOAD
A graduate student will be considered to be carrying a full load during a regular semester for purposes of determining residence credit if the student is registered for not fewer than 5 semester hours in work numbered 500 or above, or at least 8 semester hours of other graduate work, or thesis.
A full load for purposes of determining residence credit during the summer term is 3 semester hours of work in courses numbered 500 or above, or 6 semester hours of other graduate work, or thesis.
For the purpose of determining a student’s status with respect to eligibility for the G.I. Bill, full-time graduate study is defined as registration for at least 8 hours of graduate work during a regular semester, or full-time research and writing.
MAXIMUM LOAD
No graduate student may receive graduate credit toward a degree for more than 15 hours in a regular
semester.
The maximum number of graduate credits that may be applied toward a degree during a summer term at UCD is 10 hours per 8-week summer term.
TUITION AND FEES
The schedule of tuition and fees is given in the General Information section of this bulletin.


Graduate School / 81
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCED DEGREES
Quality of Graduate Work
Although the work for advanced degrees is specified partly in terms of credit hours, an advanced degree will not be conferred merely for the completion of a specified period of residence and the passing of a given number of courses. Students should not expect to get from formal courses all the training, knowledge, and grasp of ideas necessary to meet the requirements for an advanced degree. They should work on their own initiative, reading widely and thoughtfully, reaching their own conclusions, and acquiring a sense of values, perspective, and proportion.
All studies offered for credit toward an advanced degree (except those in deficiencies) must be of graduate status.
For all advanced degrees except the Ph.D. degree, the quality of the student’s work must attain an average of B in all work offered for the degree.
For the Ph.D., a course mark below B is unsatisfactory and will not be counted toward fulfilling the minimum requirements for the degree.
A student is expected to maintain at least a B average in all work attempted in Graduate School.
A student who fails to do satisfactory work will be subject to suspension from the Graduate School by the dean with the approval of the major department.
Appeal may be made to the Executive Committee of the Graduate School. The committee’s decision shall be final. A suspended student is eligible to apply for readmission after one year. Approval or rejection of this application rests jointly with the student’s major department and the dean. In case of lack of agreement between the department and the dean or in case of appeal by the student, the final decision will be made by the Executive Committee.
Grading System
The standing of a student in work intended for an advanced degree is to be indicated by the marks A, B, and C.
A — Superior, 4 credit points for each credit hour. B — Good, 3 credit points for each credit hour.
C — Fair, 2 credit points for each credit hour.
Work receiving the lowest passing grade, D, may not be counted toward a degree, nor may it be accepted for the removal of deficiencies. Marks below B are not accepted for the doctoral degree.
An IF or an IW grade may be given for incomplete work at the discretion of the instructor. For details, refer to the discussion of the uniform grading system. The grade of IP (in progress) will be given for continuing thesis work, and will be valid until the thesis is completed.
A graduate student may repeat once a course for which he or she obtained a grade of C or D, upon written recommendation to the dean by the chairman of the advisory committee and the chairman of the department; provided the course has not previously
applied toward a degree. Courses in which the grade F is received may not be repeated.
Use of English
A student who is noticeably deficient in the use and spelling of the English language may not obtain an advanced degree from the University of Colorado. The satisfaction of this requirement depends not so much upon the ability to pass formal tests, although these may be demanded, as it does upon the habitual use of good English in all oral and written work. Ability to use the language with precision and distinction should be cultivated as an attainment of major importance.
Each department will judge the qualifications of its advanced students in the use of English. Reports, examinations, and speech will be considered in estimating the candidate’s proficiency.
MASTER’S DEGREES
A student regularly admitted to the Graduate School and later accepted as a candidate for the degree Master of Arts, Master of Science, or other Master’s degree will be recommended for the degree only after the following requirements have been met.
In general, only graduates of an approved institution who have a thorough preparation for their proposed field of study and who do graduate work of high quality are able to attain the degree with the minimum amount of work specified below. All studies offered toward the minimum requirement for the degree must be of graduate rank. Necessary additional work required to make up deficiencies or prerequisites may be partly or entirely undergraduate courses.
The requirements stated below are minimum requirements; additional conditions set by the department will be found in the announcements of separate departments. Any department may make further regulations not inconsistent with the general rules.
Minimum Requirement
The minimum requirement of graduate work for the degree Master of Arts or Master of Science may be fulfilled by following either Plan I or Plan II below.
Plan I: By presenting 24 semester hours of graduate work, including a thesis. At least 12 semester hours of this work must be at the 500 level or above.
Plan II: By presenting 30 semester hours of graduate work, without a thesis. At least 16 semester hours of this work must be at the 500 level or above.
Plan II does not represent a free option for the student. A candidate for the master’s degree may be allowed to select Plan II only on the recommendation of the department concerned.
Field of Study
Studies leading to a master’s degree may be divided between major and minor subjects at the discretion of the faculty of the degree-granting program.


82 / University of Colorado at Denver
Status
After a student has made a satisfactory record in this University for at least one semester or summer term and after he has removed any deficiencies that were determined at the time of admission or by qualifying examinations or otherwise, he should confer with his major department and request that a decision be made on his status. This definite status must be set by his major department before a student may make application for admission to candidacy for an advanced degree.
Students who are inadequately prepared must make up without credit toward a graduate degree all prerequisites required by the department concerned.
Language Requirements
Candidates must have such knowledge of ancient and modem languages as each department requires. See special departmental requirements.
Credit by Transfer
Resident graduate work of high quality done in a recognized graduate school elsewhere and coming within the time limit may be accepted up to a limited amount, provided it is recommended by the department concerned and approved by the dean of the Graduate School.
All work accepted by transfer must come within the five-year time limit or be validated by special examination.
The maximum amount of work that may be transferred to this University, dependent upon the master’s degree sought, is noted below:
Semester Hours
M.A. or M.S........................................... 8
M.Bus.Ed.............................................. 8
M.Ed.................................................. 8
M.Mus................................................. 8
M.Mus.Ed.............................................. 8
M.F.A. (painting) ................................... 16
M.F.A. (education).................................... 8
Credit will not be transferred until the student has established in the Graduate School of this University a satisfactory record of at least one semester in residence; such transfer will not reduce the residence requirement at this University, but it may reduce the amount of work to be done in formal courses. Requests for transfer of credit to be applied toward an advanced degree must be made on the form specified for this purpose and submitted to the Graduate School by the beginning of the semester prior to that in which the student will be graduated.
Work already applied toward a master’s degree received from another institution cannot be accepted for transfer toward the master’s degree at the University of Colorado; extension work completed at another institution cannot be transferred; and correspondence work, except to make up deficiencies, is not recognized.
Excess undergraduate credits from another institution may not be transferred to the Graduate School. Seniors in this University may, however, transfer a limited amount of advanced resident work (up to 8 semester hours) provided such work:
1. Is completed with distinction in the senior year at this University.
2. Comes within the five-year time limit.
3. Has not been applied toward another degree.
4. Is recommended for transfer by the department concerned and is approved by the dean of the Graduate School.
Requests for transfer of credit to be applied toward an advanced degree must be made on the form specified for this purpose and submitted to the Graduate School by the beginning of the semester prior to that in which the student will be graduated. For more information contact the Graduate School office.
Residency
In general, the residency requirements can be met only by residence at this University for at least two semesters or at least three summer terms. For full residence a student must be registered within the time designated at the beginning of a semester and must carry the equivalent of not fewer than 5 semester hours of work in courses numbered 500 or above, or at least 8 semester hours of other graduate work. See Limitation of Registration, Full Load, for requirements for full residence credit during the summer. A student who is noticeably deficient in his general training, or in the specific preparation indicated by each department as prerequisite to graduate work, cannot expect to obtain a degree in the minimum time specified.
Assistants and other employees of the University may fulfill the residence requirements of one year in two semesters, provided their duties do not require more than half time. Full-time employees may not satisfy the residence requirements of one year in fewer than four semesters.
Admission to Candidacy
A student who wishes to become a candidate for a master’s degree must file application in the dean’s office not later than 10 weeks prior to the completion of the comprehensive-final examination. The number of hours to be presented for the degree must be determined before this application may be filed. See previous section on Status.
This application must be made on forms obtainable at the dean’s office and in various departments and must be signed by a representative of both the major and minor, if any, fields of study, certifying that the student’s work is satisfactory and that his program outlined in the application meets the requirements set in his particular case.


Graduate School / 83
Thesis Requirements
A thesis, which may be of a research, expository, critical, or creative type, is required of every master’s degree candidate under Plan I. Every thesis presented in partial fulfillment of the requirements for an advanced degree must:
1. Deal with a definite topic related to the major field.
2. Be based upon independent study and investigation.
3. Represent the equivalent of from 4 to 6 semester hours of work.
4. Receive the approval of the major department not later than 30 days (in some departments, 90 days) before the commencement at which the degree is to be conferred.
5. Be essentially complete at the time the comprehensive-final examination is given.
6. Comply in mechanical features with specifications obtainable from the Graduate School.
Two weeks prior to the date on which the degree is to be conferred, two formally approved, printed or typewritten copies of the thesis must be filed in the Graduate School. The thesis must be complete with abstract.
All theses must be signed by the thesis adviser and the second reader. All approved theses are kept on file in the library. The thesis binding fee must be paid at the Business Office when the thesis is deposited in the Graduate School.
Credit hours earned for the thesis will not be accepted toward the requirements for a degree unless such credit has previously been registered. A student working toward a master’s degree must register for thesis for a specific number of hours. The registered credit for thesis must total a minimum of 4 or a maximum of 6 semester hours, the total number of hours depending upon how much credit is to be given for the thesis.
Comprehensive-Final Examinations
Each candidate for a master’s degree is required to take a comprehensive-final examination after the other requirements for the degree have been completed. This examination may be given near the end of the candidate’s last semester of residence while he is still taking required courses for the degree, provided he is making satisfactory progress in those courses.
The following rules applying to the comprehensive final examination must be observed:
1. A student must be registered when he takes his examination.
2. Notice of the examination must be filed by the major department in the dean’s office at least three days in advance of the examination.
3. The examination is to be given by a committee of three graduate faculty members appointed by the department concerned in consultation with the dean.
4. The examination, which may be oral or written, or both, must cover the thesis, which should be essen-
tially complete at the time, as well as other work done in the University in formal courses and seminars in the major field.
5. An examination in the minor work taken at this University is optional with the major and minor departments.
6. The examination must include all work presented for the degree not done in residence at the University of Colorado, whether in the major or minor field. The examination on transferred work will be given by representatives of the corresponding fields of study in this University.
7. If a candidate fails the comprehensive-final examination, three months must elapse before he may again attempt it.
Supplemental Examinations
Supplemental examinations should be simply an extension of the original examination and given immediately. If the student fails the supplemental examination, three months must elapse before he may again attempt it.
Course Examinations
The regular written examinations of each semester except the last must be taken. Course examinations of the last semester, which come after the comprehensive-final examination has been passed, may be omitted with the permission of the instructor.
Time Limit
All work, including the comprehensive-final examination, should be completed within five years or six successive summers. Work done earlier will not be accepted for the degree unless validated by a special examination. A candidate for the master’s degree is expected to complete his work with reasonable continuity.
Deadlines for Master’s Degree Candidates Expecting to Graduate During 1977-78
Deadline dates for the following can be obtained by calling the Graduate School office on the Boulder Campus, 492-7401.
1. Last day for requesting transfer of credit.
2. Applications for admission to candidacy. Applications must be submitted at least 10 weeks before the student expects to take the comprehensive-final examination. Students are urged to submit this form by the beginning of the semester prior to that in which they expect to receive the degree. (The form may be picked up in the department or in the Graduate School office.)
3. Last day for thesis to be approved by department.
4. Last day for scheduling of comprehensive-final examination with the Graduate School.
5. Last day for taking comprehensive-final examination.


84 / University of Colorado at Denver
6. Last day for filing thesis in the Graduate School. At the time of filing, the thesis must be complete in all respects and must meet thesis specifications in order to be accepted by the Graduate School. Candidates whose theses are received after 5 p.m. on the indicated date will be graduated at the commencement following that for which the deadline is indicated.
Graduate Credit
Graduate credit is given for courses which are listed at the 500 level or above and which are offered by those colleges or schools that are members of the Graduate School, or which have otherwise been approved by the dean of the Graduate School. No assurance can be given that work taken by a student will count toward a higher degree unless the student has the approval of the department.
Not all courses listed are available at any one time; some of them are given in alternate years.
Courses taken during the fall semester 1975 and thereafter will have graduate rank if they are taught by members of the Graduate School faculty and are in one of the following two categories:
1. Courses within the major department at the 500 level or above.
2. Courses outside the major department at any level, provided thay are approved for graduate rank for a specific degree plan by the faculty of the degreegranting program.
This does not change the minimum number of courses that must be taken at the 500 level or above. However, as a result, most students who include 400-level courses of other departments in their program will not exceed those minimum requirements for graduation.
ANTHROPOLOGY
The master’s program in anthropology is designed to provide first-level advanced training in the field of anthropology as a whole, focusing on the close interaction of culture and biology in individual and group behavior, as well as interdisciplinary training of an applied nature in two specialty areas: medical anthropology, and community and urban anthropology. The medical anthropology track is intended to serve students preparing for careers and those with established careers in the health care professions and related fields. Similarly, the community and urban anthropology track is intended to serve those who seek to employ anthropological concepts and methods of community analysis in public administration, development, planning, and allied fields. Working with an advisory committee, each student will tailor an individual program of studies around core courses and seminars in a specialty track or in the central area of, biocultural, anthropology. These programs will culminate in a master’s thesis. A primary goal of the program is to produce graduates who are capable of understanding and proficient at
resolving, in cooperation with others, the many problems of complex societies; consequently, a premium will be placed on interdisciplinary instruction and practical exercises in the design and implementation of research in a variety of settings.
Admission
Admission to the master’s program in anthropology is open to any holder of a baccalaureate degree, not necessarily in anthropology, provided he or she meets the following requirements: (1) general requirements for admission to the Graduate School (2.75 or better grade-point average for all undergraduate studies); and (2) knowledge of the fundamentals of anthropology. Applicants will be expected to have had a general introductory course in anthropology and secondary courses in ethnology, archaeology, linguistics, and physical anthropology or be able to demonstrate a mastery of materials equivalent to that which might reasonably be expected to result from such formal training. Applicants deficient in background may be admitted on a provisional basis but will be required to make up deficiencies without graduate credit during the first year in residence. A simpler alternative, when practical, would be to remove deficiencies as a special student prior to applying for admission to the graduate program.
In order to be considered for admission into the master’s program, an applicant must submit (1) two copies of transcripts from all undergraduate institutions attended; (2) Graduate Record Examination scores for verbal and quantitative aptitude; and (3) at least three letters of recommendation. Evidence of previous nonacademic anthropology-oriented work or other experience will be carefully considered, as will that of special skills relevant to anthropological research. Departmental deadlines for receipt of applications for admission to the Graduate School, including accompanying materials, are April 15 for fall entrance and October 15 for spring.
Further information concerning specialization within the program, departmental admission and advising policies, etc., may be obtained by writing the director of graduate studies in anthropology. For general Graduate School requirements and application information, see beginning of graduate section of this bulletin.
Residency
A minimum of two full semesters devoted to advanced study is required by the Graduate School. Students working toward the master’s degree in anthropology will be strongly encouraged to attain that degree within three years following matriculation into the program.
Course Hours and Distribution
A minimum of 36 semester hours of course work (including 6 hours of M.A. thesis) is required for the


Graduate School / 85
M.A. degree in anthropology. Fifteen hours of nonthesis course work must be at the 500 level or above. Hours are to be distributed as follows:
Medical anthropology
Courses in anthropology.... 15 semester hours minimum
Courses in related fields . 15 semester hours minimum
Thesis ............................ 6 semester hours
Community and urban anthropology
Courses in anthropology....15 semester hours minimum
Courses in related fields.. 15 semester hours minimum
Thesis ............................ 6 semester hours
Biocultural anthropology
Courses in anthropology.... 18 semester hours minimum
Courses in related fields..12 semester hours minimum
Thesis ............................ 6 semester hours
Examination
Each student must pass a comprehensive M.A. examination demonstrating his mastery of the fundamental principles of anthropology. This examination will ordinarily be taken before the conclusion of the fourth semester in residence.
Thesis
Each student will be expected to carry out an original research project and report the results in a thesis of professional quality.
There is no language requirement for the M.A. program. Students who expect to continue working toward a Ph.D., however, are urged to begin work on at least one language early in their graduate careers.
APPLIED MATHEMATICS
See Mathematics Program.
BASIC SCIENCE, MASTER OF
Collin Hightower, Coordinator for UCD
The program leading to the Master of Basic Science degree is interdisciplinary. It provides an opportunity for present and prospective high school and junior high school teachers and others to continue subject matter training in mathematics and the sciences at advanced undergraduate and graduate levels. The student may elect the mathematics, science, or museology options as described below. Wide latitude is possible in the details of a degree plan so that each student may follow a course of study most pertinent to his interests. The degree plan will be designed in conjunction with the student’s adviser and must be approved by the executive committee.
All courses credited toward the degree must be taken through the University of Colorado at Boulder, Colorado Springs, or Denver, over a period of five years or six successive summers.
The Master of Basic Science degree is supervised by an advisory committee appointed by the dean of the Graduate School, and application should be made to the Master of Basic Science Office, Ketchum 306, University of Colorado, Boulder, regardless of the campus which the student plans to attend.
Requirements for Admission
1. General regulations for admission to the Graduate School apply (see Requirements for Admission).
2. A student is expected to have had at least 40 semester hours in the natural sciences and mathematics, including one year of calculus, upon admission. Students may be admitted to the program with a deficiency in calculus, but must remedy the deficiency within two years after admission by completing Math. 140-241 with a grade of C or better (or other courses in mathematical subjects on approval by the advisory committee with a grade of C or better).
Requirements for the
Master of Basic Science Degree
1. General regulations of the Graduate School governing the award of the master’s degree apply (see Master of Arts and Master of Science) except as modified below.
2. Thirty semester hours of courses at the 300 level and above, taught by members of the graduate faculty, in two or more of the following departments: biology; chemistry; geology; mathematics; molecular, cellular, and developmental biology; physics; and computer science. See mathematics and science options. At least 12 hours of these must be numbered 500 or higher.
3. Paper/Project. Completion of a paper or project on a scientific or pedagogical topic selected in consultation with the student’s adviser and to be approved by the executive committee. (This is in lieu of the comprehensive examination.)
4. Minimum Grade-Point Average. Courses on the 300 and 400 level will be accepted toward the degree only with grades of A or B; 500- and 600-level courses will be accepted toward the degree with grades of A, B, or C. The student must have a B average in all courses taken subsequent to his admission to the program, including courses not actually offered for the degree.
Mathematics Option
1. A reasonable degree of competence is required in the fields of analysis, algebra, and geometry. A minimum of 15 semester hours of upper division courses (300 level or above) in mathematics must be offered for the degree, including at least 3 hours of analysis, 6 hours of algebra, and 3 hours of geometry.
2. One upper division sequence of at least 6 semester hours in any of the physical or biological sciences enumerated above. With permission, two independent one-semester courses in the same area may be substituted for the one-year sequence.
3. Upper division electives in science and/or mathematics, including computer science, to complete an approved 30-semester-hour degree plan. Twelve of the 30 hours must represent courses numbered 500 or higher. The 30 hours may also in-


86 / University of Colorado at Denver
elude 3 semester hours of courses or seminars in secondary school mathematics teaching, history of mathematics or science, or philosophy of mathematics or science.
Science Option
1. An upper division sequence (300 level or above) of at least 6 semester hours in each of two of the physical or biological sciences named above. With permission, two independent one-semester courses in the same area may be substituted for one of the one-year sequences.
2. Upper division electives in science, mathematics, and/or computer science, to complete an approved 30-semester-hour degree plan. Twelve of the 30 hours must represent courses numbered 500 or higher. The 30 hours may also include 3 semester hours of upper division courses or seminars in secondary school science teaching, history of science, or philosophy of science.
Museology Option (Boulder Campus Only)
1. At least 8 but not more than 12 semester hours of courses offered by the museum. Alternatives are the sequence Musm. 401-402-403 or Musm. 401 and a selection of additional courses in museum. Three to 6 semester hours of courses in the College of Business and Administration are recommended. The total museum-business semester hours may not exceed 15.
2. An upper division sequence (300 level or above) of at least 6 semester hours in one of the departments (other than museum) represented in the program.
3. Upper division electives in science, mathematics, or computer science, to complete an approved 30-semester-hour degree plan. Of the 30 hours, at least 12 hours must be numbered 500 or above.
BIOLOGY
Students wishing to pursue graduate work in biology should be familiar with the University of Colorado Requirements for Advanced Degrees. There are no special discipline requirements, although the prospective student must consult with a faculty adviser prior to making application. The general portion of the GRE is required, and the specialty area is recommended. Applications are submitted directly to the biology graduate coordinator at UCD.
The discipline offers either Plan I (with thesis) or Plan II (without thesis) Master of Arts degrees in environmental, organismic, and population biology, and Plan II M.A. degree in biology with education. Upon admission to the program the student in consultation with his adviser will design a study program suited to the student’s specific needs. There is no core of required courses structured into the master’s degree program. Courses acceptable toward the master’s degree in biology include, in addition to biology courses and subject to the approval of the adviser, any appropriate 400-, 500-, and 600-level courses offered in other disciplines or divisions of the University.
It should be noted that the student may have to complete some courses at the Boulder or Medical Center campuses.
In conjunction with the College of Engineering and Applied Science an interdisciplinary program has been developed with a major in environmental science. The program offers several subject concentrations within both basic and applied environmental science. Included within the basic approach are concentrations in ecology, earth science, population studies, and physics-chemistry. Included within the applied approach are concentrations in conservation of natural resources, systems analysis, and environmental quality control.
Students interested in this program should contact the Graduate School Office.
CHEMISTRY
The M.S. degree is offered at UCD in any one of the following basic fields: analytical, bio-, inorganic, organic, or physical chemistry.
The master’s degree is the highest that can be earned in chemistry at UCD. The emphasis in the program is toward the specialized needs of both full-and part-time students. The department at UCD is small and strives to give students excellent supervision of work and advising toward the graduate degree. Students enrolled in the program may be employed as part-time teaching assistants. In addition, research activities in the department provide opportunities for graduate students to obtain part-time work as research assistants.
Degree Requirements
Two types of degrees are offered:
Plan I requires 24 credit hours including 15 to 20 credit hours of formal course work, 4 to 9 credit hours in research courses, the completion of a research investigation, and the presentation of a thesis.
Plan II requires 24 hours of formal course work and 6 credit hours of research without a thesis.
Prerequisite. An undergraduate major in chemistry is desirable since all students are required to pass examinations covering the major fields of chemistry. The GRE (Graduate Record Examination) scores are required. Advanced chemistry GREs are recommended.
Students who plan to enroll in the graduate program must take a qualifying examination to determine their background and qualifications for advanced study in the field of chemistry.
CIVIL ENGINEERING
Civil engineering graduate programs at UCD are offered through the combined departments of Civil, Environmental, and Architectural Engineering (Boulder) and Civil and Urban Engineering (Denver). Students wishing to pursue graduate work in civil engineering leading to candidacy for the Master of Science or Doctor of Philosophy degrees should read carefully Requirements for Advanced Degrees in this


Graduate School / 87
bulletin. All requirements for the M.S. and a large part of those for the Ph.D. may be completed at UCD. A pamphlet elaborating on the rules as they apply to civil engineering is available from the departmental office at UCD.
No qualifying examination is required for the M.S. degree; however, in competition for all University fellowships, the Graduate Record Examination, consisting of the aptitude tests and the advanced test in engineering, is used in the evaluation of candidates. Therefore, students are advised to take this examination prior to their arrival on campus.
Programs are available in the fields of transportation, water resources, hydraulics, soil mechanics, structural mechanics, and structural design.
In each program, courses are selected by the student (under supervision of the faculty adviser) in such a way as to meet the student’s interests and the requirements of the Graduate School.
See also Master of Engineering degree.
The civil engineering program has no Ph.D. tool foreign language requirement other than those communication requirements established by the Graduate School.
Center for Urban Transportation Studies
The Center for Urban Transportation Studies (CUTS), operating under the Department of Civil and Urban Engineering, was established to (1) assume a leading role in the Rocky Mountain region in developing research, research facilities, and interdisciplinary graduate programs in urban transportation and (2) provide a central resource for information concerning urban transportation problems in the Rocky Mountain region, making available to outside organizations the expertise within the University.
Through CUTS, the departments offer interdisciplinary graduate programs and research opportunities designed to develop professionals who will be capable of dealing with the complex problems of urban transportation in a competent and meaningful manner. Students in these programs are expected to reach significant levels of competence not only in urban transportation but also in at least two relevant minor areas, such as architecture, environmental design, urban planning, business management, geography, political science, public administration, sociology, computing science, and systems analysis.
The Center for Urban Transportation Studies operates within the framework of the Institute for Advanced Urban Studies at UCD.
COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE
Applicants are admitted to the graduate program in communication and theatre on the basis of their academic records and on recommendations. While there are no specific prerequisites beyond those required by the Graduate School, students admitted who are unable to offer a substantial number of semester hours of work in the area of their intended specialization or allied fields must expect that a
significant number of additional courses and semester hours will be required of them in order to make up deficiencies.
Every student must take a diagnostic examination before completing 9 semester hours.
For every student who declares intention to qualify for an advanced degree, an adviser and committee will be selected not later than the beginning of the student’s second semester (or second summer term) in residence. It is the duty of this adviser and committee to assume the responsibility for (1) approving the student’s graduate program; and (2) evaluating the student’s qualifying examination, thesis, and comprehensive-final examination.
Master’s Degree
All master’s degree candidates are required to complete C.T. 601 or its equivalent. At least two courses (4 to 8 hours) must be taken outside the department or outside the departmental area(s) of concentration.
Plan /, With Thesis. After any undergraduate deficiencies have been removed, students under Plan I must normally earn 27 semester hours, of which a minimum of 16 must be earned in one major area. Four to 6 thesis credit hours may be counted toward the 27-hour requirement.
The Plan II Option without thesis is available at UCD only upon application.
Courses at the 500 level or above may be applied toward the graduate degree by graduate students in communication and theatre. Some courses are available only on the Boulder Campus; inquiry should be made.
COMMUNICATION DISORDERS AND SPEECH SCIENCE
The graduate curriculum in communication disorders and speech science leads to the M.A. and Ph.D. degrees. The major area of emphasis at UCD is language and learning disabilities. Requirements for certification in the state of Colorado and by the American Speech and Hearing Association (ASHA) can be met. The program in communication disorders and speech science is accredited by ASHA. At present, students must take courses on both the Denver and Boulder campuses.
Prospective students should read Requirements for Advanced Degrees and request additional information from the Graduate School Office.
Master’s Degree
The M.A. degree plan includes course work in speech pathology, language pathology, learning disabilities, audiology, and education. Clinical and educational practicums with the communicatively disordered are required of all students. Students who do not have an undergraduate degree in the field will also be required to take courses in the basic communication processes.


88 / University of Colorado at Denver
Students may fulfill the Graduate School requirements for the master’s degree by following Plan I or Plan II.
Doctor’s Degree
The Ph.D. degree plan is developed with the student’s advisory committee to meet the individual interests and needs of each student. In addition to the major sequence of courses and practicum offered in language and learning disabilities, the student must select two or three minor areas of emphasis from this or other departments. A sequence of courses in statistics also is required.
Students must meet requirements of the Graduate School for the doctoral degree as well as the following departmental requirements:
C.D.S.S. 795-4. Practicum HI: Clinical Supervision C.D.S.S. 796-2. Practicum IV: Clinical Administration C.D.S.S. 797-2. Practicum V: Research Coordination C.D.S.S. 798-2. Practicum VI: Classroom Instruction
COMPUTER SCIENCE
Course work at the graduate level leading to the M.S. degree can be taken at UCD in this discipline, but degree programs must be completed through the University of Colorado at Boulder. Courses at the 500 level are open to qualified seniors. Persons insterested in this program should contact Roland Sweet, mathematics, or Burton Smith, electrical engineering, who are the UCD program advisers.
ECONOMICS
The M.A. degree in economics is offered at both the Denver and Boulder campuses. The requirements are the same and the examinations are offered jointly, but the emphasis and fields offered differ. The Denver program is oriented toward part-time students concerned with urban problems or seeking to teach below university level. Persons interested in the program should contact the graduate adviser, Professor John Morris.
Requirements for Admission
(Students not meeting these requirements may be admitted provisionally.)
1. General requirements of the Graduate School.
2. Three letters of recommendation.
3. Sixteen semester hours of economics.
4. Acceptable GRE scores.
Degree Requirements
1. Economic Theory: Econ. 507.
2. Quantitative Methods: Econ. 580 (or 480), and Econ. 581.
3. Two fields of concentration. Each field requires 6 credit hours, but the structure is highly flexible, e.g., one field can be an internship. Alternatively, an M.A.
thesis.
4. Thirty semester hours, of which 16 must be at the 600 level (500 level if taken prior to fall 1975).
EDUCATION
Graduate study in education at the University of Colorado is offered on three campuses (Denver, Boulder, and Colorado Springs) and through 14 program areas. All inquiries regarding programs at UCD should be directed to the Associate Dean’s Office, School of Education, University of Colorado at Denver, Denver, Colorado 80202, or to the Associate Dean of the Graduate School at UCD.
A wide range of professional and academic interest is served by these programs. Programs of study can be undertaken in the following areas:
Early childhood education Educational psychology Elementary education* Guidance and counseling (elementary, secondary, and agency settings)
Library media Reading
Secondary education* Mathematics education Science education Social foundations
Graduate studies in education are offered at the M.A. (thesis and nonthesis) level. In some instances, doctoral work can be taken at UCD, but only with the prior approval of a student’s adviser, and the dean’s office on both the Boulder and Denver campuses.
Outlines of each of the graduate programs of study are available upon request from the School of Education Office at UCD. Since many of the graduate degree plans are flexible and can be designed around individual student needs, it is highly desirable that prospective candidates discuss tentative programs of studies with appropriate faculty members prior to submitting applications.
Application for Admission
A prospective candidate should request application forms from the associate dean’s Office, School of Education, University of Colorado at Denver. The completed form should be returned to the associate dean’s Office, School of Education, UCD, together with a $20 application fee. The fee should be in the form of a check or money order payable to the University of Colorado. Two copies of official transcripts of all previous college and university study should be ordered by the applicant to be sent to the dean’s office. Four recommendations on the forms provided, or by letter, should be furnished; at least two of these should be from college or university professors who can write with assurance about the applicant’s academic and professional achievement promise. One or two recommendations from supervisors or employers are acceptable with reference to an applicant’s ability and contribution to the enterprise with which he was or is associated. Application papers and all supporting documents (including GRE scores or MAT scores, see below) must be in the dean’s office on March 1 for summer, July 1 for fall, and October 1 for spring semester admission.
•Including bilingual multicultural education.


Graduate School / 89
Applicants should request the Educational Testing Service to send their scores on the aptitude test (verbal and quantitative) of the Graduate Record Examination (GRE), or scores from the Miller’s Analogy Test, to the dean’s office. If an applicant has not taken the Graduate Record Examination or the Miller’s Analogy Test, he should arrange to do so. Applicants are not cleared for admission if scores are lacking or if the faculty finds the scores unsatisfactory. The GRE or MAT is administered at many centers throughout the country. Information about the GRE may be obtained from the Graduate School Office, the Student Relations Office at UCD, the Educational Testing Service, 20 Nassau Street, Princeton, New Jersey 08540, or the graduate office of a university in the applicant’s area.
Master’s Degree
Two Master of Arts degree plans and a Master of Education plan are available, each comprising one academic year or more of graduate work beyond the bachelor’s degree. The minimum residence requirement for any master’s degree is one academic year or the equivalent, and it may be satisfied by two semesters in residence, or three full summer sessions, or any combination equal to two semesters. For part-time credit toward meeting the residence requirement, see the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
1. M.A. — Plan I (With Thesis). The program consists of 36 semester hours or more, including 4 semester hours for the master’s thesis. While the inclusion of a minor field is not required by the Graduate School, a student and adviser may agree on a minor, in which 4 to 8 semester hours can be applied toward degree requirements.
The M.A. thesis is written in accordance with the specifications set by the Graduate School and under the supervision of the student’s adviser. When a complete first draft is ready for final typing, the thesis must be read by a second reader appointed by the dean’s office. If the second reader approves the thesis, both the reader and the adviser will sign it when it is presented for filing with the Graduate School. If the reader does not approve, he and the student’s adviser will confer and suggest appropriate changes. Two copies are required by the Graduate School.
2. M.A. — Plan II (Without Thesis). The Plan II program includes 36 or more semester hours of graduate credit, and may include 4 to 10 hours for a minor. While the thesis plan described above in M.A. Plan I entails 32 hours of course work plus a thesis, the non-thesis plan requires a minimum of 36 hours of course work. The minor is highly recommended in some fields of study.
3. Master of Education (M.Ed.). This degree program requires a minimum of 36 or more semester hours of graduate work, including a professional
report for which 2 semester hours credit is granted. The professional report is prepared under the supervision of the student’s adviser, in accordance with thesis specifications issued by the Graduate School. One copy is submitted to the adviser upon completion, but none is filed with the Graduate School.
EDUCATION AS A MINOR FIELD
In M.A. programs for majors outside the School of Education, students may include education as a minor if both their major department and the dean’s office of the School of Education approve. For master’s degrees, a minor in education consists of at least 6 semester hours of study in related courses. Not more than 2 semester hours may be transferred from another institution.
Students who propose to minor in education must have had sufficient undergraduate work in education to prepare them for graduate study in the field. Appraisal of undergraduate preparation will be made by the dean’s office and the coordinator of the program area in which the proposed minor courses will be taken.
Note: Since programs in the School of Education currently are being revised, updated program and course descriptions are available in the School of Education Office.
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Electrical engineering graduate programs at UCD are offered through the combined Departments of Electrical Engineering (Boulder) and Electrical and Computer Engineering (Denver).
Graduate programs leading to the Master of Science and Ph.D. degrees are offered at UCD in the areas of communication and information systems, computer hardware and software, control systems, electro-optics, and holography, circuits and electronics, fields and propagation, and power systems.
A student wishing to pursue work in electrical engineering should read carefully the Requirements for Advanced Degrees section in this bulletin. He should also obtain a copy of the specific electrical engineering requirements by writing to the Director of Graduate Admissions, Electrical Engineering Department, University of Colorado at Boulder, Boulder, Colorado 80309. Special students and those intending to pursue a graduate program at UCD are urged to consult the departmental representative as part of their application procedure.
Master’s degree students are expected to present a thesis unless specifically exempted by the department.
The Ph.D. preliminary examination will include the following areas:
Bioengineering
Circuits (active, passive, models)
Communication theory
Computers
Control systems


90 / University of Colorado at Denver
Electric and magnetic fields
Energy conversion
Mathematics
Physical and semiconductor electronics
Each student must complete two sections, mathematics and the area in which he plans to specialize, and must present an acceptable master’s thesis or the equivalent as an indication of ability to perform independent research.
The electrical engineering department has no foreign language requirement for the Ph.D. degree.
ENGINEERING, MASTER OF
The Master of Engineering degree program is administered by the Graduate School through the departments of engineering. The requirements for admission and for quality and quantity of academic work are essentially the same as for the Master of Science degree awarded in the College of Engineering and Applied Science. The degree is awarded by the Boulder campus only, although sufficient courses exist at UCD to allow for completion of course requirements there.
The principal difference between the Master of Engineering degree and the Master of Science degree is that the Master of Engineering is intended especially to meet the needs of those practicing engineers who are working full time outside the University and who wish to carry on an integrated program of studies in an exceptionally broad interdisciplinary field in engineering and allied subjects related to the individual student’s professional work. Examples of broad interdisciplinary fields include engineering and the social sciences, engineering and the biological sciences, engineering and the behavorial sciences, engineering and public administration, engineering and law, and engineering and business administration. A successful program to meet these needs requires greater flexibility in operation than is normally possible or intended under the existing Master of Science degree program.
The degree will be especially valuable for continuing education programs for engineers in industry. It will provide a framework for such persons to work toward a significant goal fitted to their particular interests. The program will make effective use of the present TV tape program for offering engineering courses from the University (the ACE program). The ACE program, plus extended use of live TV offerings, will make the program available on a comprehensive basis at various areas throughout the state.
The degree is not intended as a means to permit a random, unguided selection of courses. Each prospective student is required to present a well-defined objective in order to be admitted to the program. An academic program is developed to meet this objective in consultation with the faculty advisers.
The requirements for the degree are 30 credit hours plus a written report on a creative investigation which may be related to the student’s professional work. The report will be of the same general quality as that required for the thesis for the Master of Science degree
and must be defended orally, but does not in itself carry credit, nor require registration. It may be based upon work done for credit under independent study. At least 15 credit hours must be in engineering at the 500 level or above. As many as 15 credit hours may be taken outside of engineering. Credit in courses below the 400 level will not apply toward degree requirements.
Requirements relating to the following items are the same as those for the Master of Science degree awarded in the College of Engineering and Applied Science: admission to Graduate School, application procedures, registration, quality of graduate work, status, credit by transfer, residence, admission to candidacy, and time limit.
The admission of each student to graduate study, the approval of his degree program, admission to candidacy for the degree, and the approval of the awarding of a degree are to originate through a specific department of the College of Engineering and Applied Science in the same manner as for the established Master of Science program. An advisory committee, consisting of not fewer than three faculty members, will be appointed for each student by his department. The membership of each advisory committee shall be chosen from the various interdisciplinary academic areas represented in the student’s program and will be from more than one department. The advisory committee guides the student, is responsible for approving the individual’s degree program and admission to candidacy, and approves the student’s written report and the awarding of the degree.
Additional information about the degree may be obtained from the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog, the Graduate School on the Boulder Campus, or College of Engineering and Applied Science departmental offices on the Boulder and Denver campuses.
ENGLISH
Students admitted to graduate study in English may complete all or substantially all of their course requirements for either the M.A. or Ph.D. at UCD; examinations are administered through the English Department on the Boulder Campus.
Admission requirements for graduate study in English include satisfactory scores on verbal and advanced (literature) parts of the Graduate Record Examination, plus at least 24 semester hours in English (exclusive of composition, creative writing, speech, and literature courses counting as credits in education, but including 6 hours of Survey of English Literature), of which at least 16 semester hours must be in upper division work.
Students wishing to pursue graduate work in English should note Requirements for Advanced Degrees in this bulletin. They also should obtain a copy of the brochure, Graduate Study in English, issued by the English discipline and should consult the director of graduate English studies at UCD.


Full Text

PAGE 1

1977-78 University of Colorado at Denver University of Colorado Bulletin ..

PAGE 2

\llliliiiliillll u18701 9581738 Although this bulletin was prepared on the basis of the best information available at the time , all information ( including the academic calendar, admission and graduation require ments , course offerings and course descriptions , and statements of tuition and fees) is subject to change without notice or obligation. STUDENTS WILL BE HELD RESPONSI BLE FOR COMPLYING WITH ALL RE QUIREMENTS AND DEADLINES PUBLISHED IN THIS BULLETIN. University of Colorado Bulletin. 364 Willard Administrative Center , Boulder, Colorado 80309 . Vol. LXXVII, No . 21, May 5, 1977, General Series No . 1905 . Publ i shed f ive t i mes monthly by the Univers ity of Colorado . Second class postage paid at Boulder , Colorado

PAGE 3

THE AURARIA HIGHER EDUCATION CENTER PARKING N , 0 ;;; DENVER CENTER fOR THE P ERfORMING ARTS 13th Str"t ,0 i ! 4 CLASSROOM lOth Street 14th $trl11

PAGE 4

University of Colorado a t Denver 1100 Fourteenth S treet Denve r , Col o rado 80202 Th l ephone: 629-2800 @ Colleges and Schools Business and Adminis tration, and Graduate School of Business Administration Edu ca ti o n Engineering and Applie d S c i e nce Environmenta l Design Graduate School Libe r a l Arts and S c i e nces Musi Public Affairs ... l"..t t f\ -.._ \1( -. ..s \. -;::: \J<, -J \) \IJ {5'SecondC lass Postage Paid a t the Post Office Boulder. Col o rado 80302 "-' N 1'-1 "" }l --._ "" U' t" "'\ -.. -.t---4 \) '-N :t:"> lf'' V\1

PAGE 5

. 1977-78 University of Colorado at Denver

PAGE 6

CONTENTS General Information . . . . . . . . . . UCD -An Urban Campus . . . . Admission Policies and Procedures Tuition, Fees, Financial Aid Registration . . . . Academic Policies Student Services . Academic Programs Administrative Officers College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Division of Arts and Humanities Division of Natural and Physical Sciences Division of Social Sciences . . . . . . . . College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration School of Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . College of Engineering and Applied Science College of Environmental Design Graduate School . . . . . . . . . College of Music . . . . . . . . . Graduate School of Public Affairs Course Descriptions Faculty Index ... ... . / 1 1 2 7 10 11 15 1 6 17 19 29 33 37 40 51 52 70 77 94 97 111 167 173

PAGE 7

Summer 1977 April 1 April 1 May 1 June 1, 2 June 6 June 6, 7 June 10 July 4 August 12 Fall 1977 April 1 June 15 July 15 August 30, 31, September 1 September 6 September 6-9 ACADEMIC CALENDAR1 Financial aid application deadline. (Late applications may be considered for any funds remaining after all on-time ap plications have been processed.) International student applica tion deadline . New student application deadline. (The deadline may be extended if space is available.) Registration. First day of classes. Late registration . Last day to add or drop a course without approval. Holiday (no classes). End of semester. Financial aid application deadline. (Late applications may be considered for any funds remaining after all on-time ap plications have been processed .) International student applica tion deadline. New student application deadline. (The deadline may be extended if space is available.) Registration . First day of classes. Late registration . September 19 October 14 November 24, 25 December 6, 7, 8 December 23 Spring 1978 January 24-26 January 30 January 30February 3 February 13 March 19-26 May 26 Summer 1978 June 6-7 June 12 June 12-16 July 4 August 18 Last day to add or drop a course without approval. Financial aid application deadline for spring semester, 1978. (Late applications may be considered for any funds remaining after all on-time ap plications have been processed.) Thanksgiving holidays (no classes) . Early registration for currently enrolled students for spring semester, 1978. End of semester. Registration. First day of classes. Late registration. Last day to add or drop a course without approval. Spring vacation (no classes). End of semester. Registration. First day of classes. Late registration. Independence Day holiday. End of semester. 1The University reserves the right to alter the Academic Calendar at any time .

PAGE 8

HUMANITIES BUSINESS EDUCATION ENGINEERING ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN MUSIC NATURAL AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES PUBLIC AFFAIRS SOCIAL SCIENCES DEGREE PROGRAMS AT A GLANCE1 Baccalaureate Programs communication and theatre, dis tributed studies, English, fine arts, French, German, philosophy, Spanish, writing (areas of emphasis) accounting, finance, international business, marketing, minerals land manage ment, organization management, personnel management, production and operations, public agency administration, real estate, small business management, transporta tion and traffic management elementary education, secondary education, rehabilitation services applied mathematics, civil and en vironmental engineering, electrical engineering, electrical engineering and computer science offered only at Boulder science in music and media biology, chemistry, geography, geology , mathematics, physics, psy chology anthropology, economics, history, political science , sociology, urban studies Master's Programs communication and theatre, com munication disorders and speech science, English, humanities acccounting, business administration (M.B.A.), finance, management and organization, marketing early childhood education, educational psychology, elementary education, guidance and counseling, library media , reading , secondary education, social foundations applied mathematics, civil engineer ing , electrical engineering architecture, architecture in urban design, interior design (anticipated for fall1977), landscape architecture, urban and regional planning basic science biology, chemistry, or environmental science, geography, mathematics, psychology public administration, urban affairs (also, doctorate in public administration) anthropology, economics, history, political science, sociology 1Couroea in many ot her undergraduate and graduate areaa are offered at UCD, but degrees must be completed at the Univer aity of Colorado at Boulder. UCD also offers preprofeaeional programs in law, journalism , and the health sciences (child health aoaociate , dental hygiene , dentiatry , medical technology, medicine , nursing , optometry , ooteo pathy , pharmacy , and physical therapy) .

PAGE 9

UNDERGRADUATE AND SPECIAL STUDENT ADMISSION INFORMATION , Type of Applicant Criter i a tor Admission ' Required Cradllntials When to Apply Notes FRESHMAN In general: Complete application Not later than: For specific requirements refer (Students seeking a Rank in upper 50% of high school $10 application fee July 1 for fall to the college sections of bachelor's degree graduating class. Official high school transcript Dec. 1 for spring this bulletin. who have never at-Have 15 units of acceptable high showing rank-in-<:lass, date May 1 for summer tended a collegicre inschool work. of graduation, 7th sernes&3r stitvtion) Minimum test scores: grades, 8th semester Seniors who meet or ex-Resident Nonresident courses ceed all admission ACT comp : 23 24 Official ACT or SAT score criteria may apply or report as early as Oct. 1 SAT comb : 1000 1050 for following fall. TRANSFER' Must be in good standing and eligi-Complete application Not later than: Ttansfers to the School of (Students seeking a ble to return to all institutions $10 application fee July 1 for fall Education consuH page 51 bachelor's degree previously Dec. 1 for spring for additional requirements. Residents must have a minimum One official transcript from May 1 for summer Transfers with less than 12 colleg iate institution 2 . 0 (C) GPA on all work at-each college attended semester hours of University other than CU) Nonresidents must transfer credit miSt have a minimum 2 . 5 (C+) also submit all required GP A o n all work attempted . ITeshman credentials . SPECIAL MISt be at least 21 years old (exComplete application Not later than: July 1 for Graduale special students, (Students who are not cept in summer). tall; Dec. 1 for spring; see page 80 for additional seeking a degree at Must be high school graduale. May 1 for summer information. this institution) Must be in good standing and eligi-Application wiD also be ble to return to all institutions accepted at registration previously attended. if space allows. RETURNING CU Must be in good standing Former student application Same as for special stu-Students unde r academic STUDENT dents suspension in certain (Returning special stuschools or colleges at the dents, returning University of Colorado may degree students who enroll during the summer hav e no t attended term as a means of improv-another institution in g their grade-point since CU) averages. RETURNING CU Same as for transfers Same as b" plus Same as for transfers STUDENT Courses in progress form CU (Returning de9ree stutransaipt dents who have attempild 12 or more hours at another in-stitution since atEnding CU) CHANGE OF STATUS : Same as for transfers Same as for transfers Same as for transfers SPECIAL TO DEGREE (Former CU special students who wish b enter a degree program) CHANGE OF STATUS : Must have completed degree. Special student application Same as for special stuOnly students who have com-DEGREE TO SPECIAL Must be in good standing and eligi-dents pleted and received degree (Former C U degree stuble b return b all institutions at-are eligible to change b dents who have tended. special status. graduated and wish to tak e additional work) INTERCAMPUS Must be in good standing Former student application Transfer to Denver: Transfers fr o m Denver to TRANSFER same as for specials another campus of CU (St uden t s who have Transfer from Denver: should refer b appropriale been enrolled on one bulletin for
PAGE 11

.. General Information THE UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO AT DENVER: AN URBAN UNIVERSITY CAMPUS The University of Colorado at Denver (UCD) is an urban nonresidential campus located in downtown Denver. The campus is easily accessible to commuters from an eight county area and is close to major businesses and government offices in downtown Denver, as well as to civic and cultura l centers. UCD is one of t he largest state-supported institutions of higher education in Colorado in terms of enrollment , with an average of 8 ,000 students enrolled during a semester . The UCD Administration Building is located at 1100 Fourteenth Street. UCD shares library, laboratory, classroom, and recreational facilities with two other metropolitan institutions on a single campus , the Auraria Higher Education Center . Academic Programs UCD is committed to meeting the needs of the metropolitan Denver community . Academic , public service, and research activities are geared to the needs of the urban population and environment , encom passing both traditional and nontraditional fields of study . Students enrolled at UCD can earn un dergraduate degrees in 40 fields and graduate degrees in 50 fields. The colleges and schools at UCD are: College of Liberal Arts and Sciences College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration School of Education College of Engineering and Applied Science College of Environmental Design College of Music Graduate School Graduate School of Public Mfairs The undergraduate colleges admit freshmen and offer programs leading to the baccalaureate degree in the arts , sciences , humanities , business , engineering , and music. The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences also provides preprofessional training in the fields of education , law, journalism , and the health sciences. The School of Education offers programs lead ing to the baccalaureate degree in education and teacher certification to students with two years of col lege work. The Graduate School offers master ' s programs in the arts, sciences , humanities , engineer ing , business, education, and music to students with baccalaureate degrees. The College of Environmental Design, the Graduate School of Business Administra tion , and the Graduate School of Public Mfairs provide programs leading to the master's degree in their specialized areas. The Graduate School of Public Mfairs also offers a doctorate in public ad ministration. Students Highly motivated people from all walks of life make up UCD's student body. The diversity of backgrounds, interests, occupations, and ages stimulates a unique learning experience for the men and women enrolled at UCD . Students range in age from 16 to 70. Approximately one-third of the stu dents hold full-time jobs and 60 percent are enrolled at the upper division or graduate level. In order to give students maximum flexibility in planning both educational and employment goals, more than half of the courses are offered during the evening hours . Stu dents may begin studies in most areas at the begin ning of the 15-week fall or spring semester, or the 10week summer term . Faculty and Accreditation More than 230 highly qualified faculty members teach full time at UCD; 70 percent have doctoral degrees. The faculty is alert to the challenges of the urban environment and responsive to the needs of the commuter student. UCD is accredited by or holds membership in the following organizations: ACCREDITATION North Central Association of Colleges and Secon dary Schools National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education National Architecture Accrediting Board National Association of Schools of Music MEMBERSHIP . Association of Urban Universities American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Busines s American Association of Colleges of Teacher Education Association of Collegiate Sch o ols of Architecture and Collegiate Schools of Planning

PAGE 12

2 I Universit y of Colorado at Denve r National Association of Schools of Public Affa{rs and Administration The Engineers' Council for Professional Develop ment has accredited the programs in civil engineering and in electrical engineering in the College of Engineering and Applied Science. University of Colorado System UCD is one of four campuses of the University of Colorado. The University was founded in Boulder in 1876, and the University of Colorado at Boulder now serves over 20,000 students enrolled in undergraduate, graduate, and professional programs. The Medical Center in Denver provides education and training to medical, dental, nursing, and allied health personnel. The University of Colorado at Colorado Springs serves over 3,000 students in the Pikes Peak region, offering undergraduate, graduate, and professional programs. UCD's special role within the University system is to provide urban-oriented educational programs for stu dents in the Denver Metropolitan area. Qualified students may begin programs of study in some undergraduate, preprofessional , and graduate areas that they must complete at other University ca . mpuses. Under certain circumstances , UCD stu dents may enroll for courses offered by the other cam puses. Students also have access to the library resources of all campuses and cultural events spon sored within the University system. Auraria Higher Education Center The Auraria Higher Education Center is a cooperative effort by the University of Colorado at Denver , Metropolitan State College, and the Auraria Branch of the Community College of Denver to meet the higher education needs of metropolitan Denver. The three institutions share library, classroom, and related facilities on the Auraria campus, a 168-acre site in downtown Denver. The Auraria Higher Education Center combines the educational strengths of the three participating institutions. Each institution offers distinctive educational opportunities to students seeking a higher education. The Community College of Denver provides vocational programs and two-year associate degree programs; Metropolitan State College has four-year programs leading to the baccalaureate degree. The University of Colorado at Denver is the university component , offering undergraduate, preprofessional, professional, and graduate programs. Interinstitutional enrollment agreements among the three institutions provide students with a broader range of courses than could be offered by a single in stitution. The Auraria campus includes three administration buildings , five classroom buildings , the Learning Resources Center, the student center , child care and development centers, the physical education building, and two service buildings . The Learning Resources Center houses over 300,000 books and periodicals, related instructional materials, and a media production center with laboratories for televi sion, photography, and graphic design studies. The new facilities were completed in January 1977. The new buildings share the campus with reminders of Denver's past 19th-century houses, churches, and the famous Tivoli brewery built in 1882. The brewery will be converted into small shops , restaurants, and a theatre. Equal Opportunity The University of Colorado at Denver follows a policy of equal opportunity in education and in employment. In pursuance of this policy, no UCD department , unit, discipline , or employee shall discriminate against an individual or group on the basis of race, sex, creed , color, age , national origin, or individual handicap . This policy applies to all areas of the University affecting present and prospective students or employees. The institution's educational programs , activities, and services offered to students and/or employees are administered on a nondiscriminatory basis subject to the provisions of the Titles VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972. A UCD Equal Opportunity/Affirmative Action Program has been established to implement this policy. For information about these provisions or equity, discrimination, or fairness, consult either of the following persons who will advise individuals of existing complaint procedures within and outside the University: Affirmative Action Director Nereyda Bot toms, Room 806, 1100 Fourteenth Street (telephone: 629-2621; Title IX Coordinator Alice Owen , 1100 Fourteenth Street (telephone: 620-2726). I. ADMISSION IJOLICIES AND PROCEDURES General Policies UCD seeks to identify applicants who are likely to complete an academic program successfully. Admis sion decisions are based on many factors, the most im portant being: 1. Level of previous academic performance. 2. Evidence of scholarly ability and accomplish ment, as indicated by scores on national aptitude tests. 3. Ability to work in the academic environment of an urban, nonresidential campus. 4. Maturity, motivation, and potential for academic growth. UCD reserves the right to deny admission to new applicants or readmission to former students whose total credentials indicate an inability to assume those obligations of performance and behavior deemed es sential by the University in order to carry out its taw ful missions, processes, and functions as an educational institution .

PAGE 13

Admission of Undergraduate Degree Students All questions and correspondence regarding undergraduate admission to UCD should be directed to: Office of Admissions and Records University of Colorado at Denver 1100 Fourteenth Street Denver , Colorado 80202 (303) 629-2660 APPLICATION DEADLINES Undergraduate Fall Spring Students 1977 1978 New Students June 15 October 1 Transfer Students June 15 October 1 Former University of Colorado Students July 15 November1 Intra university Summer 1978 Transfer Students 90 days prior to the beginning ofthe term The University reserves the right to change application deadlines in accordance enrollment demands, and applicants should apply as early as poss1ble . Updated information is available from the Of fice of Admissions and Records, (303) 629-2660. All documents re quired for admission must be received by the Office of Admissions and Records by the deadline for an applicant to be considered for the admission for the term desired . Applicants who are unable to meet the deadline may elect to have admission consideration made for a later term . Transfer students are reminded that sufficient time should be allowed to have transcripts sent from institutions at tended previously, and foreign students are advised that it usually takes 120 days for credentials to reach the Office of Admissions and Records from international locations . ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR FRESHMEN New freshmen may apply for admission to the Col leges of Business and Administration, Engineering and Applied Science, Liberal Arts and Sciences and Music . ' _1. General Requirements . The applicant must be a htgh school graduate or have been awarded a High School Equivalency Certificate by completing the General_Educati?n Development (GED) Test. Appli cants wtth a Htgh School Equivalency Certificate must have scored at or above the 60th percentile on each section of the GED test to be considered for ad mission. Applicants who have completed the Spanish Language General Educational Development Test must also submit scores from Test VI, "English as a Second Language." Applicants should have completed 15 units of ac ceptable secondary school (grades 9-12) credit. A unit of credit is one year of high school course work. While the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences does not specify particular units, the other undergraduate col leges have the following requirements : College of Business and Adminis tration English................ .................................. 3 Mathema tics (co llege preparatory) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Natural sciences (laborato r y ty pe ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 General Information I 3 Social sciences (including history) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 (S uch as foreign languages and additional academic courses . May include up to 2 units in business areas . ) Total 15 College of Engineering and Applied Science1 :: : : : : : : : : : : : :: :: : : :: : :: : ::: : : :: :: : : : : : : : :: ::: (Trigonometry and higher mathematics recommended ) Natural sciences ................................. . ... .'... 2 (Physics and chemistry recommended.) Social studies and humani ties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 (Fore!gn languages . and additional units of English, history, and literature are mcluded in the humanities.) Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Total College of Music English......... .... .......... . . . . . . . .... .... ............ 3 Theoretical music ...................... . ..... ...... . Phy_sical _ science ... ...... .... ....................... Soc1al sc1ence ........ . ............................. . Foreign language ................................... . Mathematics ....................................... . 8 Additional high school academic units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Total . It is all students will have had previous experience m an applied mus1c area . Two years of piano training are recom mended. The College of Music requires an audition of all entering freshmen students . In lieu of the per sonal audition , applicants may substitute tape recordings (about 10 minutes in length on 7 V2 ips monaural) or a statement of excellence by a qualified teacher . Interested students should write to the Col lege of Music, UCD , for audition or interview applications . 2 . Colorado Residents . 2 Colorado residents who meet the above requirements are classified in two ways for admission purposes. a . Preferred consideration applicants wh o rank in the upper half of their high school graduating class and have a composite sc o re of 23 or higher on the American College T est (ACT) or a combined score of 1000 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT). Engineering applicants are expected to have a strong mathematics and science background and somewhat higher scores on the mathematics portion of the ACT or SAT. b. Considered on an individual basis appli . cants who rank in the lower half of their high school graduating class, and/or have com bined S A T scores below 1000 or a composit e ACT sc o re be low 23, and/or do not have 15 units of acceptable high school credit. 3 . Nonresidents2 • Nonresidents must meet the general requirements given above and must rank in the upper 40 percent of their high school class and have an ACT composite score of 25 or above or a com bined SAT score of 1050 or above to be considered for admission . Nonresidents are advised that UCD does not maintain housing facilities for students. ' See page 54 f or the level of mathematical competence dea i rable f o r engineering students . 'See pag e 8 for a defin itio n o f " resident " and " nonrea i dent."

PAGE 14

4 I University of Colorado at Denver How to Apply 1. Students should obtain an Application for Ad mission from their high school counselor or the Office of Admissions and Records at UCD, 1100 Fourteenth Street, Denver, Colorado 80202, (303) 629-2660. 2. The application must be completed in full and sent to the Office of Admissions and Records. A $10 nonrefundable application fee must accompany the application. An applicant who is granted admission but who is unable to enroll for the term applied for will have the $10 fee valid for 12 months, provided the applicant informs Admissions and Records that he or she intends to enroll for a later term. 3. Students must have their high school send a transcript of their high school grades, including class rank, to the Office of Admissions and Records. 4. The student must take either the American Col lege Test (ACT) or the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) and request that test scores be sent to UCD (ACT code 0533 or SAT code R-4875). High school students may obtain information from their counselors regarding when and where tests are given. The ACT is given at UCD once a month; students may register for the test by calling the Testing Center, Office for Student Mfairs, (303) 629-2861. Applicants who took one of these tests earlier and did not designate UCD to receive scores must request that scores be sent to UCD. This is done by completing a Request for Additional Score Report available at test centers or from the offices listed below. Registration Department American College Testing Program (ACT) P. 0. Box 414 Iowa City, Iowa 52.240 College Entrance Examination Board (SAT) P. 0. Box 592 Princeton, New Jersey 08540 College Entrance Examination Board (SAT) P. 0. Box 1025 Berkeley, California 94704 5. Students must have GED test scores sent to UCD if they have High School Equivalency Cer tificates. Checklist of Application Materials 1. Completed application form. 2. $10 application fee. 3. High school transcript of grades including class rank. 4. SAT or ACT test scores. 5. GED scores (for applicants with a High School Equivalency Certificate) and copy of GED Cer tificate. All credentials presented for admission become the property of the University of Colorado and must remain on file. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR TRANSFER STUDENTS Transfer students may apply for admission to the Colleges of Business and Administration, Engineering and Applied Science, Liberal Arts and Sciences, and Music . Students interested in the field of education should contact the School of Education office for in formation, 629-2717. 1. Colorado Residents. i Colorado residents who want to be considered for transfer admission to UCD must have at least a 2.0 cumulative grade-point average calculated on all work attempted and be eligi ble to return to all institutions previously attended. Applicants to the Colleges of Business and Ad ministration or Engineering and Applied Science must have a higher grade-point average to be con sidered for admission. Music applicants must success fully complete a music audition. The student must have completed at least 12 semester credits (18 quarter credits) of work acceptable to the University. Students who have completed fewer than 12 semester credits must meet the admission requirements for freshmen . Students are grouped as follows for admis sion purposes: a. Preferred consideration applicants who meet the above academic standards and have completed more than 12 semester credits (18 quarter credits) from an institution of univer sity rank, and applicants who have com pleted at least 45 semester credits (68 quarter credits) from an institution of non-university rank (i.e., community college, state college). b. Considered on an individual basis appli cants who meet the academic standards listed above and who have completed fewer than 45 semester credits (68 quarter credits) from an institution of non-university rank (i.e., community college, state college) or those whose previous academic work does not meet the above standards. Primary factors considered are: (1) the college or school to which admission is desired; (2) quality of prior academic work ; (3) age, maturity, and noncollegiate achievements; and (4) time elapsed since last attendance. 2 . Nonresidents.1 Nonresident applicants to the professional Colleges of Business and Administration and Engineering and Applied Sciences must have a transferable grade-point average of at least 2.6 to be considered for admission. A 2.0 grade-point average is sufficient for consideration for admission to the Col leges of Liberal Arts and Sciences or Music. Nonresi dents are advised that UCD does not maintain student housing facilities. How to Apply 1. The student should obtain a transfer application from the UCD Office of Admissions and Records, 1100 1See p age 8 f o r a defi n ition of ''resident" a n d H n on resid ent."

PAGE 15

Fourteenth Street, Denver , Colorado 80202, (303) 6292660. 2. The application form must be completed and returned to the Office of Admissions and Records with the $10 nonrefundable application fee. 3 . The student must have an official transcript sent to the Office of Admissions and Records from each collegiate institution attended. If a student is cur rently enrolled, a transcript listing all courses except those taken in the final term should be sent. Another transcript must be submitted after completion of the final term. 4. Applicants to the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences s hould be aware that they may be able to receive credit for foreign language taken during the high school years providing they furnish an official high school transcript. Further jnformation may be obtained from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences . All credentials presented for admission become the propert y of the University of Colorado and must re main on file. Transfer of College-Level Credit The Office of Admissions and Records and the ap propriate dean's office will determine which courses taken at another institution can be applied to a degree program at UCD after all transcripts have been received and the applicant has been admitted . In general , transfer credit will be accepted insofar as it meets the degree , grade, and residence requirements at UCD. College-level credit may be transferred to the University if it was earned at a college or university of recognized standing, by advanced placement ex aminations , or in military service or schooling as recommended by the Commission on Accreditation of Service Experiences of the American Council on Education; if a grade of Cor higher was attained ; and if the credit is for courses appropriate to the degree sought at this institution . The University will accept up to 72 semester credits (108 quarter credits) of junior college work toward the baccalaureate degree requirements. No credit is al lowed for vocational/technical, remedial, or religious/ doctrinal work. A maximum of 60 semester credits of extension and correspondence work (not to include more than 30 semester credits of correspondence) may be allowed if the above conditions are met. For more detailed information by school and college regarding the transfer of college-level credit, see Academic Policies and Regulations. Readmission Requirements for Former Students 1. Students Who Have Not Attended Another In stitution . Former students of the University of Colorado who have not attended another collegiate in stitution since their last enrollment at the University must submit a Former Student Application, available General Informat ion I 5 from the Office of Admissions and Records, by the deadline for the term desired. No application fee and no supplementary credentials are required. 2. Students Who Have Attended Another Institu tion. Former students of the University of Colorado who have attended another collegiate institution since their last enrollment at the University must submit a Former Student Application and official transcripts from any institutions attended in the interim. Appli cants who have completed 12 semester hours or 18 quarter hours at another institution since last at tending the University also must submit a $10 non refundable evaluation fee. Requirements for lntrauniverslty Transfer UCD students or former University of Colorado stu dents may change colleges or schools within the University of Colorado provided they are acceptable to the college or school to which they wish to transfer. Transfer forms may be obtained from the Office of Admissions and Records. Students should observe ap plication deadlines indicated in the current Schedule of Courses . Decisions on intrauniversity transfers are made by the college or school to which the student wishes to transfer. High School Concurrent Enrollment High school juniors and seniors with proved academic abilities may be admitted to UCD for courses which supplement their high school programs. Credit for courses taken may subsequently be applied toward a University degree program. For more infor mation and application instructions, contact the Of fice of Admissions and Records, (303) 629-2660. Admission of Graduate Degree Student• All correspondence and questions regarding admis sion to the graduate programs at UCD should be directed to the following: Programs in Business Office of Graduate Studies Graduate School of Business Administration 629-2605 Programs in Environmental Design College of Environmental Design 629-2877 Programs in Public Affairs Graduate School of Public Affairs 629-2825 All Other Programs Graduate School 629-2663 The above offices are located at 1100 Fourteenth Street, Denver, Colorado 80202. 1See page 8 for a definit ion oC " resident " and "nonreeident." (

PAGE 16

6 I Universit y of Colorado at Den v er GRADUATE PROGRAMS As a principal part of its mtsswn, UCD offers graduateand professional-level programs for the con venience of Denver residents . During the 1976-77 academic year, approximately 35 percent of the student body was enrolled at the graduate level. Graduate degree programs are offered through the Graduate School by its member schools and colleges, and outside the Graduate School by the Graduate School of Business Administration, the College of En vironmental Desigrt, and the Graduate School of Public Affairs. The particular admission and gradua tion requirements established by each of these academic units are detailed in the following sections. Students holding baccalaureate degrees but who are not accepted to specific degree programs may enroll for graduate course work as graduate special students. Several types of students make use of the special student category. Among these are students who have attained whatever degree or credential status they feel is desirable, but who wish to take ad ditional course work for professional or personal improvement; students who, for whatever reason (weak undergraduate background, change of dis cipline, or length of time since previous formal course work), feel the need to make up deficiencies before entering a degree program; and students who have not decided about entering a specific degree program. Such students should be aware that, generally, only limited course credits taken as a special student may be applied toward a degree program. Also, a 2.0 minimum grade point average must be maintained to permit continuing registration in this category . ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS AND APPLICATION DEADLINES Admission requirements and application deadlines vary according to the individual graduate program. The Graduate School ha8 general admission require ments which are supplemented by specific require ments of the major departments of graduate study (i.e., electrical engineering, education, English, etc.). Applicants in the fields of education, engineering, and the arts, sciences, and humanities should consult the general information section of the Graduate School portion of this bulletin as well as the following sec tions dealing with requirements and deadlines for specific programs. Applicants in the fields of business, public affairs, and environmental desigrt should refer to the sections of this bulletin on the Graduate School of Business Administration, the Graduate School of Public Affairs, and the College of Environmental Desigrt. Admission of Nondegree Special Students All correspondence and questions regarding admission as a special student should be directed to : Office of Admissions and Records 1100 Fourteenth Street Denver, Colorado 80202 (303) 629-2660 Persons desiring admission as special students for the purpose of teacher certification should contact the School of Education, 629-2117. APPLICATION DEADLINES Special Student s Fall /977 S p ring 1978 Summer / 9 7 8 Those wh o wan t to t ake undergrad u a t e July 15 December 1 May1 or graduate cou rses Those who wan t to c hange from s pec i a l July 1 5 De c ember 1 May1 to degree status Those who wan t t eacher certifica t i o n Februa ry 1 N. A . February 1 REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION Persons who want to take University courses but do not plan to work toward a University of Colorado degree are admitted as special students. Courses taken as a special student are fully credited and can be used for transfer to other institutions or for profes sional improvement. Persons who do not have an un dergraduate degree are encouraged to apply to an un dergraduate degree program rather than apply as special students . UCD will admit adults (over 21 years of age) without an undergraduate degree as special students for one semester or summer term only; after that the student must apply to a regular degree program . Persons with a baccalaureate degree who seek teacher certification or renewal of certifica tion may be admitted as special students if they meet t he requirements of the School of Education. Special students must maintain a grade-point average of 2.0. HOW TO APPLY To apply for admission as a special student, obtain a Special Student Application Form from the Office of Admissions and Records . Return the completed ap plication by the deadline for the term desired. There is no application fee, and no additional credentials are required. Applicants who seek teacher certification or renewal of teacher certification must apply separately to the School of Education and submit the required credentials . Special students are advised that registration for courses is on a "space available" basis . CHANGING STATUS FROM SPECIAL TO DEGREE STUDENT Special students may apply for admission to an un dergraduate degree program by completing the Special to Degree Application available from the Of fice of Admissions and Records. Academic credentials (i.e., transcripts and test scores) and a $10 nonrefund able application fee must be submitted with the ap plication. Special students who are accepted as un dergraduate degree students may transfer a max imum of 12 semester credits for courses taken as a special student to an undergraduate degree program, with approval by the dean. (Students enrolled as special students prior to the fall semester of 1970 are

PAGE 17

subject to the policies in effect between January of 1969 and August of 1970.) Special students may apply for admission to a graduate degree program by completing the applica tion required by the particular program . The graduate dean, upon recommendation by the department, may accept up to 8 semester hours of credit toward there quirements for a master's degree for courses taken as a special student at the University or at another recognized graduate school, or some combination thereof . The department may recommend acceptance of additional credit for courses taken as a special stu dent during the semester the student has applied for admission to the desired degree program. Official Notification of Admission Official notification of admission to UCD as an un dergraduate, graduate, or special student is provided by the Office of Admissions and Records on a State ment of Admission Eligibility Form. Letters from the various schools and colleges indicating acceptance into a particular program are subject to official admis sion to the institution. Applicants who do not receive official notification of admission within a reasonable period of time after submitting application materials should contact the Office of Admissions and Records, (303) 629-2660. II. TUITION AND FEES, EXPENSES, AND FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Tuition and Fees All tuition and fee charges are established by the Board of Regents, the governing body of the Univer sity of Colorado, in accordance with legislation enacted annually (usually in the spring) by the Colorado General Assembly . The regents reserve the right to change tuition and fee rates at any time. A tuition sche dule is published prior to registration for each term, and students should contact the Office of Admissions and Records for further information on the tuition and fee charges for a particular term. The rates below were effective for the 1 976-77 academic year and are provided to assist prospective students in anticipating cost. TUITION RATES FOR 1976-77 Credit Hours of Enrollment 0 3 3.1-4 4 .1-5 5 . 1 6 6 .1-7 7 .1-8 8 .1-9 9 . 1-18 For eacl> hour over 18 OTHER FEES Resident $ 54 72 90 108 126 144 162 182 additional 12 Nonresident $126 168 210 252 727 727 727 727 additional 48.50 1. Student activit y fee (mandatory for all stu dents): G e n e ral Info rma tion I 7 Fall semester 1977 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $13 Spring s emes te r 1978 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 1 3 Summer term 1978 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 9 2. Matriculation fee (mandatory for all new stu dents) : Degree students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $15 Special students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 5 This is a one-time nonrefundable fee charged at the time of initial registration. No further charges will be made for adding or dropping courses or for ordering transcripts. A special student who becomes a degree student will be charged $10 at the initial registration as a degree student. 3 . Health insu ran ce fee (automatic for all students unless waived): Fall or spri ng sem ester . . . . . . . . . . . . $33.75 Summer term...... ............... $25.75 Health insurance coverage is automatic unless waived by the student by signing a waiver card and turning it in at the time of registration . Dependent coverage (spouse and/or children) is also available at an additional charge. Further information on health insurance is available from the Office for Student Af. fairs, 629-2861. 4 . Doctoral dissertation fee (mandatory for all stu dents certified by the Graduate School for enrollment for doctoral dissertation): Dissertation fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $72 5. Comprehensive examination fee (mandatory for graduate student enrolled for a comprehensive ex amination only): Examination fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $45 Graduate students enrolled for a comprehensive ex amination will be assessed regular tuition and fees if they need hours toward graduation. 6. Laboratory breakage fee (mandatory for stu dents enrolled in a chemistry laboratory course): Breakage deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $10 This fee will be refunded at the end of the term if appropriate . 7. Music facilities fee (mandatory for College of Music students and others enrolled in certain music courses): Music fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $18 College of Music students and others enrolled in piano , sound recording and reinforcement, and electronic music must pay this fee. No student is charged more than one $18 fee . PAYMENT OF TUITION AND FEES All tuition and fees are assessed and payable when the student registers for the term. Arrangements may be made through the Finance Office at the time of registration to defer payment of part of the charges. A minimum down payment consisting of the resident tuition for 0-3 hours or one-third of the total tuition, whichever is greater, must be made at the time of

PAGE 18

8 I U niversit y of Colorado at D e nver registration . Specific information on deferred payment is included in the Schedule of Courses published before each semester or summer term. Students who register for courses are liable for payment of tuition and fees even though they may drop out of school. Refund policies for students who withdraw from the University are included in the Schedule of Courses. A student with financial obliga tions to the University will not be permitted to register for any subsequent term, to be graduated, or to be listed among those receiving a degree or credit. The only exception to this regulation involves stu dents with loans and other types of indebtedness which are payable after graduation. Personal checks are accepted for any University obligation. Any student who pays with a check which is not acceptable to the bank may be immediately dropped from the rolls of the University. Residency Classification for Tuition Purposes General Policies. A student is initially classified as a resident or nonresident student for tuition purposes at the time of application to the University. The clas sification is based on information furnished by the student and other relevant sources. To be eligible for in state, or resident, status the following requirements (as defined in the Colorado Revised Statutes, Chapter 124, Article 18) must be met by students who are 21 years of age or older (or emancipated minors as defined by law): (1) the student must have been domiciled in Colorado for 12 consecutive months preceding the date of registration for the term in which in-state status is desired; (2) the student must demonstrate significant intent to make Colorado a fixed and permanent residence. Intent is dem onstrated by compliance with other mandatory laws of the state (i.e., valid driver's license, valid motor vehicle registration, payment of state income tax, etc.) . An unemancipated minor assumes the domicile of his or her parents. Once the student's status is established, it remains unchanged unless satisfactory information to the con trary is presented. A student who, due to subsequent events, becomes eligible for a change in classification from resident to nonresident or vice versa must inform the Office of Admissions and Records within 15 days after such a change occurs. An unemancipated minor whose parents move their residence outside of the state is considered a nonresident student from the date of the move and will be charged nonresident tui tion at the next registration. The student or his or her parent is required to notify the Office of Admissions and Records in writing within 15 days after such a change occurs. Similarly, an adult student or eman cipated minor who moves outside of Colorado must send written notification to the Office of Admissions and Records within 15 days of the change. Petitioning for a Change in Residency Classifica tion. Any student who is 21 years of age or older, or an emancipated minor as defined by law , may change his or her residence and tuition classification status. Detailed information on the procedures which must be followed , including necessary petition forms, is available from the Office of Admissions and Records. Petitions will not be considered until an application for admission and supporting credentials have been received by the University. Changes in classification are effective at the time of the student's next registra tio n. A student who willfully gives wrong information in order to avoid paying out-of-state tuition is subject to legal and disciplinary action . Estimated Expenses Educational expenses at UCD include tuition, fees, and the cost of books and related instructional materials . Students who do not live with their parents must also include the cost of housing and food ex penses. All students should consider transportation and personal expenditures (i.e., clothing , entertain ment, etc.) in determining their expenses. The follow ing table gives an estimate of how much it will cost to attend UCD full time for an academic year. The figures given are only estimates and may vary con siderably according to the individual student's life style. 1977-78 ESTIMATED EXPENSES FOR AN ACADEMIC YEAR (FULL TIME STUDENT , FALL AND SPRING SEMESTERS) Resident Living Re si d ent With Not Living Single Student Parents' With Parent s Nonresident Tuition and fees $ 390 $ 390 $1, 480 Room at $110/month 990 990 Food at $70/month 630 630 Personal at $61/month 550 550 550 Books and supplies 200 200 200 Transportation 300 300 300 TOTAL $1,440 $3,060 $4,150 Married Student Tuition and fees $ 390 $ 390 $1,480 Room at $ 180/month 1,620 1,620 Food at $ 110/month 990 990 Personal at $90/month 810 810 810 Books and supplies 200 200 200 Transportation 400 400 400 TOT AU $1,800 $4,410 $5,500 Financial Assistance UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS All questions and correspondence regarding finan cial assistance for undergraduate students, including requests for applications for financial aid , should be directed to: 'Room and board are not included. ' Additional expenses for childre n s h ould be estimated as followo: $630/ first chil d , $540/ second c hild , and $450/thi rd c hild.

PAGE 19

Office of Financial Aid University of Colorado at Denver 1100 Fourteenth Street Denver, Colorado 80202 (303) 629-2886 Types of Aid Available The financial aid program for undergraduate stu dents at UCD who have not yet received a bac calaureate degree is designed to help students who without such aid would be unable to attend the University. There are four basic types of aid available, funded by the federal government , the state, and private sources. Grants . Grants are awards based on the financial need of the student and do not require repayment . Basic Educational Opportunity Grants , Supplemen tal Educational Opportunity Grants, State Student Incentive Grants, Colorado Student Grants, and Colorado Graduate Grants are available at UCD. Loans . Loans are made to the student at low in terest rates. Loans must be repaid, usually after graduation or upon leaving the University. Loans available are National Direct Student Loans and short-term emergency loans. Work/Study Program . The work/study program provides jobs and income to students who without this aid could not attend the University. Scholarships. Scholarships are awards based on academic merit, not on financial need. They do notrequire repayment. The scholarship funds are available through the Colorado Scholars Program. How and When to Apply To apply for the above types of financial aid, a stu dent must obtain the required application forms (described below) from the Office of Financial Aid or the high school counselor. Applications for financial aid are not sent routinely with applications for admis sion, and the student must request such forms separately. Because requests for financial assistance exceed available funds , applications should be com pleted and returned to the Office of Financial Aid as early as possible . For maximum consideration , the following deadlines should be observed: March 1. Applications for aid for the following academic year should be submitted by entering freshmen and transfer students. April 1 . Applications for aid for the following academic year should be submitted by continuing students . October 1. Applications for aid for the spring semester should be submitted by all students. The following forms must be completed: 1 . For Grants , Loans, and the Work/Study Program : a. UCD Application for Financial Aid. ( Available from the Office of Financial Aid.) This is the basic form which must be com pleted by all undergraduate students apply-G e n e ral Info rmation I 9 ing for grants, loans, and the work-study program. b. Family Financial Statement. (Available from the Office of Financial Aid or high school counselor.) This form is used to deter mine how much financial support the stu dent's family can provide . All students must complete this form or complete an "Affidavit of Nonsupport," which is provided with the UCD Application for Financial Aid. The Family Financial Statement is processed by the American College Testing Program, which sends the results to the institution(s) to which the student is applying. This form should be completed by February 1 to reach the Office of Financial Aid at UCD by March 1. c. Basic Educational Opportunity Program Grant Application. (Available from the Of fice of Financial Aid or the high school counselor . ) This form must be completed by all undergraduate students applying for financial aid at UCD. Applications should be mailed by March 1 to the federal processor. Notification of student eligibility for a grant is usually mailed to the applicant within a month of application. The notification, whether or not a grant has been awarded, should be sent to the Office of Financial Aid. 2 . For Scholarships. Entering freshman and transfer students should contact the Office of Admis sions and Records, (303) 629-2660, in February for in formation and applications for the Colorado Scholars Program. Continuing students should contact the Of fice of Financial Aid in February, (303) 629-2886. Notification and Period of Awards Applicants are usually notified of financial aid awards for the next academic year in May. The award notice usually includes a "package" of financial as sistance geared to the student's needs, and may in clude scholarships, grants, loans, work/study, or some combination of these. Students who do not receive notification in May should contact the Office of Financial Aid. Awards are made for a maximum period of one year and must be renewed annually. Students will not be granted an award until they are officially admitted to UCD as degree students. Academic Requirements Students receiving the above types of financial as sistance must demonstrate that they are maintaining normal academic progress toward a degree and are in good standing at the University . Students must be full time (undergraduate students-minimum of 12 credit hours per semester, graduate studentsminimum of 8 credit hours per semester) if they wish to be considered for aid to cover expenses other than tuition, fees, and books.

PAGE 20

10 I Universit y of Colorado at D e n ve r Other Types of Assistance In addition to the four basic types of financial as sistance described above, several other programs are available. Some of the colleges and schools have in dividual scholarship programs, and there are specialized programs available, including the Bureau of Indian Affairs Grant Program, the Law Enforce ment Educational Program, ROTC scholarship and loan programs, and Veterans' Affairs scholarship and loan programs . The Office of Financial Aid also provides short-term emergency loans and assists stu dents in finding part-time employment. Contact the Office of Financial Aid or other appropriate office if you want more information on any of these programs. GRALJUATE STUDENTS All correspondence and questions regarding loans and the work/study program available to graduate students should be directed to the Office of Financial Aid, 1100 Fourteenth Street, Denver, Colorado 80202, (303) 629-2886. All correspondence and questions regarding graduate fellowships, scholarships, Colorado Graduate Grants, teaching assistantships, instructorships, and research assistantships should be directed to the individual graduate department. Graduate students are eligible for the loan program and the work/study program described in the preceding section for undergraduates. The application procedures and other requirements are basically the same. Graduate students should obtain the necessary application materials from the Office of Financial Aid and submit materials in accordance with the deadlines given earlier. Graduate students must fill out the basic UCD Application for Financial Aid and complete the Family Financial Statement or the Af. fidavit of Nonsupport. In addition, graduate students must submit a Graduate Information Sheet to their department which is forwarded to the Office of Finan cial Aid. Graduate students are also eligible for short term emergency loans, part-time employment counseling, and other specialized awards such as the Law Enforcement Educational Program, and ROTC and Veterans' Affairs scholarships and loans. Interested students should contact the Office of Financial Aid or other appropriate office for more in formation. Graduate students are eligible for financial as sistance in the form of part-time instructorships, teaching assistantships, research assistantships, Colorado Graduate Grant, scholarships, and fel lowships. More information on these programs is in cluded in this bulletin in those sections on the Graduate School , the Graduate School of Public Af fairs , and the College of Environmental Design. Infor mation on application procedures and deadlines is available from the individual graduate departments. Ill. REGISTRATION: SELECTING A PROGRAM AND COURSES Selecting a Program and Courses New and continuing UCD students are urged to review Section VI and the following sections of this bulletin . Section VI describes the traditional and non traditional instructional programs available at UCD, and the sections which follow it give information by school or college on the various majors available, course requirements by major, graduation require ments, course load policies, and other information and specific policies. A review of this information will not only acquaint students with the many programs available, but will also assist them in planning a program for each semester. Courses available during a particular semester or summer term are listed in the Schedule of Courses, published several weeks before registration and available from the Office of Admis sions and Records and the various deans' offices. Undergraduate students who need assistance in planning a program or selecting courses should con tact the college or school in which they are enrolled to arrange for a counseling appointment. The appoint ment should be made prior to registration. Graduate students should contact their graduate department for assistance . Orientation An orientation progra m for all new students is held at the beginning of the fall semester, usually on the same day as registration. The program is conducted by the Office for Student Affairs and introduces the programs, activities, and services available at UCD, in addition to providing information on degree re quirements, how to register, and similar matters. Registration GENERAL PROCEDURES Registration for new students is held the week before classes begin on the dates indicated in the Academic Calendar in this bulletin. Continuing stu dents usually register during the prior term. Registra tion information is given in the Schedule of Courses, published several weeks before registration and available from the Office of Admissions and Records and the various deans ' offices. Only students who have been accepted for enrollment for a particular term may register for courses. LATE REGISTRATION Late registration dates are indicated in the Academic Calendar in this bulletin. Students who register late may be charged a fee and may have dif ficulty enrolling in the courses they want because of limited space. PAYMENT OF TUITION AND FEES All tuition and fees are assessed and payable at registration. Arrangements may be made with the Finance Office at the time of registration to defer pay ment of a portion of the charges with a minimum down payment or one-third of the tuition, whichever is greater. Specific information on deferred payment is included in the Schedule of Courses .

PAGE 21

INTER-INSTITUTIONAL REGISTRATION UCD students may register for courses offered by Metropolitan State College and the Community Col lege of Denver-Auraria with approval of their dean. Refer to the Schedule of Courses for more informa tion. Adding and Dropping Courses All schedule changes must be made on a Change of Schedule card. No changes will be made until the card with required signatures is returned to the Office of Admissions and Records. ADDING COURSES Courses may not be added after the second week of classes except under unusual circumstances with ap proval. DROPPING COURSES Courses may be dropped during the first two weeks of classes, and no signatures are required. After the second week, the instructor must certify that the stu dent is passing the course if it is to be dropped without discredit. After the tenth week, courses may not be dropped except under circumstances beyond the stu dent's control (accident , illness , etc.) and with written approval of the instructor and the dean. Students who do not officially drop a course will receive a grade ofF in the course. Please refer to the current Schedule of Courses for information regarding tuition charges for dropped courses. IV. ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS Advanced Standing and Advanced Placement Credit Undergraduate students may obtain credit for lower-level courses in which they demonstrate proficiency by examination. By passing an examina tion, the student will be given credit for the course to satisfy lower division requirements and may be eligi ble to enroll in higher level courses than indicated by the student's formal academic experience. Credit granted for courses by examination is treated as transfer credit without a grade but does count toward graduation and other requirements for which it is ap propriate. There are three types of examinations as described below. ADVANCED PLACEMENT PROGRAM The Advanced Placement Program of the College Entrance Examination Board (CEEB), allows stu dents to take advanced work while in high school and then be examined for credit at the college level. Stu dents who take advanced placement courses and sub sequently receive scores of 3, 4, or 51 on the CEEB Ad vanced Placement Examination are given college credit for lower-level courses in which they have demonstrated proficiency and are granted advanced standing in those areas. Students with scores below 31 General Informa tion I 11 are considered for advanced placement by the dis cipline concerned. For more information, contact your high school counselor or the Office of Admissions and Records . CREDIT BY EXAMINATION Students may receive credit by examination for work completed by private study or through employ ment experience . To qualify for an examination, the student must be formally working toward a degree at UCD and have a grade-point average of at least 2.0. Examinations are arranged through the Office of Ad missions and Records, and a nonrefundable fee is charged. Students should contact the office of the dean of the college or school in which they are en rolled. COLLEGE-LEVEL EXAMINATION PROGRAM An exciting challenge is available to incoming UCD students who may earn University credit by examina tion in subject areas in which they have excelled at college-level proficiency. Interested students are en couraged to take appropriate subject examinations provided in the College-Level Examination Program (CLEP) of the College Entrance Examination Board testing service. The cost for a single examination is $20. Students who wish to challenge subject areas for credit are urged to contact the offices of their school or college to determine which courses may be applied to graduation requirements. Policies of the colleges regarding which subjects may be challenged are as follows: Liberal Arts and Sciences . Students who plan to graduate from the college or to enroll in the college to fulfill lower division requirements for the professional schools may earn college-level credit in the following CLEP subject areas: American Literature Analysis and In te rpretation of Literature English Literature American Government American Hi sto ry General Psychology Introductory Economics Western Civilization Biology General Chemistry Geology Introductory Calculus Business and Administration . CLEP credit is most appropriate for prebusiness requirements and non business electives. A maximum of 6 hours of credit in any one course area will be allowed, and CLEP ex aminations may not be taken in areas where credit has already been allowed. CLEP credit may be al lowed for business course requirements only with prior written approval of the dean and division head. Specific information is available in the Office for Stu dent Affairs, Room 602. Engineering and Applied Science . Credit earned by CLEP examination must be within the number of elective hours specified by the individual department. 1Studenta in the College of Engineering and App lied Science muot receive ocoreo of 4 or 5 for credit to be granted ; otudenta with ocoreo of 3 may be considered by the department concerned. All credit muot be valid ated by oubaequent academic performance .

PAGE 22

12 I University of Colorado at Denver Twenty-three subject areas in the fields of computing, business, science, mathematics, the humanities, and the social sciences may be challenged. A list is available from the dean's office, Room 405B. CLEP subject examinations are administered monthly at UCD. Students seeking further informa tion or wishing to register for CLEP tests should contact Paula Rosen, Testing Supervisor, at 629-2861 or in Room 310. Colorado residents may obtain CLEP materials from the regional office or the test center located nearest to the student's high school. Regional Office: College Level Examination Program c/o College Entrance Examination Board 2142 South High Street Denver, Colorado 80210 Test Centers: Metropolitan State College, Denver Colorado State University, Fort Collins El Paso Community College, Colorado Springs University of Southern Colorado, Pueblo University of Denver, Denver Fort Lewis College, Durango University of Colorado at Boulder University of Colorado at Denver University of Colorado at Colorado Springs Students living outside of Colorado may obtain CLEP materials by writing: Institutional Testing Department College Level Examination Program Box 1822 Princeton, New Jersey 08540 Credit for Courses Taken at Other Institutions Undergraduate transfer credit for courses taken at other collegiate institutions will be accepted upon ap proval by the Office of Admissions and Records, the school or college concerned, and/or the major depart ment. In general, UCD will accept transfer credits in sofar as they meet the degree, residence, and other re quirements of the student's program at UCD. For transfer credit to be considered, the course work must have been taken at a college or university of recognized standing and a grade of C or higher must have been earned. A maximum of 72 semester credit hours (or 108 quarter credit hours) of junior college work may be applied toward the requirements for the baccalaureate degree. No credit is allowed for vocational/technical, remedial, or religious/doctrinal courses. A maximum of 60 semester hours of extension and correspondence work (not to include more than 30 semester hours of correspondence) may be allowed it" the above conditions are met. Transfer credit is not included in a student's grade-point average but does count toward graduation and other requirements for which it is appropriate. The College of Business and Administration has its own policies on the transfer of credit. The college generally limits transfer credit for business courses to those taken at the lower division level. All courses in the area of emphasis must be taken at the University of Colorado unless written approval is obtained from the division head. A maximum of 60 semester hours of junior college work and 9 semester hours of business courses taken through correspondence study may be applied toward baccalaureate degree requirements. All correspondence courses are evaluated to deter mine their acceptability, and required business courses and those in the area of emphasis may not be taken through correspondence. Credit for Independent Study Undergraduate students may register for indepen dent study projects with written approval by the dean of the college or school and the appropriate faculty member. A maximum of 3 semester hours of credit may be given for independent study per semester. Policies on the application of independent study credit toward baccalaureate degree requirements are: College of Liberal Arts and Sciences ...... ..... Maximum of 12 semester hours College of Business and Administration ......... Maximum of 6 semester hours, including courses in experimental studies College of Music .................................... Variable Credit for Military Service, Schooling, and ROTC MILITARY SERVICE AND SCHOOLING Applicants with military experience should submit the following with their application in order to have credit for service and education evaluated: (1) copies of discharge and separation papers, and (2) DD Form 295, "Application for the Evaluation of Educational Experience During Military Service" (USAF person nel will furnish an official transcript from the com munity college at the appropriate Air Force facility). Credit will be awarded as recommended by the Com mission on the Accreditation of Service Experiences of the American Council on Education to the extent that such credit is applicable to the degree sought at UCD. Credit for courses completed through the U.S. Armed Forces Institute will be evaluated on the same basis as transfer credit from collegiate institutions (see above). RESERVE OFFICERS' TRAINING CORPS (ROTC) Students enrolled in Army or Air Force ROTC programs should consult with their college or school regarding the application of ROTC course credit toward graduation requirements. The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences allows a maximum of 12 semester hours of ROTC credit to be applied toward baccalaureate degree requirements. The College of Business and Administration stipulates that ROTC courses may be used for credit only for nonbusiness

PAGE 23

elective requirements and that no credit may be given for frePhman and sophomore ROTC courses. Furthermore, a maximum of 12 semester hours may be applied toward baccalaureate degree requirements and only if the ROTC program is completed . Grading System and Policies The following information applies only to un dergraduate students. Graduate students should refer to the sections of this bulletin on the Graduate School, the Graduate School of Public Affairs, and the College of Environmental Design, or contact the ap propriate dean's office for information . UNIFORM GRADING SYSTEM Grades awarded by all undergraduate colleges and schools of the University are: A-4 grade points per credit hour; superior B-3 grade points per credit hour; good C-2 grade points per credit hour ; fair D-1 grade point per credit hour; minimum passing F-0 grade points per credit hour; failing The instructor is responsible for determining the re quirements for whatever grade is assigned. The cumulative grade-point average is computed by dividing the total number of credit points earned by the total number of hours attempted. For example, a student earning a grade of A for 6 credit hours, B for 6 credit hours, C for 4 credit hours, and F for 1 credit hour would compute his or her GPA as follows: (A) 4 grade points X 6 credit hours = 24 (B) 3 grade points X 6 credit hours = 18 (C) 2 grade points X 4 credit hours = 8 (F) 0 grade points X 1 credit hour = 0 17 credit hours = 50 grade points 50 grade points divided by 17 credit hours= 2.94 GPA Additional Symbols In place of the grades indicated above, the instruc tor may assign one of the following: I/F (Incomplete/Failing). This grade is assigned when the instructor has insufficient information to as sign a final grade but the work presented is of failing quality. The 1/F grade will be automatically converted to an F grade after one academic year if the work is not made up by the student . 1/W (Incomplete/Withdrawal) . This grade is as signed when the instructor has insufficient informa tion to assign a final grade but the work presented is of passing quality. The 1/W will be automatically con verted to a W (see below) grade after one academic year if the work is not made up by the student. A grade of W is not included in the grade-point average, and the student receives no credit for the course . W (Drop Without Discredit). This grade is given when a student officially withdraws from a course or G e n eral Informa tion I 13 when a student fails to make up work in which a grade of 1/W (see above) has been previously given . The W grade is not included in the grade-point average, and the student receives no credit for the course. P (Pass). This grade is awarded to studen ts who pass courses taken on a pass/fail basis and may be awarded to students enrolled in honors courses who do not qualify for a grade of H (Honors) . A grade of Pis not included in determining the grade-point average , but credit for the course does appl y toward graduation requirements. H (Honors). This grade is awarded to studen t s who complete honor courses with distinction . A grade of H counts toward graduation requirements , but is not in cluded in the grade-point average calculation. NC (No Credit). This grade is awarded to students enrolled in courses on an audit/no grade basis. A grade of NC does not count toward graduation requ ir ements and is not included in the grade-point a v erage calculation. Y. This grade is used to indicate that an entire grade roster was not received by the Office o f Admis sions and Records by the time grades were processed . A grade of Y is converted to a new grade when ade quate information has been rece i ved. GOOD STANDING To remain in good standing within a particular dis cipline, a student must maintain a m i n i mum grade point average of 2.0 (C) in all course work att empted. A minimum grade-point average of 2.0 must a ls o be maintained to qualify for an undergraduate degree. Policies on academic probation , suspension , and dis missal vary by college or school, and students should refer to the sections of this bulletin dealing w ith the colleges and schools for information . PASS/FAIL OPTION The pass/fail option is designed to giv e stud ents a n opportunity to enroll in challenging courses w i thou t jeopardizing their scholastic record . Subje ct t o the policies of the individual college or schoo l , stude nts may enroll for courses on a pass/fail basis during registration. Changes to or from pass/fai l mus t b e made during the two-week drop/add period af t er classes begin. After two weeks, changes may be made only with approval by the dean. Up to 16 semester hours of regular course wor k may be taken on a pass/fail basis and credited toward t he requirements for a baccalaureate degree. Not more than 6 semester hours of course work may be take n on a pass/fail basis in any semester . Grades of D or better earned in a course taken on a pass/fail bas is are con verted to a P (pass) grade. Grades below Dar e con verted to an F (fail) grade. A grade of Pis not incl uded in determining the student ' s grade point ave r age; a grade of F is included. Specific policies of the colleges regarding the pass/ fail option follow.

PAGE 24

14 I University of Colorado at Denver P AS&'f All..OPI'IONRESTRICTIO NS College Liberal Arts and Sciences Business and Administration Engineering and Applied Science Music General May be restrict ed in certain majors; no t included in 3 0 hours of C or better work re quired for major May not be used for "co re" courses requ i red for gradua tion and courses in area of emphasis Courses must be designa t ed by major department ; stu dents without major not eligi ble; recommended maximum -onP. course/semester Same as business Inspection of Education Records Periodically, but not less than annually , the University of Colorado informs students of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974. This act, with which the institution intends to comply fully, was designated to protect the privacy of education records, to establish the right of students to inspect and review their education records, and to provide guidelines for the correction of inaccurate or mis leading data through informal and formal hearings. Students also have the right to file complaints with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act Office (FERPA) concerning alleged failures by the institu tion to comply with the act . Local policy explains in detail the procedures to be used by the institution for compliance with the provi sions of the act. Copies of the policy can be found in the library on each of the several campuses of the University of Colorado. A directory of records which lists all education records maintained on students by this institution may be found in the offices of the chancellor on each campus. The following items of student information have been designated by the University of Colorado as public or "directory information." Such information may be disclosed by the institution for any purpose, at its discretion. These items are : name, address, telephone number, dates of attendance, registration status, class, major field of study, awards, honors, degree(s) conferred, past and present participation in officially recognized sports and activities, physical factors (height, weight) of athletes, date and place of birth. Currently enrolled students may withhold dis closure of any category of information under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974. To withhold disclosure, written notification must be received in the Office of Admissions and Records on the appropriate campus prior to the 11th day of 16 Hours Maximum Does not include courses t aken in honors, physical education, cooperative educa tion, and certain teacher cer tifi cation courses Includes credit received through CLEP and advanced s tanding examinations Includes courses taken in the honors program Includes courses taken in the honors program Transfer Students May not be used by students graduating with only 30 semester hours taken at the University Maximum of 1 semester hour of pass/fail for every 8 semester hours attempted at the University Maximum of 1 semester hour of pass/fail may be applied toward graduation for every 9 semester hours taken in the college classes in any given term. Forms requesting tlie with holding of "directory information" are available in the Offices of Admissions and Records. The University of Colorado assumes that failure on the part of any student to request specifically the withholding of categories of "directory information" indicates individual approval for disclosure. Questions concerning the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act may be referred to the Office of Admissions and Records. Student Classification Students who have passed fewer than 30 semester hours are classified as freshmen. To be classified as a sophomore, a student must have passed 30 semester hours; to be classified as a junior, 60 hours; and to be classified as a senior, 90 hours of credit. All transfer students will be classified on the same basis according to their hours of credit accepted by the University of Colorado. Student lndebtedneu A student with financial obligations to the Univer sity will not be permitted to register for any subse quent term, to be graduated, or to be listed among those receiving a degree or credit from the University. The only exception to this policy involves students who have loans or other types of indebtedness which mature after graduation. Withdrawal From the University A student who wishes to withdraw from the Univer sity must obtain written approval from the Office of Admissions and Records and the appropriate dean's office. Withdrawal forms are available from the deans' offices. A student may withdraw with grades of W within two weeks of the beginning of the term. Mter the second week of classes, appropriate IIF or 1/W grades will be assigned. Mter the tenth week of

PAGE 25

the term, a student will not be allowed to withdraw except under circumstances clearly beyond the stu dent's control. Policies on charges and refunds for stu dents who withdraw are given in the Schedule of Courses published prior to each term. A student who ceases to attend classes without of ficially withdrawing from the University will receive a grade ofF for all course work enrolled for during that term. V. SERVICES FOR STUDENTS The Division of Student Affairs offers educational and personal support services and programs designed to assist students in meeting their educational and personal growth objectives. The division office telephone number is 629-2861. Academic Honorary Socletlea Academic honorary societies are affiliated with each of the schools and colleges. Further information may be obtained from the deans' offices. Alumni and Friend• Program The UCD Alumni and Friends organization was es tablished in 1975 to support the University of Colorado at Denver in its programs . Membership is open to all University of Colorado graduates, former students, and friends. Activities include an annual reception for UCD graduates, assistance with the UCD Teacher Recognition Award program, an urban oriented forum each spring, a bimonthly newsletter, and general support of the various colleges and schools of UCD. An annual meeting is held each spring for all UCD alumni and friends at which officers and directors are elected and plans are made for the coming year. The organization also participates in the CU Alumni Coor dinating Council which meets periodically on University-wide topics. The office telephone number is 629-2665. Counaellng Center The services of the Counseling Center are open to all students and prospective students. Personal and vocational counseling, group experiences, and testing are provided by trained counselors. Interviews are confidential and there is no fee for counseling. The of fice telephone number is 629-2861. Dlaabled Student Service• Disabled Student Services handles the special needs of physically handicapped students, helping them to obtain a university education. Services in clude orientation programs, registration assistance, and the assignment of reserved parking spaces to stu dents with serious physical impairments. The office telephone number is 629-2861. General Information I 15 Educational Opportunity Program• The Educational Opportunity Programs assist all educationally disadvantaged students at UCD. Sup port programs include specialized recruiting, inten sive counseling, tutorial services, and community out reach programs. Departments include the Asian American Program, Black Education Program, Mex ican American Education Program , Native American Education Program, and the Tutorial Center. Telephone, 629-2700. Educational Opportunity Program/ Special Service• The Educational Opportunity Programs/Special Services project provides academic aid to low-income, educationally disadvantaged, and physically handi capped students who meet federal guidelines. For more information, refer to Educational Opportunity Program/Special Services in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences section of this bulletin. Health lnaurance Program The student medical-hospital-surgical plan is automatic for all students unless waived. Dependent coverage is available at an additional charge. Stu dents may waive this coverage by signing a waiver card and returning the card at the time of registration. International Student Servicea The Office for Student Relations provides as sistance to the more than 300 international students who attend UCD. The office helps foreign students with such requirements as immigration certifications and passport assistance, and supplies information on study abroad programs, international student I.D. cards, and overseas travel. Student Conduct, Pollclea, and Standard• The Office for Student Relations, which protects student rights and responsibilities, administers the Code of Student Conduct. When a student enrolls in the University she or he agrees to participate meaningfully in the life of the University and to share in the obligation to preserve and promote its educational endeavors. Each student preserves his or her rights as a citizen and has a basic obligation not to commit or to tolerate any impingement on the rights of others. Copies of the code and information regarding all student grievance procedures may be ob tained in the Office for Student Relations. Telephone, 629-2861. Student Employment Opportunltiea The Office of Financial Aid offers job listings to all enrolled UCD students. Both on-campus and off. campus job openings are listed. Students receiving financial aid may use this ser vice only if the Office of Financial Aid has determined that earnings from the job in question will not exceed the amount of their unmet need. Telephone, 629-2886.

PAGE 26

16 I Universit y of Colorado at D e n ve r For information on career-related job opportunities, refer to Cooperative Education under Academic Programs. Tutorial Center The center is based upon the concept that all University students should have the opportunity to fully develop the skills necessary to meet their educational objectives. Programs are provided for general improvement of study habits and for specific assistance with particular subject areas. For further information refer to the Tutorial Center portion in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences section of this bulletin. Telephone, 629-2803. Veterans Affairs The Office of Veterans Affairs offers all student veterans counseling regarding school attendance re quirements, benefits, personal and vocational as sistance, and other program information. Consult the veterans representative, 629-2630. Women's Center The Women's Center provides counseling regarding vocational choices and personal and school-related problems. The center is also a place to meet other women students or join a discussion group. Telephone, 629-2815. VI. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS Degree Programs For complete bachelor's and master's degree programs offered by UCD, see page 2. UCD also offers preprofessional programs in law, journalism, and the health sciences (child health as sociate, dental hygiene, dentistry, medical technology, medicine, nursing, optometry, os teopathy, pharmacy, and physical therapy). Courses in many other undergraduate and graduate areas are offered at UCD, but degrees must be completed at the University of Colorado at Boulder. All academic programs are administered by eight separate colleges and schools: College of Liberal Arts and Sciences College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration School of Education College of Engineering and Applied Science College of Environmental Design College of Music Graduate School Graduate School of Public Affairs The remaining sections of this bulletin discuss in detail each school and college and provide informa tion on their specific policies on requirements for graduation, course requirements for various majors, course load policies, and similar information. Course offerings appear in a separate section beginning on page 111. Cooperative Education Program 1047 Ninth Street 629-2892 The Cooperative Education Program provides un dergraduate students with an opportunity to gain work experience relevant to their academic programs. The program is open to all students who have com pleted their freshman year and have maintained a grade-point average of at least 2.5. The cooperative internship program consists of jobs developed by the program staff in a wide variety of federal, state, and private agencies and businesses. Positions are specifically geared to students' academic and career goals. Students who work for the federal government usually work and attend school during alternate semesters. Students who work for private agencies and businesses usually work part time and attend school part time. Students enrolled in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences are eligible to receive credit for preprofessional or professional work experience (see the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences section of this bulletin) . Educational Opportunity Program Room M110A , 1100 Fourteenth Street 629-2701 The Educational Opportunity Program is designed to provide assistance to minority students and to ac quaint students with the history and culture of Asian Americans, Blacks, Mexican Americans, and Native Americans. Student organizations provide assistance with recruitment, counseling, and tutoring ; financial assistance is available through grants and the Work/Study Program. Courses are offered in Asian American, Black, Mexican American, and Native American Studies. These courses are open to all stu dents and are described in the course description sec tion of this bulletin . Reserve Officer Training Programs U.S. Air Force Reserve Officer Training Corps (AFROTC): Folsom Stadium , Gate 3 , University of Colorado at Boulder, Boulder, Colorado 80309, 492-8351 U.S. Army Reserve Officer Training Corps (ROTC): Department of Military Science, University of Colorado at Boulder, Boulder, Colorado 80309, 492-6495 University of Colorado at Denver students may par ticipate in the Air Force ROTC program offered by the University of Colorado at Boulder and the Army ROTC program offered at UCD. The programs enable students to earn a commission in the Air Force or Army while earning a University degree. Both the Army and Air Force ROTC offer four-year programs designed for freshman students and two-year programs for junior students. Graduate students may also enroll in the Air Force two-year program. Both

PAGE 27

programs provide financial assistance to students in the junior and senior years, and the Air Force ROTC includes a scholarship program . S t udents should ap ply for the four-year program prior to or during their freshman year, and for the two-year program no later than early in the spring semester of their sophomore year. Senior Citizen Program UCD' s Office of Community University Relations offers tuition-free classes for persons 60 years of age and over. Senior citizens may register for any class on a noncredit/audit basis as long as space is available . Senior cit izens should register and pick up class registration forms i n t he Graduate School Office , Room 810, UCD Administration Building , and should take the completed forms to the first session of class for the instructor's approval. The form then should be returned to the Graduate School, and a student I.D. card will be issued which entitles senior citizens to the same privileges as regular degree students. For further information call 629-2663. Study Abroad Programs An important educational and cultural experience in the form of study in other countries is available to all qualified UCD students. Richard Flood in the Of fice for Student Relations, 629-2861, is the UCD representative of the Office of International Educa tion located at the University of Colorado at Boulder. Specific information regarding the details of each program may be obtained from the Office of Inter national Education at Boulder, 492-7741. Oppor tunities for study abroad are available i n Costa Rica , England , France , Germany, Israel , Italy , Japan, and Mexico . These programs carry resident credit from the University of Colorado. Interested students should contact their academic advisers and the Student Relations Office early in their freshman or sophomore year in order to prepare for study abroad. Information also is available regarding study abroad programs sponsored by other universities and agencies . Students interested in obtaining the international student I.D. card, or information on charter flights and special vacation study programs, should contact UCD Student Relations . Division of Continuing Education Continuing education at UCD provides lifelong learning experiences for people of all ages seeking to attain career and personal development goals and serves a society trying to cope with the problems and realities of rapidly changing patterns of living. UCD ' s Division of Continuing Education offers a large non credit program ranging from one-day workshops to certificate programs requiring several years to c omplete. Classes meet throughout the Denver metropolitan area. Off-campus credit classes are offered in the public schools, Lowry Air Force Base , and Fitzsimons Army Medical Center. General Informat i on I 17 Noncredit programs are open to all adults regardless of previous education or training. Some ad vanced courses require a background in a specific sub ject matter area. Examples of these courses include licensing and professional designation refresher courses for engineers, accountants, and life insurance agents. Except in some certificate programs, no grade is awarded upon completion of a course. Off-campus credit classes supplement the regular academic programs offered at UCD. These special purpose programs include recertification classes for public school teachers, vacation college, and cer tificate programs for government professionals . Ad mission requirements and refund policies for offcampu s instruction are identical with requirements for enrollment in UCD. Individuals who have never been enrolled on any campus of the University of Colorado usually are admitted to off campus instruc tion as special students . Individuals interested in obtaining a copy of the Di v ision of Continuing Education Bulletin or other in formation may write or call the division office at UCD , 1100 14th Street, BOARD OF REGENTS JACK KENT ANDERSON, Golden , term expires 1979 GERALDINE BEAN, Boulder , term expires 1979 RACHEL B. NOEL, Denver , term expires 1979 ERIC W. SCHMIDT, Boulder, term expires 1979 LOUIS BEIN, Berthoud, term expires 1981 RICHARD BERNICK, Denver , term exp i res 1981 FRED M. BETZ, JR., Lamar , term expires 1983 BYRON L. JOHNSON, Denver , term expires 1983 SANDY F. KRAEMER, Colorado Springs , term expires 1983 ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS University-Wide ROLAND C. RAUTENSTRAUS, President of the U n i versity ; Pr of e sso r of C i vil Engineering . B . S . ( C.E .), M . S., U n i versit y of Col o rad o . J. RUSSELL NELSON, Execut ive V ice President and V ice Presi dent f o r Admini s tration ; Professor of Finance . B . A . , Pacific Union College ; M . B . A., Ph. D., U niversity of California , Los Angeles . University of Colorado at Denver HAROLD H. HAAK, Chancellor ; Professor of Public Affairs . B.A. , M . A., U n i versity of Wis c o nsin ; Ph.D., Princeton Univers i ty. MARTIN L. MOODY, Vice Chancellor for Administra t ion ; Professor of Civil Engineering . B.S. (C. E.) , Un i versity of Missouri ; M.S . (C.E .), U niversity of Colorado ; Ph. D . ( C . E . ) , Stanford University. Pro fessional Engineer : Colorado. RICHARD T. DILLON, Acting Vice Chancellor for Academic Af f a irs; Associate Profe s sor of English . B . A., Yale Universit y; M . A . , Ph . D., U niversit y of California, Berkeley . PAUL J. KOPECKY, Vice Chancellor for S t udent Affairs ; Assistant Professor of Education . B . A., U n i versi ty of Northern Colorado ; M . A., Ed. D., U n i versi ty of Colorado . KENNETH E. HERMAN, Director , Budget and Finance . B.S. (Bus .), U niversi t y o f C olorado . GORDON G. BARNEWALL, Associate Dean , College of Business an d Adm i nistra tion and Graduate Schoo l of Business Administra tio n : Associate Protessor of Marketing . B . S., University of Colo rado; M . B . A., Ph. D., Ohio State U niversity.

PAGE 28

18 I University of Colorado at Denver PAUL E. BARTLETT, Associate Dean, College of Engineering and Applied Science ; Professor of Civil Engineering. B .S. (C.E.), B.S. (Bus .), M . S . (C.E.), University of Colorado . Professional Engineer: Colorado. WILLIAM D. BOUB, Dean, Summer Session; Director , Division of Continuing Education. B . S., Kansas State Teachers College; M.S . , University of lllinois. DANIEL FALLON, Dean, College of Liberal Arts and Sciences; Professor of Psychology . B .A., Antioch College; M . A., Ph. D., University of Virginia . DWAYNE C. NUZUM, Dean, College of Environmental Design ; As sociate Professor of Architecture . B.Arch. , University of Colorado; M . (Arch .), Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Doctoral (Town Planning), Delft Technical University, The Netherlands. Registered Architect : Colorado, Virginia. ROY PRITTS, Acting Assistant Dean, College of Music; Assistant Professor of Music. B.Mus.Ed . , M.A., University of Denver; M.A., Burton College . ROBERT N. ROGERS, Associate Dean , Graduate School; Professor of Physics. B . S., Ph. D ., Stanford University . ROBERT F. WILCOX, Dean, Graduate School of Public Affairs ; Professor of Public Affairs. M.A. , Columbia University; A . B., M.A., Ph.D. , Stanford University. RICHARD E. WYLIE, Associate Dean, School of Education; Profes sor of Education . B.Ed., Plymouth State College; M.Ed., Ed.D., Boston University .

PAGE 29

College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Daniel Fallon, Dean INFORMATION ABOUT THE COLLEGE Study of the liberal arts and sciences aims to develop human potential in order to bring the best of human intellect and emotion to bear on the ex periences and challenges of life. By providing a broad educational foundation, the arts and sciences prepare students to initiate careers, to change careers in midlife, to pursue advanced study in a discipline, to study for a professional career such as law or medicine, and, in general, to lead a rewarding and productive life. The curriculum helps students to in crease substantive knowledge, to learn skills such as logical argument and clear expression, to gain new in sights about relationships in nature and society, to develop critical thought and interpretive ability, to solve complex problems rationally, and to heighten aesthetic appreciation. To accomplish these aims, the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences supports a vigorous interaction between faculty and students. A young and dedicated faculty with strong academic credentials is commit ted to highly motivated urban students who represent a broad range of age and experience. Thus, the cur riculum of the College maintains traditionally high university academic standards while providing numerous flexible learning opportunities to meet the varied objectives of university students from the Denver metropolitan area. At the undergraduate level, the College offers a high-quality liberal educational program that also prepares students for subsequent professional and graduate study. At the graduate level, the College offers students disciplinary and broad interdisciplinary master's degree programs which may serve as a means of beginning study towards doctoral degrees. Because students are consulted and involved in the design of both undergraduate and graduate programs, the curriculum of the College reflects the concerns of Denver area students. There are many opportunities to study urban problems, confront contemporary is sues, participate in off-campus working internships, and in general make use of the resources of the city. To accommodate the many students who are employed full time during the day, about half of all courses offered by the College are scheduled after 5 p.m. The faculty of the College provide instruction at the undergraduate level through three academic divi sions: Arts and Humanities, Natural and Physical Sciences, and Social Sciences. Each division offers a wide variety of curricula including traditional un dergraduate major programs, interdisciplinary studies, and preprofessional programs. The degrees offered by the College at the un dergraduate level are the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) and Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.F.A.). A number of degrees are offered at the graduate level. Many students enroll in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences to study the liberal arts and participate in the general education associated with the B.A. or B.F.A. degree as an end in itself. Upon receiving a degree, some students decide to continue study at the graduate level. Others set aside further formal study and initiate careers. Because a liberal education provides A broad foundation in problem-solving skills and substantive knowledge that can be widely ap plied, graduates of the College have begun careers in a variety of positions in industry, commerce, and government. Many students also enroll in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences specifically to prepare themselves for admission to one of the professional schools of the University, which include the School of Dentistry, School of Education, School of Journalism, School of Law, School of Medicine, School of Nursing, School of Pharmacy, and Graduate School of Public Affairs. The specific admission requirements for each of these professional schools can be met in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION Entering First-Year Students Students planning to enter the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences must meet the requirements described in the General Information section of this bulletin under Admission Policies and Procedures.

PAGE 30

20 I University of Colorado at Denver Applicants to the College are considered for admission according to the following schedule. 1 If: And: Then: Your Rankin High Sclwol Your ACT Your Combined Your Status for Admission Is Classls Composite ORSATScore Upper 1/2 23 or higher 1,000 or higher Assured admission Upper2/3 18-23 800 or higher Considered on an individual basis Lower 1/2 Below18 Below 800 Considered by Admissions Committee Transfer Students Students who have attended another college or uni versity are expected to meet the general requirements for admission of transfer students as described in the General Information section of this bulletin. Appli cants who have been away from a college environment for more than three years will be considered on the basis of all factors available: high school record, test scores, original college admission qualifications, col lege performance, and interim experiences that might suggest potential success in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. A maximum of 72 semester hours taken at a community college may be applied toward a degree in the College. MAJOR PROGRAMS Students can earn the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree in the following areas: Anthropology Biology Chemistry Communication and theatre Economics English (students may also take a special writing program option) Fine arts (students may study for either a B.A. or B.F.A. degree) French Geography Geology German History Mathematics (students may also take a special computer science option) Philosophy Physics Political science Population dynamics Psychology Sociology Spanish Urban studies Special options are available for those students who would like to distribute their major program studies among two or more disciplinary majors (distributed studies) or who would like to propose a unique major program tailored to meet a specific objective (in dividually structured major). The College also provides the necessary course work to prepare students for careers in elementary or secondary teaching, journalism, and law, as well as the fol lowing health science fields: child health associate, dental hygiene , dentistry, medical technology, medicine, nursing, optometry, osteopathy, pharmacy, and physical therapy. Note: Graduate degree programs offered by the faculty of the College through the Graduate School are described in the Graduate School section of this bulletin. ACADEMIC POLICIES Students are referred to the General Information section of this bulletin for a description of academic policies that apply to all undergraduate students at UCD. The policies which follow apply specifically to the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Academic Ethics Students are expected to conduct themselves in ac cordance with the highest standards of honesty and integrity. Therefore, the faculty assumes that term papers, reports, studio work, results of laboratory ex periments, and examinations submitted by the stu dent represent the student's own work. Students are referred to the Statement on Academic Honesty of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, available from the Office of the Dean for guidance on generally ac ceptable limits on cooperation in the preparation of academic work, and for a discussion of what con stitutes academic dishonesty. Academic dishonesty, such as plagiarism or cheating, is a serious charge which, if substantiated, may result in course failure, probation, suspension, or expulsion from the University. The Committee on Academic Ethics, composed principally of faculty and students, is charged by the faculty of the College with considering evidence in contested cases, determining guilt or innocence, and assessing penalties. Special rules of the committee, available from the Office of the Dean have been designed to insure due process. Academic Advice and Information Students in the College are expected to assume the responsibility for planning their academic programs in accordance with College rules and policies and ma jor requirements. To assist students, the College maintains an advising staff located in the UCD Ad ministration Building. Students are urged to consult with the staff of this office concerning individual academic problems. As soon as the student has determined a major, he or she must declare the major to a discipline or major adviser. The discipline adviser will be responsible not tThis schedule corresponds to the general requirements deacribed in the General Informa tion section, but more detail is provided here for prospective College of Liberal Arts and Sciences students.

PAGE 31

only for the student's advising but also for the cer tification of the completion of the major program for graduation. Students planning to earn a degree from one of the professional schools should see an adviser in that school. Each professional school has certain specific requirements. Preprofessional health science students should see a member of the Health Sciences Commit tee early in their careers. Appointments should be made through the sciences secretary in Room 508, 629-2646. UCD also has a counseling service available through the Office for Student Affairs to which a student may go for assistance with problems. Academic Warning and Scholastic Suspension Academic Warning. Students whose cumulative grade-point averages fall below a 2.0 (C) at the end of the fall semester will be so notified early in the spring semester. Students will be informed in writing con cerning the grade-point requirements which must be met by the end of the spring semester. Scholastic Suspension. Scholastic suspension means that a student is denied the opportunity to register for courses in the College for a specified period of time. If a student's G.P.A. drops below 2.0 at the end of any semester (excluding summer term), the student will be required to achieve better than a 2.0 in a succeeding semester, as described in the following sliding scale, or the student will be suspended. The student must then continue to meet the sliding scale every semester until the grade-point average reaches 2.0. Scholastic records of students are reviewed as soon as possible after the close of each spring semester, and the student is informed in writing if he or she is to be suspended. Hours Deficiency 1-10 11-20 21-30 Over 30 Grade-Point Average in the Most Recent Semester 2.2 2 .3 2.4 2 .5 The "Hours Deficiency" is the number of credit hours of B work that the student must earn to raise the G.P.A. to 2.0 (C). For example, if the student has attempted 24 semester hours and has earned 42 quality points, the G.P.A. is 1.75. The student needs 6 semester hours of B to raise the G.P.A. to 2.0. To calculate the hours of B that are needed, multiply the total hours attempted by 2 and subtract the number of quality points from this figure. Example: 24 semester hours attempted x 2 = 48; 48 -42 quality points = 6 semester hours of B needed or 6 hours deficiency. In attempting to raise a grade-point average, a student may register for courses in the University of College of Liberal Arts and Sciences I 21 Colorado summer term on any campus, for cor respondence study through the University, or for credit courses offered through the Division of Con tinuing Education. Grades earned at another institution are not used in calculating the grade-point average at the University of Colorado. However, grades earned in another col lege or school within the University of Colorado are used in determining the student's scholastic standing and progress toward the degree. First Suspension. The normal period of suspension is two regular semesters (one academic year, ex cluding summer term), after which the student will automatically be readmitted to the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. The student then will be expected to meet the sliding scale (based on the student's University of Colorado record only) until the cumulative G.P.A. reaches 2.0. Failure to do so will result in a second suspension. A student under a first suspension may be readmit ted before the end of the normal suspension period only if the student has demonstrated academic improvement in one of the following ways: 1. By achieving a cumulative 2.5 average on all summer or correspondence work attempted at the University of Colorado since suspension. (A student must register for a minimum of 6 credits in the summer term on any campus or through correspondence work.) 2. By raising the cumulative grade-point average to 2.0 through correspondence or summer work at the University of Colorado. 3. By raising the cumulative grade-point average to 2.0 at another institution. (The cumulative grade point average is defined as the grade-point average at the University of Colorado in combination with the work taken at all other institutions.) Upon return to the University, however, the student retains his or her previous grade-point average. (G.P .A. from another institution does not transfer back to the University.) Second Suspension. A student suspended for a sec ond time will be readmitted only under unusual cir cumstances, and only by petition to the Committee on Academic Progress of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Each petition will be examined in dividually. The committee will expect the student to show that chances for successful completion of an educational program in the College have been materially improved by factors such as increased maturity or a relief from stressful circumstances. The deadline for petitions to the Committee on Academic Progress for reinstatement for any fall semester is August 1; for reinstatement for any spring semester, the deadline is Decem her 1. Students who complete 12 or more semester hours at another institution must apply for readmission to the University of Colorado as transfer students, regardless of their status in the University of Colorado . They also must present a 2.0 cumulative grade-point average on all collegiate work attempted (at the University of Colorado and elsewhere) in order to be considered for readmission.

PAGE 32

22 I Universit y of Colorado at Denver Petitioning for Special Requests or Exceptions to Standing Academic Policy The Committee on Academic Progress (CAP) is responsible for the administration of the academic policies of the College as established by the faculty. This faculty -student committee constitutes the bridge between the faculty in its legislative capacity and the students upon whom the legislation comes to bear . The committee alone is empowered to grant waivers of exemptions from , and exceptions to the academic policies of the College . One of the major responsibilities of the committee is the handling of suspensions and reinstatement of suspended students . The normal period of suspension is two regular semesters (one academic year, ex cluding summer term) . However , students suspended a second time will be reinstated only under unusual circumstances and only by petition to the committee. Course Load The normal course load is 12 to 18 hours . Students registered for fewer than 12 hours are regarded as part-time students. Students wishing to register for 20 hours or more must obtain approval from the d.ean. Designation as a part-time or full-time student de pends only upon courses taken for credit in the University and does not include correspondence courses or noncredit courses. To receive credit, the student must be officially registered for each course. Students who hold or expect to hold fullor part time employment while enrolled in the College must register for course loads they can expect to complete without unus ual difficulty. Recommended course loads are given below , but each student must weigh his or her own abilities and assess the demands of each course in determining an appropriate schedule. The College assumes that all courses selected will be completed . Employed 20 hours per week 10 to 13 semester hours or three to four courses . Employed 30 hours per week 8 to 11 semester hours or three courses . Employed 40 hours per week 6 to 9 semester hours or two or three courses. Earning Academic Credit Special Options and Cases Students in the College may earn credit toward a degree for knowledge gained prior to enrollment in the College or for knowledge gained outside of College courses . Some specific programs by which credit is awarded include Credit by Examination , Advanced Placement, and the College Level Examination Program . These are described in the General Informa tion section of this bulletin. In addition, credit may be earned for Cooperative Education , Army ROTC , and the following activities. Correspondence Study. Students in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, with the approval of the dean, may take work in correspondence study offered by the Univer s ity ' s Division of Continuing Education. A maximum of 30 hours of correspondence work may count toward the degree. Credit for Courses m the Professional Schools and in Physical Education . Students may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree as many as 24 credit hours of course work for curricula leading to degrees other than the B .A. (business, engineering and applied science, environmental design, journalism, music , nursing, and pharmacy) . College of Liberal Arts and Sciences students desiring secondary school certifica tion will be allowed to take up to 34 hours in the cer tification program of the School of Educational Studies as part of their total required hours for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Vocational and technical courses from a two-year program may not be included. Activity courses in physical education, up to a max imum of 8 hours, will count toward the 120 required for the degree. Credit for Independent Study. Students may register for independent study with the written ap proval of the appropriate faculty member and divisional dean. The amount of credit to be given for an independent study project (not to exceed 3 credits per semester) shall be arranged at the time of registra tion. A maximum of 12 credits taken on an indepen dent study basis may apply toward the bachelor's degree. Graduation Requirements The Liberal Education Program. In order to qualify for a B . A . or B . F.A. degree from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, students must complete the liberal education program, which consists of area distribu tion requirements and a foreign language require ment. To satisfy the area distribution requirements, stu dents choose from a list of available courses in each of three areas: 1. Arts and humanities-12 semester hours. 2 . Natural and physical sciences -12 semester hours. 3. Social sciences -12 semester hours. Lists of courses that will satisfy these area require ments are available in the Schedule of Courses issued each fall and spring semester and summer term. The Schedule may be obtained in each divisional office and in the Office of the Dean of the College. To satisfy the foreign language require.Jill#lnt, stu dents must demonstrate proficiency in a foreign language. This requirement may be met prior to ad mission as a student by completion of a Level ill high school course in any classical or modern foreign language. Students who have not satisfied the re quirement upon admission may do so by (a) demonstration of a third-semester proficiency by ex amination , (b) completion of a third-semester course in the College, or (c) completion oflntensive German , which consists of 12 semester hours in one semester . Students are strongly urged to begin or continue their college level language study immediately upon enroll ment in the College. Students who elect to continue a

PAGE 33

language studied before entering the College will be placed in courses appropriate to their level of prepara tion. Careful rules for placement have been prepared and are available from the Office of the Dean of the College. Students are urged to consult the advising staff of the College or any foreign language faculty member regarding foreign language study or the foreign language requirement. Major Requirements. A candidate for the degree Bachelor of Arts shall fulfill such requirements as may be stipulated for the major program. These require ments shall include at least 30 semester hours of work in the major area (as determined by the adviser) of C grade or higher, at least 16 hours of which shall be at the upper division level. The grade average in the ma jor shall be at least C. Not more than 48 semester hours in one field may be counted in the 120 hours re quired for the degree. The student is responsible for knowing the requirements for the major. The adviser shall be responsible for determining when a student has satisfactorily completed the requirements for the major and for so certifying to the dean of the College. For requirements of the Bachelor of Fine Arts degree, consult the Fine Arts section in the alphabetical listings under the description of programs. Upper Division Requirement. Students must com plete at least 45 hours of upper division work (courses numbered in the 300s and 400s) to be eligible for the bachelor's degree. Any student may register for upper division courses providing he or she has satisfied the prerequisites or has the approval of the discipline in which the course is offered. Courses transferred from a community college carry lower division credit. Exceptions to this require ap proval of the dean of the College and the appropriate discipline representative, who may ask the student to validate upper division credit by taking an advanced standing examination. Total Credit-Hour and Grade-Point Requirement. To qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree in the Col lege of Liberal Arts and Sciences, students must pass at least 120 semester hours with an average of at least 2.0 (C) in all courses attempted at the University of Colorado. Residence Requirement. A candidate for a degree from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences must earn the last 30 hours in the University of Colorado and must be enrolled as a degree student in the Col lege of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Senior Progress Report. Upon completion of 80 semester hours of course work, each student should re quest a Progress Report from the Office of the Dean to determine the student's status with respect to degree requirements. At the beginning of their last semester, students are required to file Diploma Cards, showing the date they intend to be graduated. Diploma Cards are available in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, Office of Admissions and Records, and at registration. During their senior year, students must clear all schedule College of Liberal Arts and Sciences I 23 changes with the Degree Requirements Section of the Office of the Dean. Summary Checklist of Graduation Requirements. The student is ultimately responsible for the fulfill ment of these requirements. Questions concerning them should be directed to the Office of the Dean. Upon completion of degree requirements (including the fulfillment of a major), the student will be awarded the appropriate degree. LIBERAL EDUCATION PROGRAM 1. Arts and humanities: 12 semester hours. 2. Natural and physical sciences: 12 semester hours. 3. Social sciences: 12 semester hours. 4. Foreign language: third-semester proficiency in any one language or completion of a Level ill high school foreign language course. MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 1. 30 to 48 hours in the major field. 2. At least 30 hours of C grade or better in the major field. 3. A 2.0 (C) grade-point average in all major course work. 4. A minimum of 16 semester hours of upper divi sion courses in the major, C grade or higher. 5. Special requirements as stipulated by the major adviser. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1. A total of 120 semester hours passed. 2. A 2.0 (C) cumulative grade-point average on all University of Colorado course work. 3. A minimum of 45 semester hours of upper divi sion course work. 4. The last 30 hours in residence in the College. Note: Not more than 48 hours in any one field and not more than 24 hours outside the College can be counted in the 120 hours required for the degree. SPECIAL ACADEMIC PROGRAMS Honors Graduation With Distinction. A student who per forms superlatively in course work in the College will be awarded a bachelor's degree accompanied by the statement, with distinction. To be eligible for gradua tion with distinction, a student must have completed at least 30 semester hours at the University of Colorado and have obtained a grade-point average of 3.5 or higher by the end of the semester prior to the final semester's work toward the degree. The cumulative grade-point average must be based upon all collegiate work attempted, both at the University of Colorado and elsewhere. The College Honors Program. Independently of graduation with distinction, which is based on grades alone, the College offers a program through which stu dents can qualify for the following honors awarded by

PAGE 34

24 I University of Colorado at Denver the College: summa cum laude, magna cum laude, or cum laude. The determination of the level of honors to be awarded is made by the College Honors Council. These awards may be earned either in a specific dis cipline, or as general honors in the college-wide program, or both. In either case, special independent creative work is required to qualify. Any junior or senior student with a cumulative grade-point average of 3.0 (B) or higher may participate in the program. In order to qualify for award of College honors in a discipline, a student must (a) complete a research project or honors thesis in the discipline, (b) take the Advanced Graduate Record Examination, and (c) take an oral examination administered by an honors committee. The College-wide general honors program is designed to promote dialogue among students of dif ferent fields of study through at least one 3-credit seminar each semester on an interdisciplinary topic. The program is intended for the student who likes to deal creatively with ideas and who desires to extend education beyond the usual course requirements. Any qualified junior or senior may enroll in honors seminars without becoming a candidate for gradua tion with honors. There are no examinations in the honors seminars themselves; and no letter grades are awarded only the designations H (Honors), P (Pass), and F (Fail). All honors seminars are limited to an enrollment of no more than 12 students, and are awarded upper division credit. In order to qualify for award of general College-wide honors, a student must (a) complete at least four honors seminars and earn a designation of H, (b) take an undergraduate program Area Test, (c) submit an honors paper, and (d) take oral and written honors ex aminations administered by the honors committee. Detailed information concerning the College honors program may be obtained from the director of the Honors Program, or from the office of the dean of the College. Students interested in the program should begin participation at least three semesters prior to their intended graduation. Phi Beta Kappa. Students in the College who excel in their undergraduate studies may be invited to join Phi Beta Kappa, the nation's oldest academic honorary society, founded in 1776 at the College of William and Mary. For further information, in terested students should contact the Office of the Dean . Cooperative Education Based on the precept that "real-life" experiences can often contribute to liberal education, the Cooperative Education Program is designed to provide opportunities to supplement academic work with practical experience. Students may be placed as employees with corporations, businesses, and public agencies in ways that co. mplement or enhance their academic course work. Many Co-op students choose to contract with a professor in their major field to receive academic credit for their work experience. An academic Co-op contract designates a certain number of academic credits for the fulfillment of a certain number of hours of work experience. The credit is con tingent upon satisfactory completion of whatever academic project the faculty member chooses to as sign in conjunction with the job. The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences par ticipates in this program under three divisional course listings: A.H. 398, N.P.S. 398, and Soc.Sci. 398. These courses are listed under Arts and Humanities, Natural and Physical Science, and Social Science in the Course Description section of this bulletin. Stu dents placed by the Cooperative Education Office in paid or volunteer assignments, as well as students who have obtained their own jobs, may be eligible, subject to the guidelines below: 1. The student should have reached the sophomore level of university work and must be enrolled in an un dergraduate degree program. 2. The student should have at least a 2.5 grade point average. Students with G.P.A.'s in the 2.0 (C) to 2.4 range must obtain the approval of the dean in order to participate in the program. 3. A job in which the learning possibilities and responsibilities of the student remain static will not be approved for more than one semester. In contrast, a job in which the learning opportunities and respon sibilities vary and increase may be eligible for credit over a longer time span. 4. Projects will be granted from 1 to 6 hours of elec tive credit per semester, 3 being the usual number of credit hours for each project. However, certain proj ects, such as certain full-time internships, may be granted as much as 6 credits . 5. Twelve semester hours is the maximum number of credits a student can earn in Cooperative Educa tion. In some disciplines, Cooperative Education hours may count toward satisfying requirements for the major with the approval of " the major adviser. Students should contact the Cooperative Education Program office for further information and forms for placement and credit, 1047 9th Street, 629-2892. Educational Opportunity Program/Special Services The Educational Opportunity Program/Special Services Project is concerned with the academic suc cess of low-income, educationally disadvantaged , and physically handicapped students. Although the proj ect is administered by the College, it serves students in all colleges and schools of UCD. To participate in the project, students must meet income and academic development guidelines set by the EOP. The project provides its participants with counseling, tutoring, special curricula, and other services designed to remedy any deficiencies or problems which the stu dents may have. Classes offered through Special Ser vices are restricted to students participating in the project . Tutorial Center The Tutorial Center is administered by the College on behalf of UCD. The purpose of the center is to

PAGE 35

provide supportive opportunities for all UCD students to fully develop methods of efficient study. Services are available to strengthen general academic research skills as well as to help specifically with particular subject areas. Each semester the center offers three courses for which students may receive 1 semester hour of credit graded on a pass/fail basis developmental composition, developmental reading, and college preparatory mathematics. Detailed course descriptions may be found under Study Skills in the course description section of this bulletin. Noncredit, five-week modular courses, such as rapid reading, also are offered, in which students may accelerate reading speed, learn reading flexibility, and build word-grouping ability and comprehension. Study skills mini-courses (noncredit) are offered in such areas as use of the library, listening and taking notes, taking examinations, writing a term paper, time scheduling, and systematic approaches to study. Tutorial assistance is available to students who need help in any subject area. The center also keeps a file for students wishing to participate in discussion groups prior to and during examination week. The center has available a collection of books, in cluding a number by minority authors and about minorities, which may be utilized for research assign ments as well as for improvement of general knowledge. PREPARATION FOR A PROFESSION SUCH AS LAW OR MEDICINE Completion of the undergraduate curriculum of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences can prepare stu dents for a number of careers in the professions. Infor mation on preparation for those professions most fre quently asked about by students in the College is presented here. Students seeking information about other professions should contact the Office of the Dean of the College. Law Students intending to enter a school oflaw may ma jor in any field while completing their bachelor's degree programs since law schools do not generally specify a particular undergraduate degree major. Suc cessful prelaw students from the College have had majors in many different fields. However, students preparing for law school should place primary emphasis on learning superior methods of study, critical thinking, and communication skills, which are often considered more important by law schools than factual knowledge alone. College courses should be chosen with care to produce a balanced pattern of skills and insights. Sufficient English should be studied to insure good use of language, as in grammar, spelling, composition, and rhetoric, and also to develop a capacity for analysis and criticism. Because the natural sciences provide an appreciation for in ductive and deductive approaches, evaluation of evidence, and detailed accuracy of observation, some study in this area is desirable. Mathematics is helpful College of Liberal Arts and Sciences I 25 in developing a capacity to think analytically, as are certain courses in philosophy. The Law School Admission Test (LSA T) is required of all applicants for admission to law school and should be taken as early as possible during the senior year. For additional information, students should review the current Prelaw Handbook, published an nually in October and prepared by the Law School Admissions Council and the Association of American Law Schools. This book includes material on the law and lawyers, prelaw preparation, applying to law schools, and the study of law, as well as individualized information on most American law schools. It may be ordered from Educational Testing Service, Princeton, New Jersey 08540. Students interested in applying for admission to the School of Law of the University of Colorado should contact the Admissions Office of the School of Law, Room 118, Fleming Law Building, Boulder, Colorado 80309. Journalism Students interested in preparing for a career in journalism may decide to obtain a bachelor's degree from the College as a general preparation, or they may choose to complete a B.S. degree in journalism. The B.S. degree in journalism is granted from the School of Journalism at the University of Colorado at Boulder. However, the first two years of the jour nalism curriculum may be completed at UCD within the College. Students pursuing the journalism B.S. degree normally transfer into the School of Jour nalism at the beginning of the junior year. To be con sidered for transfer admission, a student must have completed a minimum of 60 semester hours with a grade-point average of at least 2.25. Interested stu dents should consult the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog for detailed information concerning requirements for the B.S. degree in journalism. Health Sciences Course programs have been developed within the College to prepare students for the following specific careers within the general area of health sciences. Child health associate Nursing Dental hygiene Optometry Dentistry Osteopathy Medical technology Pharmacy Medicine Physical therapy Because the prerequisites for these health career programs are continually changing, students in terested in pursuing one of these careers should con tact the Health Sciences secretary, UCD Administra tion Building, Room 508, 629-2646, for current re quirements and for advising. Education Two avenues are open to students wishing to prepare themselves for careers in teaching.

PAGE 36

26 I University of Colorado at Denver 1. Students with a major program in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences who seek certification for teaching at the secondary school level remain in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences for the bachelor's degree, but take approximately 30 hours of profes sional education work in the School of Education. 2. Elementary education majors and distributed studies majors preparing to teach at the secondary school level normally transfer from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences to the School of Edu cation at the beginning of the junior year and continue there to receive the Bachelor of Science degree in education. Students should contact the School of Education at UCD for detailed information concerning teacher education programs at both elementary and secon dary levels, 629-2717. Teacher Certification Within the College. Students in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences who intend to pursue a major curriculum in one of the disciplines or programs in the College, and who also desire sec ondary school teacher certification, must apply for and be accepted into the Teacher Education Program. The requirements for admission are identical with those under "2a" listed below for the pre-education program. These students also must meet all require ments for a bachelor's degree in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Early planning is crucial for students intending to enter the Teacher Education Program. Since the School of Education has initiated a new program at both the elementary and secondary levels, students are urged to consult the School early and regularly concerning new requirements. Pre-Education Program. Students pursuing elementary education or distributed studies majors for secondary school teachers should so indicate on all application and registration materials so that they may be advised by the education counselor or faculty members. Application for transfer to the School of Education and for admission to the Teacher Educa tion Program should be made during the last semester of the sophomore year. The minimum requirements for acceptance are: 1. Completion of at least 60 semester hours of ac ceptable college work with a grade-point average of 2.5 for all courses attempted, and 2.5 for all courses attempted at the University of Colorado, and 2.5 in the major teaching field. No student will be recom mended for certification to teach in any field in which the grade-point average is less than 2.5. 2. General education requirements for students planning to student teach at the secondary or elemen tary school level are as follows: a. General education (with academic counsel ing early in the program, a major part of general education, urban studies, and teaching field requirements may be com bined): (1) 12 cumulative semester hours to be completed in each of the following three areas; (sequences of course work not required): Arts and Humanities ............ 12 (In order to meet typical certification requirements in other states, students should take at least 6 semester hours of humanities in English language courses, e.g., Engl. 101, 102, 103; Engl. 480, Advanced Composition; Engl. 484, English Grammar; Engl. 485, History of the English Language.) Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Natural and Physical Sciences .12-16 (2) For elementary certification, the fol lowing work should be included as part of general education requirements: two courses in physical science with laboratory, two courses in biological science with laboratory, and two courses in mathematics (Math. 303 and 304). b. Urban Studies (College of Liberal Arts and Sciences) ......................... 9 COLLEGE-WIDE INTERDISCIPLINARY ACADEMIC PROGRAMS Most of the individual disciplines represented in the College have numerous links with other dis ciplines, and many faculty members consequently en courage students to take courses in related disciplines. In the natural and physical sciences new subject matter areas are emerging from blends of traditional disciplines; examples include biochemistry, geo physics, biophysics , and psychobiology. In the social sciences the similarity of method and of subject mat ter from discipline to discipline tends to promote broad interaction and a sense of common purpose. In the arts and humanities the continual synthesis of useful analytical ideas and concepts gains strength as it is tested against differing perspectives; comparative literature, mixed media fine arts, and philosophical psychology are examples of this kind of inter disciplinary involvement. Therefore, students will often find opportunities to explore relationships among different disciplines while studying within traditional disciplines. In some instances, such as ethnic studies, much or most of the academic work can be characterized as interdisciplinary even though the area is treated as a traditional discipline. The fol lowing programs are explicitly interdisciplinary and college-wide in character. American Studies Rex Bums, UCD Codirector Students interested in the study of American culture and civilization may participate in the University's major program in American Studies. The first three years of the program may be completed at UCD, following which the student must transfer to the University of Colorado at Boulder. Therefore, stt dents should consult the University of Colorado at

PAGE 37

Boulder Catalog as well as conferring early in the program with t he codirector of American Studies at UCD . American Studies is an interdisciplinary approach to the facts and values of American civilization. Ma jors are required to complete 6 upper division credits in three of the following "primary" fields : American history, American literature, anthropology , art history , economics , journalism, political science , sociology. They also are required to complete 6 upper division credits in the history , culture , or language of a non-Amer i can civilization; 6 credits in architecture , minority studies, geography, integrated studies , music , or philosophy; and ( a t the University of Colorado at Boulder) American Studies 495-496. A list of recommended courses in the primary fields may be obtained from the UCD American Studies codirector or from the Office of the dean of the College . Distributed Studies The College ' s distributed studies major has been designed for those students who wish to develop a con solidated major program based upon the study of two or three disciplines together rather than to focus their major program on a single discipline . In pursuing a distributed s tudies major , students work closely with a faculty adviser to develop a specific program. One discipline is designated as pri mary subject, and then one or two other disciplines are designated as secon dary subjects. The total program must consist of at least 60 semester hours in at least two disciplines. The disciplines must be disciplines or areas offered within the College, and the program may not include a first year course in English (101, 102, 103) or foreign language (101, 102). General requirements for the primary subject are (a) a minimum of 30 semester hours with grades of Cor better, and (b) a minimum of 12 semester hours of upper division course work with grades of C or better. General requirements for the secondary subject(s) are (a) a minimum of 30 semester hours from among one or two disciplines, and (b) a t least 12 semester hours in any one dis cipline. The specific requirements in any case depend upon the program worked out with a faculty adviser , who may stipulate specific course requirements . Ethnic Studies The Ethnic Studies Program provides for the study of the life and cul t ure of minority groups in t he United States. The program offers three options for students: (a) the major , (b) the combined major and (c) the specialization. The Major . The major leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree in Ethnic Studies . 1 The major program con sists of 42 semester hours, with an average of C or bet ter , 30 of which must be taken from the ethnic studies curriculum. The remaining 12 hours are taken from a list of related courses in o t her disciplines prepared an nually b y the ethnic studies faculty. The Combined Major . The ethnic studies faculty urges students interested in the program to consider C ollege o f L i b e ral Arts an d Scie n ces I 27 combining ethnic studies with a major in one o f t he many closely allied disciplines in the Universit y. In this option, a student selects a major in an allied dis cipline such as communication and theatre , Engli sh, Spanish, sociology, history, political science, anthropology, psychology , or education, and pursues it simultaneously with ethnic studies as follows : 1. The student must meet all the requirements f or the major in each discipline. 2. The student' s program of study must be ap proved by the chairpersons of both of the disciplines involved. 3. Courses that are cross-listed between two d is ciplines will apply toward fulfillment of t he requ i re ments for either major field but not both. The Specialization. Rather than majoring in ethnic studies, students pursuing a major in another dis cipline in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences may wish to pursue a specialization in ethnic studies. Students earn the specialization by completing there quirements for their particular academic major and, in addition, 12 semester hours in ethnic studies , 6 of which must be at the 300 level or higher. For further information about the ethnic s t udies degree, contact Cecil E. Glenn, 629-2701. Individually Structured Major Some students wish to study in depth, as a maj or program, a coherent topic area that crosses traditi onal disciplinary lines and/or requires significant indepen dent study to complete. These students are en couraged to propose a design for an individuall y s t ruc tured major program . To pursue an individually structured major program, a student must work out the details of the proposed program , sometime after his or her first year in the College , with a committee of three College faculty members. The major becomes the student' s official program upon final approval by the faculty committee. In recent years students in t he College have structured majors in such areas as French and cinematography , and oral history and en vironmental planning. Population Dynamics Melvin Albaum, Director The Population Dynamics Program is a mul tidisciplinary major designed to provide a comprehen sive and flexible educational experience for per s ons who are interested in population processes , espec i ally within the urban environment. Emphasis of the major is on the social, economic, and mental health problems complicated by the dynamics of population processes. The major disciplines involved are biology, geography, psychology, and sociology. The major is appropriate for students intending career s in the fields of urban and community planning , famil y plan ning and counseling , population educati on , en vironmental demography, and popula t ion related careers in community action programs , neighb o rhood ,S ubje c t t o appr oval b y the Co l o rado Commissi o n o n Higher Education .

PAGE 38

28 I Universit y of Colorado at Denver health centers , and local, state, and federal agencies . Students completing this major may enter graduate programs in most of the social, behavioral, and natural sciences, demography (population studies), public affairs and administration, urban and regional planning, and in public health, medicine, law, or social services. All students majoring in population dynamics will be expected to meet the following course require ments: 1. a. A minimum of 6 hours of P.D.P. 300-2, Workshop in Population Dynamics1 b. A minimum of 3 hours ofP.D.P. 310-3, Prac ticum in Population Dynamics c. N . P.S. 200-3, Human Sexuality 2 . Any two of the following three courses: Geog. 473-3. Population Geography Soc. 421-3. Advanced Population Studies Soc. 424-3. Migration 3. One of the following courses: Biol. 383-3 . General Genetics Biol. 452-3. Human Genetics 4. One of the following four courses: Psych. 210-4. Introduction to Research Methods in Psychology Soc . 317-3. Statistics Math. 383-3 . Introduction to Statistics Geog. 400-3. Introductory Quantitative Methods in Geography 5. A minimum of 24 additional hours from the fol lowing disciplines with not more than 12 hours from any one discipline: anthropology, biology, com munication and theatre, computer science, economics, geography, physical education, political science, population dynamics, psychology, rehabilita tion services, social science, and sociology. Students should consult with the program director in selecting these hours to be sure the courses are acceptable in the program . Note: Those students wishing to receive teacher certification should consult with the academic counselor in the School of Education and should familiarize themselves with the School of Education requirements in this bulletin. Urban Studies Mark S . Foster , Coordinator Urban Studies is a multidisciplinary program which provides both a philosophical framework for approaching the present urban crisis, and the specific conceptual frameworks for formulating potential solu tions. This program satisfies at least four kinds of educational needs. First, it provides an in-depth un derstanding of urban problems which prepares stu dents to pursue advanced degrees either in urban studies or in one of the traditional academic dis ciplines. In particular, it prepares students for urban related graduate programs such as urban planning, environmental design, and public administration, and for professional training in law and medicine. Second , the program trains graduates to move directly into careers with federal, state, and local agencies as well as private companies concerned with urban affairs . It is a particularly useful major for stu dents preparing for public school teaching. Third, it provides the academic background necessary for un derstanding the unique experiences and problems of urban minority groups. Finally, an undergraduate degree in urban studies is a liberating educational ex perience for students who currently have no plans for a career. Requirements for Majors. Since the major provides an interdisciplinary view of the city significantly broader than that provided by any single traditional academic discipline, requirements in course units for the degree are also higher. The urban studies specialty requires 42 units of course work. All students majoring in urban studies will be expected to meet the following course requirements : Soc.Sci. 2103 . Pe o ple in Society Four of the following fiv e upper divi sion courses (12 hours) : Anthro. 4443 . Urban Evolution Econ . 425-3. Urban Econom i c s Hist. 470-3. History of Urban Amer i ca Pol. Sci . 4073 . U rban Politics S o c . 421-3. Advanced Population Studies An y two of the following six minority studies courses (6 hours): M .Am. 360-3. The C hi c ano Community and Communit y Organization M . Am . 227-3. Con t emporary Americans Bl.S t. 203, 204-3. Bla c k Behavioral Analysis Bl.St . 323-3. Religion and the Black Man Soc.Sci. 2 60-3. Federal Indian Relations Soc . Sci. 329-3. Asian Americans In addition, each student will successfully complete the Seminar in Urban Problem Analysis (Soc . Sci. 450). Under special circumstances, as an alternative to Soc. Sci. 450, each urban studies major may arrange with the coordinator of the program to work on either a paid or volunteer basis for one of a variety of Denver area social service agencies or organizations. In this instance, 3 to 6 credit hours may be earned through Cooperative Education (Soc.Sci. 398). The core program outlined above specifies roughly 27 out of 42 units required for graduation with the urban studies major. The student will be permitted to choose 15 hours of electives, selected with the advice and approval of the urban studies coordinator, from the following disciplines: anthropology, black studies, civil engineering , communication and theatre, economics , geography , Mexican American studies, Native American studies, philosophy, political science , psychology, social science, and sociology. The urban studies major is new and experimental, and its architects want to keep it flexible and responsive to students' needs and interests . 1Th e Work s hop in Po p u l atjo n D y n amics has a varied theme e a c h semeste r . I t is the pur pose of t h e w o r ks h op to synthesize the m ultidi scipli nary n a tur e of the program through se l ected t h e m es. T h e w o rksh op will u tilize com m u n ity person s t o co nduct vario u s ses s io n s relating t h e academic aspects of the program to commu nity n eeds.

PAGE 39

Division of Arts and Humanities Robley D. Rhine, Assistant Dean The divis ion includes the disciplines of communica tion and theatre, communication disorders and speech science, English, fine arts, French, German, philosophy, and Spanish. Complete undergraduate majors are offered in all but communication disorders and speech science. This division offers course work in several special programs, including Comparative Literature, American Studies, and the Writing Program. The Writing Program is designed to prepare professional writers in the techniques and vocabularies of fields such as fine arts, science, engineering, creative writing, business , social sciences, and literature. Two cocurricular programs also are open to students: theatre and forensics. Students interested in majoring in any of the dis ciplines or in participating in any of the specialized programs should request additional information from the divisional office. For information on scheduling of courses, consult the appropriate Schedule of Courses for day, time, and meeting place of classes. COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE Faculty: Samuel A. Betty, J. Brad Bowles, Robley D. Rhine, Jon A. Winterton. An undergraduate wishing to major in communica tion and theatre will choose one of the three basic areas of emphasis: communication, theatre, or com munication and theatre education. An emphasis in radio-television is available, but part of the work must be completed at the University of Colorado at Boulder . Each emphasis has its own requirements for graduation, and specific programs will be developed in consultation with the student's major adviser to in sure that each student's term-by-term schedule, choice of electives, involvement in cocurricular and extracurricular activities will be best suited to his or her needs , skills, and goals. Lists of required and sug gested courses in each of the three areas of emphasis may be obtained from the divisional office. Communication Emphasis The primary goal is to equip the student with a wide range of theoretical perspectives and diverse communication skills. The theoretical perspectives generally focus on face-to-face communication in in terpersonal, small group , institutional, and community settings. The skills component of the emphasis seeks to equip students with flexibility in their communication repertoires so that they may react effectively to their analyses of communication situations. The program offers two types of courses to the stu dent: (1) courses in communication and rhetorical theory, which present traditional rhetorical theories, empirical support for communication theories, and College o f Liberal Arts and Sciences I 29 strategies for the application of communication theory to problems confronting the community; and (2) courses focusing on the development of the stu dents' communication skills, which promote con fidence in their abilities to perform effectively in many contexts. These courses build into the students' repertoires the tactics and strategies of effective ex pression. The communication emphasis requires that stu dents take a total of 45 hours of course work (usually 15 courses) in communication and theatre. Six courses (18 hours) are required. Four courses (12 hours) are chosen from a list of specified alternatives. The remaining 15 hours may be chosen from a wide range of courses available in communication and theatre, allied disciplines, or independent study proj ects. Since requirements for the communication emphasis insure that the student knows both com munication theory and how to apply it, communica tion graduates are generally well equipped for employ ment. Students with an interest in management and administration, training, writing and copy prepara tion, public relations, information services, and a wide variety of occupations focusing on communica tion will find in the communication emphasis of the communication and theatre program a curriculum relevant to their expected employment needs . Theatre Emphasis This program provides a broad range of experiences in courses, laboratory workshops, full productions, and field work in the Denver area. Helping the student to answer questions concerning the significance of what theatre does to us and for us is the primary goal of the program. Three kinds of courses will be taken by each student in theatre: (1) performance skills-acting, directing, oral interpretation, technical theatre; (2) critical skills-dramatic theory and criticism and theatre history; and (3) communication theory-interpersonal, small group, intercultural, social change, etc . In addition to the 42 hours of required courses within the discipline of communication and theatre, 12 ad ditional hours from English, fine arts, and music are required. As an integral part of the program, each student will have the opportunity to participate as performer, technician, or designer in faculty-directed produc tions which occur each term. The auditions, rehear sals, and performances involved in these productions provide opportunities for close examination of the process of making and performing theatre from prac tical, theoretical, critical, historical, and social perspectives. After each performance the audience will be invited to share their responses with the production team in order to provide some indication of impact. Additional opportunities for similar production ex perience , including directing, are available through Second Stage, an independent student production

PAGE 40

30 I University of Colorado at Denver organization sponsored by the communication and theatre discipline. In order to increase the range of practical and critical experience, each student will see and evaluate at least six live theatre productions in the Denver area each term. These experiences test the assumptions and beliefs about theatre discussed and worked with in classes and productions. As majors develop their performance and critical skills, special internships for credit in a variety of capacities may be arranged with local theatre operations through independent study or cooperative education. Depending on the individual's actual program of study (cocurricular and extracurricular activities), a degree in communication and theatre with an emphasis in theatre not only can provide a graduate with useful technical and practical skills, but also, and more importantly, it can provide critical insight into theatre as a human enterprise wherever it occurs. Through examining and experiencing theatre's poten tial to achieve human value, students should develop personal, aesthetic, and social principles which will guide them to sound career choices (as performers, technicians, designers, producers, or managers). Communication and Theatre Education Emphasis The emphasis in communication and theatre education prepares students to meet Colorado cer tification requirements in communication or in theatre for grades 7-12. Requirements for these profes sional programs are complex and demanding. Interested students in their freshman or sophomore years should meet with the discipline adviser for the education emphasis to discuss the requirements and to plan a long-range schedule to be followed. COMMUNICATION DISORDERS AND SPEECH SCIENCE Faculty: Natalie L. Hedberg, Lynn S. Snyder. The B.A. degree in communication disorders and speech science is not available at UCD, but the follow ing courses are open to undergraduates: C.D.S.S. 401 and C.D.S.S. 435. For information on graduate-level courses see Communication Disorders and Speech Science in the course description section of this bul letin. COMPARATIVE LITERATURE Students wishing to pursue graduate work in com parative literature should consult the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog. On the 400 level, students may read all texts in translation; however, reading knowledge in at least one foreign language is highly recommended. On the 500 and 600 levels, students must be able to read in two foreign languages or obtain the consent of the in structor. ENGLISH Faculty: Rex S. Bums, Richard T. Dillon, Evelyn Effland, Herbert G. Eldridge, Ida D. Fasel, Louis B. Hall, Robert D. Johnston, Shirley A. Johnston, Elihu H. Pearlman, Jean Phillips, Joel Salzberg, Doris J. Schwalbe, Mary Rose Sullivan, Peter L. Thorpe, Jeanne B. Webb, William A. West. The purpose of the English major is to provide a full exposure to the great tradition that constitutes the Anglo-American literary inheritance. In the process of studying individual works and the periods from which they emerged, students acquire an especially rich sense of the culture of which they are a part. Students majoring in English must present a total of 36 hours in English, excluding Engl. 100-101, of which 24 hours must be earned in upper division courses. None of the required 36 hours may be taken on a pass/fail basis. Of the 24 hours required at the 300or 400-level, at least 3 must be earned in a course dealing with English literature before 1800, at least 3 in a course dealing with English literature after 1800, and at least 3 in a course on American literature. Re quired courses: Engl. 250, 251, 252 (Survey of English Literature-9 hours); Engl. 300 (Critical Writing-3 hours); Engl. 497 or 498 (Major Authors or Topics in Literature -3 hours). At least 12 hours of the major's upper or lower divi sion work in English must be done at UCD in order for the student to qualify for the B.A. in English. English majors interested in graduating with honors should confer with the honors adviser as soon as possi ble, but definitely no later than the beginning of the spring term of their junior year. Students who contemplate teaching should obtain from the School of Educational Studies sheets listing curricula required for a teaching certificate and should consult the School of Educational Studies, which supervises the teacher-training program. Since fulfilling requirements for education and English in volves close scheduling, students should fulfill at least some of the college requirements during their freshman and sophomore years. English for foreign students and courses for prospective teachers of English as a foreign language are listed in the course description section of this bul letin. For additional literature courses see Comparative Literature and Mexican American Studies. Note: A considerable amount of writing is required in all English courses and is graded on form as well as on content. In addition to the regular major, the English dis cipline offers a General Writing Program, an alter native to the traditional baccalaureate in English. Especially designed for future writers, it offers a wide range of intensive writing experience combining such areas as technical reports and fiction or poetry. The student is trained in the rhetorics of the arts and humanities, the social sciences, and the sciences. In order to enroll in the program, students must consult with the director of the General Writing Program through the division office at 629-2730.

PAGE 41

FINE ARTS Faculty: John R. Fudge, Gerald C. Johnson, Charles L. Moone , Ernest 0 . Porps, Ludwik Turzanski . An education in fme arts is based on discipline, absorption, and knowledge. Discipline is the relationship of the student to his material or form. What comes through the form is the self of the student and his relationship to the world. This constant ex posure through discipline leads to absorption which can be seen as a fascination and appreciation of both himself and the world. In fine arts, the record of this process is made visible for the world to see and is cal led art. The Department of Fine Arts offers both a B.A. degree and a B.F.A. degree in painting, sculpture, print-making , or design . The B.A. degree must in clude 40, but not more than 48, hours in fine arts, 24 of which must be in upper division courses. The B.F.A. degree must include 54, but not more than 72, hours in fine arts, 24 of which must be in upper division courses . Students wishing to apply for the B.F.A . degree must have a 2.0 average in all course work at the time of application, which may not be earlier than the end of the junior year . Application forms are available in the divisional office. The core curriculum for fine arts majors includes 12 hours of Studio I (Fine Arts 100, 101, 102), Studio II (Fine Arts 202), Fine Arts 180-181, Fine Arts 496, and 6 hours of upper division art history. The recom mended program for the B.F.A . includes at least two years in one creative field (painting, printmaking, design , or sculpture) plus 9 semester hours in drawing. Students who are candidates for the B.F.A . must take a minimum of 20 hours while in residence . Studio I and II Courses For an orientation to studio practice, including drawing and an exploration of twoand three dimensional media, fine arts majors are required to take 12 hours of Studio I and II courses. There are no prerequisites for Studio I and II courses, but all upper division courses require the corresponding basic course as a prerequisite. FRENCH Faculty: Simone Christopherson, Blandine M. Rickert . A B.A. degree with a French major prepares stu dents for the following careers: Foreign Service -Positions abroad with govern ment agencies, private business, foundations, and other organizations having interests in French speaking countries throughout the world. Teaching -Teaching at all levels: elementary, secondary , and college. Translation and Interpretation -Exchanges in the fields of science, culture , politics, and economics have become vital to the nations of the world. Effective in C ollege of L ib eral Arts and Sc ienc e s I 3 1 temational communication requires an increasing number of expert translators and interpreters. International Trade -Administrative and managerial positions with U.S.-based firms involved in foreign trade. A strong background in French can be very valuable to such programs as English, black studies, business, political science , interdisciplinary, and cross-cultural studies . Students who have completed a Level ill high school French course have automatically satisfied the college graduation requirement in foreign language. This requirement may also be satisfied by completion of French 201 or 211 or by demonstration of equivalent proficiency by placement test. Students who have studied French in high school and who wish to con tinue with the language will be placed according to their high school record and verbal SAT score or English ACT score . A student normally may not receive credit for a course at a lower level than that into which he or she is placed . For a complete state ment of policy on foreign placement and credit, see the statement on foreign language available from the Office of the Dean of the College. Students majoring in French must complete a minimum of 35 semester hours beyond first-year proficiency. Students presenting four years of high school French for admission must complete 30 hours beyond the second year. Students majoring in French may choose between the following options: Option A : Literature . Required courses are: French 211 and 212; 301 and 302; 401 and 402; and a minimum of 6 hours of French literature courses at the 400 level. Option B: Culture and Civilization. Required courses are: French 211 and 212, 301 and 302, 311 and 312, 401 and 402, 320, 420 and 421. Students planning to acquire certification for teaching French at the secondary level are required to take French 496, Methods of Teaching Modem Languages (required by the School of Education). For those students Option B is preferable for the major. UCD students who wish to take nonrequired courses at another institution must obtain permission from the French department chairman at UCD. Students must see a departmental adviser prior to registration for 300-level courses. Since all courses are not offered every year, it is extremely important for students to plan their schedules in advance to avoid disappoint ment and a delay in graduation. The department strongly recommends that all ma jors include some study in a French-speaking country in their major programs. Credit earned will normally count toward satisfaction of the major requirements, but the student should see an adviser before enrolling in a foreign program t o assure full transfer of credit. Students majoring in French should satisfy the requirements of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences . At least 15 hours of upper division work, in cluding all 400level required courses , must be taken from the UCD Department of French in order to earn the UCD degree.

PAGE 42

32 I University of Colorado at Denver Literature courses at the 500 level are applicable to an M.A. degree from the University of Colorado at Boulder and to the M.H. degree at UCD. GERMAN Faculty: M. Kent Casper and Carsten Seecamp; Part time: Sieglinde L. Kadhim and Friedheim F. Rickert. The German program provides a variety of courses for students interested in German language, literature, history, philosophy, music, and art. The curriculum contains essentially three course clusters: basic language skill courses, from beginning through advanced levels; upper division literature courses taught in German; and German area studies courses taught in English with readings in English transla tion. Foreign Language Requirement. Students who have completed a Level III high school German course have automatically satisfied the college requirement in foreign language. This requirement may also be satisfied by completion oflntensive German (12 credit hours in one semester), by completion of German 201, or by demonstration of equivalent proficiency by placement test. Students who have studied German in high school and wish to continue with the language will be placed according to their high school record and verbal SAT score or English ACT score. A student may not receive credit for a course at a lower level than that into which he or she is placed. The German Major . A B.A. degree with a German major can prepare the student for the following career options: teaching positions at the elementary and secondary levels, including the requisite un dergraduate training for those wishing to pursue further graduate work; translator and interpreter positions (e.g., with the publishing trade or with various private firms or government agencies); foreign service with the U.S. State Department; or positions in international trade with U.S. firms abroad. Students majoring in German must complete 35 hours beyond first-year proficiency. Not more than 12 hours may be taken on the second-year level toward the major. Course work successfully completed at other institutions will be evaluated for credit transfer, but a minimum of 15 hours of upper division credits must be taken within the UCD German discipline. Majors must maintain a B average in German. Re quired courses for the major are German 301-302, 401-402, plus a minimum of 9 hours in literature and/or culture courses at the 400 level. German majors are encouraged to take German area studies courses, but these courses may not count toward the major unless some of the readings and written assignments are done in German. Majors should consult with the in structor on this requirement. Students planning to ac quire certification for teaching German at the secon dary level are required by the School of Education to take German 496 (Methods of Teaching Modem Languages). It is strongly recommended that all majors attempt to include some study in a German-speaking country in their programs. Credit earned abroad normally counts toward satisfaction of major requirements, but students should see an adviser before enrolling in a foreign program to insure full transfer of credit. PHILOSOPHY Faculty: Charles Kenevan, Linda S. Leonard, Glenn A. Webster. The philosophy program is recommended to those bright, industrious students whose goal is a arts education in the finest sense. Philosophy 1s con cerned with the most sustained and deeply reflected thoughts of human civilization, with the transmission and evaluation of basic beliefs and values. It is not an easy field of study, but for more than 25 centuries, philosophy has been judged most rewarding by those who seek self-development, intellectual sophistica tion, and the happiness of a reflective life. For career preparation, philosophy should be com bined with other fields. It is an excellent un dergraduate preparation for such professional fields as law and medicine. A program for the philosophy major must include a minimum of five courses (15 hours) at the 300 level; a minimum of three courses (9 hours) at the 400 level; and minimum of one course (3 hours) at the 500 level. The balance of the courses for the major may be taken at the discretion of the student. The following courses are recommended (not re quired) for philosophy majors who are planning to do graduate work in philosophy: Symbolic Logic (Phil. 344); History of Philosophy (Phil. 300, 302, 402, 403, 404); Ethics (Phil. 315); Metaphysics (Phil. 335); Epistemology (Phil. 336); several courses concerned with a single philosopher (e.g., Phil. 580, 581, 582, etc.); and one course concerned with the relationship of philosophy to some other discipline (e.g., Philosophy of Science, Philosophy of History, etc.). General prerequisites (which may vary for some courses) are: 100-level-none; 200-level-3 hours; 300level-6 hours; 400-level-9 hours; and 500-level-12 hours. The prerequisite may be waived with consent of instructor. SPANISH Faculty: James Anthony Black, Carlos deOnis, Fran cisco A. Rios, Edith R. Rogers, Donald L. Schmidt. Part-time: Ellen S. Haynes. The Spanish programs emphasize all phases of the study of the language, and the study of the literature, civilization, and culture of Spain, Hispanic America, and the Spanish-speaking Southwest of the United States. The courses are directed toward three distinct groups: lower division students who are acquiring proficiency in a foreign language; upper division stu dents who are either majoring in Spanish or increasing their competence through study in advanced courses in language and literature; and graduate students in the Spanish M.A. degree program offered in conjunc tion with the Boulder Campus (refer to the Graduate

PAGE 43

School section of this bulletin), most of whom are preparing for professional careers in teaching. Courses prepare students in language and literature as part of an enhanced liberal education and as professional training. Study under this discipline offers an opportunity to be better prepared for industry, commerce, government, public services, or further study at the graduate level. Courses also are func tionally supportive of such programs as those leading to the teaching certificate, comparative literature, the Master of Humanities degree, and the Master of Arts degree in bilingual-multicultural education offered at UCD. Students who have completed a Level ill high school Spanish course have automatically satisfied the college graduation requirement in foreign language. Requirement may also be satisfied by com pletion of Spanish 211 or by demonstration of equivalent proficiency by placement test. Students who have studied Spanish in high school and wish to continue with the language will be placed according to their high school record and verbal SAT or ACT score. A student may not receive credit for a course lower than that into which he is placed. For complete statement of policy on foreign language placement and credits, see the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences general information section of this bulletin. A major in Spanish consists of the following require ments: 1. Total of 35 credit hours in Spanish courses beyond 102, including the following minimum dis tribution; (a) at least 9 hours in upper-division courses in language theory and practice (301-302, 401-402, 496); (b) at least 8 hours in upper-division literature courses, including at least one course in Spanish Peninsular literature and one in Spanish American literature; (c) at least 12 hours in courses numbered 400 or above. The required 12 hours at or above the 400 level must be completed in residence at UCD. None of the required 35 hours may be taken on a pass/fail basis. 2. Total of 6 hours from one or more of the following areas: (a) Latin American studies (e.g., history, political science, etc.); (b) Mexican American Studies; (c) linguistics; (d) upper division courses in another foreign language or comparative literature. Students seeking certification for teaching at the secondary level should note that the School of Education requires Spanish 496 (Methods of Teach ing Spanish); the 3 credit hours earned in that course count toward the major and are subject to the 48-hour maximum from one discipline allowed by the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences for the B.A. degree. Hence, students who begin the major program with Spanish 101 and intend to include secondary cer tification in their B.A. program must include Spanish 496 in their electives in Spanish. To be admitted to practice teaching of Spanish, majors must take the language skills tests of the Modern Language Association Proficiency Tests for Teachers and Advanced Students of Spanish and make satisfactory scores. College of Liberal Arts and Sciences I 33 Students must see the discipline adviser prior to registration for their final semester. Failure to do so may result in delay of graduation. Students consider ing entering graduate school, either at UCD or elsewhere, should see an adviser as early as possible since admission depends largely on courses taken in the major. It is strongly recommended that all majors include some study in a Spanish-speaking country in their programs. Credit earned normally counts toward satisfaction of major requirements, but students should see an adviser before enrolling in a foreign program to insure full transfer of credit. Courses taken abroad and designated as Spanish are subject to the 48-hour-maximum rule of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Students interested in study abroad should consult with the Spanish faculty or the UCD representative for International Education. For comparative literature courses, see the course description section of this bulletin. Division of Natural and Physical Sciences Richard E. Stevens, Assistant Dean The Division of Natural and Physical Sciences offers study in traditional undergraduate disciplines, interdisciplinary programs, and preprofessional programs. Undergraduate majors are available in biology, chemistry, geography, mathematics, physics, and psychology. Courses are offered in geology and physical education, but completion of a major re quires some work at the University of Colorado at Boulder. The description of the program of each dis cipline includes the requirements for a major within that discipline and probable job opportunities in that field. The health-related preprofessional programs in clude child health associate, medical technology, physical therapy, dentistry, dental hygiene, medicine, optometry, osteopathy, nursing, and pharmacy. Stu dents interested in these programs should consult with the Health Sciences Committee of the division at the beginning of their preprofessional education and at selected intervals thereafter. Program require ments and appointments for advising can be obtained in the division office, Room 508. Three sets of course options are available, in any combination, from which a nonscience major may satisfy the natural and physical science area requirement of 12 semester hours. Set I, Topics in Science, consists of modular courses designed for, but not limited to, nonscience majors. Each module carries 1 semester hour of credit and is offered in a 1/3-semester time block of five weeks, dur ing which the course meets the equivalent time of three lectures per week. There are no prerequisites. Each module is a self-contained unit designed to cover a given problem or topic in science. Normally, a student takes a single module during each five-week

PAGE 44

34 I Universit y of C o lorado at D e nver period with a maximum of three per semester. The topics change from semester to semester and from year to year. The Schedule of Courses for each semester lists the current topics offered. Set II courses are one or two semesters in length and have no formal prerequisites. These include both in troductory survey courses and special topics courses and are usually designed with the nonscience major in mind. Set III includes all other natural and physical science courses offered in the division . Although these courses are generally intended for the science major, they are open to students with the proper prerequisites . BIOLOGY Faculty: Alan P. Brockway, Daniel D. Chiras, Linda K. Dixon, Emily Lou Hartman, James Joule, Phyllis W. Schultz. The study of biology offers the student an introduc tion to the vast array of living systems that make up o ur world. With an understanding of biology, the stu dent can truly learn to appreciate living by extending that term to other creatures . From the green plant to the fish to the human being, all are biological systems. The study of each system and its interrelationships with other systems can provide fascinating insights into life and the world environment. A firm grounding in biology is vital to a paraprofes s ional or professional career in the health sciences. Furthermore , most professional schools expect appli cants to have completed several biology courses. Stu dents plann i ng to teach should consult the School of Educa t ion for information on teacher certification. The major in biology is designed to be as flexible as possible to allow students to build programs that meet their needs . Students should contact a biology adviser early in their academic careers. Majors are required to take 17 hours of core biology courses: Biol. 205, 206; Biol. 341; Biol. 383 ; and Biol. 361. An additional 15 hours of biology courses are to be selected in consulta tion with a biology adviser. Majors are required to take Chem . 103 , 106 and sufficient mathematics to prepare themselves to take Math. 140 in addition to the 32 hours in biology . CHEMISTRY Faculty: Robert Damrauer, Sandra S. Eaton, John Lanning, John Wilkes , Denis R. Williams . Part-time: Mar t ha B . Barrett , Lenore K. Damrauer . Adjoint : Robert M. Speigh ts . Why study chemistry? A practical reason is that our highly techn i cal society faces many problems which can be s olved through a thorough understanding of t he science of chemistry and its methods of solving pro blem s. A more intangible reason recognizes that chemistry is central to a variety of other disciplines and that many problems (e.g . , what life is and how it arose , what i s our s olar system like and how did it ari s e , etc . ) ul t imatel y may have chemical solutions. What opportunities does the study of chemistry of fer? At the undergraduate level students can prepare for (1) careers in chemical and medical laboratories, (2) careers in nursing, medical technology, physical therapy , dental hygiene, and other health oriented fields , (3) postbaccalaureate programs in chemistry, biology , biochemistry, medicine, and dentistry. At the graduate level , the chemistry program offered at UCD culminates in the awarding of an M.S. degree. Stu dents awarded M.S. degrees have job opportunities in research and technical laboratory services . In addi t ion, flexible programs can be designed to combine chemical knowledge and skills with other interests of the M.S . -level student (e.g., business, biology, etc.). For graduation at the bachelor's level, students ma joring in chemistry must present credits in the follow ing courses or their equivalents: Chem. 103, 106, 311, 341, 342 , 348, 349, 412, 413, 451, 452, 455 ; Phys. 111, 112, 114; Math. 140 , 241, 242. Students interested in the chemistry major should consult regularly with a member of the chemistry faculty . A copy of the chemistry major's program may be obtained in Room 508. Qualified majors are strongly urged to participate in the independent study program beginning in their junior year. A distributed s t udies program in chemistry must include the following courses or their equivalent: Chem. 103 , 106, 311, 342 and either 343 and 344 or 348 and 349, and 451. Thirty hours are required in chemistry. Students planning chemistry as a career should be familiar with the recommendations of the American Chemical Society for the professional training of chemists . Among these recommendations are a reading knowledge of German or Russian, one semester of inorganic chemistry (Chem . 401), and two semesters of advanced work: see graduate chemistry offerings . Six hours of Chem . 493 will satisfy the special courses requirement . An option leading to a degree accredited by the American Chemical Society is also offered. Students wishing to graduate with honors in chemistry should plan to do a minimum of two semesters (6 credit hours) of research (Chem. 493), or dinarily starting in the junior year. Additional re quirements are listed under Honors Program. COMPUTER SCIENCE Faculty: Roland A . Sweet, CLAS Adviser. Several computer scientists reside in other colleges: in engineering Paul F . Hultquist, William D. Murray, and Burton J . Smith; in business-F. Parker Fowler Jr. Computers have an impact on every aspect of modem life . Knowledge of the basic principles and methods of computer operation can be helpful to stu dents in their personal lives as well as useful in developing job skills . Students interested in pursuing

PAGE 45

the study of computers in depth may designate com puter science as a primary subject in the College's dis tributed studies major program. In this program, a student completes 30 semester hours in computer science (and computer-related courses), and 30 semester hours distributed over one or two secondary subjects. For students pursuing a traditional major program in mathematics, or in electrical engineering within the College of Engineering and Applied Science, a special computer science option is available. GEOGRAPHY Faculty: Melvin Albaum, James L. Huckabay, Yuk Lee, Cedric D. Page, Charles G. Schmidt, Richard E. Stevens. Geography is a science that focuses on the spatial analysis of human/physical patterns and processes. Geographers attempt to identify the factors affecting the distribution of people and their activities on the surface of the earth, and provide meaningful solutions to problems faced by societies. This discipline is an ideal major for the liberal arts student, providing ex posure to the concepts and techniques utilized in investigating environmental issues, socioeconomic problems, and planning policies. The program is designed to provide the student in terested in economic, physical, or social geography with the background necessary for obtaining a rewarding job in government (federal, state, local) and private industry, as well as preparing students for graduate work. Recent graduates have found employment in forest management, surveying/mapping, land use planning , location analysis, transportation plan ning, and environmental impact analysis. Students majoring in geography must complete the following basic courses or their equivalents: Geog. 100, 101, 199, 306, and 361. In addition, majors must complete a minimum of 30 hours of course work in geography (at least 16 hours of which must be at the upper division level) and maintain a 2.0 average in all geography course work completed. Distributed studies majors selecting geography as a primary or secondary subject should consult with the discipline adviser. GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES Faculty: Wesley E. LeMasurier. Geology is the study of the earth. The major topics in the field include (1) the origin and distribution of rocks and minerals that make up the planet, and that serve as raw materials and fuels for technology, (2) the processes that create continents and ocean basins and that shape the surface of the earth, and (3) the history and evolution of the planet and its living organisms. Most topics serve as subjects of both basic research and applied technology. Employment opportunities for well-qualified geologists are generally good at B.S., M.S., and Ph.D. College of Liberal Arts and Sciences I 35 levels . Major employers are the oil, mining, and engineering industries, federal and state surveys, and various teaching and research institutions, all of which are heavily represented in the Denver metropolitan area. Many persons combine a geology degree with a second degree in law, business, plan ning, engineering, or education, to pursue a variety of other career options. Students majoring in the geological sciences may choose from among six curriculum options, to suit a variety of career or educational objectives. Most op tions require the following courses within the dis cipline: physical geology, mineralogy, structural geology, and field geology. Introductory paleontology, stratigraphy, and paleontology are recommended. In addition, most career-oriented students must take the following courses in allied fields: Chern. 103, 106; Math. 140, 241, and 242 or 319 (or the equivalent courses at the University of Colorado at Boulder, Math. 130, 230); Phys. 111, 112, 114. Physical geology, mineralogy, introductory petrology, paleontology, and stratigraphy are presently offered at UCD, as are the required courses in chemistry, physics, and mathematics. Structural geology and field geology may be taken at the Univer sity of Colorado at Boulder in order to complete a career-oriented major in the geological sciences. MATHEMATICS Faculty: Nancy S. Angle, Roxanne M. Byrne, R. T. Clement, Vance Faber, Zenas R. Hartvigson, Collin J. Hightower, Sylvia Chin-Pi Lu, William W. McCor mick, Paul A. O'Meara, Charles I. Sherrill, Roland A. Sweet; Part-Time: James S. Farler . Mathematics is a body of deductive knowledge dealing with such topics as numbers, algebra, geometry, analysis, and logic. It permeates modem life and is encountered by the student very early, es pecially with respect to its applications. At UCD, the mathematics faculty continues to present applica tions, but broadens the study to include more of the actual mathematical theory itself, as well as its historical development. The study of mathematics can prepare the student for careers in business , industry, teaching, and government. Mathematics is especially useful in engineering, science, and computer science, and it provides a good background for any of the professional schools. A major in mathematics can be completed by stu dents in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences by satisfying all of the following requirements, com pleting each with a grade of C or better: 1. At least 30 semester hours of mathematics courses. 2. At least 18 semester hours of mathematics courses numbered above 300, approved by an adviser, and excluding Math. 303, 304, 383, 427, 428, 429, 470, 475, 495, 496 and 497. 3. Math. 140, 241, 242, 300, 314, and 315. 4. Either Math. 431-432 or Math. 321-422.

PAGE 46

36 I University of Colorado at Denver Students who plan to do graduate work in mathematics should take Math. 431-432; students who wish to obtain a secondary teaching certificate are encouraged to complete Math. 321-422; students planning to major in mathematics must see an adviser from that discipline. Students who choose the computer science option in the mathematics major are required to take the fol lowing courses, all with grades of C or better: 140,241,242 431, 432 443 481 C.S . 201 c.s. 311 c.s. 401 C.S. 453 C.S. 465 465) C.S.546 Variations in these courses must be approved by a mathematics adviser. At the graduate level, master's degrees are available in mathematics, applied mathematics, and basic science (mathematics option). The Department of Mathematics offers a Teaching Internship Program which consists of three phases as follows: Phase 1. A junior-level student who is majoring in mathematics or applied mathematics, and who shows promise as a teacher, is sponsored by a member of the full-time faculty of the department. A freshman-level course is then assigned to the student, on an honorarium basis, with the understanding that the faculty member will attend all sessions of the course. The student will thus be acting as an intern and will be provided with a critique of his or her performance after each lecture. It is the interested student's task to convince a faculty member that he or she should sponsor the stu dent. No faculty member is required to perform this function, nor is any compensation afforded to the sponsor for so doing. Phase 2 . After completion of one or two semesters of fully supervised classroom exposure, and upon the student's entry into the senior year of study, the faculty sponsor may recommend that the intern be ac cepted as an undergraduate teaching assistant. With approval of the mathematics faculty, the student will then be assigned broader responsibility for one (or at most, two) freshman courses, with the faculty sponsor exercising such supervision as may appear ap propriate under individual circumstances. Phase 3 . Upon completion of a baccalaureate program the intern hopefully would be prepared to ac cept a graduate teaching assistantship in the depart ment, or in a related interdisciplinary area, as the next step in his or her professional career. No student may earn more than 9 hours credit in mathematics courses numbered below 140. PHYSICAL EDUCATION Faculty: Gerald P. Carlson. Metropolitan State College is responsible for teaching all undergraduate physical education for the Auraria Higher Education Center. This includes the basic activity program as well as the undergraduate major in health, physical education, and recreation. UCD students may take any activity class MSC of fers. Check the fall and spring UCD Schedule oh Courses for activities offered, class times, and procedures for enrolling in such classes. Although physical education credit is not required for completion of the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Fine Arts degrees, a maximum of 8 hours of elective credit consisting of activity courses may be applied toward the graduation requirement of 120 hours. All activity classes offered by MSC in Auraria may be taken on an elective basis. A course may be counted for credit only once. Students are subject to MSC policies regarding adds, drops, withdrawals, and grades. Students interested in pursuing a Bachelor of Science degree in physical education should contact the discipline representative at UCD . Major courses will be available through MSC or the University of Colorado at Boulder. PHYSICS Faculty: Martin M. Mal tempo, Robert N. Rogers, John I. Shonle, William R. Simmons, Clyde S. Zaidins. Adjoint: Edward J. Davies, In Kil Hwang, Jerry H. Wilson. Physics, as a discipline, is the base on which many other areas of science and engineering rest. There are several variations of a major in physics available to suit career goals ranging from fundamental research to general education. Students interested in basic research or teaching in higher education need to prepare for graduate study in physics (Plan I). Careers in applied physics, primarily in industry, are best served by a Plan II or engineering physics major (see the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog for the latter). Plan II, coupled with appropriate education courses, is also advised for students desiring to teach physical science in primary or secondary schools. A new option (Plan ill) which emphasizes conceptual, philosophical, historical, cultural, and social aspects of physics is available for students desiring a technical background for careers in business, law, politics, etc., or for general education. Physics is an important com ponent in many interdisciplinary areas, such as en vironmental, geophysical, or energy studies. Majors in these areas are arranged individually. All physics majors, under any option, must consult with an adviser. The basic requirements include Phys. 130 and two semesters of other sciences for all majors. Additional courses are: Plan I . Phys. 231, 232, 233, 234, 311, 312, 317, 321, 331, 332, 341, 381, 481, 482, 495, and Math. 140, 241, 242. Plan II. Phys. 231, 232, 233, 234, 311, 312, 317, 321, 331, 381, six hours of upper division physics electives, and Math. 140, 241, 242. Plan!!!. Phys. 105, 106, (201, 202) or (251, 252), 317, and 15 hours of upper division physics electives, such

PAGE 47

as 307 or 309, 308, 362, 363, 395, 464, or 466, and Philosophy of Science. PSYCHOLOGY Faculty: Janis W . Driscoll, Robert D. Elder, Nell G. Fahrion, Daniel Fallon, Eben M. Ingram, Carolyn M. Simmons , Gary S. Stern , Graham Sterritt. Psychology is the scientific study of behavior, con sisting of the following major areas of study: ex perimental psychology , biopsychology, developmen tal psychology, social psychology, and clinical psy chology. The requirements for the psychology major are designed to expose the student to the spectrum of psychology, including an early exposure to methodology and statistics. Although some specialization is possible, the faculty believes that this is more appropriate at advanced levels and that the undergraduate should have a broad background upon which to base future specialization. An undergraduate major in psychology provides a good general concentration for a B.A. degree. Job op portunities are developing for interdisciplinary com binations of psychology with other areas of study such as business, computer science, or statistical design. Traditionally, job opportunities within the field of psychology itself require graduate study; however, some students find jobs in the mental health or social service fields with a B.A. degree in psychology. The psychology major also prepares the student for graduate work in psychology. Programs leading to the master's degree in particular applied areas of psy chology appear to be one of the directions in which the field is moving. Requirements for the psychology major are as fol lows: majors must complete at least 30 semester hours and not more than 48 semester hours in psychology with at least 16 hours in upper division courses. No grade below C in psychology courses is acceptable toward the major. College algebra and English 101 must be included in the lower division curriculum. Specific course requirements are Psych. 203-204 and Psych. 207; Psych. 210; at least one biotropic course including Psych. 322, 405, 409, 410, 414, 416, 425, 438, 496; at least one sociotropic course including Psych. 364, 430, 431, 440, 441, 445, 449, 464, 466, 467, 471, 485; at least one advanced laboratory course including Psych. 417, 422, 444, 485; and one integrative course , Psych. 451. Division of Social Sciences Suzanne Wiggins Helburn , Assistant Dean In the last two decades, the social sciences have in cluded study of some of the most intractable problems of contemporary society: the population explosion , urban concentration, the impact of rapidly changing technology, the strains of race relations , the conflicts arising from competing political ideologies, and the College of L i b e ral Arts and S c ie nces I 3 7 thrust of developing societies. The social science dis ciplines also provide important bridges between thought and action and between values and problem solving techniques . Social science majors provide excellent preparation for further professional training as well as for jobs in public service, secondary school teaching, office ad ministration, journalism, and writing. Students can satisfy all requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree at UCD in all the disciplines included in the division. The requirements of each major are ex plained under the respective disciplines. The Division of Social Sciences includes the follow ing disciplines: anthropology, economics, history, political science, and sociology . A new major program in ethnic studies is being organized and may be in troduced in the 1977-78 academic year. Students should contact the division dean for more informa tion. The division offers courses in the various dis ciplines , in interdisciplinary studies, and in preprofes sional studies. Students should be aware of the possibilities for a distributed studies major in the social sciences. The most usual combinations are economics and sociology , and history and political science. See the CollegeWide Interdisciplinary Academic Programs section of this bulletin for details on a distributed studies major. The division also has developed a major in urban studies. The program is designed to provide a broad educational experience for persons who are interested in careers related to the problems of urban life. The major is appropriate for students intending to enter the fields of business, law , medicine , or publi c sc hool teaching, to work in or with federal, state, or local agencies or volunteer and community action groups, or to enter graduate programs in the social sciences or environmental planning. Interested students should contact the Division of Social Sciences Office for in formation concerning advisers, requirements, courses currently offered and proposed, and options involved in the program. ANTHROPOLOGY Faculty: Janet R. Moone, Lorna Grindlay Moore , Duane Quiatt, Manisha D. Roy , Jack E. Smith. Anthropology provides a broad overview of man and his ways of living in the world. It considers man as a biological and social being and seeks an under standing of his origins, his biological and cultural evolution , his present condition, and future prospects. Anthropolog y provides a comprehensive background in t he fundamental concepts and t he o r i e s w h ich seek to explain man's biological and cu ltural d iversity a s well a s those common features shared by people ever y where. It provides an overview of the prehistory of man and of his contemporary variety . Anthropological training has a broad application to many fields . A background in anthropology is especially helpful in the areas of city planning, com munit y development, environmental design , public affair s , the health services , and secondary education.

PAGE 48

38 I University of Colorado at Denver Requirements for Majors. Undergraduate majors must complete a minimum of 30 semester hours in anthropology with grades of Cor better. Sixteen of the 30 hours must be upper division. The maximum number of hours in the major is 48. Anthropology ma jors must take the following courses or demonstrate a competent knowledge of materials and methods covered. The three introductory courses in the princi ples of anthropology (two of these may be taken con currently, and there is no required sequence): Anthro . 100. Cultural Anthropology Anthro. 101. Biological Anthropology Anthro. 102. Prehistory Anthro. 453. History of Anthropology And one of the following: Anthro. 280. Nature of Language Anthro. 480. Anthropological Linguistics (Boulder campus only) Anthro . 481. Language and Culture Information for Nonmajors. Nonmajors recieve 8 hours of credit toward the College social science re quirement for Anthro. 100 and 102, and 4 hours of credit toward the College natural and physical science requirement for Anthro. 101. The full12 hours of Col lege requirements for each of these two science areas may be fulfilled by combining the above courses with other cultural or archaeology courses (Soc. Sci.) or other biological-physical anthropology courses (Nat. and Phys. Sci.) at the 200, 300, or 400 levels. ECONOMICS Faculty: Suzanne W. Helburn, Byron L. Johnson, John R. Morris Jr., Alan R. Shelly. Part-time: Gary Bickel, J. Jeffrey Morris. Economics is important to the average citizen as well as to the professional. The economy influences daily life, and every person must make economic deci sions. The economics student is trained to research, to analyze data, and to make foreci:\sts. This background lends itself to careers in teaching, business, and all levels of government . Economics deals with all aspects of the production and circulation of the worldly goods of humanity. Specific aspects are macroeconomics (inflation, un employment, etc.) and microeconomics (theory of behavior of individual producers, consumers, and in vestors). Analytic scope ranges from precise mathematical modelling to general philosophical speculation on the nature of society and people. Requirements for Majors. Students majoring in economics must meet the following requirements: at least 30, but not more than 48, semester hours in economics, of which 22 must be numbered 300 or higher; C.S. 201; Econ. 381, 407, and 408. Majors are urged to take Econ. 381 as soon as possible. For all courses numbered above 300, the prereq uisite, unless otherwise indicated , is Econ. 201 and 202, or Econ. 300. Distributed Studies Students majoring in distributed studies may make economics their primary area of concentration by taking 30 semester hours in economics. Required course for this option are Econ. 407-408 and a course i statistics. ETHNIC STUDIES Cecil E . Glenn, Director Ethnic studies is the academic study of the culture of minority groups in the United States. Although the programs in ethnic studies have been designed to meet academic needs of all university students, many students interested in ethnic studies qualify for sup port from federal and state educational opportunity programs (EOP) . Student organizations provide as sistance with recruiting, counseling, personal guidance, and tutoring; financial help is available through grants and the Work/Study Program. Courses are presently offered in Asian American, Black, Mex ican American, and Native American Studies, and may be found under those headings in the complete list of course descriptions in this bulletin. HISTORY Faculty: Frederick S. Allen, Ernest Andrade Jr., MarkS. Foster , Philip A. Hernandez, James B. Wolf. Adjunct: Mary Conroy, Stephrn C. Hunter, Myra L. Rich. History provides a superb academic background not only because of its intrinsic fascination but also because an understanding of history requires one to integrate important facets of many other disciplines. Individual history courses cut across lines of the social sciences, humanities, even the "hard" sciences. Perhaps most important, history provides a time frame. Far more important to the history student than learning facts is understanding the process of change. By comparing the state of humankind over years, decades, or centuries, the student of history isolates important societal changes and analyzes critical causal factors. This is training not only for learning, but for living. The bachelor's degree in history provides training for immediate postgraduate career entry or advanced training in several social sciences. History majors fre quently choose careers in teaching or civil service; in addition, a number enter corporate management training programs or develop careers in sales . History is traditionally a valued background for law school ap plicants. A key attraction of the major in history is its versatility: an excellent choice for those who are still seeking career goals. Requirements for Majors . Undergraduate students majoring in history must complete a minimum of 30 semester hours in history, 16 of which must be upper division. Not more than 48 hours in the student's ma jor area will count toward the 120-hour graduation re quirement. A student must have a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or better in the major to graduate. History majors shall fulfill their lower division re quirements by taking 12 hours of history at the 100

PAGE 49

and 200 levels. All majors must take Hist. 101 and 102; in addition, they may take Hist. 151 and 152 or an y two non-European history courses. POLITICAL SCIENCE Faculty: Michael S. Cummings, Joel Edelstein, Jana Everett, Stephen C. Thomas. Political science studies people, power, and the public good. Looking at a variety of societies, institu tion s , and interpersonal situations, the department asks who has power, where this power comes from, how it is used , and how it promotes or impairs the public good. It also asks what this public good is; how it differs from China to Rhodesia to Argentina to Colorado; and how the basic human needs for security , love, self respect, and self-actualization de pend upon political conditions such as freedom and equality. Political science draws on insights from o ther fields, such as psychology, philosophy, economics , sociology , and world literature. Finally, it explores the relationship between idealism and realism, between theory and practice, between political thought and personal action. Opportunities for students with a B.A. in political science include careers in business, teaching, jour nalism , and government service. A political science degree also serves as good preparation for professional t raining in law and public administration. In all cases , participation in an internship experience as an undergraduate will increase the student's job oppor tunities. Students with an M.A. in political science ma y find careers in such areas as business, govern ment research and administration, and teaching at the community college level. R e quirement s for Majors . Undergraduate majors must complete a minimum of 30 semester hours in political science, of which at least 18 must be in upper divi s ion courses. Courses can be distributed among the primary fields as listed in this bulletin, i.e., American politics, comparative politics, international relations , political theory and public law, and public administration . The major must include the follow ing: P . Sc. 100, 110, 200, 440, 441, and 465 (or 465 can be replaced by one upper division course in each of three fields: American politics, comparative politics, international relations); and Econ. 201 and 202. With faculty approval , students may get course credit for political internships through Cooperative Education, Soc.Sci. 398. SOCIOLOGY Faculty : Richard H . Anderson, M. Jay Crowe, Karl H. Flaming , Richard H . Ogles. Sociology i s the study of group life in society. It is the investigation of social actions, values, and procedures that are involved in the development, College of L i beral Arts and Science s I 39 structure, and operation of group life. Sociology at tempts to present a perspective which encourages people to develop what has been called t he sociological imagination -the use of reason to achieve lucid summaries of what is going on in the world and of what may be happening within themselves . Good training in sociology, especially at the graduate level , can open up almost any professional field. Knowledge of sociology and sociological method is valuable in management , research , government ser vice, public affairs, and the health services. The department has developed the following rationale for courses offered . 1. Lower Division Courses (100 and 200) a. One-hundred-level courses are an introduc tion to the .broad sociological perspective as it applies to social life, social systems, and society. b. Two-hundred-level courses introduce the student to somewhat more specific content areas: population study , human ecology, social psychology, etc . 2. Upper Division Courses (300 and 400) a. Three-hundred-level courses serve as ad vanced surveys of some specific area of con centration. They are designed to acquaint the student with the issues, methods and con cepts, and theoretical frameworks employed in the content area. Such courses as urban sociology, sociology of the family, and sociology of work are offered at this level. Many of these courses are "open" courses in that students from other disciplines and col leges are encouraged to enroll in them. b. Four-hundred-level courses are devoted to a more detailed in-depth examination of specific issues, approaches, and concepts within the previously identified content areas. These are advanced courses and are geared more directly to sociology and social science majors . Requirements for Majors. Majors in sociology are required to complete 30 hours in sociology with a grade of C or better. Of these hours , 16 must be upper division, of which 12 hours must be 400-level courses . Maximum in the major is 48 hours. The following courses must be completed with a grade of Cor better: Soc . 100. Introduction to Sociology Soc . 400. Contemporary Sociological Theory Soc . 402. Statistics A maximum of 6 hours of social science credit may be counted toward the major in sociology. As no fixed se quence of courses is prescribed, it is recommended and expected that students will select an adviser from the sociology faculty to help them develop their programs. This is particularly important for those in tending to do graduate work in sociology.

PAGE 50

College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration Gordon G. Barnewall, Associate Dean INFORMATION ABOUT THE COLLEGE The College of Business and Administration and the Graduate School of Business Administration at UCD offer programs designed to train competent, responsible administrative and related professional personnel. The College serves students entering this field of study and men and women already in ad ministrative positions. It also promotes research and new thinking about administrative problems. The American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business admitted the College to membership in 1938. The problems of administration are common to many kinds of public and private endeavor, and the College of Business attempts to confront these problems as they pertain to the management of business enterprises. The major purpose of the College of Business is to provide opportunities both for a liberal education and for professional training. Students are given help in preparing not only for effective careers but also for satisfying living and constructive citizenship. The Graduate School of Business Administration offers graduate-level education in business to persons with undergraduate degrees in business and other academic fields and prepares them for work in the broad spectrum of business enterprise. Organization Within the broad framework of policy established by the Regents of the University of Colorado, policy decisions for the College of Business are made by the Educational Policy Committee of the faculty under the chairmanship of the dean and are subject to review by the faculty as a whole. The college's activities are administered by the as sociate dean of UCD, by the heads of its several in structional divisions, and by other faculty directors of particular programs. Student Organizations Opportunity for association with other College of Business and Administration students in varied ac tivities intended to stimulate professional interests and to give recognition to scholastic attainment is provided by the following student organizations: AIESEC international business association Beta Alpha Psi professional and honorary ac counting fraternity Beta Gamma Sigma national honorary scholastic fraternity in business CSPAColorado Society for Personnel Administra tion (student chapter) for students interested in personnel or industrial relations CUAMA -student chapter of the American Marketing Association Delta Sigma Pi national professional business fraternity MBA Association-University of Colorado associa tion of master's students in business Phi Chi Theta national professional business and economics fraternity Rho Epsilon professional real estate fraternity Sigma Iota Epsilon professional and honorary management fraternity Undergraduate Degree Programs The undergraduate curriculum leading to the Bachelor of Science (Business) degree is intended to help the student achieve the following general objec tives: 1. Understanding of the activities that constitute business enterprise and of the principles underlying administration of those activities. 2. Ability to think through logically and analytically the kinds of complex problems en countered by management. 3. Facility in the arts of communication. 4 . Comprehension of the human relationships in volved in an organization. 5. Awareness of the social and ethical respon sibilities of those in administrative positions. 6. Skill in the arts of learning that will help the stu dent continue self-education after leaving the campus. AREA OF EMPHASIS Typically, students select an area of emphasis from those offered after taking several of the "core" courses. Then they take the hours required for their selected area. Available areas of emphasis are:

PAGE 51

Accounting Personnel management Computer-based Production and Operations information systems management Finance Public agency administration International business Real estate Marketing Statistics Minerals land management Small business management Organizational management Transportation traffic management Admission of Freshman Students See the General Information section for admission and application procedures. Prospective students in business are encouraged to pursue a broad college preparatory program in high school, with particular emphasis on English, mathematics, the social sciences, and speech. Candidates for the Bachelor of Science (Business) degree normally enter as freshmen. The College ex pects entering freshmen to present 15 units of the secondary course work. lntrauniversity Transfer Students who wish to transfer to the College of Business and Administration from another college or school of the University must formally apply at the College of Business office (Room 500). Second Undergraduate Degree Students may apply to the College of Business and Administration to earn a second undergraduate degree, provided the first undergraduate degree is in a field other than business. The student who is accepted for the second undergraduate degree will be required to pursue courses in the sequence normally required for a degree plan. For example, if a student registered for the second degree has not had the required mathematics or general education courses, these must be taken before the student will be eligible to register for business courses. Further, the basic business courses (core courses) must be taken before a student begins to pursue the major field. If a student applying for a second undergraduate degree has an academic record that justifies con sideration for the graduate program, that student will be encouraged to consider one of the master's programs. ACADEMIC POLICIES Academic policies which apply to all UCD students are described in the General Information section of this bulletin. The policies that follow apply specifically to the College of Business and Ad ministration and Graduate School of Business Ad ministration. Academic Advising Each student in the College of Business is responsi ble for knowing and complying with the academic requirements and regulations established for the Col lege and for classes. Upon admission to the College of College of Business and Administration I 41 Business and Administration or to the Graduate School of Business Administration, the student has the responsibility for conferring with the student ad visers in the College concerning an academic program. Adding and Dropping Courses See the General Information section of this bulletin for University-wide Drop/Add policies. Administrative Drop. Instructors may recommend to the College of Business and Administration office that students who fail to meet expected course atten dance standards be dropped without discredit during the first 10 weeks of the semester. Appeal Procedure Students should contact the associate dean or staff members in the College of Business and Administra tion office for appeal and petition procedures pertain ing to rules and regulations of the College. Attendance Regulations Classroom attendance is at the discretion of the in structor. Students are responsible for determining each instructor's policy on attendance. Course Load The normal scholastic load of an undergraduate student in the College of Business is 15 semester hours, with 19 hours normally the maximum. Students having a grade-point average of 3.0 or higher for the most recent semester in which they completed at least 15 semester hours may register for a load exceeding 19 semester hours with the approval of the associate dean. Hours carried concurrently in the Division of Continuing Education, whether in classes m : through correspondence, are included in the student's load. Credit To receive credit, all courses must be listed on the student's registration in the Office of Admissions and Records. Courses completed at any University of Colorado campus are credited toward degree requirements. Independent Study Credit Junior or senior business students desiring to work beyond regular business course coverage may take variable credit courses (1 to 3 semester hours) under the direction of an instructor who approves the proj ect, but the student must have prior approval. To receive credit for nonbusiness independent study courses, students should obtain the associate dean's approval prior to registering for the course. Further information and forms are available in the College of Business and Administration office. There is no credit for work experience.

PAGE 52

42 I University of Colorado at Denver Standards of Performance Students are held to basic standards of performance established for their classes with respect to atten dance, active participation in course work, promptness in completion of assignments, correct English usage both in writing and in speech, accuracy in calculations and general quality of scholastic workmanship. In general, examinations are required in all courses and for all students, including graduating seniors. To be in good standing, students must have an overall grade-point average of not less than 2.0 (C = 2.0) for all course work attempted and a 2.0 for all business courses attempted. This applies to work taken at all University campuses. Activity physical education and remedial courses are not included in the overall average. When semester grades become available, students below standard will be notified of (1) probationary status or (2) suspension. To be removed from proba tion, the student must (1) achieve a grade-point average of 2.0 or better for the semester, (2) bring his or her cumulative grade-point average on all courses attempted and on all business courses attempted to a 2.0 level or above, and (3) meet other requirements as they might be designated. Study Abroad Credit Transfer credit from study abroad programs is most appropriately applied as nonbusiness elective credit. Required business courses should not be taken during studies abroad. Students are responsible for checking with the College of Business and Administration for prior approval. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS The Bachelor of Science (Business) degree requires: 1. Total Credits. 120 acceptable semester hours of credit, of which at least 51 hours must be in non business courses (including 9 hours of upper division work) and at least 51 hours in business courses. The remaining 18 hours may be in either, or some com bination of both. This cannot include remedial work, repetition of courses, courses failed, or activity physical education, recreation and dance courses. Ad vanced ROTC work is acceptable only if the ROTC program is completed. All incomplete grades and cor respondence course grades must be completed and recorded at the Office of Admissions and Records no later than four weeks prior to graduation. It is the stu dent's responsibility to contact the instructor con cerning the removal of incomplete grades. 2. Residence. Completion of at least 30 semester hours , usually in the senior year , after admission to the College of Business and Administration, including 12 hours in the area of emphasis. Courses completed at any University of Colorado campus after the can didate has been admitted to the College are accept able toward this requirement. 3 . Grade Average . A minimum scholastic grade point average of 2.0 (C) for all courses attempted at the University acceptable toward the B.S. degree, 2.0 for all business courses, and 2.0 m the stu dent's area of emphasis. 4 Graduation With Honors. Upon recommends of the faculty of the College of who demonstrate superior scholarship are giVe special recognition at Those students wh achieve an overall grade-pomt average of 3.3 and B grade-point average of 3.5 on all taken at the University of Colorado wh1le 30 hours after admission to the College of and Administration will be graduated cum Those students who achieve an overall grade-pom1 average of 3.5 and a grade-point of 3.7 mall business courses taken at the Umvers1ty of Colorad<1 while completing 30 hours after to the Col ; lege of Business and Administratwn w1ll be graduatec magna cum laude . . 5. Courses . Completion of all of the followmg re quired courses: 6. Students must file an Intent to with the College of Business and Adm1mstrat10n o1l fice prior to registering for their last set:? ester. Ques tions concerning graduation should be drrected to th student adviser, Room 500 (629-2605). Semester Hours Area of emphasis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 College algebra and calculus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Communication and composition ........................ Core requirements (basic courses in accounting, business law, business statistics, business and society, marketing, fmance, organizational behavior, operations analysis and business policy) ................ 30 Electives 9' Free electives (either business or nonbusiness electives) .. 18 General psychology . .................. ........... 6 Introductory sociology or cultural anthropology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Natural science (astro-geophysics, biology, chemistry, geography, geological sciences, and physics; applies as nonbusiness elective . . . . . . . . . . . . Political science .............................. . Principles of economics ......................... . Total 120 Upon reaching senior status, the student contact the College of Business and Administration student adviser for a complete academic evaluatio prior to registering for the last term on campus. Model Degree Program The following sequence of courses is a guide to registration. Freshman Year Semester Hours Engl. 102 or 103. English Composition .......... : ...... : 3 Comm. 202 or 210. Communication Theory or Pubhc Speakmg 3 Math. 107. College Algebra' ................. 3 Math 108. College Calculus' ................... 3 Pol. Sci. 100. Introduction to Political Science.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Pol. Sci . 110. American National Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Soc. 100. Introduction to Sociology or Cultural Anthropology 1042 • . • • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 3 'Any of the following four options: (1) Math. 107 and 108; (2) Math. 111 and 140; (3 Math. 111 and 108; or (4) Math. 140 and 241. A maximum of 9 houra of mathemattc below the level of Math.140 can be applied to the degree. '2Soc. 100 is recommended to meet the socio l ogy requirement; h O wever , Soc. 112, 119, 250. or Anthro. 104 are acceptable.

PAGE 53

B.Ad. 100. Introducti on to Business or a busine ss elective3 • • • 3 Nonbusiness electives• ....... . . . ........... ..... . ......... __.& M Sophomore Year Econ . 201 and 202. Principles of Economics (macro/micro) . . . 6 Psych. 203, 204 . General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 B . Ad. 200. Business Information and the Computer . . . . . . . . . 3 Q . M . 201. Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Acct . 200. Introduction to Financial Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Nonbusiness electives' ..... . . ............................. __..!! 30 Junior Year Mk. 300. Princ i ples of Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Fin. 305 . Basic Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Or . Mg. 330 . Introduction to Management and Organization . 3 Pr. Mg. 300. Production and Operations Management...... . 3 B. Law 300. Business Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Business elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Nonbusiness elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Free electives . . ................................... ....... __..!! 30 Senior Year B . Ad . 450 . Business Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B.Ad . 411. Business and Society o r B . Ad . 410 . Business and Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Area of emphas is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Business electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Free electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Total 3o Area of Emphasis Each candidate for the B.S. (Business) degree must complete the prescribed courses in an area of emphasis comprising 12 semester hours taken at the University of Colorado. Although only one area of emphasis will be listed on the student's official records, students so desiring may accomplish the effect of a dual area of emphasis by careful selection of courses. ACCOUNTING Accounting courses are offered in several fields of professional accountancy at the intermediate, ad vanced, and graduate levels. They provide prepara tion for practice in one or more of the following fields: Financial accoun t ing Auditing Managerial accounting Tax acc o un t ing proce ss ing and c o n t rol sys t em s Teaching and research In all of these fields a thorough knowledge of the social, legal, economic, and political environment is needed. A high degree of analytical ability and com munication skill is indispensible. The undergraduate area of emphasis in accounting consists of 12 hours beyond Acct. 200 and 202: Required Courses Semester Hours Acct . 322. Intermediate Financial Account i ng I . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Acct. 323. Intermediate Financial Accounting II . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Acct. 332 . Cos t Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Accounting ele c tive ......................... ..... . ........ 12 C ollege o f Bus i n ess and Admin istratio n I 43 Students planning to pursue accounting as a career usually take more than the required 12 hours . Many students take a total of about 30 hours of accounting, often taking two courses each semester in their junior and senior years. Students should work closely with the accounting faculty in planning their accounting programs. Students planning to take the CPA examination should take about 30 hours of accounting and also be well prepared in statistics, business law, finance, economics. Graduate study in accounting is receiving increas ing emphasis by professional organizations and employers. Students meeting admission requirements should consider continuing their education at the graduate level. COMPUTER-BASED INFORMATION SYSTEMS The information systems area is designed for those who wish to prepare themselves for careers as profes sional administrative data processing managers in business and government. The student develops those technical skills and administrative insights required for the analysis of information systems, the design and implementation of systems , and the management of data processing operations . The emphasis is on management information systems systems for the collection, organization, accessing, and analysis of in formation for the planning and control of operations. The automation of data processing is also studied ex tensively. Those looking toward professional careers in ad ministrative data processing should plan to pursue the 21-hour degree program. The program is designed to prepare the student for job entry at the information systems analyst level. The undergraduate area of emphasis consists of 12 hours beyond Q.M. 201 and I.S. 215. R e qu i red Core: (12 Hours) Semester Hours Q . M. 440 . Operations Research...................... .... . . 3 I.S. 345. Information Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 I.S . 355. Computerware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 I . S . 465 . Systems Analysis and Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Additional Courses for the Professional CBIS Candidate: (9 Hours ) In addition to the core above, candidates should select , in consultation with their advisers, at least 9 hours from the following courses . Some substitution of other computer science courses may be allowed where the candidate ' s career interests so warrant. Semester Hours Acct. 202. Introduction to Managerial Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Q . M . 3 00 . Interm ediate Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 E . E . 531. Tele com munications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 C . S . 453. Assembly Language and Software Sy stems . . . . . . . . 3 C .S. 55 9 . On Line Comput ing Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 FINANCE The principal areas of study in finance are financial management, banking, investments , and insurance. 1Applies as a business elective. This course is recommended but not requi r ed . •For completion of the B.S. (Business) degree requirements , the student's program must include at l east 9 semester hours in upper division , nonbusiness courses .

PAGE 54

44 I University of Colorado at D e nv e r Finance is intended to give an understanding of fun damental theory pertaining to finance and to develop ability to make practical applications of the principles and techniques of sound financial management in business . Every endeavor is made to train students to think logically about financial problems and to formulate sound financial decisions and policies . Numerous opportunities are to be found with finan cial institutions and in the field of business finance. Emphasis is placed on financial policy, management, control, analysis and decision-making. Acct . 202 is a prerequisite for this area. R equi r ed Cour ses Semester Hours Fin . 401. Business Finance I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Fin. 402. Business Finance II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Fin . 433. Investment and Portfolio Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Fin . 455. Monetary and Fiscal Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Recommende d Elective Courses Fin . 440. International Financial Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Fin . 434. Security Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Fin . 453. Bank Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 R.Es . 454. Real Estate Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Ins . 484. Principles of Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS In recent years, companies have completely reoriented their thinking, planning, and operations to capitalize on the opportunities offered in the world marketplace. Every phase of business operation is af fected by this reorientation, and individuals who offer the appropriate skills, training , and orientation are in great demand. The program reflects the basic principle that effec tiveness in international business is based on a thorough training in business administration. The in ternational business program provides the oppor tunity to build on these skills. The student electing this area must complete at least 12 semester hours as follows: R equi r e d Courses Semester Hours Econ . 441. International Trade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 plus three of the following courses : B.Ad . 440. International Bu s iness Seminar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Fin. 440. International Financial Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Or . Mg . 458. International Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mk . 490. International Marketing.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 A second area of emphasis in business is highly recommended. The course requirements for the sec ond area can be included as part of the business and free elective hours . Foreign language study is also recommended, and foreign language skills are much sought after by business recruiters for this field . Other courses emphasizing international affair s may be elected from the following departments: anthropology, economics, geography , history , political science, psychology , and sociology. Students in terested in this area may start t heir preparation by electing language and other liberal arts and sciences courses in their program. MARKETING Marketing is concerned with analyzing the market for a product or service, planning and developing that product, determining the most appropriate distribu tion channels, pricing the product, and promoting it. Career opportunities abound in personal selling, advertising, sales management, marketing research, retailing, wholesaling, marketing by manufacturers, international marketing, etc. R equi r e d Cour ses Semester Hour s Mk . 330. Marketing Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Marketing electives (beyon d Mk. 300) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 MINERALS LAND MANAGEMENT The curriculum in minerals land management is designed to incorporate the primary course patterns of the College of Business and Administration along with certain field area preparation in geology, chemistry, economics, and land management. With this preparation, the graduate is a candidate for entry into employment as a landman, exploration t rainee, lease broker, and other jobs related to the minerals indus try . Colorado is presently the head quarters for a wide assortment of resource-based com panies operating throughout the western United States and Canada . These companies need qualified employees and have helped in the preparation of the program. The four-year program will consist of all College of Business requirements and must include the follow ing: 1 . Nonbusiness Cour ses Semester Hours Geol. 151. Man and Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Chern. 101. General Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Geol. 463. Principles of Geomorphology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Geol. 493. Introduc tio n to Geophysical Prospecting . . . . . . . 4 Econ . 453. Natural Resource Economics or Econ . 454. Environmental Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 2. Business Courses Acct. 202. Introduction to Managerial Accounting . . . . . . . . 3 R.Es. 300. Principles of Real Estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Fin. 355. Financial Markets or Fin. 401. Business Finance I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 . A minimum of 12 hours for the major area is required as specified below: Required Cour ses (The following three courses) M . L. Mg. 485. Minerals Landman Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 R.Es . 473. Legal Aspects of Real Estate Transactions . . . . . 3 Acct. 441. Income Tax Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Recommende d Elective Courses (T hree semester hours minimum ) R.Es. 430. Real Estate Appraisal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Law 412. Bu s iness Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B .Ad. 411. Business and Society . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

PAGE 55

Mk. 485. Physical Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Tr.Mg. 450. Survey of Transportation Operation and Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Organization Management Organization management offers opportunities to develop understanding and skill in managing human resources in organizations. The curriculum provides the foundation for supervisory and general management careers. Required Courses Semester Hours Or . Mg . 335. Managing Work Groups....................... 3 Or.Mg. 437. Managing Complex Organizations. ............. 3 (At least one of the following : ) Ps.Mg. 434. Labor Relations: Policy and Practice . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Ps. Mg. 438. Personnel Management: Policy and Practice . . . . 3 Recommended Electives Ps . Mg . 439. Personnel Management: Legal and Social Issues . 3 Ps . Mg . 444. Work Design and Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Ps . Mg. 447. Policy Analysis in Production and Operations Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Tr.Mg . 450. Transportation Operation and Management. . . . . 3 Pr.Mg. 460. Purchasing and Materials Management . . . . . . . . . 3 B.Ad. 470. Small Business-Management and Operation . . . . 3 Personnel Management Personnel management offers opportunities to develop professional competence in the areas of per sonnel administration and labor relations. Students acquire understanding and skill in developing and implementing personnel systems including recruit ment, selection, evaluation, training, and motivation of employees and union-management relations. Required Courses Semester Hours Ps.Mg. 434. Labor Relations: Policy and Practice . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Ps.Mg. 438. Personnel Management: Policy and Practice . . . . 3 Ps.Mg. 439. Personnel Management : Legal and Social Issues. 3 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Recommend e d El e ct ives Or.Mg. 335. Managing Work Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Or . Mg. 437. Managing Complex Organizations.............. 3 Pr.Mg. 440. Planning and Control Systems in Production and Operations Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Pr.Mg. 444. Work Design and Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Pr.Mg . 447. Policy Analysis in Production and Operations Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Tr.Mg. 450. Transportation Operation and Management . . . . . 3 B.Ad. 452. Small Business Strategy, Policy , and Entrepreneurship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 O.Ad. 440. Principles of Office Management.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Econ. 461. Labor Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Psych. 485. Principles of Psychological Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Psych. 487. Personality Assessment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Soc. 479. Industrial Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT Production and operations management studies are designed to prepare for careers as production manager, operations manager, management analyst, or systems analyst in a broad range of private sector organizations in manufacturing, banking, insurance, Coll ege of Business and Administration I 4 5 hospitals, and construction, as well as in a variety of municipal, state, and federal organizations. Production or operations managers may be charged with the design, implementation, and maintenance of the production systems. Managerial activities could include forecasting demand, production planning and inventory control, scheduling manpower and equip ment, job design and labor standards, quality control, purchasing, and facilities location and layout. Required Courses (The following three courses) Q . M . 440. Operations Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Pr. Mg . 440. Planning and Control Systems in Production and Operations Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Pr. Mg . 447. Policy Analysis in Production and Operations Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 (One of the following courses) Pr. Mg . 444. Work Design and Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Pr.Mg . 460. Purchasing and Materials Management.. ....... 3 Recommended Electives I.S . 215. Information Systems : Introduction to Data Processing 3 I.S. 345. Information Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Or. Mg. 335. Managing Work Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Or . Mg . 437. Managing Complex Organizations....... ....... 3 Ps . Mg. 434. Labor Relations : Policy and Practice . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Ps.Mg. 438. Personnel Management: Policy and Practice . . . . 3 Tr.Mg . 450. Transportation Operation and Management. . . . . 3 Mk. 485. Physical Distribution Management.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Acct. 332. Cost Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 PUBLIC AGENCY ADMINISTRATION Public agency administration is designed to prepare for careers in management of governmental or other nonprofit service organizations. The curriculum in public agency administration provides the student with a foundation of core courses upon which ' to construct an area of emphasis which will focus on the type of service organization the student desires to enter upon graduation. Required Courses Acct. 480. Business and Governmental Budgeting and Control 3 Ps . Mg . 438. Personnel Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 O . Ad. 440. Principles of Office Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Q.M. 440. Operations Research .......... ... .. ........ . . .... 3 REAL ESTATE Real estate careers require knowledge of real estate investments, urban land economics, real estate law, appraising, finance, taxes, management, sales, and accounting. Real estate is one segment of the economy in which it is still possible for a person to be his/her own boss whether as a broker, appraiser, developer, syndicator or property manager. Required C o urses Semester Hours R.Es. 4 30. Real E state Appraising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 R.Es . 454. Real Estate Financing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 R.Es. 401. Urban Land Analysis (or R.Es . 433. Real Estate Investments) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 R.Es . 473. Legal Aspect.<; o f Real E s tate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

PAGE 56

46 I ( nit>ersity o f Colorado at D e nver R ecommended Electives Acct. 441. Income Tax Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Ins. 484. Principles of Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Fin . 455. Monetary and Fiscal Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mk . 310. Salesmanship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Ad. 452. Small Business Strategy, Policy, and Entrepreneurship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Arch. Eng . 240. Building Materials and Construction . . . . . . . . 3 SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP Small business management studies provide under standing, knowledge, and skills in organizing and managing small business. The emphasis is on the managerial aspects of the wide range of activities re quired of the entrepreneur. A second area of emphasis in business is highly recommended. The course requirements of the second area can be included as part of business or free elec tives. Additional courses in management, finance, ac counting, and marketing should be planned in con sultation with the adviser to serve individual career needs. R equi r ed Courses Semester Hours B.Ad . 470. Small Business-Management and Operation . . . . 3 (Two of the following four courses) Fin . 401. Business Finance I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Acct. 332. Cost Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Ps. Mg. 438. Personnel Management: Policy and Practice . . . . 3 Mk. 480. Marketing Policies and Strategies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Recomme nded Electives Ps. Mg . 434. Labor Relations: Policy and Practice . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Pr. Mg . 440. Planning and Control Systems in Production and Operations Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Pr.Mg. 447. Policy Analysis in Production and Operations Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Tr.Mg . 450. Transportation Operation and Management... .. 3 Pr. Mg . 460. Purchasing and Materials Management......... 3 Mk . 485. Physical Distribution Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 O.Ad . 440. Principles of Office Management................ 3 Fin. 402. Business Finance II.............................. 3 STATISTICS (QUANTITATIVE METHODS) Statistics prepares students for entry-level posi tions in statistics, management science, or operations research divisions of companies and as general management trainees to fill line or staff functions. Combining an area of emphasis in statistics with another functional field such as accounting, finance, management, or marketing will substantially enhance employability and prospects for advancement. Statistics majors work with the design and implementation of business experiments and surveys and use skills relating to analyzing, interpreting, and communicating quantitative business information to management in order to enhance the process of decision-making. Students need competence in com puter programming and in preparing data for stan dard computer statistical packages, implementing these programs, and interpreting their results. R equi r e d Courses Semester Hour s Q . M. 410. Sampling and Inference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Q . M . 420. Multivariate Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Q.M. 430. Business Forecasting.......... .................. 3 Q.M. 440. Operations Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Students with a double area of emphasis may sub stitute one quantitative course in the other areas of emphasis for one of the courses above, with permis sion of the management science division. Recomme nded Courses Semester Hours I.S. 215. Introduction to Data Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 I.S. 345. Information Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 I.S . 355. Computerware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 I.S. 465. Systems Analysis and Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Pr. Mg . 440. Control Systems in Operations Management . . . . 3 Pr.Mg . 444. Socio-Technical Work Systems................. 3 Pr.Mg. 447. Operations Management: Policy and Practice . . . 3 Mk. 330. Marketing Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mk . 430. Research Design and Experimental Methods in Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 TRANSPORTATION AND TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT The curriculum in transportation management in cludes the role of transportation in society and the problems of traffic management within specific in dustries as well as the management of firms in the transportation industry, such as airlines, trucking firms, railroads, and urban transit firms. Inter national transportation management problems and policies are analyzed. One of the recommended elective courses may be substituted with permission of the adviser for one of the required courses if there is a schedule conflict, if the course is not available, or if a student demonstrates a career need for such a course. R e quired Courses Semester Hour s (Any four of the following six courses) Tr. Mg. 450. Transportation Operation and Management . . . . . 3 Tr. Mg. 452. Problems in Traffic Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Tr.Mg. 456. Air Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Tr. Mg. 457. Urban Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Tr. Mg. 458. International Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mk . 485. Physical Distribution Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 R ecomme nded Electives Ps . Mg . 434. Labor Relations: Policy and Practice . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Ps . Mg . 438. Personnel Management : Policy and Practice . . . . 3 Tr. Mg . 451. Survey of Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Pr.Mg. 460. Purchasing and Materials Management......... 3 B.Ad . 470. Small Business Management and Operation . . . . 3 O . Ad. 440. Principles of Office Management........ . . . . . . . . 3 COMBINED PRO G RAMS Numerous career opportunities exist for persons trained in both a specialized field and management. For this reason, students may be interested in com bined programs of study leading to completion of degree requirements concurrently in two fields. Such combined programs have been arranged for engineer ing and business, pharmacy and business, and en vironmental design and business. Programs may be arranged for other professional combinations also.

PAGE 57

The two programs of study proceed concurrently, terminating together with the award of two degrees. Generally, at least five years will be needed for such combined programs. No substitutions are allowed in this program. For students in combined programs, the require ments for the degree in business are as follows: 1. Completion of at least 48 semester hours in business and economics, to include Econ. 201 and 202 (6 semester hours), required courses in business (30 semester hours), and a business area of emphasis (12 semester hours). 2. Completion of at least 30 of these semester hours at the University of Colorado while enrolled in the College of Business. 3. Completion of nonbusiness requirements in mathematics, communications, and the social and behavioral sciences in a degree program approved in advance by the College of Business. In addition, for some courses and areas of emphasis, there are prereq uisite requirements which must be met. 4. At least a 2.0 grade average must be earned in all courses undertaken in the College of Business. Shown below is the combined engineering-business program. For other combinations, students should consult with the associate dean of the College of Business . The requirements for all combined business and engineering programs are as follows: Courses Semester Hours Econ. 201 and 202. Principles of Economics (Should be during the student's sophomore or JUmor year.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Acct . 200. Introduction to Financial Accounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Ad. 200. Business Information and the Computer . . . . . . . . . 3 Q . M . 201. Business Statistics .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 3 Mk. 300. Principles of Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Fin . 305. Basic Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Pr. Mg. 300. Production and Operations Management........ 3 Or.Mg. 330. Introduction to Management and Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B .Law 300. Business Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B.Ad . 410. Business and Government; or B.Ad . 411. Business and Society . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Ad. 450. Business Policy Cases and Concepts in Busi ness Policy; or B . Ad. 451. Management Garnes and Cases in Busine ss Policy; or B.Ad . 452. Small Business Strategy , Policy and Entrepreneurship . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Courses in an area of emphasis in one of the following fields: ac counting, computer-based information systems, finance, inter nati ona l business , marketing, office administration, operations management, organizational behavior , real estate , small business management, statistics, or transportation management . All work in the area of emphasis must be taken at the University of Colorado, College of Business and Administration . Area of emphasis ...................................•..... ,...!1 Total 48 GRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMS Requirements for Admission-Master's Programs Admission to the master's programs will be deter mined by the following criteria: 1. Applicant's academic record. College of Business and Administration I 47 2. The applicant's scores on the Graduate Manage ment Admission Test (GMAT). (This test is given four times each year at numerous centers throughout the country. For information and to make application for the test, write to the Educational Testing Service, P.O. Box 966, Princeton, New Jersey 08540.) Applicants are encouraged, but not required, to submit letters of evaluation from college instructors or employers. Because of the large number of applications which must be processed, the deadlines set out below are strictly adhered to, and applicants should be careful to observe them. Personal interviews are not required or encouraged. Applicants should submit in writing any additional information or statements which they wish to have considered by the admissions committee. In general, students failing to meet minimum stan dards are not admitted on a provisional status. Seniors in this University who have satisfied the un dergraduate residence requirements and who need not more than 6 semester hours of advanced subjects and 12 credit points to meet requirements for bachelor's degrees may be admitted to the Graduate School of Business Administration by special permission of the director of graduate studies. Completed applications, including GMAT scores, transcripts and a $20 nonrefundable application fee should be in the Office of Graduate Studies, Graduate School of Business Administration, University of Colorado at Boulder, Boulder, Colorado 80309, by March 1 for summer admission, by March 15 for fall admission, and by October 1 for spring admission . BACKGROUND REQUIREMENTS Students applying for graduate programs in business do not need to have an undergraduate degree in business; however, they must acquire an adequate background preparation in: Accounting Organization management Business finance Personnel management Business law Production and Financial institutions operations management Management scie nce Principles of economics Marketing Statistics Statistics, management science, and production management are not required for candidates for the Master of Business Education degree. An undergraduate degree program in business ad ministration usually provides the minimal necessary background in most of these fields. At the University of Colorado, a student who has had the following courses will be considered to have the minimal neces sary background: Acct. 200. Introduction to Financial Accounting Acct . 202. Introduction to Managerial Accounting B. Law 300. Business Law Econ. 201 and 202 or Econ. 300. Principles of Economics Fin. 305. Basic Finance Pr.Mg. 300. Production and Operations Management Or . Mg. 330. Introduction to Management and Organization Mk . 300. Principles of Marketing and one additional 3-hour marketing course approved by adviser

PAGE 58

48 I U n ive r s i ty of Colorad o at D e n ve r Q.M . 201. Bu si n ess Stati stics ( n ote exceptio n b e low) Q .M. 440. B usi n ess Op e ra tio n s R esearc h For s t udents lacking such preparation, 3-credit graduate fundamentals courses are offered in each of the background fields: B.Ad. 501 (Acct.) , B.Ad . 502 (Stat.), B.Ad. 503 (Mk.), B.Ad. 504 (Org . B.), B.Ad. 505 (Fin .), B.Ad. 506 (Law), and B.Ad. 507 (Mg.Sc.). These fundamentals courses do not carry graduate degree credit, nor may they be used to satisfy reqmrement s for the bachelor ' s degree in business. They are open only to admitted graduate students. Qualified nonbusiness senior undergraduates who intend to pursue graduate study in business and special students who have applied for graduate admission and are awaiting word of acceptance may be admitted with the written permission of the Office of Graduate Studies. Students entering any of the graduate programs (except Master of Business Education) are required to take either B.Ad. 502 (Fundamentals of Business Statistics) or to pass a qualifying examination cover ing this subject matter. In addition, all graduate stu dents are required to take either B.Ad. 500 (Sources of Information and Research Methods) or to pass a qualifying examination covering this subject matter. General Information Master's Programs A student with a bachelor's degree in business nor mally can complete the requirements for the master's degree in one calendar year. Students with no un dergraduate work in business normally require two years. Advising. All graduate students should report first to the student adviser in the Graduate School of Business Administration office for the purpose of ascertaining deficiencies and principal field of in terest . The division heads of each area serve as faculty advisers. During the first term of residence, each student should prepare a degree plan . This plan , with ap propriate signatures , should be filed in the Office of Graduate Studies . Qualifying Exami nation. Satisfactory performance on the Admission Test for Graduate Study in Business and admission into a master's program with the status of a regular degree student will constitute the qualifying examination for graduate study. Cours e Load. The normal course load for graduate students is 12-15 semester hours. Additional hours may be taken upon approval of the student' s adviser subject to the general rules of the Graduate School: Hours Required as Regular Degree or Provswnal Student. A candidate for a master ' s degree in business must complete a minimum of 30 semester hours of graduate work plus any deficiencies. A maximum of 6 semester hours of graduate work can be transferred from another AACSB-accredited master' s program. Comprehen sive Examination . Each candidate for a Master of Science or Master of Business Education degree is required to take a comprehensive final examination after the other requirements for the degree have been met. This examination is given near the end of the candidate's last semester of residence . Students must be registered when they take this ex amination. Comprehensive examinations are given in November, April , and July. A comprehensive ex amination is not required for students pursuing the Master of Business Administration degree program. Students must file an Application for Admission to Candidacy with the Office of Graduate Studies during the first month of the final term of their residency. Minimum Grade-Point Average. A minimum cumulative grade-point average of 3.0 must be achieved in courses taken after the student' s admis sion to the graduate program. If the student's cumulative grade-point average falls below 3.0, he will be placed on academic probation and given one regular semester (summer terms excluded) in which to achieve the required 3.0 cumulative average. Failure to achieve the required average within the al lotted time period will result in dismissal. Work receiving the lowest passing grade, D, may not be counted toward a degree , nor may it be ac cepted for the removal of deficiencies. A graduate student may repeat once a course for which he or she has received a grade of C, D, or F . Both the original grade and the grade for the repeated course count in the computation of the grade-point average. To earn a grade of W (withdrawal) in a course, a graduate student must be earning a grade of C or bet ter in that course . Graduate students will not be per mitted to withdraw from courses after the tenth week of the semester . An IF or IP grade shall be a valid grade only until the end of the regular semester (summer terms ex cluded) following that in which the grade of IF or IP is given. By the end of that interval, the instructor con cerned shall have turned in a final grade of A, B , C, D , or F . If no reports are received from the instructor within the allotted time the IF or IP shall be con verted to an F. Time Limit. All work, including the comprehensive final examination , should be completed within five years o r six successive summers. Candidates for the master's degree are expected to complete their work with reasonable continuity .1 Master of Business Administration The Master of Business Administration program is devoted to the concepts, analytical tools, and com munication skills required for competent and respon s ible administration. The administration of an enterprise is viewed in its entirety and within its s ocial , political , and economic environment. In addition to the background requirements for a master 's degree lis t ed above , the candidate for the M.B.A. degree must complete the specific require ments of the M.B.A . curriculum (30 semester hours) as follows: 1Under unusual circumstances, students whose residence is inte r rupted for legit imate reasons, suc h as military service, may apply for an extension of time .

PAGE 59

Core Requirement s Seme s ter Hours a. Business and Its Environment Business, Government , and Society (B.Ad . 610) . . . . . . . . . . 3 b . Analysis and Control Business and Economic Analysis (B.Ad . 615) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Administrative Controls (B.Ad. 620)2 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 3 c. Human Factors Organizational Behavior (B.Ad. 640) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 d . Planning and Policy Administrative Policy ( B .Ad. 650) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Area of Emphasis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Electives3 •••••••.•...••.•••..•.••••• • • • • • • • • • • • • ____. Total 30 Areas of emphasis include accounting, finance, management science (shown below), marketing", of fice administration, organization management, per sonnel management, production and operations management, and transportation management. For students taking an area of emphasis in ac counting, Acct. 322, 323 and 332 or their are prerequisites for all graduate-level accountmg courses. Acct . 533 is substituted for B . Ad. 620. Acct. 628 and two other graduate-level accounting courses are required in the area of emphasis . B.Ad. 630 is are quired elective for an accounting area of emphasis. Requirements for an area of emphasis in finance are Fin. 601, 602 and either Fin. 633 or 655. Requirements for an area of emphasis in marketing are Mk. 600, 605 and one additional graduate marketing course. Students taking other areas of emphasis should consult the head of the division concerning the re quirements . No thesis is required in the M.B.A. program. In the total program there must be a minimum of 30 semester hours of graduate course work and a minimum of 24 semester hours of course work at the 600 level. Independent study course 699 is normally not acceptable for credit in the final 30 semester hours of the M.B.A. program. Students may start their graduate programs at the beginning of the fall, spring or summer terms . M.B.A . MANAGEMENT SCIENCE PROGRAM For students selecting management science as their area of emphasis, the M.B.A. program is as follows: Polic y Formulat ion and Administrat ion (12 semester h ours) B.Ad . 610. Business , Government, and Society . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B .Ad. 615. Business and Economic Analy sis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B.Ad . 640. Organizational Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Ad. 650. Business Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Area of Emphasis ( 9 semester hours ) At least three courses from the following : Mg.Sc . 615. Decision Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mg.Sc . 625. Computer Oriented Decision Modeling . . . . . . . . . 3 Mg .S c . 635. Mathematical Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mg. Sc. 675. Seminar in Management Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mg .Sc. 685. Advanced Topics in Management Science 3 Electi ves ( 9 semester hours) One 600-level course in the area of accounting, finance , marketing, production and operations management, C ollege o f Business and Administ ration I 49 o rgan ization management, personnel management, or transp ortation management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 A t least two course s from the following: 1 Q . M . 510 . Sampling and Inference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Q . M . 520. Multivariate Analy sis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Q . M . 530. Business Forecasting............... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Q.M. 540. Operations Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 I.S . 565. Systems Analysis and Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 I.S. 645. Inform ation Systems and Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B .Ad. 620. Administrative Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 E . D.E . E . 545 , 548, or 595 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Master of Science The Master of Science degree affords opportunity for specialization and depth of training within a par ticular major field and a related minor field. MAJOR FIELDS For detailed information concerning requirements and recommended programs for each of the major fields, students should consult the following profes sors: Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Professor Schattke Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Professor Kolb Management science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Professor Plane Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Professor Goeldner Management and organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Professor Reed With the approval of the student's adviser and the director of graduate studies, minor fields may be chosen from business subjects or from other graduate departments . Fields available in the College of Business for selec tion as a minor are: Accounting Business education Finance Management science Marketing Office administration MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS Organization management Personnel management Production and organization management Real estate Transportation management The minimum requirements for the M.S. degree , after all undergraduate background deficiencies have been removed, may be met by Plan I or Plan IT. The student's degree program should be approved in ad vance by the advisory committee and the director of graduate studies. Plan I. The requirement is 30 semester hours of graduate credit including a thesis (4 to 6 credit) based upon original research by the candidate. A minimum of 20 semester hours of credit, including B.Ad. 630 (Business Research), is required of all can didates and, including the thesis, must be earned in a major field . A minimum of three courses, normally 9 semester hours but not fewer than 6, must be com pleted in a minor field. ' One of these courses may be EDEE 548, Appl ied Probabilit y Models , EDEE 545 , Produ c tion Automation Systems , o r EDEE 595, Selected Toptcs. ' B .Ad. 620 may be waived if a student has had simila r in his graduate. or un . dergraduate progr am . Waive r wi11 be upon of t ea chmg the course(s) a nd approval of the dire cto r of graduate studtes . Accountmg students shoul d be 500o r 600-level and c annot be taken in the area of emphasis . •Require ment s for an area o f emphasis in marketing in the M . B . A . of9 h.ours as follows: Mk . 600 ( Marketing Management ), Mk . 605 ( M.B .A. m Marketmg) , and one additional 3-hou r marketing cou rse at the 500 level o r h1gher .

PAGE 60

50 I University of Colorado at Denver Plan II. Minimum of 30 semester hours of course work must be completed in courses numbered at the 500 level or above. Requirements must be met in both a major and a minor field. No thesis is required . Of the 30 semester hours of graduate-level course work, a minimum of 16 hours must be at the 600 level. All M . S . students must pass written comprehensive examinations covering major and minor fields . The candidate's committee may require an oral final com prehensive examination subsequent to the written ex amination . Programs In Major Fields ACCOUNTING For students with an undergraduate accounting major, the M.B.A. program with an area of emphasis in accounting is recommended . With so many semester hours in accounting at the undergraduate level, , the student is well prepared to enter the graduate-level courses in accounting. The M.S. program is more suited for those students who have minimal background in accounting at the undergraduate level. At the minimum, B.Ad. 501 (Ac counting) and Acct. 322, 323 and 332 or their equivalents are necessary prerequisites for the 500and 600-level accounting courses that constitute the major field of study in the M.S. program. Acct . 628, either Acct . 626 or 627, and B.Ad . 630 are required in the M.S . program. Management Science R e quired Cour ses (15 H o ur s) Semester Hours Mg. Sc . 625. Computer Oriented Decision Modeling . . . . . . . . . 3 Mg. Sc . 635. Mathematical Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mg. Sc. 675. Management Science Sem i nar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Or . Mg. 601. Organizational Behavior as a System . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Q . M . 540. Operations Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 The remaining 15 or more semester hours are to be selected, in consultation with the student' s adviser, with the following courses recommended . Q . M. 510. Sampling and Inference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Q.M. 520. Multivariate Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3 Q . M. 530. Business Forecasting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Ad . 620. Administrative Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Pr.Mg. 640. Operations Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Pr.Mg. 647. Seminar in Operations Management Policy and Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Or.Mg. 632. Behavior of Task Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mk . 530. Quantitative Marketing Anal y sis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mg . Sc. 685. Adv anced Top ics in Management Science . . . . . . 3 Fin. 601. Problems and Policies in Financ i al Management I . 3 Acct. 626. Seminar in Managerial Accou n t ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 If Plan I is to be followed, B.Ad. 630 (Business Research) is required as 3 of these remaining 15 or more semester hours, and Mg.Sc. 700 is substituted for Mg.Sc. 675. ORGANIZATION MANAGEMENT A student majoring in organizational behavior is re quired to demonstrate competency in the general area of organization theory and behavior, and in the ap plied areas of labor relations and personnel manage ment. A minimum of 15 semester hours is to be selected, in consultation with the student's adviser , from the following courses: Course s Semester Hours Ps . Mg . 534. Labor Relations: Policy and Practice . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Or .Mg. 602. Individual Behavior in Organizations . . . . . . . . . . . Or .Mg. 632. Behavior of Task_ Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Ps . Mg . 6 34. Seminar in Labor Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Or . Mg. 636. Behavior in Complex Organizations . . . . . . . . . . . . Ps .Mg. 638. Seminar in Personnel Administration . . . . . . . . . . . ;j The remaining 6 or more semester hours are to be selected, in consultation with the student's adviser , with the following courses recommended: B .Ad. 620. Adminis t rative Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Pr.Mg . 544. Sociotechnical Work Systems: Synthesis and Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Pr .Mg. 640. Operations Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mg. Sc . 625. Computer Oriented Decision Modeling . . . . . . . . . 3 If Plan I is to be followed, B.Ad. 630 or Or.Mg. 700 is required. Minors Without Majors In Fields of Business Graduate students majoring in other divisions o the University may elect as a minor some field study within the College of Business and Administra tion. Acceptable fields are: Accounting Business education Finance Management science Marketing Office administration Organization management Personnel management Production and operations management Transportation management The student must complete two preparatory fun damentals courses, or their equivalents, as background preparation in the particular field. These two courses will be selected in consultation with a Col lege of Business and Administration adviser. Valida tion of background preparation may be required through examination, either written or oral, or both. To complete a minor at the graduate level in one o the fields within the college, the student must present not fewer than two graduate courses, and not fewer than 6 semester hours at the 500 or 600 level. Courses taken to apply on a minor must form a logical se quence or unit and should be approved in advance a representative of the subject field from which the courses are selected. Doctor of Business Administration Students should refer to the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog for information regarding the Doc tor of Business Administration (D.B.A.) program.

PAGE 61

School of Education Richard E. Wylie, Associate Dean INFORMATION ABOUT THE SCHOOL UCD offers undergraduate and graduate programs to prepare teachers and other educational workers. The education of school personnel has long been a recognized responsibility of the University. No program of studies involves the coordination of more scholastic disciplines than does the education of teachers. None is more fundamental, more signifi cant, more far-reaching, or more enduring in its im pact on society. The teacher education program, both un dergraduate and graduate, is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools and by the National Council for the Ac creditation of Teacher Education. Membership also is held in the American Association of Colleges of Teacher Education. Students interested in pursuing a program of studies leading to initial teacher certification should consult the School of Education Office. Those desiring to pursue graduate programs or to take courses as graduate students should consult the Graduate School section of this bulletin. All application forms for School of Education programs are available in the school office, 629-2717. INITIAL CERTIFICATION PROGRAM The Initial Certification Program is designed to prepare elementary and secondary teachers for urban school settings through academic work, professional studies, classroom teaching experiences, community field experiences, and urban studies courses. Undergraduate teacher certification programs are available at UCD in elementary education and in secondary education in the fields of communication and theatre, English, German, French, Spanish, mathematics, science, and social studies. Student Candidates 1. Juniors and seniors who are working on B.A. or B.S. degrees. 2. Persons who already have B.A., B.S., or ad vanced degrees, but who do not have teaching cer tificates. The Program First Semester (Fall) Semester Hours T.Ed. 370. The City as a Cultural Laboratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 T.Ed. 306. Foundations of American Education............. 3 T.Ed . 313. General Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 T.Ed. 336. Teaching Reading in Urban Schools . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Field Experience : A field experience component will be available each semester of the program , with a common experience compris ing each of the courses offered during the fall semester . It is ex pected that all students will complete a portion of their field place ment within the city of Denver . City as a Cultural Laboratory : To be offered fall semester in the form of five intensive weekend field experiences in the city of Denver. Students must choose three of the five varied experiences and may choose to attend and participate in all five of them . A periences. K-12 : T.Ed. 336 and T.Ed. 313 will be offered with one section designated with an elementary emphasis and one section with an emphasis on secondary aspects . All other courses will maintain the K-12 perspective . Academic work in College of Liberal Arts and Sciences (Prior end of the first semester, level of specialization be pursued or involvement in multiple methods courses for purposes of dual certification should be indicated.) Second Semester (Spring) Special Methods: a . For elementary certification: Semester Hours T .Ed. 415. Basic Elementary Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 b. For secondary certification: Discipline-area methods course taught either in School of Education or College of Liberal Arts and Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 T.Ed. 314. Communication : Human Relations and Group Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 T.Ed. 375. School-Based Field Experience (Secondary) . . . . . . 2 T.Ed. 375. School-Based Field Experience (Elementary) . . . . . 4 (Full time involvement in School of Education for elementary-level students during second semester of program.) Academic work in College of Liberal Arts and Sciences for secondary-level students (as necessary) . (Full-time involvement in School of Education for elementary -level students during second semester of program.) Summer Session (Optional Enrollment ) This additional semester may be necessary for some students to complete program requirements during a twoyear period . 1. Student teaching by petition only. 2. Academic work in College of Liberal Arts and Sciences .

PAGE 62

52 I University of Colorado at Denver 3. Elective courses in the School of Education also may be taken during the summer sessions. Third Semester (Fall) Semester Hours Elementary certification: (Involves a 10to 12-week full-time stu dent teaching assignment, concurrent seminar. ) T.Ed. 470. Student Teaching-Elementary School . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 T . Ed. 473. Workshops in Special Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 T.Ed. 439. Seminar in Elementary Student Teaching . . . . . . . 1 Special Methods: To be offered as a 3-hour course, which will meet in the evenings, preferably at a Denver elementary school. Secondary certification : T . Ed. 471. Student Teaching-Secondary School (8-10 weeks full-time or 15 weeks half-time assignment) . . . . . 8-9 T . Ed. 440. Seminar in Secondary Student Teaching....... .. 1 Academic work in College of Liberal Arts and Sciences (as neces sary). Fourth Semester (Spring) Semester Hours T.Ed. 414. Senior Seminar: Urban Education, BilinguaV Bicultural Education, and Special Education . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Urban Studies courses in College of Liberal Arts and Sciences (if these are not previously completed as a part of academic major or General Education requirements) from such areas as teaching English as a second language, Black Studies, Mexican American Studies, minority literature, and/or urban-oriented work in sociology, anthropology, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Academic work in College of Liberal Arts and Sciences for both elementaryand secondary-level students (as necessary). Students desiring dual certification and whoee program permits. Optional : T.Ed. 470. Student Teaching-Elementary School (10-12 weeks full-time assignment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 T.Ed. 471. Student Teaching-Secondary School (8-10 weeks full-time or 15 weeks half-time assignment) . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 T.Ed. 439. Seminar in Elementary Student Teaching . . . . . . . 1 T.Ed. 440. Seminar in Secondary Student Teaching. . . . . . . . . 1 At any time during the two-year program all elementary majors will be required to take 3 semester hours of elective credit in School of Education courses. Rehabilitation Services Program The School of Education offers a two-year program in rehabilitation services to juniors and seniors, focusing strongly on the recruitment and training oti minorities. Students entering the program must have completed 60 semester hours by September of the year for which application is made and should consult with the School of Education regarding entrance re quirements. The program leads to a B.S. degree, but not a teaching certificate. The program combines didactic and experiential facets of rehabilitation counseling. Trainees spend a minimum of two days per week working in settings such as drug and alcohol treatment centers, juvenile probation, and rehabilitation service agencies. The program requires 30 hours of core curriculum courses during the junior and senior years. Applications for admission to the Rehabilitation Services Program are accepted each year until July 31. Admission Procedures Advising. Students meet initially with a faculty member in a group advising session about the program. Mter orientation they will be advised by the academic adviser on specific credits, courses, require ments, etc. An interview will then be conducted by the faculty. Recommendation for admission will be made by the adviser after the interview. Flexibility. Students may take a total of four full years to complete the certification program, with as many as 8 semester hours earned in the program before the application/acceptance process. Responsibility. Mter entering the program, the stu dent is responsible, with faculty advising, for the com pletion of the required courses in the program. A checklist will be developed to guide the student in the selection of courses. Graduate Programs Refer to the Graduate School section of this bulletin for information regarding graduate programs in education. College of Engineering and Applied Science Paul E. Bartlett, Associate Dean INFORMATION ABOUT THE COLLEGE Engineering is the art and science by which the resources of society are used for the preservation of a wholesome environment. Engineers study the effects of present and prospective technology on man and the environment, communicate their findings to decisionmaking groups, and implement decisions and design which will shape tomorrow's world. Because so many of the key issues affecting the future of mankind are technological or quantitative in nature, engineers must have a broad social orientation which will enable them to participate fully in the decision-making process.

PAGE 63

The prospective engineering student should enjoy mathematics and also have a keen interest in science and its methods. Sound curiosity about the principles governing the behavior of forces and materials and the ability to visualize structures and machines are neces sary prerequisites. The ability to express ideas ver bally and in writing is also of primary importance. A wide variety of career opportunities is available to the engineering graduate. Estimates indicate that the nation is not graduating as many engineers as will be needed in the future. Women and minorities are in adequately represented in engineering and are en couraged to participate in the challenges of this profession. The College of Engineering and Applied Science at UCD offers complete four-year programs leading to the B.S. degree in civil engineering, electrical engineering, electrical engineering and computer science, and applied mathematics. Many courses leading to the B.S. degree in mechanical engineering are offered, and the intent is to expand the offerings to a complete undergraduate degree program at UCD. A number of the courses leading to the B.S. degree in aerospace engineering sciences, architectural engineering, chemical engineering, engineering design and economic evaluation, and engineering physics also are offered at UCD. The course requirements during the freshman year are essentially the same throughout the College of Engineering and Applied Science. About two-thirds of the sophomore year is common to all, and the remainder of the courses begin to point to the various fields of engineering taught; real specialization begins, however, in the junior year and carries on through the senior year. A fifth year of study leading to the master's degree is strongly urged for students of more than usual ability who feel they can profit from additional study. Those in this category are likely to achieve greater ultimate success in the engineering profession. At UCD it is also possible for a student to obtain the bachelor's degree in both engineering and business in five years plus one or two summer terms. Any of the degree programs can be modified for an excellent premedical program. If liberal arts students elect certain courses in science, mathematics, and engineering as undergraduates, they may earn an engineering degree in four semesters after graduation from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. At the graduate level, UCD offers complete master's degree programs in civil engineering, electrical engineering and applied mathematics. Many graduate courses leading to the Ph.D. in civil engineering and electrical engineering are also offered. For information regarding courses and require ments leading to the degree Master of Engineering and Master of Science or to the Ph.D. degree, see the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog and the Graduate School section of this bulletin. Registered Professional Engineer Currently, registration is required in all states for the legal right to practice professional engineering. College of Engineering and Applied Science I 53 Although there are variations in the state laws, graduation from an accredited curriculum in engineering, subscription to a code of ethics, and four years of qualifying experience are required. In addi tion, two days of examinations, covering the engineer ing sciences and the applicant's practical experience, are required in most states . Those who canno( qualify for registration are expected to work un'der ex perienced registered professional engineers. Undergraduate Research Research is an important part of many, if not most, engineering careers. Recent years have seen a strong movement in the College of Engineering and Applied Science to include undergraduates in the type of research programs formerly restricted to graduate stu dents. Undergraduates, including some freshmen, have helped to carry out valuable projects in pollution control, bioengineering, solid state electronics, and other fields, including systems analysis and many areas of computerization. At the same time, instructional laboratories are moving from routine apparatus manipulation to plac ing major emphasis upon experimentation and original projects. Students and faculty alike have responded to this change with new zest, achieving in many cases socially or scientifically valuable results along with an enhanced understanding of research methods. Summer Courses Summer term courses are planned for regular stu dents who must clear deficiencies and for transfer stu dents. Courses also are offered for high school graduates who wish to enter as freshmen and for those who need to remove subject deficiencies. For informa tion about courses, students should write to the as sociate dean of the College of Engineering and Ap plied Science, UCD, for the Schedule of Summer Courses . For many students there are several advantages in starting their college careers during the summer term. Some required freshman and sophomore courses are normally offered at UCD during the summer and are taught by the regular staff. Generally, the summer classes are smaller than regular academic-year classes, which means that students can get more in dividual attention . Beginning during the summer term gives students a head start and enables them to take a lighter load during the fall semester, or to take additional courses to enrich their programs. Scholarships, Fellowships, and Loan Funds Money contributed to the University Development Foundation for assistance to engineering students is deposited in appropriate accounts and used according to the restrictions imposed by the donors. Numerous industries match employee contributions. A list of companies contributing to scholarships and fel lowships and different loan funds available can be ob tained from the associate dean's office.

PAGE 64

54 I University of Colorado at Denver Student Organizations The following honorary engineering societies have active student chapters in the College of Engineering and Applied Science: Alpha Chi Sigma, professional chemical fraternity Chi Epsilon, civil and architectural fraternity Eta Kappa Nu, electrical engineering society Phi Tau Sigma, society of mechanical engineers Sigma Tau, engineering society Tau Beta Pi, engineering society Student chapters of the following professional societies are well established at UCD: American Society of Civil Engineers Association for Computing Machinery Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers The following societies have chapters on the Boulder Campus; h<;>wever, UCD students are eligible for membership: American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics American Institute of Chemical Engineers American Society of Mechanical Engineers Society of Manufacturing Engineers Society of Industrial and Applied Mathematics Society of Women Engineers and Architects REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION In order to enroll, the student must meet the admis sion requirements of the College of Engineering and Applied Science and the admission requirements described in the General Information section of this bulletin. Students with high class standing and high ACT (or SAT) scores will be considered for admission. Students who have been out of high school for two or more years may petition the College for admission. Persons of sufficient maturity and experience who do not meet the prescribed requirements for admission may be admitted upon approval of the associate dean. Beginning students in engineering should be prepared to start analytic geometry-calculus. No credit toward a degree will be given for algebra or trigonometry (courses will be offered to allow a stu dent to make up deficiencies). Any student who ques tions the adequacy of his pre-college background in mathematics should see the applied mathematics coordinator for suggestions. To be prepared for the type of mathematics courses that will be taught, the student must be competent in the basic ideas and skills of ordinary algebra, geometry, and plane trigonometry. These include such topics as the fundamental operations with algebraic expressions, exponents and radicals, frac tions, simple factoring, solution of linear and quadratic equations, graphical representation, simple systems of equations, complex numbers, the binomial theorem, arithmetic and geometric progressions, logarithms, the trigonometric functions and their use in triangle solving and simple applications, and the standard theorems of geometry, including some solid geometry. It is estimated that it will usually take seven semesters to cover this material adequately in high school. Freshmen High School Subjects Required for Admission English Mathematics distributed as follows : Algebra Geometry Trigonometry and higher mathematics Nat ural sciences Physics Chemistry Social studies and humanities Foreign languages and additional units of English, history, and literature are included in the humanities Required Units' 3 2 1 2 2 Electives ' __ Totals 1 5 Transfer Students Recommended Units 4 2 1 1 1 3 3 16 Students transferring from other accredited col legiate institutions are admitted if they meet the re quirements outlined in the General Information sec tion of this bulletin and the freshman requirements for entering the College of Engineering and Applied Science. Transfer from within the University to the College of Engineering and Applied Science will be approved if one of the three following conditions is fulfilled: 1. Transfer may be effected at the end of the first semester in residence at the University of Colorado provided the prior academic record fulfills the admis sion requirements of the College of Engineering and Applied Science. 2. Ordinarily, a transfer will be approved if the stu dent has attained an overall grade average of C in all work attempted at the University of Colorado. 3. Other transfers may be approved by the as sociate dean of the College of Engineering and Ap plied Science (or his designee) after a formal petition has been submitted. Transfer hours of credit may be accepted upon ap proval by the Office of Admissions and Records and the major department. The grade-point average of the student transferring from another institution does not transfer into the College of Engineering and Applied Science. This includes transfers from special student to degree status. The grade-point average is computed from the time the student is enrolled at the University of Colorado. Transfer credit hours must be evaluated by the major department before they may be applied to the student's engineering degree requirements. ACADEMIC POLICIES Refer to the General Information section of this bul letin for descriptions of University-wide policies. 'A unit of work in high school is defined as a course covering a school year of not fewer than 36 weeks , with five periods of at least 40 minutes each per week. (Two periods of manual training, domestic science , drawing , or laboratory work are equivalent to one period of classroom work.) This is "'luivalent to 180 actual periods per unit. Fractional credits of value le ss than one half umt will not be accepted . Not less than o ne unit of w o rk will be in a foreign language , elementary algebra , geometry, physics , chemistry , o r btology. ' Electives may be c hosen from an y of the high school subjects (except physical education ) which are accepted by an accred ited school for its dipl o ma and whi ch meet the standards as defined by the North C en tral Aasociation. H owever, not more than two units will be considere d from draw ing, shop, o r other vocational w o rk j courses that have descript ive geometry feat ures may be con si dered for elec tive units beyond the recommended uni ts.

PAGE 65

The following policies apply specifically to the College of Engineering and Applied Science. Attendance Regulations Successful work in the College of Engineering and Applied Science is dependent upon regular atten dance in all classes. Students who are unavoidably absent should make arrangements with instructors to make up the work missed. Students who, for illness or other good reason, miss a final examination must notify the instructor or the associate dean's office no later than the end of the day on which the examina tion is given. Failure to do so will result in an Fin the course. Changing Departments Students who wish to change to another depart ment within the College of Engineering and Applied Science must apply for transfer by petition, and this petition must have the approval of both departments concerned and of the associate dean. Counseling Freshman students are counseled by the associate dean's office, and by representatives from each academic department. These representatives are readily available to assist students with academic, vocational, or personal concerns. Students are assigned specific departmental ad visers for academic planning and should consult with the departmental chairman or designated represen tative for assignment. Course Load Policy Full-time Students. Undergraduate students employed less than 10 hours per week should register for the regular work as outlined in the departmental curricula. Additional courses may be allowed when there is satisfactory evidence that these extra courses can be taken profitably and creditably. Permission to take more than 21 hours or fewer than 12 hours may be granted only after written petition to the associate dean. The petition must carry the approval of the departmental faculty adviser. Employed Students. Suggested course loads for un dergraduate students employed 10 or more hours per week are as follows: Employed 40 or more hours per week-two courses (maximum of 9 semester hours) Employed 30 to 39 hours per week-three courses (maximum of 12 semester hours) Employed 20 to 29 hours per week four courses (maximum of 15 semester hours) Employed 10 to 19 hours per week-five courses (maximum of 18 semester hours) Credits Students may receive credit for only those courses for which they have officially registered. Exceptions to this are credits obtained through special examina tions, correspondence courses, CLEP, and transfer credits from other institutions. Students who have College of Engineering and Applied Science I 55 had extensive experience in the work covered by any required course and feel they would be able to pass an examination over the course may apply for such an ex amination. Credit will be allowed upon successful completion of the test. See General Information sec tion for complete details. Freshman Year Fundamentals taught in the freshman year are of prime importance in the more advanced classes, and every effort is made to register a beginning freshman in the proper courses. (Course requirements for freshmen are detailed within the curriculum given un der each department.) All freshmen are urged to consult their instructors whenever they need help in their assignments. Repetition of Courses A student may not register for credit in a course in which he already has received a grade of Cor better. When a student takes a course for credit more than once, all grades are used in determining his grade point average. An F grade in a required course neces sitates a subsequent satisfactory completion of the course. Scholastic Deficiency To remain in good standing in the College of Engineering and Applied Science a student must maintain a cumulative grade average of at least a C. The student who fails to meet this requirement will be subject immediately to the authority of the Commit tee on Academic Progress. When semester grades become available, the committee will review all cases of scholastic deficiency and notify each student of its decision. Sequence of Courses Full-time students should complete the courses in the department in which they are registered according to the curriculum shown under their major depart ment in this bulletin. (Part-time students may need to modify the order of courses with adviser approval.) Any course in which there is a failure or an unremoved incomplete should, upon the first recurrence of such course, take precedence over other courses; however, each student must be registered so that departmental requirements will be completed with the least possible delay. Students who do not earn a grade of Cor better in a course that is prerequisite to another , may not register for the succeeding course unless they have the permis sion of both the department and the instructor of the succeeding course. Students may enroll for as much as 50 percent of their courses in work that is not a part of the prescribed curricula of the College of Engineering and Applied Science, provided they have at least a 2.0 grade average in all college work attempted. Excep tions to this policy may be made by petition and may

PAGE 66

56 I Universit y of Colorado at Denver be made for students taking the combined engineering-business program. PLANNING AN ENGINEERING PROGRAM It is the responsibility of students to be sure they have fulfilled all the requirements, to file the intended date of graduation in the departmental office at the close of the third year, to fill out a Diploma Card at registration at the beginning of the last semester, and to keep the departmental adviser and the associate dean's office informed of any changes in the students' plans throughout the last year. In order to become eligible for one of the bachelor's degrees in the College of Engineering and Applied Science, a student, in addition to being in good standing in the University, must meet the following minimum requirements: Courses . The satisfactory completion of the prescribed and elective work in any curriculum as determined by the appropriate department. Hours . A minimum of 136 hours, of which the last 30 shall be earned after matriculation and admission as a degree student, is required for students in the four-year curricula; however, many students will need to present more than the minimum hours because of certain departmental requirements and because they may have enrolled in courses which do not carry full credit toward a degree. The hours required for stu dents in the combined business and engineering program vary by departments; as a guide, 166 semester hours are considered a minimum, but most students follow programs that bring the total above this figure. Grade Average. A minimum grade-point average of 2.0 (C) for all courses attempted. A department may require a minimum grade of C in all major courses. Faculty Recommendation. The recommendation of the faculty of the department offering the degree and the recommendation of the faculty of the College of Engineering and Applied Science. Incompletes and Correspondence Courses. It is the student's responsibility to insure that all incompletes and correspondence courses are officially completed before the tenth week of the student's final semester in school. Simultaneous Conferring of Degrees. For combined business and engineering students, the degree B.S. in business and the degree B.S. in engineering must be conferred at the same commencement. Commencement Exercises. Commencement exer cises usually are held in May and August. Students fmishing in December may attend commencement the following May or receive diplomas by mail. Graduation With Honors Honors at graduation are conferred in recognition of high scholarship and professional attainments. Honors and special honors are recorded on diplomas and indicated on the commencement program. Seniors with an average of 3.8 or above usually are graduated with special honors, and those with an average of 3.5 to 3.79 with honors. Grades earned dur ing the semester of graduation will not be considered in the determination of honors. Social-Humanistic Content of the Engineering Curriculum The faculty of the College of Engineering and Ap plied Science recommends that 24 semester hours should be considered the minimum of social humanistic content of the degree-granting depart ments. (Up to 6 hours of English composition may be used to satisfy this requirement.) A minimum of 6 hours of literature is required. Six hours of social-humanistic subjects should be taken in the junior year and 6 in the senior year. These subjects should be taken from the following categories, with not fewer than 6 hours from category 2 below. 1. Literature (including foreign literature either in the original or in translation). 2. Economics, sociology, political science , history, and anthropology . 3. Fine arts and music (critical or historical). Such courses as public speaking, elementary foreign languages, technical writing, accounting, contracts, and management should be considered as technical and should be submitted for technical electives where applicable with departmental approval. Qualified students will be permitted to take ap propriate honors courses as substitutes for social humanistic courses. English for Engineering Engineering students may choose combinations of courses; the following combinations are recom mended: (a) Engl. 258, 259, 260, 261; or (b) Engl. 258, 259, and the following two introductory courses: Engl. 120 (Introduction to Fiction), Engl. 130 (Introduction to Drama and Poetry). Students who achieve a B average in two of the following English courses (120, 130, 258, and 259) may take immediately thereaf t er any literature courses listed by the Department of English. No social humanistic credit will be given for courses dealing with English as a foreign language. Students having questions about the English require ment should see their departmental adviser. COMBINED BUSINESS AND ENGINEERING CURRICULA Undergraduates in the College of Engineering and Applied Science with career interests in administra tion may complete all of the requirements for both a B.S. degree in engineering and a B.S. degree in business by extending their study programs to five years, including one or two summer terms. The 48 semester credits required in the College of Business and Administration may be started in the second, third, or fourth year, depending upon the curricular plan for the particular field of engineering in which the student is enrolled. It is also possible for qualified graduates (GPA: 2.75 or better) to complete the requirements for a master's

PAGE 67

degree in business within one year after receiving the baccalaureate degree in engineering. Before deciding upon the business option, a student should carefully consider, in consultation with departmental advisers, the relative advantages of the combined B.S. business-engineering curricula, the degree program of the Graduate School of Business Administration, and the M.S. degree program in the student's own engineering discipline. Combined business and engineering programs are available for students in aerospace engineering sciences, applied mathematics, architectural engineering, chemical engineering, civil engineering, electrical engineering, electrical engineering and com puter science, engineering design and economic evaluation, engineering physics, and mechanical engineering. Students taking a combined undergraduate program are not required to submit formal applica tion for admission to the College of Business. They are permitted to enroll in business courses on the basis of a program approved by an adviser in the College of Engineering and Applied Science and by an assigned adviser from the College of Business. Requirements for both the undergraduate business and engineering degrees must be completed concur rently. At least a 2.0 grade average must be earned in all courses undertaken in the College of Business. Not fewer than 30 semester credits in business courses must be earned to establish residency credit. Courses offered by the College of Business may be used in lieu of electives required for undergraduate engineering degrees, s _ ubject to the approval of the individual department. The requirements for all combined business and engineering programs are as follows: Courses Semester Hours Econ. 201 and 202. Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 (Should be completed during the student's sophomore year or junior year.) Acct. 200. Introduction to Financial Accounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B .Ad. 200. Business Information and the Computer . . . . . . . . . 3 Q . M. 201. Business Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mk. 300. Principles of Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Fin. 305. Basic Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Pr . Mg. 300. Operations Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Or. Mg. 330. Introduction to Management and Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B.Law 300. Business Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B.Ad . 410 . Business and Government; or B . Ad. 411. Business and Society . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B.Ad. 450. Business Policy (Cases and Concepts in Business Policy); or B.Ad. 451 (Management Game and Cases in Busi ness Policy); or B.Ad. 452 (Small Business Strategy, Policy and Entrepreneurship) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Courses in an area of emphasis in one of the following fields; ac counting, computer-based information systems, finance, inter national business, marketing , office administration, operations management, organizational behavior, or transportation management. All course work in the area of emphasis must be taken in the University of Colorado College of Business and Administration .......................................... Total 48 The student should note that for some courses, and for some areas of emphasis, there are prerequisites College of Engineering and Applied Science I 57 which must be met. Since some of the courses may be taken as engineering electives, it is possible to obtain the two degrees in as few as 166 semester hours; however, most students will require more . JOINT ENGINEERING DEGREES A student may obtain two engineering degrees by meeting the requirements and obtaining the approval of both departments concerned. Thirty hours of elec tive or required subjects in addition to the largest minimum number required by either of the two departments must be completed. PREMEDICINE OPTION A professional school in a field such as medicine re quires a student to have a college education prior to pursuing its professional courses. In practically all cases, medical students are university graduates, although occasionally a student may enter medical school after three years of university training. A stu dent can prepare for medical school either in the Col lege of Liberal Arts and Sciences or in the College of Engineering and Applied Science. The desirability of obtaining an engineering education prior to undertak ing a study of medicine is increasing continually, as medicine itself is evolving. A great deal of additional equipment, most of it electronic, is being developed to assist the medical practitioner in treatment of patients. Bioengineering, engineering systems analysis, probability, and communication theory are highly applicable to medical problems. Improved communication techniques also are allowing the storage and retrieval of information not previously available to the medical doctor. An advanced knowledge of basic mathematics and computing techniques, along with increased understanding of physical chemistry, are improving the scientific base upon which medical knowledge rests. It is therefore desirable that the medical practitioner and researcher in the future be well equipped with the tools which engineering can offer. An engineering background with a premedicine op tion is a valuable combination for admission t o medical school. There are two equally important goals for the stu dent who plans to enter medical school. The first is ac quisition of the knowledge and vocabulary necessary to proceed with the courses at medical school. The second is to become an educated and well-balanced man or woman. Concerning the first goal, it is clear that without some knowledge of the basic sciences and the ability to formulate thoughts, the student will be unable to profit from the courses at medical school. To provide at least a minimum of the necessary knowledge, the additional courses listed below are prescribed and must be completed with superior grades. General overall requirements for entry into most medical schools are given. Students can meet these require ments by careful substitution of electives in the

PAGE 68

58 I University of Colorado at Denver engineering curriculum. In some cases where ad ditional hours may be required, interested students should consult with the department chairman. General chemistry (103-106) . . . . . . . . . . . 2 sem. (8-10 sem . hrs.) Organic chemistry (341, 342, 343, 344) . 2 sem. (8-10 sem. hrs.) General biology (205-206) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 sem. (8 sem. hrs.) Genetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 sem . (3 sem. hrs.) English composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 sem . (3 sem. hrs.) The second goal, becoming a well-educated, well balanced man or woman, is of particular importance. The student entering medical school is confronted with a mass of new knowledge and techniques. These fully occupy his or her time and give little opportunity for the pursuit of the broader aspects of education. Three features of the university education are stressed here. The first is the possession of an active critical mind-a mind which can discern problems, find out what is known about them, and draw relevant and unprejudiced conclusions from this knowledge. Students will be expected to show a thorough knowledge of chosen subjects and a true under standing of the problems presented and the solutions that have been advanced. Study of courses that will be taken at medical school is strongly discouraged. Second, a student must acquire understanding of mankind. This is particularly important for the physi cian whose life is spent in caring for people and whose effectiveness is increased in proportion to the degree of this understanding. The study of man involves a vast number of intellectual disciplines-from anthropology to the arts; from psychology to world history; from political economy to the study of religion-and is properly the study of a lifetime. The student must obtain the foundations of such a study at his university. Present-day developments in the field of medicine suggest that far more people with an engineering background should continue their educa tion and enter the practice of medicine. Whatever the person decides to study, he must be aware of the im portance of this study for future effectiveness as a human being. . Finally, a student should carry away from the uni versity a scholarly enthusiasm. Intellectual curiosity and ardent pursuit of truth are prime requisites for knowledge. Without these, neither the individual practice of medicine nor the general understanding of medical science can progress farther. The University of Colorado School of Medicine re quires no set courses for the second and third features of the university education beyond those required by the student's college or university, but it stresses their great importance. To complete this program in the College of Engineering and Applied Science, it is strongly recommended that the student follow a full four-year college course (with the equivalent of at least 136 semester hours) and earn a B.S. degree. It would be possible for a student who applied himself with un usual vigor to prepare for medical school in three years. In such cases, a minimum of 15 semester hours should be devoted to a major field of learning, instead of the 30 hours required for the four-year student. This student, of course, will not receive a degree in the premedical field. The study and practice of medicine require persistent liard effort, and so should the premedical education. The Admissions Committee of the University of Colorado School of Medicine welcomes inquiries and visits from prospective students , particularly at the time of their first interest in medicine as their chosen profession. Students desiring to enter a premedical program should consult the representative of the department involved. At UCD , premedical advising is available through the Health Sciences Committee, Room 508. GRADUATE STUDY IN ENGINEERING The College of Engineering and Applied Science at UCD offers complete M.S. degree programs in civil engineering, electrical engineering, and applied mathematics. Many graduate courses leading to the Ph.D. in civil engineering and electrical engineering also are offered. For information regarding courses and require ments leading to the degrees Master of Engineering and Master of Science or to the Ph.D. degree, see the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog and the Graduate School section of this bulletin. Education for Employed Professional Engineers Continuing education for employed engineers grows more important each year. Therefore, the College puts great emphasis upon making graduate courses available through night and televised courses. A new degree, the Master of Engineering, permits graduate students more flexibility in defining specialized inter disciplinary fields that meet their professional needs. This degree has standards fully equivalent to those of the Master of Science degree. In addition to credit course work, the College works jointly with the Division of Continuing Education to offer noncredit courses of interest to practicing engineers . Concurrent B.S. and M.S. Degree Program in Engineering Students who plan to continue in the Graduate School after completing the requirements for the B.S. degree may apply for admission to the concurrent degree program through their department early in the second semester of their junior year (after completion of at least 84 semester hours). Requirements are the same as for the two degrees taken separately: 136 credit hours for the B . S. degree and 24 hours plus thesis (Plan I) or 30 credit hours (Plan ll) for the M.S. degree . Social humanistic requirements must be com pleted within the first 136 credit hours. A 3.0 grade point average for all work attempted through the first six semesters (at least 96 credit hours) and written recommendations from at least two major-field faculty members are required.

PAGE 69

The purpose of the concurrent degree program is to allow the student who qualifies for graduate study and expects to continue for an advanced degree to plan his graduate program from the beginning of the senior year rather than from the first year of graduate study . The student can then reach the degree of proficiency required to begin research at an earlier time, and can make better and fuller use of courses offered in alter nate years. The student will be assigned a faculty adviser to help him develop the program best suited to his par ticular interests. Those in the program will be en couraged to pursue independent study on research problems or in areas of specialization where no formal courses are offered. A liberal substitution policy will be followed for courses normally required in the last year of the undergraduate curriculum. The program selected must be planned so that the student may qualify for the B . S. degree after completing the credit hour requirements for the degree if the student so elects, or if the student' s grade-point average falls below the 3.0 required to remain in the program. In this case, all hours completed with a passing grade while in the program will count toward fulfilling the normal requirements for the B . S . degree. There will be no credit given toward a graduate degree for courses applied to the B.S . degree requirements; however, students are still eligible to apply for admis sion to the Graduate School under the rules set forth in the Graduate School section of this bulletin. Nor mally, however, the student will apply for admission to the Graduate School when at least 130 of the 136 credit hours required for the B.S. degree have been completed, and will be awarded the B . S. and M.S. degrees simultaneously upon meeting the require ments set forth for the concurrent degree program. Graduate Work in Business Undergraduates in engineering who intend to pur sue graduate study in business may complete some of the business background requirements as electives in their undergraduate programs. Seniors in engineering who have such intentions and appear likely to qualify for admission to graduate study in business will be permitted to register for any of the graduate fun damentals courses which are designed to provide qualified students with needed background prepara tion in business. AEROSPACE ENGINEERING SCIENCES The primary objective of the aerospace engineering sciences curriculum is to provide sound general train ing in subjects fundamental to the practice of and research in this branch of engineering sciences. The major part of the first three years is devoted to the study of mathematics , physics, mechanics, chemistry, and the humanities . The fourth year is devoted to the professional courses in the fields of physics of fluids (fluid dynamics); propulsion and energy conversion; flight dynamics, control , and guidance; space system College of Engineering and Applied S cie nc e I 5 9 analysis; materials and structural mechanics; space environment; and bio-engineering. Planning of graduate study for students having suf ficient ability and interest should begin by the start of the junior year. Such a plan should consider the foreign language requirements of appropriate graduate schools, and an advanced mathematics program included in technical electives consisting of Math. 431-432 and Math. 481 or 443. The minimum total number of semester hours for the B.S . degree is 136. Students who wish to combine the business and aerospace engineering sciences cur ricula are advised to consider obtaining the B.S. degree in aerospace and the M.S. degree in business rather than a combined B.S. degree. Business courses may not be substituted for technical electives in the aerospace curriculum. Transfer to Boulder The complete aerospace engineering sciences program is not available at UCD. Therefore, students wishing to complete this program should plan on transferring to the University of Colorado at Boulder at the start of the junior year. The complete cur riculum degree requirements, and descriptions of courses may be found in the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog. Curriculum for B.S. (Aerospace Engineering Sciences) The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical first two years of the program : FRESHMAN YEAR Fall Sem es ter Semester Hours Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 E . Phys . 111. General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Engl. 258. Great Books I (see note 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Social humanistic elective (see note 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 E . E . 130. Problems and Methods of Modem Engineering (or C.E. 130) ................... ........... .......... . _1 Total 15 Spring Semester Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus ll . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 E . Phys . 112. General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 E . Phys. 114. Experimental Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Engl. 259. Great Books ll (see note 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Ch . E . 210. Physical and Chemical Properties of Matter (see note 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Social-humanistic elective (see note 2) ..................... ___1 Total 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall S emes ter Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus ill . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 C . E . 212. Analytical Mechanics I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Engl. 260. Great Books ill (see note 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 E . Phys. 213. General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 E .Phy s . 215. Experimental Phy sics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 E . D . E . E . 101-2. Fundamentals of Design I . ................ _1 Total 18

PAGE 70

60 I University of Colorado at Denver Spring Semester Math. 443. Ordinary Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 E . E . 201. Introduction to Computing. .. . .. . . . . . .. . . .. .. .. .. 3 C . E . 213. Analytical Mechanics IT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Engl. 261. Great Books IV (see note 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Engr . 301. Thermodynamics...... . . ....................... 3 Social-humanistic elective (see note 2) ..................... _1 Total 18 Notes for B.S. (Aerospace Engineering) 1. For other options in English, see the English listings in the Course Description section of this bulletin. 2 . Students may take electives pass/fail, subject to the regula tions of the College of Engineering and Applied Science . 3. Chern. 103 may be substituted. APPLIED MATHEMATICS Charles I. Sherrill, Coordinator The Division of Natural and Physical Sciences in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences offers all courses in mathematics, both required and elective, for undergraduate and graduate students in the Col lege of Engineering and Applied Science. Three cur ricula leading to the degree B.S. (A.Math.) are offered. In Option I, the student takes a minor in a specific engineering department, satisfying an adviser from that department. In Option ll, the student takes distributed course work in engineering departments, including a solid grounding in mechanics, electronics, and materials. (This option is intended for the above average student.) Option ill is a joint mathematics computer science program. Regardless of the option chosen, each student is expected to complete a minimum of 45 semester hours of course work in mathematics. Modem industrial and scientific research is so dependent on advanced mathematical concepts that applied mathematicians are needed today by almost all concerns which are engaged in such research. The undergradaute curriculum is designed to give training in mathematics and in engineering and science. The use of numerical methods and electronic computers is included. Nontechnical electives should be broadening and have cultural value. Courses in the humanities and the social sciences are required. Students interested in research should take a foreign language as early as possible. Beginning language courses are considered technical electives and do not count toward the socialhumanistic electives. Some 300and 400-level language courses may be counted. Under all circum stances, a student must plan a complete program and obtain the approval of a departmental adviser at the beginning of the sophomore year. The B.S. degree in applied mathematics requires the completion of a minimum of 136 credit hours of course work with an average grade of Cor better (a 2.0 grade-point average) and a grade of Cor better in all mathematics courses. Course work in the socialhumanistic elective area must be approved by the stu dent's adviser. Curriculum for B.S. (Applied Mathematics) FRESHMAN YEAR Fall Semester Semester Hours Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I ............... 3 E . Phys. 111. General Physics ............................... 4 Engl. 258. Great Books I (See note 1) ....................... 3 E . E. 201. Introduction to Computing ................. . ..... . 3 Approved elective ........................................ __,_1 Total 16 Spring Semester Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus IT .............. 3 E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I . ................. . . 2 Engl. 259. Great Books IT (See note 1) .................... . . 3 E.Phys. 112. General Physics ............................... 4 E.Phys. 114. Experimental Physics ........................ . 1 Approved elective .. ..................................... Total 15 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus ill .............. 3 Engl. 260. Great Books ill (See note 1) ..................... 3 E . Phys . 213. General Physics ........... .................... 3 E . Phys . 215. Experimental Physics . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . 1 Engr. 301. Thermodynamics ................................ 3 Approved elective ... ............................. . ....... __,_1 Total 16 Spring Semester Engl. 261. Great Books IV (See note 1) ..................... 3 Chern. 103. General Chemistry .......................... ... 5 Math. 300. Introduction to Abstract Mathematics ............ 3 Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ......................... 3 Approved elective ........................................ __,_1 Total 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fall Semester Math. 431. Advanced Calculus I . . . . . .. . .. .. . .. .. . . . .. . . . . . 3 Approved electives ....................................... .1 Total 18 Spring Semester Math . 443. Ordinary Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Math. 481. Introduction to Probability Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Approved electives ....................................... Total 18 SENIOR YEAR Fall Semester Approved electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Spring Semester Approved electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Requirements under each option are as follows: Option I Semester Hours Specialty in a specific engineering department . . . . . . . . . . . 18-30 Technical electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-22

PAGE 71

Other electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-30 Required social-humanistic electives (See note 2) . . . . . . . . . . 12 (Electives should include Math. 432) Option II Distributed engineering courses in the engineering college. 18-30 (A minimal program would consist of the following courses: Aero. 304, Aero . 311, C.E. 212, C.E . 213, E.E. 303, M.E. 301, or their equivalents. Each of these courses is for 3 hours creait.) Technical electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-22 Other electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-30 Required social-humanistic electives (See note 2) ........... 12 (Electives s h ould include Math. 432.) Option III Specific courses required under Option ill: E.E. 257 ................................................. 3 Aero. 546 (C.S. 546) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 E.E. 401 (C.S. 401) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 E.E. 453 (C.S. 453) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 E . E . 459 (C.S. 459) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 E . E . 554, 555, or 557 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Math. 311 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Math 465................................................ 3 Math. 466 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Technical electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22 Other electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-30 Required social-humanistic electives (See note 2) ........... 12 Notes for B.S. (Applied Mathematics) 1. For other options in English, see the English listings in the Course Description section of this bulletin . 2 . Students may take social-humanistic electives pass/fail, sub ject to the regulations of the College of Engineering and Applied Science. 3. A minimum of 10 approved courses in mathematics beyond 140, 241, 242, 319 and 443 is required of all students majoring in ap plied mathematics. 4. Math. 101, 111, and 112 do not count toward the B.S. (A. Math.) degree or any other B . S. degree in engineering. 5. In addition to E.E. 201, E . D.E.E. 101 and Engr . 301, the student must take a minimum of 18 hours in approved elective engineering courses excluding chemistry , mathematics, and physics courses . 6. The student who does not have a strong interest in applications of mathematics to engineering is encouraged to consider a major in mathematics in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING John R. Mays, Coordinator The architectural engineering curriculum is devised and administered at the Boulder Campus by the Department of Civil , Environmental, and Architec tural Engineering of the College of Engineering and Applied Science. Its purpose is to prepare a student for a career in the building industry and for graduate level research on building-related topics. The building industry is the largest single industry in the United States and includes many diverse skills and fields of knowledge . This course of study fulfills the academic requirements for registration as a professional engineer . The architectural engineering curriculum is recom mended for those wishing to specialize within the College of Engineering and Applied Science I 61 building industry in engineering design, construction and contracting, or sales engineering. The architec tural engineering student may select any one of three areas of specialization offered: construction engineer ing, environmental engineering, or structural engineering. Specialization in construction is for students plan ning a career in contracting and building construc tion. This program offers courses in construction management, planning and scheduling techniques, cost accounting, estimating and pricing, building materials , and construction methods. Students interested in environmental design may concentrate their efforts in the fields of illumination and electrical systems design, heating-ventilating-air conditioning systems design, sanitation and water supply, or acoustics. A broad range of courses covering these subjects is available. The third area of specialization is for those in terested in the design of structural systems for buildings. Courses available are structural analysis; indeterminate structures; and steel, concrete, and timber design, among others. The five-year course leading to the combined degree in architectural engineering and business offers opportunity for complementing the architectural engineering background with study in one of the ma jor areas of business administration, such as personnel and business management, marketing, and finance. Transfer to Boulder Approximately one-half of the architectural engineering program is available at UCD under the Department of Civil and Urban Engineering. Stu dents wishing to complete this program should plan to transfer to the Boulder Campus at the start of the junior year. The complete curriculum degree require ments, and descriptions of courses may be found in the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog. Curriculum for B.S. (Architectural Engineering) The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical first two years of the program: FRESHMAN YEAR Fall Semester Semester Hours Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I ............... 3 E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I .................... 2 Literature elective (see note 1) ............................. 3 E.Phys . 111. General Physics .... . ............ . ............. 4 C.E. 130. Introduction to Civil Engineering .................. 2 Social-humanistic elective ................................. _,___ Total 17 Spring Semester Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II ............. . 3 Literature elective (see note 1) ..................... . . . ..... 3 E . D . E.E. 102. Fundamentals of Design II ................... 2 E.Phys . 112. General Physics ............................... 4

PAGE 72

62 I University of Colorado at Denver E.Phys. 114. Experimental Physics ......................... 1 E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing ................. ... ... ..,__1 Total 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall S e mester Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus ill .............. 3 Ma t h . 319. Applied Linear Algebra ...... . . ................. 3 Basic science elective (see note 2) ....... ............. ...... 4 C.E. 212. Analytical Mechanics I ........................... 3 Specialty requirement (structures and construction majors) take C.E. 221; environmental majors take Arch.E . 362.) ... ....... ..,__1 Total 16 Spr i ng Semester Math. 443. Ordinary Differential Equations ....... . ......... 3 Ch . E. 210. Chemical and Physical Properties of Materials (see note 3) . ............. .................... 4 Arch . E . 240. Building Materials and Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 C.E. 312. Mechanics of Materials ........................... 3 C.E. 316. Materials Testing Laboratory (not required of environmental majors) ................................ . 1 Social-humanistic elective .................... ............. ..,__1 Total 17 Notes for B.S . (Architectural Engineering) 1. Great Books series recommended; see the English listings in the Course Description section of this bulletin. 2 . E.Phys. 213 and 215 recommended. 3 . Chern . 103-5 may be substituted for Ch . E. 210-4, in which case the technical elective requirement is reduced by one credit hour . CHEMICAL ENGINEERING William C. Hughes, Coordinator Meeting the crisis in oil and energy, depolluting the water and air, producing new and better materials to replace those that are limited or scarce-these are jobs in which one will find the chemical engineer. Chemical plants (including refmeries and gasifica tion plants) convert natural resources into industrial and consumer products. Among their products are many that often are not identified with chemical engineering-oils, metals, glass , plastic, rubber , paints, soaps and detergents, foods, beverages, syn thetic and natural fibers, nuclear and exotic fuels, medicines, and many others. The department, located at the Boulder Campus, is very much interested in research directed toward ecologically sound development of chemical processes. It -is also working hard on energy problems and is stressing problems of energy conversion in its instructional program. Many essentials of life originate in chemical engineering. Recycling of wastes and resources is not a new idea in chemical engineering but a long-standing principle. Since the earth now is perceived as a self renewing system, intelligent generalization of the recyc _ le theory to the entire cycle of natural resources is a challenge and opportunity for chemical engineers . Cleaning up pollution from chemical plants and from other sources is largely a chemical engineering problem . The chemical engineer efficiently uses and conserves natural resources to create valuable end products and to preserve environmental values. Thus, chemical engineering continually changes and progresses. The Department of Chemical Engineering at the Boulder Campus therefore helps students to prepare to be immediately valuable to in dustry and eventually to lead future developments in industry and research. Whether they plan to go into industry or on to graduate work, students are urged to watch , understand, and enjoy the sparkle and in terplay of new ideas and new technologies. Transfer to Boulder The complete chemical engineering program is not available at UCD. Therefore, students wishing to complete this program should plan to transfer to the University of Colorado at Boulder at the start of their junior year. The complete curriculum, degree require ments, and descriptions of courses may be found in the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog. Curriculum for B.S. (Chemical ' Engineering) The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical first two years of the program: FRESHMA N YEAR Fall Sem este r Semester Hours Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I ............... 3 Chern. 103. General Chemistry ........................... . . 5 Engl. 258. Great Books I (See note 1) ....................... 3 E . D . E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I .................... 2 Ch.E . 130. Introduction to Chemical Engineering (See note 2)J Total 15 Spring Semester Math . 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II .............. 3 Chern. 106. General Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Engl. 259. Great Books II (See note 1) ...................... 3 E .E. 201. Introduction to Computing ........................ 3 Social-humanistic elective ................................. ..,__1 Total 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus ill . ............. 3 E.Phys. 111. General Physics ............................... 4 Engl. 260, Great Books III (See note 1) ..................... 3 Chern. 341. Organic Chemistry ............................. 3 Chern. 343. Organic Chemistry Laboratory I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ........................ ..,__1 Total 17 Spring S e mester Math. 443. Ordinary Differential Equations .............. ... 3 E.Ph ys. 112. General Physics . ..... ......................... 4 Engl. 261. Great Books IV (See note 1) ..................... 3 Chern . 342. Organic Chemistry ............. ................ 3 Chern. 344. Organic Chemistry Laboratory II .............. .. 1 E . Phys. 114. Experimental Physics ......................... 1 Ch.E. 212. Chemical Engineering Material and Energy Balances ...................................... ..:...1 Total 18

PAGE 73

Notes for B.S. (Chemical Engineering) 1. For other English options, see the English listings in the Course Description section of this bulletin . 2. Or C.E. 130 or E.E. 130. CIVIL AND URBAN ENGINEERING Ernest C. Harris, Chairman Civil engineering is generally the broadest field of engineering studied in American universities today. Civil engineering offers an interesting and highly chal lenging career to the student interested in the design and construction of buildings, bridges, dams, aqueducts, and other structures; in transportation systems including highways, canals, pipe lines, air ports, rapid transit lines, railroads, and harbor facilities; in the transmission of water and control of rivers; in the development of water resources for urban use, industry, and land reclamation; in the con trol of water quality through water purification and proper waste treatment; in the construction industry; and in general in the rapidly expanding problems con cerned with man's physical environment and the growth of cities. Furthermore, students educated in civil engineering frequently find rewarding employ ment in other fields: for example, in aerospace struc tures, electric power generation, city planning, the process industries, industrial engineering, business management and law or medicine (after appropriate education in law or medical school). The breadth of the civil and urban engineering undergraduate program provides an excellent educational background for many fields of endeavor. The curriculum is designed to give the student a broad knowledge of the basic engineering sciences of chemistry, mathematics (including differential equa tions), physics, mechanics (including fluid mechanics and soil mechanics), electrical engineering, and ther modynamics. In addition, it includes a mininum of 24 semester hours in social-humanistic studies. Specialized training is achieved through certain re quired courses, followed by advanced technical elec tives. Random selection of these electives is not ad visable and in general is not allowed, the objective be ing to permit a graduate to enter the engineering profession with a firm groundwork in fundamental engineering science and sufficient knowledge in specialized fields to cope intelligently with the technical problems of present-day civil and urban engineering. A five-year program has been arranged for students who wish to pursue the combined curriculum for the civil engineering and business degrees . A student interested in a premedical option should consult with an adviser and the department chairman at the earliest possible time in order to make proper plans for an acceptable program. See Premedical Op tion. Curriculum for B.S. (Civil and Urban Engineering) The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical program is: College of Engineering and Applied Science I 63 FRESHMAN YEAR Fall Semester Semester Hours Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I ............... 3 Literature elective (see note 1) ............................. 3 E.E . 201. Introduction to Computing ........ ............... 3 C . E. 130. Introduction to Civil and Environmental Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 C.E. 221. Plane Surveying ................................ . 3 E.D.E.E . 101. Fundamentals of Design I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Total 16 Spring Semester Math 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Chern. 103. General Chemistry (or Ch.E . 210) ............. 4-5 Literature elective (see note 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 E . Phys. 231. General Physics I (see note 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 E . Phys . 232. General Physics Laboratory I (see note 2) ...... _1 Total 15-16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester Math . 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus ID .............. 3 Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 E.Phys. 233. General Physics II (see note 2) ................. 4 E.Phys. 234. General Physics Laboratory II (see note 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Social-humanistic elective .................................. 3 C.E. 212. Analytical Mechanics I .......................... _,_1 Total 17 Spring Semester Math. 443. Ordinary Differential Equations ................. 3 Social-humanistic elective .................................. 3 Basic science elective ...................................... 3 C.E. 312. Mechanics of Materials ........................... 3 Technical elective ......................................... 3 C.E. 316. Materials testing laboratory . ..................... ..:...1 Total 16 JUNIOR YEAR Fall Semester C . E. 213. Analytical Mechanics II ... ....................... 3 C . E . 331. Theoretical Fluid Mechanics ...................... 3 C . E. 350. Structural Analysis . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . .. . . . 3 Engr. 301. Thermodynamics ................................ 3 Engineering science elective (see note 4) .................... 3 Social-humanistic elective ........................... ...... _,_1 Total 18 Spring Semester C.E. 332. Applied Fluid Mechanics ......................... 3 Technical elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 C.E. 360. Transportation Engineering ....................... 3 C.E. 457. Design of Steel Structures ........................ 3 C.E. 380. Soils and Foundations Engineering ................ 3 Social-humanistic elective ................................. _,_1 Total 18 SENIOR YEAR Fall Semester Geol. 497. Geology for Engineers . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . .. . .. . . 4 C . E . 458. Reinforced Concrete Design .................... ... 3 Civil engineering elective (see note 3) ....................... 3 Social-humanistic elective .................................. 3 Engineering science electives (see note 4) ................... ...:..... Total 18

PAGE 74

64 I University of Colorado at Denver Spring Semester C.E . 341. Sanitary Engineering ................... . ... ...... 4 Civil engineering electives ( see note 3) ...................... 6 E . E . 213. Circuit Analysis I ................................ 4 Social humanistic elective ........... . ...... ............... Total 17 Notes for B.S. (Civil and Urban Engineering) 1. Courses from Great Books series recommended ; 11ee the English listings in the Course Description section of this bulletin. 2 . New physics sequence to begin spring 1978. 3. Civil engineering electives shall be chosen to form an in tegrated program, subject to the appro val of the department . 4 . Engineering science electives shall be taken from the list of courses approved by the Department of Civil and Urban Engineer ing . ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING William D. Murray, Chairman The professional possibilities in electrical engineer ing include teaching and research in a university; research and development of new electrical or electronic devices, instruments, or products; produc tion and quality-control of electrical products for private industry or government ; design or operations in the electrical power industry; and sales or management for a private firm or branch of government. What should the student expect in an electrical engineering course of study at UCD? A sound background based on the time-tested principles of physics, chemistry, and mathematics forms the core of the lower division work. An early, intensive training in the theory and laboratory application of electrical circuits is followed by more fundamentals in electronics , electromagnetic and transmission theory, electrical machines and transformers, heat, and mechanics. Many students find an opportunity to put their knowledge to work with jobs in industry or research projects being conducted at the University. Students may also elect courses from a wide variety of subject matter to fit their particular interests. Throughout the entire course of study, they reinforce their understanding of the theory in well-equipped laboratories . Students are encouraged to develop interests out side of their electrical engineering specialty, thus providing themselves with a well-rounded background and a sense of awareness and responsibility for their later role in society. They are urged to attend meetings of their student professional society, where practicing engineers from many engineering specialties speak of their experiences. The curriculum is arranged so that transfer stu dents may join the program without appreciable loss of time or credit. For example, a transfer student who has completed the mathematics and physics of the freshman and sophomore years and who has a total of about 68 credit hours acceptable to the department could obtain the degree in four semesters. The areas of specialization that electrical engineer ing students may enter upon graduation are so numerous it is impossible for the undergraduate train ing to cover them in detail. Intense specialization rna be left to possible additional training graduates ma)-1 receive when they assume positions with firms, or acquired by specialization in a research field through graduate work beyond the bachelor's degree , Students who have earned a B average or better in their undergraduate work and who have electe I courses in their senior year that strengthen par ticularly their mathematical background may decid to take additional graduate work. The curriculum in electrical engineering is designed to make it possible for the graduating senior with high scholarship to finish a master's degree in electrical engineering in about one additional full year of work at any of the na tion's major universities . Curriculum for B.S. (Electrical Engineering) In the electrical engineering curriculum the student has considerable freedom in the senior electives. The student may select these electives to provide a good foundation in several of the seven electrical engineer ing areas listed: communications, digital, electronics, fields, materials, power, and systems. Some of these electives may be courses in other branches of engineering or in other colleges. Those students primarily interested in taking courses in the digital or computer area may do so in this curriculum or in the joint electrical engineering and computer degree op tion discussed below. Combined Business Option Students wishing to take the combined engineering business program should not start this program until their fourth year, with the exception of electing Econ. 201 and 202 for two of their social-humanistic elec tives. Students with a B average may wish to consider obtaining a master's degree in business administra tion. For both of these programs, students should refer to the College of Engineering and Applied Science in troductory section of this bulletin. Premedical Option A program has been developed which permits the student to satisfy the entrance requirements for medical school, such as those of the University of Colorado, while earning a B . S. in electrical engineer ing . There are several possible ways of satisfying the medical school requirements of genetics, plus 6 or 8 hours each of biology and organic chemistry. Curricula for B.S . (Electrical Engineering and Computer Science) The joint degree in electrical engineering and com puter science is a comprehensive program covering both hardware and software aspects of computer

PAGE 75

system design. It is directed to students whose major interests are in the computer itself and in a broad range of applications. The program leads to a B.S. (E.E. and C.S.) and can be a base for further study toward either an M.S. in computer science or an M.S. in electrical engineering. A student need not make a decision to enter this program until the second semester of the sophomore year. The details of the program are listed in the sec tion following the electrical engineering curriculum. The purpose of the changes is to add to the mathematics background in such a way as to provide a basis for graduate work in computer-related fields and to permit inclusion of courses in scientific ap plication of computers, logic structure of computers, and assembly language programming. The student 'also will obtain actual operating experience with the departmental computers. Should students leave the program in favor of returning to the electrical engineering curriculum, they will need to satisfy the departmental requirements of mechanics and E.E. 354, which have been waived in the electrical engineering computer option curriculum. Curriculum for B.S. (Electrical Engineering) The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical program is: FRESHMAN YEAR Fall Semester Semester Hours Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I ............... 3 E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I .................... 2 E.E. 130. Problems and Methods of Modem Electrical Engineering .................................. 2 E . E. 210. Fundamentals of Computing (or E . E. 201) . . . . . . . . 3 E.E. 257. Logic Circuits ......................... .......... 3 Social-humanistic elective (see note 1) ..................... Total 16 Spring Semester Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II .............. 3 E. Phys. 231. General Physics I (see note 2) ................. 4 E. Phys. 232. General Physics Laboratory I (see note 2) ...... 1 Chern . 103. General Chemistry (see note 3) .................. 5 Social-humanistic elective (see note 1) .................... Total 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus ill .............. 3 E.Phys. 233. General Physics II (see note 2) ................. 4 E.Phys. 234. General Physics Laboratory II (see note 2) ...... 1 E . E . 213. Circuit Analysis I .... ............................ 4 E.E. 253. Circuits Laboratory I ............................. 1 Social-humanistic elective (see note 1) .................... Total 16 Spring Semester Math. 443. Ordinary Differential Equations .............. . . . 3 C.E. 313. Applied Mechanics (see note 4) ................... 3 E.E. 214. Circuit Analysis II ............... ................ 4 E.E. 254. Circuits Laboratory II ............................ 1 Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ......................... 3 Social-humanistic elective (see note 1) .................... Total 17 College of Engineering and Applied Science I 65 JUNIOR YEAR Fall Semester E.E. 313. Electromagnetic Fields I .......................... 3 E.E. 321. Electronics I ..................................... 3 E . E. 361. Electronics Laboratory I ............. ............. 2 Engr. 301. Thermodynamics ................................ 3 E.E. 381. Introduction to Probability Theory ................ 3 Social-humanistic elective (see note 1) ..................... Total 17 Spring Semester E . E. 314. Electromagnetic Fields II ......................... 3 E .E. 322. Electronics II .................................... 3 E.E. 316. Energy Conversion I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 E. E . 354. Power Laboratory I .............................. 2 E.E. 362. Electronics Laboratory II ......................... 2 E.E. 331. Linear System Theory ............................ 3 Electives (see note 5) ..................... . ............... Total 18 SENIOR YEAR Fall Semester Electives (see note 5) ..................................... 12 Social-humanistic electives (see note 1) ......... ........... ___ Total 18 Spring Semester Electives (see note 5) ..................................... 15 Social-humanistic elective (see note 1) ..................... _1 Total 18 Notes for B.S. (Electrical Engineering) 1. Of the 24 hours of required social-humanistic electives, a stu dent must have a minimum of 6 hours in literature and a minimum of 6 hours in social sciences. The electrical engineering department does not require a sequence of two courses in one area. 2. New physics sequence scheduled to begin spring 1978. 3. Or Ch.E. 210. 4. The mechanics requirement may be satisfied by the 3-hour course, C.E. 313, or the 6-hour sequences of either C.E . 212 and C.E . 213, or E.Phys . 221 and E.Phys. 332. Students who first take E.E. 313 may, with permission, take only C.E. 213. 5 . The purpose of these electives is to allow the student to develop some breadth in electrical engineering as well as to develop some depth in areas in which he is most likely to concentrate after graduation. Usually these courses will be taken in electrical engineering , mathematics, and physics at the 300, 400, or 500 levels . In all cases the student needs the approval of his un dergraduate adviser. Electrical engineering courses at the 400 and 500 levels are separated into the following seven areas: communications (C), digital (D), electronics (E), fields (F), materials (M), power (P), and systems (S). Seniors are free to elect courses from any of these areas, but in order to insure a minimum breadth of studies, every student's program must include 9 semester hours of electrical engineering theory courses in at least three areas and a minimum of three laboratory courses in three areas . These distribution require ments could be met through E.E. 400 (1 to 3), and E.E. 500 (1 to 3) only if the subject matter studied is actually in the appropriate area. E.E. 400 (1 to 3) and E.E. 500 (1 to 3) may be used only once to satisfy part of the distribution requirements. A 3-hour upper division course in physics must be included among the technical electives . The student who has good grades and is interested in graduate work should certainly take additional mathematics. Some preliminary consulting with a department graduate advisor is desirable . Some students, after satisfying their minimum electrical engineering requirements, may wish to use some of their remaining

PAGE 76

66 I University of Colorado at Denver elective hours in areas other than electrical engineering, mathematics, or physics. With the approval of their adviser, they can take additional courses in other departments of the University. One restriction on these electives is that there may be no perfor mance courses such as in music or physical education . Curriculum for B.S. in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical program is: FRESHMAN YEAR Fall Semester Semester Hours Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I ............... 3 E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I .................... 2 E . E. 130. Problems and Methods of Modern Electrical Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 E.E. 210. Fundamentals of Computing ...................... 3 E.E. 257. Logic Circuits ................................... 3 Social-humanistic electives (see note 1) ..................... 3 Spring Semester Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II . . ............ 3 E . Phys . 231. General Physics I (see note 2) .................. 4 E.Phys . 232. General Physics Laboratory I (see note 2) ....... 1 Chern. 103. General Chemistry (see note 3) .................. 5 Social-humanistic electives (see note 1) ..................... 3 Total SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus ill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 E. Phys. 233. General Physics ll (see note 2) ................ 4 E.Phys. 234. General Physics Laboratory II (see note 2) ...... 1 E.E. 213. Circuit Analysis I .................. . ............. 4 E.E. 253. Circuits Laboratory I ............................. 1 Social-humanistic electives (see note 1) ..................... 3 Tore! Spring Semester Math. 300. Introduction to Abstract Mathematics (see note 4) 3 Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 E.E. 214. Circuit Analysis II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 E.E. 254. Circuits Laboratory II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 E.E. 453. Assembly Language Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Social-humanistic elective (see note 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Total 17 J UNlORYEAR Fall Semester E . E. 313. Electromagnetic Fields I .......................... 3 E.E. 321. Electronics I ..................................... 3 E.E. 361. Electronics Laboratory I .......................... 2 E. E. 381. Introduction to Probability ....................... 3 Engr. 301. Thermodynamics ................................ 3 E.E. 458. Logic Laboratory ................................. 1 E . E. 401. Introduction to Programming Language and Processors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Total lB Spring Semester E. E. 314. Electromagnetic Fields II ......................... 3 E . E. 322. Electronics II .................................... 3 E.E. 362. Electronics Laboratory ll ......................... 2 E . E. 316. Energy Conversion I .............................. 3 E.E. 331. Linear System Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Social-humanistic elective (See note 1) ..................... .:...]_ Total 17 SENIOR YEAR Fall Semester E.E. 422. Electronics ill ................................. . . 3 E.E. 459. Computer Organization ..... ...................... 3 Math. 465. Numerical Analysis (See note 6) ................. 3 Social-humanistic elective (See note 1) ...................... 3 Electives (See note 5) .................................. . . ..:.... Total 18 Spring Semester E.E. 460. Computer Laboratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 E.E. 559. Advanced Computer Architecture (recommended, not required) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Social-humanistic elective (See note 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Electives (See note 5) .................................... Total 18 Notes for B.S. in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science 1. Of the 24 hours of social-humanistic electives a student must have a minimum of 6 hours in literature and a minimum of 6 hours in social sciences. The electrical engineering department does not require a sequence of two courses in one area. 2. New physics sequence scheduled to begin spring 1978. 3. Or Ch.E. 210. . 4. Or equivalent mathematics substitution with approval of ad VIsor. 5. The purpose of these electives is to allow the student to develop breadth in electrical engineering as well as to develop some depth m areas in which he is most likely to concentrate after graduatwn. Usually these courses will be taken in electrical engineering, mathematics, and physics at the 300, 400, or 500 levels . In all cases the student needs the approval of his un dergraduate adviser. Electrical engineering courses at the 400 and 500 levels are separated into the following seven areas : communication (C) digirel (D), electronics (E), fields (F), materials (M), power (P): and systems (S). Seniors are free to elect courses from any of these areas, b,ut in order to insure a minimum breadth of studies, every students program must include at least 9 semester hours of electrical engineering theory courses in at least three areas and a minimum of three laboratory courses in three areas. These distribu tion requirements could be met through E.E. 400 (1 to 3), and E.E. 500 (1 to 3), shown in each area, only if the subject matter studied is actually in the appropriate area. E.E. 400 ( 1 to 3), and E.E. 500 (1 to 3) may be used only once to satisfy part of the distribution re quirements. A 3-hour upper division course in physics must be in cluded among the electives. The student who good grades_9:nd is interested in graduate work should certamly take additional mathematics. Some preliminary consulting with a departmenrel graduate adviser is desirable. .6. E.E. 455, Computer Techniques in Engineering, may be sub stituted. ENGINEERING DESIGN AND ECONOMIC EVALUATION Engineers in today's world of rapidly expanding technology are expected not only to be competent planners and designers of technical devices and systems, but also significant contributors to the bet terment of their environment in the social and humanistic sense as well. It is no longer sufficient to build more powerful machines, more useful devices,

PAGE 77

and more effective controlling systems if the total ef fect is to deplete man's resources, damage his environ ment, or contribute to the destruction of his economic welfare. To be effective in his modern role , the engineer , of course, must have a solid background in the natural sciences and mathematics, the engineer ing sciences, modern economic theory and practice, and current thought in the social sciences and humanities . He also must have opportunities to develop his judgment in the proper application of this background to contemporary problems. The curriculum in the Department of Engineering Design and Economic Evaluation therefore stresses the importance of educational techniques which fur nish opportunities to study in reasonable depth the sciences and mathematics as useful analytical tools . It also encourages the expansion of the individual's con cepts of the problems of the society in which he serves, and furnishes many opportunities to develop his own abilities as a thoughtful and responsible contributor to the solution of these problems. Starting in the freshman year and continuing throughout the curriculum, graphical, mathematical, numerical (computer), and physical models are used, first to teach known principles, and ultimately as tools in themselves for the effective conceptualization of new problems. Finding a possible solution to a problem is not enough; sound judgment must be ap plied in reaching an optimum solution. Many engineering problems are non-numerical in character , and the engineer must learn to manage problems hav ing elements of great uncertainty. Graduates in engineering design and economic evaluation are primarily concerned with the design, improvement, and installation of integrated systems of men, materials, and equipment. Assignments such as operations management, design for engineering or manufacturing, and consulting in industry and small business are typical. Many other types of oppor tunities are offered to graduates of this program. Transfer to Boulder The complete program in engineering design and economic evaluation is not available at UCD . Therefore, students wishing to complete this program should plan to transfer to the University of Col o rado at Boulder at the start of their junior year. The com plete curriculum, degree requirements , and descrip tions of courses may be found in the Universit y of Colorado at Boulder Catalog. Curriculum for B.S. (Engineering Design and Economic Evaluation) The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical first two years of the program: FRESHMAN Y EAR Fall S e mest e r S e mester H o ur s Math. 140. Analy tic Geometr y and Calculus I ............... 3 Phys . 111. General Physic s ................... . .... . . . ...... 4 E . D . E . E . 101. F u ndamen t als o f Design I .................... 2 C o ll ege of Engi n e ering and Applied Science I 67 E . E . 201. Intro ducti o n to C o mputing ......... ....... ....... . 3 E . D .E.E. 130. Introducti o n t o Engineered Systems (See note 1U Total 14 S pring Se mest e r Math . 241. Anal y tic Geometry and Calculus IT .............. 3 E .Phys. 112. General Physics .............................. . 4 E .Phys. 114. Experimental Phy sics ......................... 1 Social humani s ti c elective ( See note 2) ..................... . 3 E . D . E . E . 2 03. Fundamentals of Design ill ................... 3 C h . E . 210. Physical and Chemical Properties of Matter. ( See n o te 5 ) .... ..................... ................ _,___1 Total 18 S OPHO MORE YEAR Fall Semest e r Math . 2 42. Analytic Geome t ry and Calculus ill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Ma t h . 319. Applied Linear Algebra ..................... . ... 3 C.E . 212. Anal y tical Mechanics I .... ....................... 3 Social humanistic elective ( See note 2) ........... ........... 6 E . D .E.E. 221. Product Definition ......... . . . ....... . . . .... _,___ Total 18 S pr i n g Sem este r Math. 443. Differential Equations ....................... . . . 3 C.E . 213. Analyti c al Mechanics IT . ........ . . .... ........ ... 3 E . D.E . E . 2 2 2 . Introduction to Computer-Aided Design ....... 3 E . D . E . E . 331. Engineering Materials . ...... .... .... ......... 3 So cial humani s tic elective ( See notes 2 and 4) ....... ........ 3 Te c hni c al e lective ( See n o te 3 ) . . ........... . .............. _,___ Total 18 Notes for B . S . (Engineering Design and Economic Evaluation) 1. Or an y 1 3 0 c ourse in engineering . 2. Soc ial-humanistic electives must include a minimum of two litera t ure courses . 3. A minimum of thre e elective course s must be taken from E . D . E . E . offe rings . 4. Or an y approved soc ial humanisti c elective ; Econ . 201, 202 re quired f o r E . D . E.E. and bu s iness. 5. Or an y approved c hemi s try course o f 3 o r more hours . ENGINEERING PHYSICS William R. Simmons, Coordinator The purpose of the curriculum outlined by the Department of Physics and Astrophysics on the Boulder Campus is to give the student a thorough, fundamental training in physics and in the applica tion s of physics . The courses are broad in scope, and the curriculum provides many electives so that a stu dent may s upplement his general training in physics by work in other fields. During the freshman and sophomore years the work in physics is general , yet a thorough training in mathematics and fundamental methods and princi ples of the physical sciences is stressed. This leads to an appreciation of related fields and their application to engineering practice . During t he junior and senior years work in physics is amplified to conform to the versatility of the physicist ' s profession. This leads to a comprehensive knowledge of the various branches of physics such as nuclear physics, atomic physics, electronics, ther modynamics, mechanics, electricity, and magnetism.

PAGE 78

68 I Univer sity of Colorado at Denver Individual initiative and resourcefulness are stressed. This general knowledge of the diverse fields of physics is intended to give the student the ability to deal with industrial problems that cannot be solved by a stan dardized procedure in a specialized field. The training prepares the student for a career in physics, where there are many and varied opportunities in develop m(mt work and industrial research. It is also basic for graduate work in physics and specialized training in research. It is recommended that students going on to Graduate School prepare for its foreign language re quirement in their undergraduate curriculum . Applied Physics Option It is also possible to earn the degree Bachelor of Science (Engineering Physics) with an applied physics option. This option differs from the regular engineering physics degree primarily in that fewer ad vanced theoretical physics courses are required and in their place a versatile selection of applied science courses is required. This option should not be selected by students intending to pursue graduate study in physics, but it is appropriate for students intending to pursue graduate work or employment in related fields such as geophysics, environmental science, oceanography, nuclear engineering, medicine, and law. Students intending to pursue this option should consult the coordinator by the beginning of their junior year regarding the electives which they wish to propose. The 24 hours of electives in pure or applied natural science must be approved by the engineering physics advising committee, which is located on the Boulder Campus. The committee will consider the proposed courses relative to the student's stated educational and/or professional objectives. At least 30 semester hours of credit must be earned after the stu dent's proposed program is approved. Not all of the courses required for the engineering physics program are offered at UCD. Students wishing to complete this program should see the coor dinator and plan to complete courses through the University of Colorado at Boulder. Course descrip tions may be found in the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog and listings in this bulletin. Curriculum for B.S . (Engineering Physics) The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. Approved ROTC courses may be substituted for a maximum of 6 hours of electives. A typical program is: FRESHMAN YEAR Fall Semester Semester Hour s Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I ............... 3 E . D . E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I .................... 2 Social-humanistic elective (See note 1) ...................... 6 E . Phys. 111. General Phy s ics .............................. _,___! Total 15 Spri n g Semester Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II .............. 3 Social-humanistic elective (See note 1) .............. . . ...... 3 E.Phys . 112. General Physics ............................... 4 E.Phys. 114. Experimental Physics .......................... 1 E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing ........................ 3 Elective (See note 2) ................. ................... Total 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester Math . 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus ill .............. 3 Socia l -humanistic elective (See note 1) .............. . ....... 3 E.Phys. 213. General Physics ............................... 3 E.Phys . 215. Experimental Physics ......................... 1 Elective (See note 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ........................ Total 16 Spring Semester Math. 443. Ordinary Differential Equations ................. 3 C hern . 202. General Chemistry (Se e note 3) ................. 4 Social-humanistic elective (See note 1) ...................... 3 E.Phys. 214. Introductory Modem Physics ................... 3 Elective (See note 2) .................................... -..:.....2. JUNIOR YEAR Fall Semester U pper division mathematics elective ........................ 3 E.Phys. 317. Junior Laboratory ............................. 2 E.Phys. 321. Classical Mechanics and Relativity ............. 4 E.Phys. 331. Principles of Electricity and Magnetism ........ 3 Elective (See note 2) ........ .............................. 3 Social-humanistic elective (See note 1) .................... Total 18 S prin g Semeste r E .P h ys. 318. Junior Laboratory ............................. 2 E.Phys. 322. Classical Mechanics , Relativity, and Quantum Mechanics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 E.Phys. 332. Principles of Electricity and Magnetism ........ 3 E.Phys. 341. Thermod y namics and Statistical Mechanics ..... 3 Chern . 453. Physical Chemistry (See note 4) ................. 3 Chern . 454. Physical Chemistry Laboratory (See note 4) .... Total 16 SENIOR YEAR Fall Semester E.E. 403. Electronics (See note 6) ................... ....... 2 E.E. 443. Electronics Laboratory (Se e note 6) ............... 1 E.Phys. 491. A to mi c and Nuclear Physics ................... 3 E.Phys. 495. Senior Laboratory ............................. 2 Elective (See note 2) ....... ............................... 7 Social-humanistic elective (See note 1) .................... Total 18 Sp r ing Semeste r E.Phys. 492. Atomic and Nuclear Phys ics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Phys . 496. Senior Laboratory (See note 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Elective (See note 2) ..................................... 10 Soc ial-humanistic elective (Se e note 1) ..................... __1 Total 18

PAGE 79

Curriculum for B.S. (E.Phys.)Applied Physics Option The first five semesters are identical to the regular engineering physics curriculum listed above. The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. Approved ROTC courses may be substituted for a maximum of 6 hours of electives . J UNIOR Y E AR Spr i n g S e m e s te r Semester Hours E . Phys. 322. Clas s ical Mechanics and Quantum Mechanics . . . 3 E .Ph y s . 332. Principle s of Electricity and Magnetism .... .... 3 Upper Divi s ion Thermo dynamics Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 S o cial-humanistic elective (See note 1 ) ....... .......... ..... 3 Electives ( See n ote 7) ...................... . ... ......... ..:.....1 Total 16 SENIOR Y EAR Fall S e mester E . E . 403. Elemen ts of Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 E . E . 443. Elements of Electronics Laboratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Social-humani s tic elective (See note 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives (See note 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Total 18 Sprin g S emes t e r Social-humanistic elective (See note 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives (See note 7) . . . ............. ..... ............... _JQ Notes for B.S. (Engineering Physics) 1. A total of 24 hours of social humanistic electives is required . These must include 6 hours of literature and 6 hour s selected from economics, sociology , political science , history , and anthropolog y. The other 12 hours must be selected from the above s ubjects and/or fine arts and music (critical or historical only) , philosophy , and psychology. 2. Of the 32 hours of electives listed, at least 14 hours must be in engineering courses other than ph y sics or mathematics. 3 . Chern . 202 is offered only at the Boulder Campus . UCD stu dents may s ubstitute Chern . 103 and 106 for Chern . 202. 4 . Chern. 453 and 454 are offered only at the Boulder Campus . One semester of any upper division chemistry course with as sociated laboratory may be substituted for physical chemistry. 5 . Or Phys. 455, or approved 3 hour physics elective . 6. E . E . 403 and 453 are offered onl y at the Boulder Campus. UCD students may substitute E . E . 321 and 361. 7 . The electives in the applied physics curriculum must satisfy the following four conditions: (a ) at least 14 hours must be in engineering courses other than physics or mathematics : (b) 5 hours must be from among Phys. 318, 341, 451, 491, 492, 495, and 500 of fered at UCD, or Phys. 361, 365, 366, 367, 446, 455, 461, 462, 501, 503, 504, and 580 offered at the Boulder Campus ; (c) 4 hours must be upper division laboratory courses; (d) 24 hours must be pure or applied natural sciences courses. This group of courses must meet the approval of the engineering physics advising committee, which will consider their relevance to the student's educational and professional objectives . At least 30 semester hours of credit must be earned after the student' s proposed program is approved. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Gaylen A. Thurston, Coordinator Mechanical engineering is perhaps the broadest in scope of all the engineering fields. It is not identified with or restricted to a particular technology, vehicle, College of Environmental Design I 69 device , or system; rather, it is concerned with all such subjects, both individually and collectively. In an era when technology is changing rapidly, the education of an engineer must provide a base for working in fields which may now not exist. The objec tive of the undergraduate program in mechanical engineering is to give the student a broad intellectual horizon and such habits and skills of study that learn ing new science as it appears and taking the initiative in applying it will be second nature. There can be only one firm foundation for the student preparing for a career in mechanical engineering: mathematics, physics, and chemistry are the basic in gredients. Also essential is mastery of such engineer ing sciences as solid and fluid mechanics; ther modynamics , and heat and mass transport; materials, and systems analysis and controls . Along with the study of these fundamentals, the engineer must ex perience the ways in which scientific knowledge can be put to use in the development and design of useful devices and processes . The mechanical engineering program may be roughly subdivided into two-year groupings. In the first two years, the program emphasizes the fundamentals of those engineering sciences that are e s sential for an understanding of most b ranches of professional engineering. For the final two years, the department, in recognition of the extremely broad and varied demands which the advances of modem technology have imposed on the mechanical engineer, provides two plans, A and B, for the curriculum leading to the degree Bachelor of Science in mechanical engineering. The plans are designed to ac comodate the professional objectives of the individual student. Plan A specifies a typical mechanical engineering curriculum and is intended for those students who wish to obtain a broad, general education in mechanical engineering without an emphasis on any of the specific professional aspects. Plan B is designed for students who know what they intend to do upon graduation. This option allows the student to pursue any course plan that meets a valid professional objective and has been approved by the advisory committee. Under Plan B, the specific re quirements of the program are determined after a detailed conference with an appropriate departmental adviser. In the course of this conference, the profes sional objectives of the individual student are studied in detail , and a specific plan (with a minimum of 136 credit hours) is designed to meet these objectives. With liberal use of courses throughout the University , the following may be considered typical among the professional concentrations which can be achieved: Thermod y nam i c s Heat transfer Fluid me c hanic s S o lid mechani c s Electrome c hanical s ystem s Design Power Dynamic s and controls Materials s cien c e At this time not all of the courses required for the mechanical engineering program are offered at UCD.

PAGE 80

70 I University of Colorado at Denver However, the intent is to expand the mechanical engineering offerings to a complete undergraduate degree program at UCD. Students should work closely with their mechanical engineering adviser as they will have to complete some courses in Boulder depending upon their progress and the phasing in of this program at UCD. Curriculum for B.S. (Mechanical Englneer . lng) The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical program is: FRESHMAN YEAR Fall Semester Semester Hours Engl. 258. Great Books (See note 1) .......... ........ ..... . 3 M.E. 130. Introduction to Mechanical Engineering ........... 2 Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I ............... 3 E . E . 201. Introduction to Computing ........................ 3 Social-humanistic electives ..... ................... ........ _,_! Total 17 Spring Semester Engl. 259. Great Books IT (See note 1) ...................... 3 E . Phys . 111. General Physics ......... ................ ... ... 4 Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus IT .... .......... 3 E.D . E . E . 101. Fundamentals of Design I ............. ... .. .. 2 Social-humanistic elective .......... ........... ............ Total 15 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester M.E . 281. Mechanics I ..... ......•............ ............. 3 Engl. 260. Great Books ill (See note 1) ... .................. 3 E . Phys . 112. General Physics ............... ................ 4 E.Phys . 114. Experimental Physics .......... .. ............. 1 Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus ill .............. 3 Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ........ ................ Total 17 Spring Semester M.E. 282. Mechanics IT . ............... ........ . . .......... 3 Engl. 261. Great Books IV (See note 1) . . ..... ..... ......... 3 E . Phys . 213. General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 E . Phys. 215. Experimental Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Math. 443. Ordinary Differential Equations . ......... . . ..... 3 Engr . 301. Thermodynamics . .... . ......................... Total 16 JUNJORYEAR Fall Semester M . E . 312. Thermodynamics IT .................. ............ 3 M . E . 314. Measurements I .... ............................. 2 M . E . 371. Systems Analysis I ...... .... .................... 3 M . E . 383. Mechanics ill .. .......... .. ............ .. ...... . 5 Chern . 202. General Chemistry ....... ........... .... . . .... _,__! Total 17 Spring Semester M . E . 362. Heat Transfer . ......... ......................... 3 M . E. 301. Introduction to Materials Science I .............. . 3 M.E . 316. Measurements IT .......... . . .................... 2 M.E. 372. Systems Analysis IT . . .............. . . ............ 3 M . E . 384. Mechanics IV . . . ......... .. ..................... 4 M.E . 441. Introduction to Mechanical Engineering Laboratory . .................... ........ .... . . . . . . ..... 1 Technical elective .................. ...... . ............... Total 18 SENJORYEAR Fall S e m e ster M.E . 442. Mechanical Engineering Laboratory . . ........... .. 3 M . E . 414. Mechanical Engineering Design ................... 3 M . E. 401. Introduc t ion t o Material s Science IT ............... 3 Technical elective ... ...................................... 6 Free elective ........... . ............... . ........... . ..... Total 18 Spring S emest e r Socialhumanistic elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Technical electives ....................................... _!Q Total 18 Notes for B.S. (Mechanical Engineering) 1. Or other English options; see the English listings in the Course Description section of t his bulletin . College of Environmental Design Dwayne C. Nuzum. Dean INFORMATION ABOUT THE COLLEGE Designers and planners of the physical environment have moved in recent years into expanded roles and responsibilities. Changes in breadth of concern and scope of service have brought the architect, the land scape architect, the urban and regional planner, the technologist in environmental systems, and the in terior designer closer together. All are being asked to make decisions from more alternatives which have longer lasting effects. Lines of demarcation among these professions are being minimized and in terdependence among them is increasing. These requirements necessitate a broader base of educational experience, including not only a background for design technique , but also an in creased association with and understanding of the physical and social sciences . The social and economic determinants to contemporary life, the complexities of urban and regional interdependence and the allied problems of transportation, growth and population, the effect of business and governmental activity,

PAGE 81

rapid technological advances-all require of the en vironmental designer a broad base if he or she is to meet present needs and anticipate and guide the future. Preparation for professional service in these fields is partially through the academic process. Accordingly, in August 1969, by action of the Board of Regents, the University of Colorado was authorized to expand its offerings and change the designation of the School of Architecture to the College of Environmental Design. The change included phasing out the five-year un dergraduate architecture curriculum and replacing it with a four-year undergraduate degree in environmen tal design. A series of graduate programs in architec ture, urban design, and planning have been initiated and are fully operational. Full professional status in most environmental design fields requires a minimum of five or six years of academic experience and two or three years of prac tical experience followed by state registration or licensing through a professional examination. Qualifications for success in these careers are not easily measured. Candidates for this profession must have the ability to complete successfully an academic program ranging from fundamental humanistic and scientific courses through applied technical activity to full creative development. They should have a background of secondary education that includes courses in mathematics and physics. Some experience in creative activity may aid them in predetermining their personal satisfaction from the creative process. UCD Program The College of Environmental Design at UCD offers four graduate programs: the Master of Architecture, the Master of Landscape Architecture, the Master of Architecture in Urban Design, and the Master of Urban and Regional Planning-Community Develop ment. A fifth program, Master of Interior Design, is anticipated for fall 1977. See information following. Other undergraduate programs are available only through the University of Colorado at Boulder, and students should see the catalog for that campus. Financial Aid Graduate scholarships, fellowships, loans, and teaching assistantships are available to qualified stu dents who demonstrate need. Teaching assistantships are awarded on the basis of the general application materials (application, transcripts, recommenda tions, and portfolio) and anticipated teaching needs. A limited number of assistance in-state scholarships of under $500 are available. For additional information about scholarships, assistantships, and application forms write the director of the appropriate graduate design program (Architecture, Urban Design, Urban and Regional Planning, Landscape Architecture), College of En vironmental Design, University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202. For other types of funding, work study, etc., write the Of-College of Environmental Design I 71 fice of Financial Aid, University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202. MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE There are three programs leading to the degree Master of Architecture. The one-year program is open to students with a Bachelor of Architecture degree; the two-year program is available to the student with a Bachelor of Environmental Design or Architectural Studies; and the three-year program is open to stu dents who have a Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Arts degree in any field. The objective of the architectural program and its curriculum is to promote intellectual growth and those professional skills necessary to enhance the architect's role in contemporary society. The architect must be able to respond to the problems of today both theoretically and practically and must be able to develop new approaches to practice and research for the problems of the future. The Master of Architecture Program is the first professional degree program in architecture offered by the College of Environmental Design. Its aim is to educate students whose career will be in the design of the built environment. The curriculum is based on a core program in design , technology , architectural history, and professional practice. Design is concerned with the understanding of form and shape consistent with human needs and the technology available, along with the development of graphic communica tions skills. Technology provides basic knowledge of the physical systems of structure, mechanical equipment, illumination, acoustics , and the interrelationships of these systems. Architectural history reviews the forms of the past and their philosophic significance, as well as current architectural ideas and directions. Professional practice is concerned with the skills and knowledge needed to make design a reality. The curriculum is implemented by recognizing the uniqueness of the Colorado region and the fact that architecture has its roots in the geology, topography, vegetation, climate, and culture of the area. The program has a close alliance with the profession, and an effort is made to involve the student with actual architectural projects and problems through profes sionals, the Center for Community Development and Design, and public or nonprofit organizations. The design curriculum is based upon a sequential progres sion of courses which begin with a small social unit (i.e., family and small group} and progress to a large scale design problem (i.e., a college campus, a new ski village, an urban redevelopment). The technological sequence starts with the basic concerns (i.e., basic structures, materials, waste, water supply) and develops to a course that involves the synthesis of the structural and environmental systems in a building. The professional practice courses lead to an in ternship program in which the student is placed in a practicing professional's office and exposed to the range of activities in that office.

PAGE 82

72 I University of Colorado at Denver ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Application In order for students to be considered for admission into the graduate program, they must submit applica tion forms , college transcripts, three recommenda t ions, statement of purpose, and a portfolio of academic and professional work by March 15 preceding the fall semester that they wish to enter. The portfolio format is to be 14 inches by 17 inches or smaller . Application forms and information may be obtained by writing to the Director of Master of Architecture, College of Environmental Design University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202. Applicants must hold a Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Fine Arts , or Bachelor of Science degree from an ac credited four year college or university to be accepted into the three-year Master of Architecture program. A four-year degree in architecture or environmental design from an accredited college or university is re quired for acceptance into the two-year Master of Architecture program. A five-year Bachelor of Architecture degree from an accredited architecture program is required for acceptance into the one-year master's program . A student in the fourth year of the University of Colorado architectural engineering program may enter the first year of the three-year program if qualified. Qualification will be based upon t he course work taken previously and upon academic performance. However, a student in this program still must appl y and be accepted into the Master of Architecture program and have completed all require ments for the Bachelor of Science degree in architec t ural engineering before entry into the second year of the program. Admission A faculty admissions committee will review the ap plication materials and select the students to be ad mitted to t he programs . Applicants will be notified that they have been accepted, are on a waiting list, or have not been accepted . Applicants are to be notified of their status prior to May 1. The recommended minimum grade-point average is 2.75 on a four-point scale. If the student's grade-point average is below 2 .75 the Graduate Record Examina tion is recommended as part of the application materials . The student, however , will be evaluated for admission on the basis of all the application materials and not the grade-point average alone . One-Year Program The one-year program is available only to students with a five-year Bachelor of Architecture degree. The Master of Architecture degree is awarded upon satisfactory completion of 32 semester hours and special agreed upon for the par ttcular cand1date s program. The candidate and the adviser mutually develop the course of study through selection of offerings in the College of Environmental Design and other divisions of the University. The program is primarily research oriented , and students are allowed to pursue independently an area of their choice related to architecture. Cour s e R equi r e m ents Semester Hours Arch . 710 -711. Research/Design ............................ 14 Arc h . 680. Research Me t hods in Arc hitecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Cognate courses ........ ............................. ..... 12 Elective .... .................... . .... . ................... 3 T otal 32 Arch . 710 and 711 are course designations for the area of concentration as selected by the student. Op tions are : 1. Facility Design . Research and design work in design programming, the design process, and the products of architectural design (i.e., housing , educational facilities, and recreational facilities). 2 . Man and Environment. The interactions between people and the man-made and natural en vironment. Man' s physiological, sociological, and psy chological relationships to the des i gn environment will be studied . 3 . Architectural Technology . Building technology and its interrelationship to architectural design . Structural and environmental control and construc tional systems and materials may be studied. 4 . Design Methods . Systematic methods for deci sion making in architectural design, such as simula tion, gaming, decision theory , computer-aided design , and information systems. 5 . History and Preservation . Architectural history and its social relevance as it pertains to renewal, restoration , and the preservation of significant exam ples of architecture. 6 . Urban Design. The architecture of towns and cities. Order of Studies (One-Year Program) Fall S e mest e r Semester Hours Arch . 680. Research Methods i n Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Arch. 710. Research/Design . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 7 Cognate c ourses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 To t al ls Spring S e mester Arch. 711. Research/Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Cognate course s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Electiv e .................. ....... . ..... ........ ... . ...... Total 16 Tota l s emes t er hou rs r equired . ..... . ........ . . . . . ......... 32 Two-Year Program For the student with a four-year Bachelor of En vironmental Design or architectural studies degree who desires a professional degree in architecture, a two-year , 64-semester-hour program leading to a Master of Architecture degree is offered.

PAGE 83

Students in the third or fourth year of the Univer sity of Colorado environmental design program who intend to apply for the Master of Architecture program should take the first two courses in the struc tural sequence (Arch. 552 and 553). Required courses are Environmental Systems (Arch. 450) , Materials and Methods of Construction (Arch. 551), Architec tural History (Arch. 470 and 471), and Architectural Graphics (Arch. 510 and 511), and a minimum of 6 semesters of design. Students who have not completed these courses prior to entry will be asked to complete them while in the program. The graphics course may be waived if the student's portfolio indicates excellent graphics ability . Students from other four-year design programs must have taken two semesters of architec tural history, two semesters of basic structures (statics, strength of materials) and must show, with the portfolio, a graphics ability equivalent to the two semester course in architectural graphics. Required courses in the two-year program that have been taken by the student in a previous program may be waived if the grade received is B or above. The Master of Architecture is awarded upon satisfactory completion of 64 semester hours and all required courses . Course Requirem ents Semester Hours Architectural design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Environmental systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Structures . .................... ........................... 6 Professional practice, construction drawings, and internship (optional course) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Allied professions (planning and landscape architecture) ...... 6 Research methods in architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives ................................................. 3 Total 64 Order of Studies (TwoYear Program) FIRST YEAR Fall S emester Semester Hours Arch . 600. Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 U.P.C.D. 500. Introduction to Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Arch . 650. Mechanical Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Arch . 652. Timber Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Arch . 653. Steel Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Arch . 655. Acoustics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Total -r? Spring Semester Arch. 601. Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Arch. 651. lllumination . . .. . . . .. .. . .. . .. .. .. . .. . . .. .. . . . .. 2 Arch. 654. Concrete Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Arch. 657. Elevators and Escalators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Arch. 660. Professional Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Arch. 661. Construction Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Arch. 750. Systems Synthesis ............................. _1 Total 18 SECOND YEAR Fall Semester Arch. 700. Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Arch. 630. Landscape Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Arch. 680. Research Methods in Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Arch. 662. Internship (optional) ........................... _1 Total 16 College of Environmental Design I 73 Spring Semester Arch. 701. Research/Design Thesis . . . . . .. . .. .. . .. . . . .. .. . .. 7 Arch . 663. Internship (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Total 16 Total Semester Hours Required ........................... 64 Three-Year Program The three-year program is open to students with a Bachelor. of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree, one year of h1gh school or college physics, one semester of college algebra and trigonometry, and one semester of analytical geometry and calculus. The mathematics and physics requirement can be fulfilled while the student is in the program. The Master of Architecture is awarded upon satisfactory completion of 96 semester hours and all required courses. Course Requirements Semester Hours Architectural design ................... ................... 36 Environmental systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 History/Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Graphic communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Professional practice, construction documents, and internship (optional) . . . . .. .. .. . . .. .. . .. . . .. . .. . . . . . .. 10 Allied professions (planning and landscape architecture) ...... 6 Research methods in architecture .. .. .. ..................... 3 Electives ................................................. 3 Total 00 Order of Studies (Three-Year Program) FIRST YEAR Fall Semester Semester Hours Arch . 500. Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Arch . 510. Graphic Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Arch. 450. Environmental Systems I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Arch . 552. Structures I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Arch . 470. History/Philosophy I. . . .. .. .. . .. . . . . .. .. .. .. .. . . 3 Total ls Spring Semester Arch . 501. Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Arch. 511. Graphic Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Arch. 551. Materials and Methods of Construction . . . . . . . . . . 3 Arch. 553. Structures ll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Arch . 471. History/Philosophy ll .. .. .. .. . . .. . .. . . .. .. .. .. . . 3 Total ls SECOND YEAR Fall Semester Arch. 600. Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 U.P.C . D. 500. Introduction to Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Arch . 650. Mechanical Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Arch. 652. Timber Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Arch . 653. Steel Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Arch . 655. Acoustics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Total -r? Spring Semester Arch . 601. Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Arch. 651. Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Arch. 654. Concrete Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Arch. 657. Elevators and Escalators........................ 1

PAGE 84

74 I University of Colorado at Denver Arch . 660. Professional Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Arch. 661. Construction Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Arch. 750. Systems Synthesis ................... .......... _1 Total 18 THlRDYEAR Fall Semester Arch. 700. Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Arch . 630. Landscape Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Arch. 680. Research Methods in Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Ar ch. 662. Internship (optional) ........................... _1 Total 16 Spring Semester Arch. 701. Research/Design Thesis . .. . .. .. . .. . . .. .. .. . .. .. . 7 Arch. 663. Internship (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Total 16 MASTER OF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE There are two programs leading to a Master of Landscape Architecture degree at the University of Colorado at Denver. The two-year program is open to students holding Bachelor of Landscape Architecture degrees or bachelor degrees from some environmental design and architecture programs. The three-year program is open to students with a bachelor's degree in any other field. The objective of the landscape architecture program, as with the other design and planning programs, is to promote balanced growth in both in tellectual and professional skills. The problems of to day require new approaches, and it is with this in mind that both a three-year as well as a two-year program are being developed at UCD, with balanced emphasis in theory, design, and technology. The programs are based on a core curriculum in volving design, technology, history, professional prac tice, and exploration of several related disciplines. The first major course sequence (design), begins with a study of the principles of art and landscape architecture, and progresses through typical site plan ning procedures. Following this is a course in detailed landscape design studies. Then a three-course se quence progressing from large to medium through small scale projects. The final course is an individual project. The technology sequence involves two courses in site engineering, and two courses in construction topics. The plant-related sequence involves two courses in plant materials, one course in planting design, and a course in planting technology. Recognizing that good landscape design is based on detailed knowledge of local climate, vegetation, sociology, geography, etc., every effort will be made to involve the uniqueness of the Rocky Mountain region in course work. Specific efforts also will be made to help students take advantage of the UCD Community Design Center, plus federal and state agencies and the wide range of private firms offering numerous internships and employment opportunities in this area. Admission Requirements These are identical to those for architecture and urban design. Applications for admission must be received by April 15 preceding the fall semester the student wishes to enter. For more specific questions and application forms write: Director of Landscape Architecture College of Environmental Design University of Colorado at Denver 1100 14th Street Denver, Colorado 80202 Order of Studies (Threeand Two-Year Programs) FIRST YEAR Fall S e mester Semester Hours L .A. 500. Landscape Arch . Design I (Principles of Site, Planning and Art) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 L.A. 410. Graphic Communication I . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 3 L.A. 480. Rocky Mountain Plant Materials I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 L .A. 470. Landscape Architectural History . .... .......... . . _1 Total 14 Spring Semester L.A . 501. Landscape Architecture Design ll (Site Design Principles) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 L .A. 411. Graphic Communication ll. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 L.A . 481. Rocky Mountain Plant Materials ll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Cognate-Principles of Ecology (or equivalent) . ............. _1 Total 14 SECOND YEAR Fall Seme s ter L . A . 600. Landscape Architecture Design ill (Large Scale Design) . . . .. . . . .. . . .. . . . . . .. .. . .. . .. . . . . . 5 L.A . 660. Landscape Architecture Seminar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 L.A. 680. Rocky Mountain Planting Design Principles . . . . . . . 3 L . A . 650. Landscape Architectural Engineering I . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Cognate History of Environmental Form (U.P.C.D. 614 or equivalent) .......................... . ___Q Total 17 Spring Semester L.A . 601. Landscape Architecture Design IV (Medium Scale Design) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 L.A . 661. Landscape Architecture Seminar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 L.A. 681. Rocky Mountain Planting Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 L.A . 651. Landscape Architectural Engineering ll . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Cognate-Introduction To Planning (UPCD 500 or equivalent)_l Total 17 THlRDYEAR Fall Semester (Not to be offered unti/1978-79) L .A. 700. Landscape Architecture Design V ( Small Scale Design) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 L .A. 760. Landscape Architecture Seminar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 L . A . 750. Landscape Architectural Construction I . . . . . . . . . . . 5 L . A . 790. Independent Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Open Elective .............. . ........ ...... .... . .......... _1 Total 17

PAGE 85

Spring Semester (Not to be offered until1978-79) L.A. 701. Landscape Architecture Design VI (Individual Project) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 L .A. 761. Landscape Architecture Seminar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 L .A. 751. Landscape Architectural Construction ll . . . . . . . . . . 5 L .A. 721. Professional Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Open elective ............................................ __Q Total 17 MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE IN URBAN DESIGN Program Options and Descriptions MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE (URBAN DESIGN EMPHASIS) Urban design is another of the graduate en vironmental design programs taught at facilities which are located within two urban renewal projects in the core of the metropolitan area. The curriculum focuses upon the complex problems that are generated by change and growth in a vigorous urban and regional laboratory. Emphasis is given to par ticipatory community and publicly funded design, research, and technology. Special efforts are made to utilize the vast resources of information available from federal, state, and local agencies and institutions which are concentrated in the immediate community. Specific courses and projects attempt to incorporate these allied academic, civic, and citizen inputs into the design processes. The sequential format, content, and progression of the urban design program is purposely parallel to the graduate architectural program with a major excep tion in the final two semesters of study. Secondary ex ceptions in the first part of the three-and two-year curriculums are in emphasis, faculty backgrounds, and a few course substitutions. Direct daily contact with students and instructors in the planning, land scape, architecture, and interior divisions is very im portant and beneficial. A specific effort is made in professional practice, in ternship, and directed elective courses to expose urban design students to broader group-oriented fac tors in the problem-solving process. Placement of stu dents in combination architecture, urban design, and planning firms is a primary consideration in meeting the internship requirements. In all three sequences, the final master's year is a synthesis of the special civic-scale factors influencing urban design in one of four options: recreational facilities, community development, rehabilitation or renewal, transportation and health care. In this phase, students are carefully advised throughout the period of their independent research and design studies. Opportunities to do state and city outreach work in association with the Center for Community Development and Design (the College's design aid field program for ethnic and economic minorities) are available. Many other real problems and/or case studies from the community which require an ticipatory and feasibility design and development also College of Environmental Design I 75 are considered. Whenever possible, individual and/or team projects in cooperation with allied disciplines and institutions are encouraged. Admission Requirements In order for students to be considered for admission into the graduate program, they must submit applica tion forms, college transcripts, three letters of recom mendation, statement of purpose, and a portfolio of academic and professional work by April15 preceding the fall semester they wish to enter. All portfolio material submitted with application must be in BW' by 14" format or smaller. If slides are included, they must be in a looseleaf slide holder. It is recommended that students indicate the type and length of all work experience they have had since receiving a degree. Ap plication forms and information may be obtained by writing to Director of Master of Architecture in Urban Design, College of Environmental Design, University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202. One-Year Program (Master of Architecture in Urban Design) A one-year program leading to the Master of Architecture in Urban Design degree is available to students holding a Bachelor of Architecture degree. The degree is awarded upon satisfactory completion of 32 semester credit hours. The program is for stu dents who wish to pursue advanced studies in com pound, complex community design problems. Course Requirements Urban Design Studio . 00 •• 00 ••••• 00 00 ••••• 00 ••••• 00 ••••••• 14 Urban Design Seminar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Planning ................. ............................... 6 Electives (professional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Independent Study ....................................... __Q Total 32 The design studio is the focal point for the specialization selected by the student. The project chosen is developed on an independent study basis with meetings, seminars, and evaluations scheduled between the student and the faculty advisers. Cognate courses are selected with the guidance of the faculty advisers from related subjects offered by the College or other units of the University. rwo-Year Program (Master of Architecture, Urban Design Emphasis) A two-year program leading to a master's degree is available to students holding Bachelor of En vironmental Design or Bachelor of Architectural Studies degrees. The graduate degree is awarded upon satisfactory completion of 64 semester credit hours. Prerequisites for the two-year program are two semesters of architectural history and two semesters of basic structures (statics, strength of materials, structural analysis). If not taken previously, these

PAGE 86

76 I University of Colorado at Denver courses may be taken at UCD after admission to the program. Course Requirements (TwoYear Program) Semester Hours See the two-year Master of Architecture program for sequence of courses with the following adjustments or substitutions . First Year: Same Second Year: Substitute One planning course for landscape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Urban design seminar for research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Environmental impact analysis for elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Three-Year Program (Master of Architecture, Urban Design Emphasis) A three-year program leading to a Master's degree is available to students who hold a B.S. or B.A. degree in any field. The graduate degree is awarded upon satisfactory completion of 96 semester credit hours. Additional prerequisites or corequisites are one year of college or high school physics, and college mathematics through beginning calculus. Also re quired is a portfolio showing creative work (see Ad missions). Course Requirements (ThreeYear Program) Semester Hours See the three-year Master of Architecture program for sequence of courses with the following adjustments or substitutions . First Year : Substitute Environment systems for construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Second Year: Same Third Year: Substitute One planning course for landscape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Urban design seminar for research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Environmental impact analysis for elective . ............. 3 MASTER OF URBAN AND REGIONAL PLANNING-COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT The MURP-CD program prepares planners to research, design, and evaluate the ends and means of social and environmental action. Careers in planning usually center in such growing fields as environmental design, community development, social services, natural resources, ecology, planning consultation, en vironmental assessment, urban renewal, and regional planning. Because Denver is the Rocky Mountain region's central location for managing these fields of action, UCD planning students are able to combine easily the general principles of academic learning with practical experience in nearby operating agencies and organizations. Curriculum The curriculum requires 48 semester hours as a minimum for graduation . Thirty of these semester hours are required "core" courses aimed at training the student in basic planning principles, content, research methods, and plan/policymaking skills. Of these 30 required credits, 6 are spent in experiential learning and internships with public agencies and other organizations. Another 15 credit hours of the curriculum are elec tive. They are chosen in consultation with the stu dent's faculty adviser to form a consistent pattern of planning expertise along the lines of the individual's major interests. The courses may be chosen from the MURP-CD's own "core electives," from other programs in the College of Environmental Design or from other graduate colleges at UCD. Typical areas of specialization have been ecology, transportation, planning administration, community development, urban design, and health planning. The final curriculum requirement is the satisfactory completion, in the student's last semester, of an in depth planning study or project. The aim is to il lustrate the individual's ability to integrate and apply the knowledge and experience gained in the program. It may take the form of a traditional master's degree thesis, an extended policy research paper, or a major planning laboratory project. Admission Requirements In order for a student to be considered for admission into the graduate program, application forms must be submitted by April15 for the fall semester. Entry into the program at other times is not normally permitted. Applications for admission are reviewed by a faculty student committee. Criteria for admission include academic performance, experience, interest, and motivation for study. Candidates for admission should note that there are three prerequisite courses which must have been taken prior to entry, or made up as nondegree credit courses during the time at UCD. These are local and state government, basic statistics, and a course in mapping and graphics. Application forms and information may be ob tained by writing to: Director of Urban and Regional Planning-Community Development Program, University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202. MASTER OF INTERIOR DESIGN It is anticipated that a program in interior design will begin in the fall of 1977 and that a full program leading to a master's degree in interior design will be developed during the following years at UCD. For in formation about this program write Coordinator, Master of Interior Design Program, College of En vironmental Design, University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202. CENTER FOR COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND DESIGN The Center for Community Development and Design coordinates outreach public service activities of the College of Environmental Design by providing design, community development, and community planning services to urban neighborhoods and small communities which cannot afford or do not have ac cess to these services; by sponsoring professional and community education, workshops, and conferences; and by coordinating community and applied research in the fields of design, community development, and community planning. A central goal of the center is to

PAGE 87

combine academic and practical experience of stu dents in working with community members on problem solving through supervised shortand long term projects in the field. The faculty and staff of the center coordinate com munity projects for which students register through classes in the various academic curricula. Students who register for these projects assume an added responsibility of satisfying client needs that goes beyond academic credit. One objective of these proj ects is to give students professional experience that Graduate School Robert N. Rogers, Associate Dean INFORMATION ABOUT THE SCHOOL The Graduate School is a University-wide body which authorizes programs within its constituent col leges and schools. At UCD, Business and Administra tion (except the M.B.A. program), Education, Engineering, Liberal Arts and Sciences, and Music are colleges or schools whose graduate programs are offered through the Graduate School. In concept, there is a single Graduate School regardless of campus. In practice, most master's-level programs are specific to the campus where the student is admitted, insofar as particular options and advisers are con cerned. Doctoral-level programs in a discipline are viewed as the responsibility of the entire University com munity of that discipline. At the present time, there is no discipline within the Graduate School in which students can expect to complete all Ph.D. require ments entirely at UCD; however, there are a number of disciplines in which students can do a major part of their work at UCD. Communication disorders and speech sciences, civil engineering, and electrical engineering are three of these. In other disciplines, a significant portion of the course work required for the Ph.D. degree may be taken at UCD. Persons in terested in pursuing doctoral-level work should con sult with the appropriate discipline graduate adviser. Anyone wishing further information not given in this bulletin should contact Associate Dean of the Graduate School, University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202. Degrees Offered The following graduate programs are authorized for completion through the Graduate School at UCD. In some cases, a specific required course may only be of fered through the University of Colorado at Boulder in a given year. Graduate School I 77 will enhance their education while in one of the Col lege programs. The types of projects students may select to work on include development of a physical design program for a child care center in an inner-city neighborhood; as sisting a neighborhood organize, design, and imple ment a self-help housing program; coordinating a community development program in a small moun tain town, and developing a comprehensive plan in cooperation with a planning commission in a Colorado high plains town. The Master of Arts (M.A.) in: Anthropology Applied Early Developmental Psychology Biology Communication and Theatre Communication Disorders and Speech Science Economics English Geography History Mathematics Political Science Sociology The Master of Education (M.Ed.) and the Master of Arts (M.A.) in: Early Childhood Education Educational Psychology Elementary Education Guidance and Counseling Library Media Reading Secondary Education Social Foundations The Master of Science (M.S.) in: Accounting Applied Mathematics Chemistry Civil and Environmental Engineering Environmental Science Finance Management and Organization Marketing The Master of Basic Science (M.B.S.) The Master of Humanities (M.H.) Facilities for Graduate Study and Research at UCD Facilities for research in many fields are available at UCD as well as specialized institutes, seminars, and meetings of national standing. The Graduate Student at UCD Approximately 1,740 students are enrolled in graduate programs at UCD and an additional 1,300 special students take graduate courses. Of these, ap proximately 45 percent are part-time students. Faculty The faculty operating in these programs is mainly housed at UCD, although resources of other campuses

PAGE 88

78 I University of Colorado at Denver at the University of Colorado are used. Members of the graduate faculty at UCD are indicated by asterisks in the listing of the faculty. Financial Aid for Graduate Study SCHOLARSHIPS AND FELLOWSHIPS The University of Colorado administers various forms of financial aid for graduate students: fel lowships, scholarships, and a number of awards from outside agencies. The Graduate School each year awards to qualified regular degree graduate students approximately 50 doctoral fellowships paying up to $2,500 plus tuition. Special fellowships and scholarships are also available for study in certain departments. Colorado Graduate Grants are also available to students who can show "demonstrated need." For details contact the Graduate School Office. Applications for fellowships, scholarships, and grants are due in the department before the an nounced department deadline. Awards are announced about March 15. GRADUATE STUDENT TEACHING APPOINTMENTS Many departments employ graduate students as part-time F-89 instructors or F-99 teaching assistants. The F -89 instructorship is reserved for those advanced graduate students already possessing an appropriate M.A. degree who may be independently responsible for the conduct of a section or course. Payment for these teaching appointments will be: one-half time F-89 instructor; $4,950 for the academic year; one-half time F-99 teaching assistant, $3,960 for the academic year. A half-time appointment for an F-89 instructor is considered to be equal to 6 class contact hours; a half time teaching assistant is appointed for 20 hours per week. Students appointed for at least one-half time qualify for resident tuition rates regardless of their ac tual Colorado residency status. Teaching assistants and F -89 instructors must be enrolled students for the full period of their appointment. RESEARCH ASSISTANTSHIPS Research activities provide opportunities for graduate students to obtain part-time work as research assistants in many departments. Holders of these positions pay resident tuition. Assistants must be enrolled students. LOAN FUNDS Graduate students wishing to apply for long-term loans through the National Direct Student Loan Program and for part-time jobs through the college work-study program should submit an Application for Financial Aid to the Office of Financial Aid by March 1. This office also provides short-term loan assistance to students who have completed one or more semesters in residence. Short-term loans are designed to supplement inadequate personal funds and to provide for emergencies. Applicants should go directly to the Office of Financial Aid. EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES The University maintains an employment service in the Office of Financial Aid to help students obtain part-time work either through conventional employ ment or through the college work-stuc;ly program. Students employed by the University are hired solely on the basis of merit and fitness, a policy which avoids favor or discrimination because of race, color, creed, sex, age, handicap, or national origin. Students are also referred to prospective employers in accor dance with this policy. International Education The Office of International Education expedites the exchange of students and faculty, entertains foreign visitors, promotes special relationships with foreign universities, and acts as adviser for Fulbright and other scholarships. The office also arranges study abroad programs. Students remain enrolled at the University of Colorado while taking regular courses in the foreign universities. A B average with the equivalent of two years of college-level work in the appropriate language is required. There are also occasional summer programs offering academic credit. Peace Corps information may be obtained from the Office of International Education. For additional information contact the Office for Student Relations. Institute for Advanced Urban Studies Since UCD is an urban university situated in a ma jor metropolitan area, the primary thrust of its organized research activity is directed toward problem-related research with an urban focus. The major focus for these activities is the Institute for Ad vanced Urban Studies. The Institute for Advanced Urban Studies was established in 1975 to foster research and public service activities related to urban problems and policy issues. Groups of faculty, student, and community partici pants address problem areas, such as land use, u.rban growth, municipal finance reg1?nal housing, transportation, and commumty UCD's previous centers have been incorporated mto the institute structure as constituent parts. They in clude the Center for Urban Transportation Studies, the Center for Public and Urban Affairs, and the Ap-plied Sociological Research Unit. . Through its various research components, the m stitute provides research assistance to state and local government agencies. Additionally, the institute makes available a variety of topical seminars, con ferences, and in-service training programs.

PAGE 89

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION General Requirements Students may be admitted to the Graduate School in either of the two categories described below. Admission to the Graduate School is not admission to candidacy for an advanced degree. A student who wishes to become a candidate for a degree must make special application at the time and in the manner prescribed by the requirements for the degree sought. A student who is granted admission must reflect in a moral and ethical sense a personal background ac ceptable to the University. The University reserves the right to deny admission to applicants whose total credentials reflect an inability to assume those obliga tions of performance and behavior deemed essential by the University and relevant to any of its lawful missions, processes, and functions as an educational institution. REGULAR DEGREE STUDENTS Qualified students are admitted to regular degree status by the appropriate department. In addition to departmental approval, an applicant for admission as a regular degree student must: 1. Hold a baccalaureate degree from a college or university of recognized standing, or have done work equivalent to that required for such a degree and equivalent to the degree given at this University. 2. Show promise of ability to pursue advanced study and research, as judged by his previous scholastic record. 3. Have had adequate preparation to enter upon graduate study in the field chosen. . 4. Have at least a 2.75 undergraduate grade-point average. 5. Meet additional requirements for admission as established by major departments. Regular degree students must maintain at least a 3.0 grade-point average each semester or summer term on all work taken, whether it is to be applied toward the advanced degree intended or not. If the student fails to maintain this standard of perfor mance, he will be subject to suspension from the Graduate School. Pass/Fail Grades. In order to permit a meaningful evaluation of an applicant's scholastic record, not more than 10 percent of those credit hours that are relevant to his intended field of graduate study shall have been earned with pass/fail grades, nor more than 20 percent overall. Applicants whose academic record contains a larger percentage of pass/fail credits must submit suitable additional evidence that they possess the required scholastic ability. If the applicant does not submit satisfactory additional evidence, he can be admitted only as a provisional student. PROVISIONAL DEGREE STUDENTS Applicants who do not meet the requirements for admission as regular degree students may be admit ted as provisionlll degree students upon the recom-Graduate School I 79 men dation of the major department. With the concur rence of the dean of the Graduate School, a department may admit provisional students for a probationary term, which may not normally exceed one academic year. At the end of the probationary period, provisional degree students must either be ad mitted to regular degree status or be dropped from the graduate program. Credit earned by persons in provisional degree status may count toward a degree at this University. Provisional degree students are required to main tain a 3.0 grade-point or higher, as may be required by the terms of their provisional admission, each semester or summer term on all work taken, whether or not it is to be applied toward the advanced degree sought. If students fail to maintain such a standard of performance, they will be subject to suspension from the Graduate School. Application Procedures Graduate students who expect to study at UCD should contact the UCD Office of the Graduate School concerning procedures for forwarding com pleted applications. An applicant for admission from another institution must present a completed Application Form (Parts I and ll), which may be obtained from the UCD Graduate School office and two official transcripts of all academic work completed to date. The application must be accompanied by a nonrefundable application processing fee of $20 (check or money order) when the application is submitted. No application will be processed unless this fee is paid. Many departments require scores from the Graduate Record Examina tion, and most departments require three or four let ters of recommendation. When a prospective degree student applies for ad mission, the chairman of each department or a com mittee named for the purpose shall decide whether the applicant shall be admitted and shall make that decision known to the Office of Admissions and Records, which will inform the student. Persons not wishing to work toward an advanced degree are re ferred to as special students (below). A completed application must be in the office of the major department at least 60 days prior to the term for which admission is sought or earlier as may be re quired by the major department. Completed applications for foreign students must be on file in the Office of Admissions and Records prior to May 1 for the fall semester and by October 1 for the spring semester. Students who wish to apply for a graduate student award for the academic year 1977-78, e.g., fellowship, scholarship, assistantship, etc., must file a completed application with the department before the an nounced departmental deadline (see previous section on financial aid). All credentials presented for admission to the University of Colorado become the property of the University.

PAGE 90

80 I University of Colorado at Denver SENIORS IN THE UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO A senior in this University who has satisfied the un dergraduate residence requirements and who needs not more than 6 semester hours of advanced subjects and 12 credit points to meet his requirements for a bachelor's degree, may be admitted to the Graduate School by special permission of the dean. GRADUATE RECORD EXAMINATIONS At the option of any department, the Graduate Record Examination may be required of applicants for assistantships, or of any student before his or her status is determined. Students who are applying for the fall of 1978 should take the GRE no later than the December testing date so that their scores will be available to the graduate awards selection committee. Four to six weeks should be allowed for GRE scores to be received by an institution. Information regarding these examinations may be obtained from the Graduate School Office or the Stu dent Relations Office at UCD, or from the Educational Testing Service, Box 1502, Berkeley, California 94701, or Box 955, Princeton, New Jersey 08540. SPECIAL STUDENTS A student not wishing to earn an advanced degree from the University of Colorado should apply to the Office of Admissions and Records, UCD, 1100 Fourteenth Street, Denver, Colorado 80202, or to the Office of the Associate Dean of the Graduate School. Special students will be allowed to register only on the campus to which they have been admitted. Special students desiring to pursue a graduate degree program at this University are encouraged to submit the complete graduate application and sup porting credentials as soon as possible. A department may recommend to the graduate dean the acceptance of as much as 8 hours of credit toward the require ments of a master's degree for courses taken either as a student at another recognized graduate school, as a special student at the University, or any combination thereof. In addition, the department may recommend to the graduate dean the acceptance of credit for courses taken as a special student for the semester, quarter, or summer term for which the student has applied for admission to the Graduate School, provided that the student's application was on file with the department before the beginning of the semester, quarter, or term in question. REGISTRATION Course Work and Examinations On the regular registration days of each semester, students who have been admitted to the Graduate School and who expect to study in the Graduate School are required to complete appropriate registra tion procedures. Students should register for classes the semester they are accepted into Graduate School. If unable to attend that semester they must notify the department which has accepted them and submit the necessary forms to the Office of Admissions and Records at UCD in order to attend the following semester. Master's Thesis or Report Graduate students working toward master's degrees, if they expect to present a thesis or M.Ed. report in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree, must register for thesis for a minimum of 4 semester hours or a maximum of 6 semester hours, or for M . Ed. report for 2 semester hours. The student may register for any specific number of hours in any semester of residence, but the total number of hours for all semesters must equal the number of credits the student expects to recieve for the thesis or report. The final grade will be withheld until the thesis or report is completed. If the thesis or report is not completed at the end of the term in which the student is so registered, an in progress (IP) will be reported. (The student may not register again for any portion of thesis credit on which an IP grade has been submit ted.) Limitation of Registration FULL LOAD A graduate student will be considered to be carrying a full load during a regular semester for purposes of determining residence credit if the student is registered for not fewer than 5 semester hours in work numbered 500 or above, or at least 8 semester hours of other graduate work, or thesis. A full load for purposes of determining residence credit during the summer term is 3 semester hours of work in courses numbered 500 or above, or 6 semester hours of other graduate work, or thesis. For the purpose of determining a student's status with respect to eligibility for the G.I. Bill, full-time graduate study is defined as registration for at least 8 hours of graduate work during a regular semester, or full-time research and writing. MAXIMUM LOAD No graduate student may receive graduate credit toward a degree for more than 15 hours in a regular semester. The maximum number of graduate credits that may be applied toward a degree during a summer term at UCD is 10 hours per 8-week summer term. TUITION AND FEES The schedule of tuition and fees is given in the General Information section of this bulletin.

PAGE 91

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCED DEGREES Quality of Graduate Work Although the work for advanced degrees is specified partly in terms of credit hours, an advanced degree will not be conferred merely for the completion of a specified period of residence and the passing of a given number of courses. Students should not expect to get from formal courses all the training, knowledge, and grasp of ideas necessary to meet the requirements for an advanced degree. They should work on their own initiative, reading widely and thoughtfully, reaching their own conclusions, and acquiring a sense of values, perspective, and proportion. All studies offered for credit toward an advanced degree (except those in deficiencies) must be of graduate status. For all advanced degrees except the Ph.D. degree, the quality of the student's work must attain an average of B in all work offered for the degree. For the Ph.D., a course mark below B is unsatisfac tory and will not be counted toward fulfilling the minimum requirements for the degree. A student is expected to maintain at least a B average in all work attempted in Graduate School. A student who fails to do satisfactory work will be subject to suspension from the Graduate School by the dean with the approval of the major department. Appeal may be made to the Executive Committee of the Graduate School. The committee's decision shall be final. A suspended student is eligible to apply for readmission after one year. Approval or rejection of this application rests jointly with the student's ma jor department and the dean. In case of lack of agree ment between the department and the dean or in case of appeal by the student, the final decision will be made by the Executive Committee. Grading System The standing of a student in work intended for an advanced degree is to be indicated by the marks A, B, and C. A -Superior, 4 credit points for each credit hour. B -Good, 3 credit points for each credit hour. C -Fair, 2 credit points for each credit hour. Work receiving the lowest passing grade, D, may not be counted toward a degree, nor may it be ac cepted for the removal of deficiencies. Marks below B are not accepted for the doctoral degree. An IF or an IW grade may be given for incomplete work at the discretion of the instructor. For details, refer to the discussion of the uniform grading system. The grade of IP (in progress) will be given for continu ing thesis work, and will be valid until the thesis is completed. A graduate student may repeat once a course for which he or she obtained a grade of C or D , upon writ ten recommendation to the dean by the chairman of the advisory committee and the chairman of the department; provided the course has not previously Graduate School I 81 applied toward a degree. Courses in which the grade F is received may not be repeated . Use of English A student who is noticeably deficient in the use and spelling of the English language may not obtain an advanced degree from the University of Colorado. The satisfaction of this requirement depends not so much upon the ability to pass formal tests, although these may be demanded, as it does upon the habitual use of good in all oral and written work. Ability to use the language with precision and distinction should be cultivated as an attainment of major importance. Each department will judge the qualifications of its advanced students in the use of English. Reports, ex aminations, and speech will be considered in es timating the candidate's proficiency. MASTER'S DEGREES A student regularly admitted to the Graduate School and later accepted as a candidate for the degree Master of Arts, Master of Science, or other Master's degree will be recommended for the degree only after the following requirements have been met. In general, only graduates of an approved institu tion who have a thorough preparation for their proposed field of study and who do graduate work of high quality are able to attain the degree with the minimum amount of work specified below. All studies offered toward the minimum requirement for the degree must be of graduate rank. Necessary ad ditional work required to make up deficiencies or prerequisites may be partly or entirely undergraduate courses. The requirements stated below are minimum re quirements; additional conditions set by the depart ment will be found in the announcements of separate departments. Any department may make further regulations not inconsistent with the general rules. Minimum Requirement The minimum requirement of graduate work for the degree Master of Arts or Master of Science may be fulfilled by following either Plan I or Plan II below. Plan I: By presenting 24 semester hours of graduate work, including a thesis. At least 12 semester hours of this work must be at the 500 level or above. Plan II: By presenting 30 semester hours of graduate work, without a thesis. At least 16 semester hours of this work must be at the 500 level or above. Plan II does not represent a free option for the stu dent. A candidate for the master's degree may be al lowed to select Plan II only on the recommendation of the department concerned. Field of Study Studies leading to a master's degree may be divided between major and minor subjects at the discretion of the faculty of the degree-granting program.

PAGE 92

82 I Universit y of Colorado at Denver Status Mter a student has made a satisfactory record in this University for at least one semester or summer term and after he has removed any deficiencies that were determined at the time of admission or by qualifying examinations or he should con fer with his major department and request that a decision be made on his status. This definite status must be set by his major department before a student may make application for admission to candidacy for an advanced degree. Students who are inadequately prepared must make up without credit toward a graduate degree all prerequisites required by the department concerned . Language Requirements Candidates must have such knowledge of ancient and modem languages as each department requires. See special departmental requirements. Credit by Transfer Resident graduate work of high quality done in a recognized graduate school elsewhere and coming within the time limit may be accepted up to a limited amount, provided it is recommended by the depart ment concerned and approved by the dean of the Graduate School. All work accepted by transfer must come within the five-year time limit or be validated by special ex amination. The maximum amount of work that may be transferred to this University, dependent upon the master's degree sought , is noted below: Semester Hour s M . A . or M . S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 M . Bus.Ed ................................................ 8 M.Ed ................................. . ................. . 8 M . Mus ................. ..... ............................ 8 M . Mus.Ed ............................................... 8 M . F.A. ( painting) .. .................................... .. 16 M . F . A . (edu cation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Credit will not be transferred until the student has established in the Graduate School of this University a satisfactory record of at least one semester in residence; such transfer will not reduce the residence requirement at this University, but it may reduce the amount of work to be done in formal courses. Requests for transfer of credit to be applied toward an advanced degree must be made on the form specified for this purpose and submitted to the Graduate School by the beginning of the semester prior to that in which the student will be graduated. Work already applied toward a master's degree received from another institution cannot be accepted for transfer toward the master's degree at the Univer sity of Colorado; extension work completed at another institution cannot be transferred; and correspondence work , except to make up deficiencies, is not recognized. Excess undergraduate credits from another institu tion may not be transferred to the Graduate School. Seniors in this University may, however, transfer a limited amount of advanced resident work (up to 8 semester hours) provided such work: 1. Is completed with distinction in the senior year a t t hi s University. 2. Comes within the five-year time limit. 3. Has not been applied toward another degree. 4. Is recommended for transfer by the department concerned and is approved by the dean of the Graduate School. Requests for transfer of credit to be applied toward an advanced degree must be made on the form specified for this purpose and submitted to the G r aduate School by the beginning of the semester prior to that in which the student will be graduated. For more information contact the Graduate School office. Residency In general, the residency requirements can be met only by residence at this University for at least two semesters or at least three summer terms. For full residence a student must be registered within the time designated at the beginning of a semester and must carry the equivalent of not fewer than 5 semester hours of work in courses numbered 500 or above, or at least 8 semester hours of other graduate work. See Limitation of Registration, Full Load, for require ments for full residence credit during the summer. A student who is noticeably deficient in his general training, or in the specific preparation indicated by each department as prerequisite to graduate work, cannot expect to obtain a degree in the minimum time specified. Assistants and other employees of the University may fulfill the residence requirements of one year in two semesters, provided their duties do not require more than half time. Full time employees may not satisfy the residence requirements of one year in fewer than four semesters. Admission to Candidacy A student who wishes to become a candidate for a master's degree must file application in the dean's office not later than 10 weeks prior to the completion of the comprehensive-final examination. The number of hours to be presented for the degree must be deter mined before t his application may be filed. See previous section on Status. This application must be made on forms obtainable at the dean 's office and in various departments and must be signed by a representative of both the major and minor, if any, fields of study, certifying that the student's work is satisfactory and that his program outlined in the application meets the requirements set in his particular case.

PAGE 93

Thesis Requirements A thesis, which may be of a research, expository, cri t ical , or creative type, is required of every master's degree candidate under Plan I. Every thesis presented in partial fulfillment of the requirements for an ad vanced degree must: 1. Deal wit h a definite topic related to the major field . 2. Be based upon independent study and investiga tion. 3. Represent the equivalent of from 4 to 6 semester hours of work . 4. Receive the approval of the major department not later than 30 days (in some departments, 90 days) before the commencement at which the degree is to be conferred. 5 . Be essentially complete at the time the comprehensive-final examination is given. 6 . Compl y in mechanical features with specifica tions obtainable from the Graduate School. Two weeks prior to the date on which the degree is to be conferred , two formally approved, printed or typewrit t en copies of the thesis must be filed in the Graduate School. The thesis must be complete with abstract. All theses must be signed by the thesis adviser and the second reader. All approved theses are kept on file in the librar y . The thesis binding fee must be paid at the Business Office when the thesis is deposited in the Graduate School. Credit hours earned for the thesis will not be ac cepted toward the requirements for a degree unless such credit has previously been registered . A student working toward a master's degree must register for thesis for a specific number of hours. The registered credit for the si s must total a minimum of 4 or a max imum of 6 semester hours , the total number of hours depending upon how much credit is to be given for the the s is . Comprehensive-Final Examinations Each candidate for a master's degree is required to take a comprehensive-final examination after the other requirements for the degree have been com pleted. This examination may be given near the end of the candidate's last semester of residence while he is still taking required courses for the degree, provided he is making sat isfactory progress in those courses. The following rules applying to the comprehensive final examination must be observed: 1. A student must be registered when he takes his examination. 2. Notice o f the examination must be filed by the major department in the dean's office at least three days in advance of the examination. 3 . The examination is to be given by a committee of three graduate faculty members appointed by the department c oncerned in consultation with the dean. 4. The examination, which may be oral or written, or both, must cover the thesis , which should be essen-Graduat e School I 83 tially complete at the time, as well as other work done in the University in formal courses and seminars in the major field . 5 . An examination in the minor work taken at this University is optional with the major and minor departments. 6. The examination must include all work presented for the degree not done in residence at the University of Colorado, whether in the major or minor field. The examination on transferred work will be given by representatives of the corresponding fields of study in this University. 7 . If a candidate fails the comprehensive-final ex amination, three months must elapse before he may again attempt it. Supplemental Examinations Supplemental examinations should be simply an extension of the original examination and given im mediately. If the student fails the supplemental ex amination, three months must elapse before he may again attempt it. Course Examinations The regular written examinations of each semester except the last must be taken. Course examinations of the last semester, which come after the comprehensive-final examination has been passed, may be omitted with the permission of the instructor. Time Limit All work, including the comprehensive-final ex amination, should be completed within five years or six successive summers. Work done earlier will not be accepted for the degree unless validated by a special examination. A candidate for the master's degree is expected to complete his work with reasonable con tinuity. Deadlines for Master's Degree Candidates Expecting to Graduate During 1977-78 Deadline dates for the following can be obtained by calling the Graduate School office on the Boulder Campus, 492-7 401. 1. Last day for requesting transfer of credit. 2. Applications for admission to candidacy . Ap plications must be submitted at least 10 weeks before the student expects to take the comprehensive-final examination. Students are urged to submit this form by the beginning of the semester prior to that in which they expect to receive the degree. (The form may be picked up in the department or in the Graduate School office.) 3 . Last da y for thesis to be approved by department. 4. Last day for schedu li ng of comprehensive-final examination with the Graduate School. 5. Last day for taking comprehensive-final ex. amination .

PAGE 94

84 I University of Colorado at Denver 6. Last day for filing thesis in the Graduate School. At the time of filing, the thesis must be complete in all respects and must meet thesis specifications in order to be accepted by the Graduate School. Candidates whose theses are received after 5 p.m. on the indicated date will be graduated at the commencement follow ing that for which the deadline is indicated. Graduate Credit Graduate credit is given for courses which are listed at the 500 level or above and which are offered by those colleges or schools that are members of the Graduate School, or which have otherwise been ap proved by the dean of the Graduate School. No as surance can be given that work taken by a student will count toward a higher degree unless the student has the approval of the department. Not all courses listed are available at any one time; some of them are given in alternate years. Courses taken during the fall semester 1975 and thereafter will have graduate rank if they are taught by members of the Graduate School faculty and are in one of the following two categories: 1. Courses within the major department at the 500 level or above. 2. Courses outside the major department at any level, provided thay are approved for graduate rank for a specific degree plan by the faculty of the degree granting program. This does not change the minimum number of courses that must be taken at the 500 level or above. However, as a result, most students who include 400-level courses of other departments in their program will not exceed those minimum requirements for graduation. ANTHROPOLOGY The master's program in anthropology is designed to provide first-level advanced training in the field of anthropology as a whole, focusing on the close interac tion of culture and biology in individual and group behavior, as well as interdisciplinary training of an applied nature in two specialty areas: medical anthropology, and community and urban anthropology. The medical anthropology track is in tended to serve students preparing for careers and those with established careers in the health care professions and related fields. Similarly, the com munity and urban anthropology track is intended to serve those who seek to employ anthropological con cepts and methods of community analysis in public administration, development, planning, and allied fields. Working with an advisory committee, each stu dent will tailor an individual program of studies around core courses and seminars in a specialty track or in the central area of, biocultural, anthropology. These programs will culminate in a master's thesis. A primary goal of the program is to produce graduates who are capable of understanding and proficient at resolving, in cooperation with others, the many problems of complex societies; consequently, a premium will be placed on interdisciplinary instruc tion and practical exercises in the design and implementation of research in a variety of settings. Admission Admission to the master's program in anthropology is open to any holder of a baccalaureate degree, not necessarily in anthropology, provided he or she meets the following requirements: (1) general requirements for admission to the Graduate School (2. 75 or better grade-point average for all undergraduate studies); and (2) knowledge of the fundamentals of anthropology. Applicants will be expected to have had a general introductory course in anthropology and secondary courses in ethnology, archaeology, linguistics, and physical anthropology or be able to demonstrate a mastery of materials equivalent to that which might reasonably be expected to result from such formal training. Applicants deficient in background may be admitted on a provisional basis but will be required to make up deficiencies without graduate credit during the first year in residence. A simpler alternative, when practical, would be to remove deficiencies as a special student prior to ap plying for admission to the graduate program. In order to be considered for admission into the master's program, an applicant must submit (1) two copies of transcripts from all undergraduate institu tions attended; (2) Graduate Record Examination scores for verbal and quantitative aptitude; and (3) at least three letters of recommendation. Evidence of previous nonacademic anthropology-oriented work or other experience will be carefully considered, as will that of special skills relevant to anthropological research. Departmental deadlines for receipt of ap plications for admission to the Graduate School, in cluding accompanying materials, are April 15 for fall entrance and October 15 for spring. Further information concerning specialization within the program, departmental admission and ad vising policies, etc., may be obtained by writing the director of graduate studies in anthropology. For general Graduate School requirements and applica tion information, see beginning of graduate section of this bulletin. Residency A minimum of two full semesters devoted to ad vanced study is required by the Graduate School. Stu dents working toward the master's degree in anthropology will be strongly encouraged to attain that degree within three years following matriculation into the program. Course Hours and Distribution A minimum of 36 semester hours of course work (including 6 hours of M.A. thesis) is required for the

PAGE 95

M.A. degree in anthropology. Fifteen hours of non thesis course work must be at the 500 level or above. Hours are to be distributed as follows: Medical anthropology Courses in anthropology ....... 15 semester hour s minimum Courses in related fields ....... 15 semester hours minimum Thesis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Community and urban anthropology Courses in anthropology ....... 15 semester hours minimum Courses in related fields ...... . 15 semester hours minimum Thesis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Biocultural an thropology Courses in anthropology ....... 18 semester hours minimum Courses in related fields . . . . . . . 12 semester hours minim urn The s is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Examination Each student must pass a comprehensive M.A. ex amination demonstrating his mastery of the fun damental principles of anthropology. This examina tion will ordinarily be taken before the conclusion of the fourth semester in residence . Thesis Each student will be expected to carry out an , original research project and report the results in a thesis of professional quality. There is no language requirement for the M.A . program . Students who expect to continue working toward a Ph.D., however, are urged to begin work on at least one language early in their graduate careers. APPLIED MATHEMATICS See Mathematics Program. BASIC SCIENCE, MASTER OF Collin Hightower, Coordinator for UCD The program leading to the Master of Basic Science degree is interdisciplinary. It provides an opportunity for present and prospective high school and junior high school teachers and others to continue subject matter training in mathematics and the sciences at advanced undergraduate and graduate levels. The student may elect the mathematics, science, or museology options as described below. Wide latitude is possible in the details of a degree plan so that each student may follow a course of study most pertinent to his interests. The degree plan will be designed in con junction with the student's adviser and must be ap proved by the executive committee. All courses credited toward the degree must be taken through the University of Colorado at Boulder , Colorado Springs, or Denver, over a period of five years or six successive summers. The Master of Basic Science degree is supervised by an advisory committee appointed by the dean of the Graduate School, and application should be made to the Master of Basic Science Office, Ketchum 306, University of Colorado, Boulder, regardless of the campus which the student plans to attend. Graduate School I 85 Requirements for Admission 1. General regulations for admission to the Graduate School apply (see Requirements for Admis sion). 2. A student is expected to have had at least 40 semester hours in the natural sciences and mathematics, including one year of calculus, upon ad mission. Students may be admitted to the program with a deficiency in calculus, but must remedy the deficiency within two years after admission by com pleting Math. 140-241 with a grade of Cor better (or other courses in mathematical subjects on approval by the advisory committee with a grade of C or bet ter). Requirements for the Master of Basic Science Degree 1. General regulations of the Graduate School governing the award of the master's degree apply (see Master of Arts and Master of Science) except as modified below. 2. Thirty semester hours of courses at the 300 level and above, taught by members of the graduate faculty, in two or more of the following departments: biology; chemistry; geology; mathematics; molecular, cellular, and developmental biology; physics; and computer science. See mathematics and science op tions. At least 12 hours of these must be numbered 500 or higher. 3. Paper/Project. Completion of a paper or project on a scientific or pedagogical topic selected in con sultation with the student's adviser and to be ap proved by the executive committee. (This is in lieu of the comprehensive examination.) 4. Minimum Grade-Point Average. Courses on the 300 and 400 level will be accepted toward the degree only with grades of A orB; 500and 600-level courses will be accepted toward the degree with grades of A, B , or C . The student must have a B average in all courses taken subsequent to his admission to the program, including courses not actually offered for the degree. Mathematics Option 1. A reasonable degree of competence is required in the fields of analysis, algebra, and geometry . A minimum of 15 semester hours of upper division courses (300 level or above) in mathematics must be offered for the degree, including at least 3 hours of analysis , 6 hours of algebra, and 3 hours of geometry. 2. One upper division sequence of at least 6 semester hours in any of the physical or biological sciences enumerated above . With permission, two in dependent one-semester courses in the same area may be substituted for the one-year sequence. 3 . Upper division electives in science and/or mathematics , including computer science, to com plete an approved 30-semester-hour degree plan. Twelve of the 30 hours must represent courses numbered 500 or higher . The 30 hours may also in-

PAGE 96

86 I University of Colorado at Denver elude 3 semester hours of courses or seminars in secon dary school mathematics teaching, history of mathematics or science, or philosophy of mathematics or science. Science Option 1. An upper division sequence (300 level or above) of at least 6 semester hours in each of two of the physical or biological sciences named above. With permission, two independent one-semester courses in the same area may be substituted for one of the one year sequences. 2. Upper division electives in science, mathematics, and/or computer science, to complete an approved 30-semester-hour degree plan. Twelve of the 30 hours must represent courses numbered 500 or higher. The 30 hours may also include 3 semester hours of upper division courses or seminars in secon dary school science teaching, history of science or philosophy of science. ' Museology Option (Boulder Campus Only) 1. At least 8 but not more than 12 semester hours of courses offered by the museum. Alternatives are the sequence Musm. 401-402-403 or Musm. 401 and a selection of additional courses in museum. Three to 6 semester hours of courses in the College of Business and Administration are recommended. The total museum-business semester hours may not exceed 15. 2 . An upper division sequence (300 level or above) of at least 6 semester hours in one of the departments (other than museum) represented in the program. 3. Upper division electives in science, mathe matics , or computer science, to complete an approved 30-semester-hour degree plan. Of the 30 hours, at least 12 hours must be numbered 500 or above . BIOLOGY Students wishing to pursue graduate work in biology should be familiar with the University of Colorado Requirements for Advanced Degrees. There are no special discipline requirements, although the prospective student must consult with a faculty ad viser prior to making application. The general portion of the GRE is required, and the specialty area is recommended. Applications are submitted directly to the biology graduate coordinator at UCD. The discipline offers either Plan I (with thesis) or Plan II (without thesis) Master of Arts degrees in en vironmental, organismic, and population biology, and Plan II M.A. degree in biology with education. Upon admission to the program the student in consultation with his adviser will design a study program suited to the student's specific needs. There is no core of re quired courses structured into the master ' s degree program. Courses acceptable toward the master's degree in biology include, in addition to biology courses and subject to the approval of the adviser, any appropriate 400-, 500-, and 600-level courses offered in other disciplines or divisions of the University. It should be noted that the student may have to complete some courses at the Boulder or Medical Center campuses . In conjunction with the College of Engineering and Applied Science an interdisciplinary program has been developed with a major in environmental science . The program offers several subject concentra tions within bo t h basic and applied environmental science . Included within the basic approach are con centrations in ecology, earth science, population studies , and physics-chemistry . Included within the applied approach are concentrations in conservation of natural resources, systems analysis, and en vironmental quality control. Students interested in this program should contact the Graduate School Office . CHEMISTRY The M.S. degree is offered at UCD in any one of the following basic fields: analytical, bio-, inorganic, organic, or physical chemistry. The master's degree is the highest that can be earned in chemistry at UCD. The emphasis in the program is toward the specialized needs of both full and part-time students. The department at UCD is small and strives to give students excellent supervi sion of work and advising toward the graduate degree. Students enrolled in the program may be employed as part-time teaching assistants. In addition, research activities in the department provide opportunities for graduate students to obtain part-time work as research assistants. Degree Requirements Two types of degrees are offered: Plan I requires 24 credit hours including 15 to 20 credit hours of formal course work, 4 to 9 credit hours in research courses , the completion of a research in vestigation, and the presentation of a thesis. Plan II requires 24 hours of formal course work and 6 credit hours of research without a thesis. Prerequisite. An undergraduate major in chemistry is desirable since all students are required to pass ex aminations covering the major fields of chemistry. The GRE (Graduate Record Examination) scores are required . Advanced chemistry GREs are recom mended. Students who plan to enroll in the graduate program must take a qualifying examination to deter mine their background and qualifications for ad vanced study in the field of chemistry. CIVIL ENGINEERING Civil engineering graduate programs at UCD are of fered t hrough the combined departments of Civil, En vironmental, and Architectural Engineering (Boulder) and Civil and Urban Engineering (Denver). Students wishing to pursue graduate work in civil engineering leading to candidacy for the Master of Science or Doctor of Philosophy degrees should read carefully Requirements for Advanced Degrees in this

PAGE 97

bulletin. All requirements for the M.S. and a large part of those for the Ph.D. may be completed at UCD. A pamphlet elaborating on the rules as they apply to civil engineering is available from the departmental office at UCD. No qualifying examination is required for the M.S. degree; however, in competition for all University fel lowships, the Graduate Record Examination, con sisting of the aptitude tests and the advanced test in engineering, is used in the evaluation of candidates. Therefore, students are advised to take this examina tion prior to their arrival on campus. Programs are available in the fields of transporta tion, water resources, hydraulics, soil mechanics, structural mechanics, and structural design. In each program, courses are selected by the student (under supervision of the faculty adviser) in such a way as to meet the student's interests and the re quirements of the Graduate School. See also Master of Engineering degree. The civil engineering program has no Ph.D. tool foreign language requirement other than those communication requirements established by the Graduate School. Center for Urban Transportation Studies The Center for Urban Transportation Studies (CUTS), operating under the Department of Civil and Urban Engineering, was established to (1) assume a leading role in the Rocky Mountain region in develop ing research, research facilities, and interdisciplinary graduate programs in urban transportation and (2) provide a central resource for information concerning urban transportation problems in the Rocky Moun tain region, making available to outside organizations the expertise within the University. Through CUTS, the departments offer inter disciplinary graduate programs and research oppor tunities designed to develop professionals who will be capable of dealing with the complex problems of urban transportation in a competent and meaningful manner. Students in these programs are expected to reach significant levels of competence not only in urban transportation but also in at least two relevant minor areas, such as architecture, environmental design, urban planning, business management, geography, political science, public administration, sociology, computing science, and systems analysis. The Center for Urban Transportation Studies operates within the framework of the Institute for Ad vanced Urban Studies at UCD . COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE Applicants are admitted to the graduate program in communication and theatre on the basis of their academic records and on recommendations. While there are no specific prerequisites beyond those re quired by the Graduate School, students admitted who are unable to offer a substantial number of semester hours of work in the area of their intended specialization or allied fields must expect that a Graduate School I 87 significant number of additional courses and semester hours will be required of them in order to make up deficiencies. Every student must take a diagnostic examination before completing 9 semester hours. For every student who declares intention to qualify for an advanced degree, an adviser and committee will be selected not later than the beginning of the student's second semester (or second summer term) iit residence. It is the duty of this adviser and committee to assume the responsibility for (1) approving the stu dent's graduate program; and (2) evaluating the student's qualifying examination, thesis, and comprehensive-final examination. Master's Degree All master ' s degree candidates are required to com plete C.T . 601 or its equivalent. At least two courses (4 to 8 hours) must be taken outside the department or outside the departmental area(s) of concentration. Plan I, With Thesis. After any undergraduate deficiencies have been removed, students under Plan I must normally earn 27 semester hours, of which a minimum of 16 must be earned in one major area. Four to 6 thesis credit hours may be counted toward the 27-hour requirement. The Plan II Option without thesis is available at UCD only upon application. Courses at the 500 level or above may be applied toward the graduate degree by graduate students in communication and theatre. Some courses are available only on the Boulder Campus; inquiry should be made . COMMUNICATION DISORDERS AND SPEECH SCIENCE The graduate curriculum in communication dis orders and speech science leads to the M.A. and Ph.D. degrees. The major area of emphasis at UCD is language and learning disabilities. Requirements for certification in the state of Colorado and by the American Speech and Hearing Association (ASHA) can be met . The program in communication disorders and speech science is accredited by ASHA. At pres ent, students must take courses on both the Denver and Boulder campuses. Prospective students should read Requirements for Advanced Degrees and request additional information from the Graduate School Office. Master's Degree The M.A. degree plan includes course work in speech pathology, language pathology, learning dis abilities , audiology, and education. Clinical and educational practicums with the communicatively disordered are required of all students. Students who do not have an undergraduate degree in the field will also be required to take courses in the basic com munication processes.

PAGE 98

88 I University of Colorado at Denver Students may fulfill the Graduate School require ments for the master's degree by following Plan I or Plan II. Doctor's Degree The Ph.D. degree plan is developed with the stu dent's advisory committee to meet the individual in terests and needs of each student. In addition to the major sequence of courses and practicum offered in language and learning disabilities, the student must select two or three minor areas of emphasis from this or other departments. A sequence of courses in statistics also is required. Students must meet requirements of the Graduate School for the doctoral degree as well as the following departmental requirements: C.D.S.S. 795-4. Practicum ill: Clinical Supervision C . D . S.S. 796-2. Practicum IV: Clinical Administration C.D . S.S. 797-2. Practicum V: Research Coordination C . D . S.S. 798-2. Practicum VI: Classroom Instruction COMPUTER SCIENCE Course work at the graduate level leading to the M.S. degree can be taken at UCD in this discipline, but degree programs must be completed through the University of Colorado at Boulder. Courses at the 500 level are open to qualified seniors. Persons insterested in this program should contact Roland Sweet, mathematics, or Burton Smith, electrical engineer ing, who are the UCD program advisers. ECONOMICS The M.A. degree in economics is offered at both the Denver and Boulder campuses. The requirements are the same and the examinations are offered jointly, but the emphasis and fields offered differ. The Denver program is oriented toward part-time students con cerned with urban problems or seeking to teach below university level. Persons interested in the program should contact the graduate adviser, Professor John Morris. Requirements for Admission (Students not meeting these requirements may be admitted provisionally.) 1. General requirements of the Graduate School. 2. Three letters of recommendation. 3. Sixteen semester hours of economics. 4. Acceptable GRE scores. Degree Requirements 1. Economic Theory: Econ. 507. 2. Quantitative Methods: Econ. 580 (or 480), and Econ. 581. 3. Two fields of concentration. Each field requires 6 credit hours, but the structure is highly flexible, e.g., one field can be an internship. Alternatively, an M.A. thesis. 4. Thirty semester hours, of which 16 must be at the 600 level (500 level if taken prior to fall 1975). EDUCATION Graduate study in education at the University of Colorado is offered on three campuses (Denver, Boulder, and Colorado Springs) and through 14 program areas. All inquiries regarding programs at UCD should be directed to the Associate Dean's Of fice, School of Education, University of Colorado at Denver, Denver, Colorado 80202, or to the Associate Dean of the Graduate School at UCD. A wide range of professional and academic interest is served by these programs. Programs of study can be undertaken in the following areas: Early childhood education Educational psychology Elementary education• Guidance and counseling (elementary, secondary, and agency settings) Library media Reading Secondary education• Mathematics education Science education Social foundations Graduate studies in education are offered at the M.A. (thesis and nonthesis) level. In some instances, doctoral work can be taken at UCD, but only with the prior approval of a student's adviser, and the dean's office on both the Boulder and Denver campuses. Outlines of each of the graduate programs of study are available upon request from the School of Education Office at UCD. Since many of the graduate degree plans are flexible and can be designed around individual student needs, it is highly desirable that prospective candidates discuss tentative programs of studies with appropriate faculty members prior to submitting applications. Application for Admission A prospective candidate should request application forms from the associate dean's Office, School of Education, University of Colorado at Denver. The completed form should be returned to the associate dean's Office, School of Education, UCD, together with a $20 application fee. The fee should be in the form of a check or money order payable to the Univer sity of Colorado. Two copies of official transcripts of all previous college and university study should be ordered by the applicant to be sent to the dean's of fice. Four recommendations on the forms provided, or by letter, should be furnished; at least two of these should be from college or university professors who can write with assurance about the applicant's academic and professional achievement promise. One or two recommendations from supervisors or employers are acceptable with reference to an appli cant's ability and contribution to the enterprise with which he was or is associated. Application papers and all supporting documents (including GRE scores or MAT scores, see below) must be in the dean's office on March 1 for summer, July 1 for fall, and October 1 for spring semester admission. 'Including bilingual multi c ultural education .

PAGE 99

Applicants should request the Educational Testing Service to send their scores on the aptitude test (ver bal and quantitative) of the Graduate Record Ex amination (GRE), or scores from the Miller's Analogy Test, to the dean's office. If an applicant has not taken the Graduate Record Examination or the Mil ler's Analogy Test, he should arrange to do so. Appli cants are not cleared for admission if scores are lack ing or if the faculty finds the scores unsatisfactory. The GRE or MAT is administered at many centers throughout the country. Information about the GRE may be obtained from the Graduate School Office, the Student Relations Office at UCD, the Educational Testing Service, 20 Nassau Street, Princeton, New Jersey 08540, or the graduate office of a university in the applicant's area. Master's Degree Two Master of Arts degree plans and a Master of Education plan are available, each comprising one academic year or more of graduate work beyond the bachelor's degree. The minimum residence require ment for any master's degree is one academic year or the equivalent, and it may be satisfied by two semesters in residence, or three full summer sessions, or any combination equal to two semesters. For part time credit toward meeting the residence require ment, see the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 1. M.A. Plan I (With Thesis). The program con sists of 36 semester hours or more, including 4 semester hours for the master's thesis. While the in clusion of a minor field is not required by the Graduate School, a student and adviser may agree on a minor, in which 4 to 8 semester hours can be applied toward degree requirements. The M.A. thesis is written in accordance with the specifications set by the Graduate School and under the supervision of the student's adviser. When a com plete first draft is ready for final typing, the thesis must be read by a second reader appointed by the dean's office. If the second reader approves the thesis, both the reader and the adviser will sign it when it is presented for filing with the Graduate School. If the reader does not approve, he and the student's adviser will confer and suggest appropriate changes. Two copies are required by the Graduate School. 2. M.A. -Plan II (Without Thesis) . The Plan ll program includes 36 or more semester hours of graduate credit, and may include 4 to 10 hours for a minor. While the thesis plan described above in M.A. Plan I entails 32 hours of course work plus a thesis. the non-thesis plan requires a minimum of 36 hours of course work. The minor is highly recommended in some fields of study. 3. Master of Education (M.Ed.). This degree program requires a minimum of 36 or more semester hours of graduate work, including a professional Graduate School I 89 report for which 2 semester hours credit is granted. The professional report is prepared under the supervi sion of the student's adviser, in accordance with thesis specifications issued by the Graduate School. One copy is submitted to the adviser upon completion, but none is filed with the Graduate School. EDUCATION AS A MINOR FIELD In M.A. programs for majors outside the School of Education , students may include education as a minor if both their major department and the dean 's office of the School of Education approve. For master's degrees, a minor in education consists of at least 6 semester hours of study in related courses. Not more than 2 semester hours may be transferred from another institution. Students who propose to minor in education must have had sufficient undergraduate work in education to prepare them for graduate study in the field. Ap praisal of undergraduate preparation will be made by the dean's office and the coordinator of the program area in which the proposed minor courses will be taken. Note: Since programs in the School of Education currently are being revised, updated program and course descriptions are available in the School of Education Office. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Electrical engineering graduate programs at UCD are offered through the combined Departments of Electrical Engineering (Boulder) and Electrical and Computer Engineering (Denver). Graduate programs leading to the Master of Science and Ph.D. degrees are offered at UCD in the areas of communication and information systems, computer hardware and software, control systems, electro-optics, and holography, circuits and electronics, fields and propagation, and power systems. A student wishing to pursue work in electrical engineering should read carefully the Requirements for Advanced Degrees section in this bulletin. He should also obtain a copy of the specific electrical engineering requirements by writing to the Director of Graduate Admissions, Electrical Engineering Depart ment, University of Colorado at Boulder, Boulder, Colorado 80309. Special students and those intending to pursue a graduate program at UCD are urged to consult the departmental representative as part of their application procedure. Master's degree students are expected to present a thesis unless specifically exempted by the depart ment. The Ph.D. preliminary examination will include the following areas: Bioengineering Circuits {active, passive , models) Communication theory Computers Control systems

PAGE 100

90 I University of Colorado at Denver Electric and magnetic fields Energy conversion Mathematics Physical and semiconductor electronics Each student must complete two sections, mathematics and the area in which he plans to specialize, and must present an acceptable master's thesis or the equivalent as an indication of ability to perform independent research. The electrical engineering department has no foreign language requirement for the Ph.D. degree. ENGINEERING, MASTER OF The Master of Engineering degree program is ad ministered by the Graduate School through the departments of engineering. The requirements for ad mission and for quality and quantity of academic work are essentially the same as for the Master of Science degree awarded in the College of Engineering and Applied Science. The degree is awarded by the Boulder campus only, although sufficient courses ex ist at UCD to allow for completion of course require ments there. The principal difference between the Master of Engineering degree and the Master of Science degree is that the Master of Engineering is intended es pecially to meet the needs of those practicing engineers who are working full time outside the University and who wish to carry on an integrated program of studies in an exceptionally broad inter disciplinary field in engineering and allied subjects related to the individual student's professional work. Examples of broad interdisciplinary fields include engineering and the social sciences, engineering and the biological sciences, engineering and the behavorial sciences, engineering and public ad ministration, engineering and law, and engineering and business administration. A successful program to meet these needs requires greater flexibility in opera tion than is normally possible or intended under the existing Master of Science degree program. The degree will be especially valuable for continu ing education programs for engineers in industry. It will provide a framework for such persons to work toward a significant goal fitted to their particular in terests. The program will make effective use of the present TV tape program for offering engineering courses from the University (the ACE program). The ACE program, plus extended use of live TV offerings, will make the program available on a comprehensive basis at various areas throughout the state. The degree is not intended as a means to permit a random, unguided selection of courses. Each prospec tive student is required to present a well-defined ob jective in order to be admitted to the program. An academic program is developed to meet this objective in consultation with the faculty advisers. The requirements for the degree are 30 credit hours plus a written report on a creative investigation which may be related to the student's professional work. The report will be of the same general quality as that required the thesis for the Master of Science degree and must be defended orally, but does not in itsel carry credit, nor require registration. It may be based upon work done for credit under independent study. At least 15 credit hours must be in engineering at the 500 level or above. As many as 15 credit hours may be taken outside of engineering. Credit in courses below the 400 level will not apply toward degree require ments. Requirements relating to the following items are the same as those for the Master of Science degree awarded in the College of Engineering and Applied Science: admission to Graduate School, application procedures, registration, quality of graduate work, status, credit by transfer, residence, admission to can didacy, and time limit. The admission of each student to graduate study, the approval of his degree program, admission to can didacy for the degree, and the approval of the awarding of a degree are to originate through a specific department of the College of Engineering and Applied Science in the same manner as for the es tablished Master of Science program. An advisory committee, consisting of not fewer than three faculty members, will be appointed for each student by his department. The membership of each advisory com mittee shall be chosen from the various inter disciplinary academic areas represented in the stu dent's program and will be from more than one department. The advisory committee guides the stu dent, is responsible for approving the individual's degree program and admission to candidacy, and ap proves the student's written report and the awarding of the degree. Additional information about the degree may be obtained from the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog, the Graduate School on the Boulder Campus, or College of Engineering and Applied Science departmental offices on the Boulder and Denver campuses. ENGLISH Students admitted to graduate study in English may complete all or substantially all of their course requirements for either the M.A. or Ph.D. at UCD; ex aminations are administered through the English Department on the Boulder Campus. Admission requirements for graduate study in English include satisfactory scores on verbal and ad vanced (literature) parts of the Graduate Record Ex amination, plus at least 24 semester hours in English (exclusive of composition, creative writing, speech, and literature courses counting as credits in educa tion, but including 6 hours of Survey of English Literature), of which at least 16 semester hours must be in upper division work. . Students wishing to pursue graduate work in English should note Requirements for Advanced Degrees in this bulletin. They also should obtain a copy of the brochure, Graduate Study in English, is sued by the English discipline and should consult the director of graduate English studies at UCD.

PAGE 101

All students planning to take any graduate English examination must state their intentions to the direc tor of graduate English studies at UCD at least three weeks prior to the date of the examination. FINE ARTS Significant course work at the graduate level can be taken at UCD in this discipline, but degree programs must be completed through the University of Colorado at Boulder. Courses at the 400 level also may be used for graduate credit as part of the minor; 500level courses are open to qualified seniors. GEOGRAPHY An M.A. degree program is offered at UCD emphasizing the spatial analysis of a variety of urban phenomena. Significant course work at the Ph.D. level can also be completed at UCD. Courses at the 500 level are open to qualified seniors . GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES Course work at the graduate level can be taken at UCD in this discipline, but degree programs must be completed through the University of Colorado at Boulder. HISTORY Prerequisites As general preparation for graduate work in history, it is desirable for a student to have had undergraduate courses in government, geography, and economics as well as a major in history. Candidates for graduate degrees may be required to pursue such fundamental courses in history as the department deems necessary to provide a suitable understanding of the processes of history. The candidate with degree status is required to take the verbal section of the Graduate Record Examina tion before enrolling in the discipline's graduate program, and demonstrate adequate background for candidacy . The advanced history section of the GRE is recommended, but not required. Residence While it is possible to obtain the M.A. degree in two full semesters of residence, it is frequently advisable and at times necessary that more time be spent in graduate work. Degree Requirements There are two options for fulfilling M.A. degree re quirements . A student may take 30 semester hours of course work, or 24 semester hours plus a thesis . The department strongly recommends the latter option. A comprehensive written examination must be passed before the degree is awarded. Before beginning graduate work, the student should seek guidance in course selection from the department. Graduate School I 91 HUMANITIES, MASTER OF The Master of Humanities is an interdisciplinary degree offered at UCD . Its purpose is to provide an op portunity for students to broaden their understanding of the relationships among the several areas normally subsumed under the heading of humanities, e.g., com munication , philosophy, the arts, literature, and the languages. The M.H. program is especially suitable for the many high school, junior high school, and elementary school teachers who find themselves in the position of having to teach in several different areas of the humanities. However, the M.H. program is by no means restricted to teachers. All courses required for the M.H. degree are offered at UCD. Admission Each student is required to take the Graduate Record Examination aptitude test as an aid in the planning of his studies for the degree. Before entering the M.H. program, a student is ex pected to have had at least 40 semester hours in the humanities . Humanities , as used here, is broadly con cieved to include general studies in communication, theatre, philosophy, literature, the arts, the languages, and other areas as agreed upon by the stu dent and the Graduate School. General requirements of the Graduate School governing the awarding of the master's degree apply. Degree Requirements All courses credited toward the M . H . degree must be taken at the University of Colorado over a period not exceeding five years or six successive summers. The M.H. degree program shall be supervised by an advisory committee appointed by the dean of the Graduate School. The committee shall consist of three members of the graduate faculty, each from a different area of the humanities. In addition to the 6 hours for Hum. 500 and 501 (described below), candidates for the M.H. degree are expected to complete a minimum of 24 semester hours at the 500 level or higher in four of the following areas (i.e. , 6 hours in each of four areas): Communication History Comparative literature Music English Philosophy Fine Arts Spanish language and literature French language and literature Theatre German language and literature (Note: As UCD expands and develops, it is ex pected that additional humanities major areas will become available.) Up to 6 hours in areas other than those listed above may be accepted as humanities as agreed upon by the student and the advisory committee. The requirement of 6 hours in each of four areas is intended to insure that the student achieves a con siderable degree of breadth. On the other hand, this

PAGE 102

92 I University of Colorado at Denver requirement should not be construed as precluding the student from doing additional work in one par ticular field in order to achieve further depth. Within one calendar year of entering the M.H. program, the student is required to take Hum. 500 and 501. These are 3-credit seminars which deal with the identity of the humanities, their place in the life of man, the various media through which they manifest themselves, and related matters. Hum. 500 and 501 count as part of the 30 hours required for the M.H . degree. Twenty-four of the required hours will be taken in the disciplines listed above, the remainder to be completed through Hum. 500 and 501. Before completing 15 hours of course work toward the M.H., the student must meet with his advisory committee to plan the directions and emphases for the remainder of his studies for the degree . At this time he must submit to the committee a precis out lining his final paper or project. Mter completing the 30 hours required for the degree, the student is required to pass a comprehen sive examination covering three of the areas in which he has concentrated his course work. It should be stressed that this examination is not a combination of three different master degree examinations; rather, it is an opportunity for the student to display, and the faculty to view, the student's expertise in combining significant aspects of three different fields, bringing major trends and ideas of the three fields into meaningful relationships with each other. The ex amination will be composed and administered by the student's advisory committee. Mter satisfactory completion of the comprehensive examination, the student must present a final thesis or project. This is a substantial scholarly and/or creative exercise involving three different humanistic areas. It is supervised by the student's advisory com mittee and must be performed or presented before an open seminar consisting of the committee and any other faculty members who wish to attend. The ap proved thesis or report of thesis-performance shall be recorded in the Graduate School. Throughout this work toward the M.H. degree, the student must uphold the high standards of the Graduate School, maintaining at least a B average in all courses taken subsequent to his admission to the M.H. program. Required Courses The only courses specifically required for the M.H. degree are the new Hum. 500 and 501 described above. The 24 hours (in addition to Hum. 500 and 501) re quired for the degree will normally be drawn from 500level courses which already exist at UCD. The language requirement for the M.H. degree is fourth-semester proficiency in a language relevant to the student's particular course of study. Such relevancy will be decided upon by the student's ad visory committee. For further information about the Master of Humanities degree program students should contact the Division of Arts and Humanities. MATHEMATICS Two graduate degrees may be earned in mathematics: the M.A. in mathematics and the M.S. in applied mathematics. (Also see Master of Basic Science.) It is the responsibility of each individual student to see that the requirements for these degrees are satisfied at the proper time. Prerequisites for Graduate Study To begin graduate work toward one of the above degrees, a student should have at least the following preparation: 30 semester hours in mathematics in cluding, beyond a full course in calculus, a year's course in advanced calculus, 3 semester hours of linear algebra and either a 3-semester-hour course in higher algebra or a 3-semester-hour course in ordinary differential equations. Students who do not have all the prerequisites for one of the advanced degrees may still be admitted provisionally if, in the faculty's judgment, their record justifies this (but also see the Graduate School admis sion requirements). For a mathematics minor for a graduate degree, a full course in calculus is prerequisite. Requirements for the M.A. and M.S. The student must present 30 hours of course work, including a 6-hour minor. All mathematics courses submitted must be numbered 500 or higher. If the minor is taken outside of mathematics, the minor courses must be numbered 400 or higher. These 30 hours must include at least two of the fol lowing two-semester sequences. See the Schedule of Courses for courses offered. Math. 501-502. Topology Math. 511-512. Theory of Numbers Math. 513-514. Abstract Algebra Math. 515-516. Linear Algebra Math. 521-522. Projective Geometry Math. 523-524. Differential Geometry Math. 531-532. Real Analysis Math. 535-536. Complex Variables Math. 537-538. Topics in Applied Mathematics Math. 541-542. Calculus of Variations Math. 549-550. Partial Differential Equations Math. 553-554. Mathematical Physics Math. 560-561. Numerical Analysis . Math. 562-563. Numerical Solutions of Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations Math. 571-572. Logic Math. 573-574. Set Theory Math. 581-583. Statistics and Probability Math. 581-587. Statistics Math. 583-585. Probability A two-hour written examination will be given on the content of the two sequences and two other one semester courses that the student offers for the degree. There is no thesis requirement for either degree .

PAGE 103

There is no foreign language requirement for either master's degree. However, students who may want to continue for a Ph.D. should satisfy at least one of the foreign language requirements before obtaining a master's degree. Mathematics offers a wide assortment of programs leading to a master's degree. All programs must be planned in consultation with and approved by a mathematics graduate adviser. Suggested M .A. In Mathematics FrnsT YEAR Semester Hours Math . 513-514. Modem Algebra I, II ........................ 6 Math . 531-532. Introduction to Real Analysis 1, II ..... . . .... . 6 Minor . ................................................ ... 3 SECOND YEAR Math . 515-516. Linear Algebra I, II .................. . ...... 6 Math . 535-536. Functions of a Complex Variable I, II ........ 6 Minor ................................................... Total 30 Suggested M.S. In Mathematics FIRST Y EAR Semester Hours Math . 505. Topics in Combinatorial Analysis . ............... 3 Math . 507. Advanced Calculus ill .......................... 3 Math . 537-538. Topics in Applied Mathematics .............. 6 Minor .................................................... 3 SECOND YEAR Math. 560-561. Numerical Analysis I, II .... ................. 6 Math . 543. Ordinary Differential Equations ................. 3 Math. 549. Introduction to Partial Differential Equations I ........................................... 3 Minor ................................................... To t al 30 MUSIC Graduate study in music at UCD is presently of fered in several cooperative programs with the Univer sity of Colorado at Boulder . A significant amount of work toward the Master of Music Education and the Master of Music degrees may be taken in Denver. Ad mission to these programs is achieved by application to the Office of the Associate Dean for Graduate Study, College of Music, in Boulder . Postbaccalaureate study in the special areas of con centration unique to UCD include Afro-American music, composition and arranging, sound synthesis and recording, and music and media. Since these are innovative programs, prospective candidates should make personal inquiry at UCD about requirements. The music educator intending to undertake graduate work will find the UCD programs attractive, particularly if he has special interests in jazz, rock, improvisation, sound synthesis and recording, and the repertory associated with today's youth. The composer-arranger-performer-producer who seeks graduate training in the fields of recording, film, television, and music for advertising also will find UCD responsive to his needs. College of Music I 93 Applied Music Polley All performance standards, requirements, and credits specified for a particular music degree in this college do not necessarily transfer and become accept able for any other music degree within the colle